2007-2008 Undergraduate Academic Catalogue Announcements For the One Hundred and Eighty-Fourth Year U N I O N U N I V E R S I T Y Since 1823

This publication is intended as a description of the academic programs and activi- ties of . While it is not an offer to make a contract, it is offered as a com pre hen sive description that can serve as a guide for students contemplating study or al ready enrolled at Union University.

The administration and faculty believe that the educational and other programs of the University described in this catalogue are effective and valuable. The ultimate results of programs offered in terms of achievement, employment, professional licensing, or other measures, are dependent on factors outside the programs, such as the person - al i ty and energy of the student, governmental or institutional regulations, and market conditions. Therefore, except as specifi cally stated herein, the University makes no repre sen ta tion or contract that following a particular course or curriculum will result in specifi c achievement, employment or qualifi cation for employment, admission to de gree programs, or licensing for particular professions or occupations.

In compliance with all applicable state and federal law, including provisions of Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972 and Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Union University does not illegally discriminate on the basis of race, sex, color, national origin, age, disability, or military service in admissions; in the administration of its education policies, programs, or activities; or in employment. Under federal law, the University may discriminate on the basis of religion in order to fulfi ll its purposes. Persons who believe their rights under this policy have been violated should contact the Offi ce of the President.

In compliance with its duties under state and federal law, Union University makes annual reports of campus crime statistics, campus security policies, graduation rates, and completion rates for the Teacher Education Program. These reports are available on the Parents Page of our web site, www.uu.edu. and also by request in the Offi ce of En roll ment Services and the Offi ce of Safety and Security. 2007 Table of Contents ______

An Overview...... 3 Calendar ...... 9 Student Life ...... 13 Academic Program ...... 16 Admissions...... 28 Financial Information ...... 35 Organization of the Curriculum ...... 43 College of Arts & Sciences ...... 44 Department of Art ...... 45 Department of Biology ...... 50 Department of Chemistry ...... 55 Department of Communication Arts ...... 60 Department of Computer Science ...... 67 Department of Engineering ...... 71 Department of English ...... 75 Department of History ...... 79 Department of Language ...... 83 Department of Mathematics ...... 89 Department of Music ...... 94 Department of Physics ...... 105 Department of Political Science ...... 108 Department of Psychology ...... 112 Department of Sociology and Family Studies ...... 116 McAfee School of Business Administration ...... 121 School of Christian Studies ...... 130 College of Education and Human Studies ...... 142 School of Education ...... 143 Teacher Education Program ...... 150 Department of Physical Education, Wellness, and Sport ...... 154 Department of Social Work ...... 163 Department of Continuing Studies ...... 168 School of Nursing ...... 174 Adult Studies ...... 186 College Life at Union ...... 188 Interdisciplinary Honors Studies ...... 189 Institute for International and Intercultural Studies ...... 192 Centers of the University ...... 195 Graduate Studies ...... 197 Board of Trustees ...... 198 Personnel ...... 200 Index ...... 206 Directory of Correspondence ...... Inside Back Cover

OVERVIEW 3 ed fi ll our ll fi lled environment lled environment fi liated with Southern Baptist life. fi persons equipping Baptist Convention, with the liated fi rm commitment to Christ and His Kingdom. To be a Christ-centered institution calls be a Christ-centered rm commitment to Christ and His Kingdom. To fi We believe that excellence, not mere compliance, is the goal of our teaching, our research, is the goal of our teaching, our research, compliance, mere believe that excellence, not We A cohering core value of our guiding vision is a call to faith, a call to be Christ centered in all vision is a call to faith, a call to be Christ centered value of our guiding cohering core A We will seek to maximize the windows of opportunity the Lord has presented to us to the great- has presented the Lord will seek to maximize the windows of opportunity We A third pillar on which we will build our common commitments is the core value of being people pillar on which we will build our common commitments is the core third A Core Values for us to establish the priority of worship and service in the Christian life while seeking to develop a generation and service in the Christian life while seeking to develop a generation for us to establish the priority of worship world. This commit- and broken in a hurting to a factious church of students who can be agents of reconciliation on the supposition to integrate Christian faith in all learning and doing, based ment calls for all faculty and staff made known to us in Holy is no contradiction between God’s truth and that there is God’s truth that all truth and natural revelation. creation to us through is revealed and that which Scripture People-Focused: of valuing one of our commitment to being people focused is the visible demonstration At the heart focused. and actions, and by committing to each person’s our words will give honor to one another through We another. to the success of Union University. jointly commit ourselves therefore success. We Future-Directed: grace, be maximized to ful must, by God’s and efforts All of our resources allow. that resources est degree Excellence-Driven: things for God’s to do all of a desire to excellence out of pride but out not motivated are and our service. We will not be satis we do. We and wants to be involved in everything about our work cares glory because He the chal- claims carry with them our truth excellence in all things. This means but will pursue with mediocrity, excellence, without our daily life. Thus we will pursue in the minutes and hours of that truth lenge of living out arrogance. Christ-Centered: men and Christian liberal arts based community where will seek to build a that we do. We and in all that we are and grace, and to humanity’s creation of God, His to an understanding and appreciation women can be introduced on the will seek to establish all aspects of life and learning in this world. We place of privilege and responsibility of God, leading to a Word common mission. A commitment to being future directed means we want to have a short-term focus and a long directed commitment to being future A common mission. world of the 21st to impact the us effectively that prepare want to involve ourselves in efforts We term view. Century. Union University provides Christ-centered education that promotes excellence and character development in excellence and character education that promotes Christ-centered Union University provides College and its predecessor, Tennessee schools—West antebellum Tennessee Union University is an heir of three settlement, was chartered for Tennessee founded in 1823 shortly after the opening of West Academy, Jackson Male College originated in the mid-1840s when supporters of the Academy secured a charter for a col- Academy secured College originated in the mid-1840s when supporters of the Tennessee West (there the Baptists of Meanwhile, after years of discussion and the raising of an endowment, Union University is an academic community, af community, is an academic Union University service to Church and society. service to Church Our History it is the located at Murfreesboro—and both located at Jackson, and of Union University, Academy, Jackson Male Tennessee. inheritor of another college in 1927, Hall-Moody Junior College of Martin, af in 1825, making it the oldest school currently by the legislature Our Mission • • the property the sale of public lands. Under its charter, the state to come from an endowment from lege and received offered of the College. The College vested in the trustees were Academy rights and governance of the Jackson Male and master of arts—and had four departments: Moral of arts, bachelor of philosophy, degrees—bachelor three continued College Tennessee West Languages, Mathematics, and Natural Philosophy and Chemistry. Philosophy, buildings, grounds, the College’s offered economic conditions, the trustees until 1874, when at a time of depressed university planned by the regional Baptists in the hopes of attracting a southwestern and endowment to Tennessee state’s Baptist leaders. that time) in 1848 established Union University at Murfreesboro, at separate conventions in Tennessee three were Our • • Our Identity An Overview ______Overview An to think Christianly and serve faithfully in ways consistent with its core values of being Christ-centered, people- being Christ-centered, values of its core consistent with faithfully in ways and serve to think Christianly prioritizes institution which its identity as an These values shape and future-directed. excellence-driven, focused, The academic com- and graduate programs. enhanced by professional education undergraduate liberal arts based grace- students working together in a caring, and staff, of quality faculty, munity is composed and cultural engagement. servant leadership, of character, conducive to the development rst-class fi 06-07 3157 2981 giving to cantly increased fi 2919 ve-year strategic plans; completed fi 2809 2612 of the Committees promoted. cation was fi 2609 2460 2389 2331 1971 fteenth president of Union University in December 1995, he brought in December 1995, he brought of Union University fteenth president fi 1972 cholera. an epidemic of condition and nancial 96-97 97-98 98-99 99-00 00-01 01-02 02-03 03-04 04-05 05-06 fi re in 1912, several new buildings were constructed, including the centerpiece of the campus for the including the centerpiece constructed, in 1912, several new buildings were re fi Enrollment Annual Fall such uni which issue around the core became cation. Education Union University fi When David S. Dockery was elected as the When David S. Dockery was elected Because of an aging and landlocked campus, Union, in 1975, moved from near downtown to a new campus located campus, Union, in 1975, moved from Because of an aging and landlocked After a major In September 1874, the new institution opened at Jackson as an academy, and in 1875 it was chartered as Southwestern as Southwestern and in 1875 it was chartered as an academy, the new institution opened at Jackson In September 1874, Southwestern Baptist University, the immediate predecessor of the present Union University, originated because of originated Union University, of the present the immediate predecessor Baptist University, Southwestern In many respects, Union University is in the strongest position in its history. For example, the University has enjoyed For example, position in its history. Union University is in the strongest In many respects, with him a compelling vision to build on a great tradition while taking Union to the next level of regional and national of regional tradition while taking Union to the next level on a great with him a compelling vision to build annual that has been made during this time has been remarkable: higher education. The progress in Christian prominence than 3600 (in 2005); signi 2200 (in 1996) to more from non-duplicating headcount increased along Highway 45-Bypass in north Jackson. During the administrations of President Robert Craig (1967-85) and Presi- Jackson. During the administrations of President along Highway 45-Bypass in north students to over 2,000; the multi-purpose less than 1,000 from increased (1987-1996), enrollment dent Hyran Barefoot the Blasingame and erected; several times; many additional housing units were Complex was enlarged Academic Penick the early From constructed. Student Union Building (1994) were Hyran E. Barefoot Academic Complex (1986) and the the 1987-95, Union offered From an Extension Center in the Memphis area. 1950’s to the early 1970’s, Union operated were There to the Bachelor of Science in Nursing (RN to BSN track) in Memphis. leading completion program degree over 300 graduates of this program. next 60 years, Barton Hall. In 1948 the Southern Association of Colleges and Schools granted Union University its origi- Association of Colleges and Schools granted Southern next 60 years, Barton Hall. In 1948 the with the assistance of a nursing program of local physicians, Union developed 1962, at the request In nal accreditation. Jackson-Madison County General Hospital. Baptist University. In 1907, Dr. T. T. Eaton, a trustee at Southwestern from its beginning, bequeathed his 6,000 volume its beginning, bequeathed at Southwestern from trustee Eaton, a T. T. In 1907, Dr. Baptist University. Joseph H. Dr. father, his where Murfreesboro, at Union University at He was a former professor library to the college. changed to Union Uni- Southwestern Baptist University was the name of Shortly thereafter Eaton, had been president. as had made a major impact on Southwestern who Union at Murfreesboro Eatons and others from versity to honor the Baptist the Tennessee to unify its educational efforts, and contributors. In a further move trustees, administrators, faculty, University in the of Union and property authority, charter which vested all rights, a new secured Convention in 1925 was able to consolidate the Convention years later, Two trustees. the election of the University’s Convention, including 1920s, Union discontinued its gradu- During the (1900-1927) with Union University. Hall-Moody Junior College at Martin program. Department, and its high school and added a bachelor of music degree its Law ate program, three conventions met jointly in Humboldt in 1873 and issued a resolution supporting the establishment of a the establishment supporting resolution and issued a in Humboldt in 1873 met jointly conventions three was ap- that a committee and following in 1874, in Murfreesboro Convention met An Educational university. regional made the offer the acceptance of The committee recommended university. location for the proposed pointed to select a College. Tennessee to assume ownership of West by the citizens of Jackson commitments in Union history; instituted three Union, including twelve of the largest a desire by Tennessee Baptists, who still had a separate convention for each of the state’s three Grand Divisions, for Grand Divisions, three each of the state’s convention for still had a separate Baptists, who Tennessee by a desire uni greater near the geographical center of the state. Union University came upon hard times when in 1859 its highly respected respected its highly in 1859 when times upon hard came University Union the state. center of the geographical near to 1868 only in reopened It damaged. was badly its campus War the Civil during when died and Eaton, Dr. president, of its because in 1873, largely close again steady enrollment growth for a number of years, as indicated below: for a number growth steady enrollment construction of two residence halls, the Miller Tower, Jennings Hall, Hammons Hall, and new Fesmire athletic facilities; athletic Hall, Hammons Hall, and new Fesmire Jennings halls, the Miller Tower, of two residence construction commitment campaign (now at $90 million); renewed a Future” “Building million comprehensive launched the $110 Development; Union faculty as a part of the establishment of the Center for Faculty among to scholarship and research ethics, history, digital media studies, church majors in political science, physics, theology, added new undergraduate in education (M.Ed., Ed.S., and Ed.D.), nurs- sports management, sports medicine, engineering; and graduate programs studies (MAIS); SACS Level and intercultural ing (MSN with tracks in education, administration, and nurse anesthesia), student programs, began LIFE group research; added in undergraduate were was achieved; programs V accreditation students; established an for freshman giftedness assessment program student mission involvement, programs, retention Henry Center for Germantown, TN, which now has almost 800 students; established the Carl F.H. extension campus in Chair of Exposi- and Stephen Olford Culture Christian Leadership; established the Chair for Faith and established highly successful annual Scholarship Banquet (1997-2006); and achieved top tier recognition tory Preaching; Report and other important listings. in U.S. News and World

OVERVIEW 4 OVERVIEW 5 - fi nally fi cation fi ve years. years. ve fi 06-07 872 900 cation and eternal life. Justi fi and to determine trends cials regularly fi 908 807 ed by the Holy Spirit will never totally nor fi 713 ed by God’s Word and Spirit dwelling in them. Sancti and ed by God’s Word fi 770 616 606 493 412 by University of monitored are nancial indicators 388 fi 96-97 97-98 98-99 99-00 00-01 01-02 02-03 03-04 04-05 05-06 The Scriptures of the Old and New Testament were given by inspiration of God, and are the are given by inspiration of God, and were Old and New Testament of the The Scriptures nite in them all; and to Him all creatures owe the highest love, reverence and obedience. He owe the highest love, reverence nite in them all; and to Him all creatures fi God originally created humankind in His image, and free from sin; but through the temptation of sin; but through from humankind in His image, and free God originally created The second person of the Trinity is the eternal Son of God. In his incarnation Jesus Christ was The second person of the Trinity The Holy Spirit is the Spirit of God, fully divine, who exalts Jesus Christ. The Spirit convicts men The Holy Spirit is the Spirit of God, fully divine, who exalts Jesus Christ. Salvation involves the redemption of the whole person, and is offered freely to all who believe in Je- freely of the whole person, and is offered Salvation involves the redemption of all saving knowledge, faith, and obedience. cient, certain and authoritative rule fi Key Enrollment Indicators 1996 2006 . There is but one God, the Maker, Preserver and Ruler of all things, having in and of Himself, all perfec- Preserver the Maker, is but one God, . There sus Christ as Lord and Savior; accepting and trusting in Him alone for justi and Savior; accepting and trusting sus Christ as Lord God tions, being in but with- Son, and Holy Spirit each with distinct personal attributes, persons: Father, exists eternally in three come to pass, and perpetually or permits all things that essence or being. God ordains out division of nature, and responsibility will the free and all events; yet so as not to destroy and governs all creatures upholds, directs of intelligent creatures. Humankind. all humans their original righteousness, whereby the command of God, and fell from Satan, they transgressed As soon as they are thus under condemnation. that is opposed to God, and are have inherited a sinful nature capable of moral action, they become actual transgressors. Jesus Christ. and did the will of God, tak- perfectly revealed Jesus Mary. conceived by the Holy Spirit and born of the virgin the divine law by His personal obedience, and yet without sin. He honored ing upon Himself human nature, sin. He was buried and from for our redemption He made provision by His substitutionary death on the cross for His He lives to make intercession at whose right hand and ascended to His Father, day, again the third rose of the universe. and Sovereign Priest and King of the Church, the Prophet, people. He is the only Mediator, Holy Spirit. He calls men and the truth. and women of sin, of righteousness, and judgment, enabling them to understand of heart and nature. which is a renewal about regeneration, and brings women to the Savior, Salvation. cation is the process of progressing toward moral and spiritual maturity, enabled by the presence and power of the presence enabled by moral and spiritual maturity, toward of progressing cation is the process accepted in Christ and sancti the Holy Spirit. Those who are is God’s gracious declaration of righteousness of sinners, who believe in Christ, from all sin, through the satis- all sin, through in Christ, from is God’s gracious declaration of righteousness of sinners, who believe also sancti faction that Christ has made. Believers are only suf Key enrollment and Key enrollment Vision A strategic plan, “Union 2010: a new approved trustees meeting, the University 2004 Board At its December, Another indicator of the University’s health and vitality is the growth in the number of students completing completing students of in the number is the growth vitality and health University’s of the indicator Another The Scriptures. Fall EnrollmentNon-duplicating headcount# of states/ countries% of male/ female% of minority students# of graduates 2183 1972 31/14 35/65% 5% 3600+ 388 44/30+ 3157 40/60% 25% 872 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. OUR STATEMENT OF FAITH OUR STATEMENT 1. for Excellence.” The plan outlines goals and provides direction for the University for the next for the University direction and provides for Excellence.” The plan outlines goals to provide data for critical decision-making and analysis, including: data for critical decision-making to provide programs at Union. As indicated below, this past year almost 900 students graduated from Union, a 132% increase a 132% increase Union, from graduated 900 students year almost this past below, As indicated at Union. programs 96-97 school year: over the to award to award c i ta tion: ac cred fi cers fi Commission on Colleges of the Southern As so ci a tion of Colleges and Schools tion of Colleges and a ci so of the Southern As Commission on Colleges The Lord Jesus Christ is the Head of the Church, which is composed of all true followers of Christ, followers of all true which is composed Head of the Church, Christ is the Jesus The Lord The bodies of humans after death return to dust, but their spirits return immediately to God—the to God—the immediately return but their spirits to dust, death return of humans after The bodies Accrediting Board for Engineering and Technology, Engineering Accreditation Commission Engineering Accreditation Engineering and Technology, Board for Accrediting American Chemical Society of Allied Health Education Programs Commission on Accreditation of Nurse Anesthesia Educational Programs Council on Accreditation Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education Education Council on Social Work and Design National Association of Schools of Art National Association of Schools of Music Education of Teacher National Council for Accreditation State Department of Education Tennessee Education Program, Teacher Health Related Boards Tennessee righteous to rest with Him; the wicked to be reserved under darkness to the judgment. God in His own time and God in His darkness to the judgment. under to be reserved with Him; the wicked righteous to rest will return Jesus Christ to His promise, According end. the world to its appropriate will bring in His own way, be the dead, both just and unjust, will the bodies of all At the last day, in glory to the earth. personally and visibly ac- shall receive by Jesus Christ, when all people when He will judge the world a day, raised. God has appointed the righteous, into everlasting life. go into everlasting punishment; to their deeds; the wicked shall cording The Church. with local themselves to associate Christians are its government. all power for is invested supremely and in Him to to worship, and to carry out ministry, to administer order, given the authority is to each church and churches; practice discipline. Last Things. fall away from the state of grace, but shall persevere to the end, and be kept by the power of God through faith faith through of God the power kept by and be the end, to persevere but shall grace, state of the from fall away salvation. unto Union University is accredited by the is accredited Union University associate, baccalaureate, masters, education specialist, and education doc tor ate degrees. Questions about the status of Questions about the status ate degrees. tor doc education specialist, and education masters, associate, baccalaureate, ing discipline-speci or by writing the Commission on Colleges by calling 404.679.4501 may be obtained from the University's accreditation low ty also has the fol si ver The Uni GA. 1866 Southern Lane, Decatur, of Colleges of Nursing Association American Education for Colleges of Teacher Association American Admissions Of of Collegiate Registrars and Association American Applicant for Accreditation By Applicant for Anesthesia on Nursing Accreditation Council on Member Of EXTERNAL ASSOCIATIONS EXTERNAL Accredited By Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business Advance Association to Directors Program Social Work Association of Baccalaureate Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs Associations for Christians in Student Development Education Teacher Arts Colleges for Association of Independent Liberal Association of Southern Baptist Colleges and Schools Affairs Association for Student Baptist Admissions Concurrent Program Council of Independent Colleges Council for Christian Colleges and Universities of the National League for Nursing Programs and Higher Degree Council of Baccalaureate Arts and Sciences Council of Colleges of Research Council on Undergraduate and Support of Education Advancement Council for the Accountability Evangelical Council for Financial National Art Education Association Counselors Admissions Association of College National in Social Work Association of Christians American North Service Members Opportunity Colleges Southern Council of Collegiate Education for Nursing Association for Counseling and Development Tennessee 7. 8.

OVERVIEW 6 OVERVIEW 7 cat ed lo book Campus Life Hand . Services, ces for University Relations, Church fi cers fi ence rooms, and a community room are also housed in are and a community room ence rooms, Cam pus Life Handbook Cam ces of Career Services, the Reg is trar, Business Services, the Business trar, is Reg Services, the ces of Career fi elds for varsity baseball and softball. The Fesmire Field House Fesmire elds for varsity baseball and softball. The fi . www.uu.edu ce of the President, and Uni ver si ty Communications. si ver and Uni ce of the President, fi the Of ce of the Provost, fi Union University recognizes and is fully committed to the value of the educational experiences—spiritually, in- and is fully committed to the value of the educational experiences—spiritually, Union University recognizes Jennings contains the de part ments of Com mu ni ca tion Arts and Music, and the School of Christian Studies as well tion ca ni mu ments of Com part Jennings contains the de of Biology and Chemistry as well as the White Hall, the newest addition to the campus, houses the departments in apart- private bedrooms tures and McAfee), fea Single student housing, arranged in 3 complexes (Hurt, Watters Hammons Hall contains the LifeWay Bookstore as well as the of Bookstore Hammons Hall contains the LifeWay The Fesmire Fields provide lighted playing provide Fields The Fesmire located in Studies are Administration and the College of Education and Human The McAfee School of Business The Penick Academic Complex houses the G.M. Savage Memorial Chapel, Fred De Lay Gymnasium, E.T. “Rocky” Lay Gymnasium, E.T. De Fred the G.M. Savage Memorial Chapel, Academic Complex houses The Penick Administrative Center contains the of The Waldrop access to a collection of over 150,000 books, 19,000 e-journals, Summar Library has immediate The Emma Waters is located in the library. Center and Genealogical Research Archives Shepard The Johnnie Tribble The uniqueness of the Union University campus, located on U.S. Highway 45 By-Pass and Union University By-Pass and Union U.S. Highway 45 located on University campus, of the Union The uniqueness in Nursing, Busi- Programs of Germantown, Tennessee. site is located in the Memphis suburb second campus A as tion of each building scrip de tailed de more A campus facilities follows. description of Jackson An abbreviated Residence Life Complex all students Therefore, environment. and emotionally—which occur within the on-campus residential tellectually, unless complexes for the full academic year, to live in the residence required ber 1 are tem under 21 years of age by Sep ians, of Residence Life. Exceptions include students living with parents/guard exception is granted by the Director students All resident campus residency. off lems requiring married and students who have medical prob those who are For information on Residence Life community dence life contract for the academic year. i to sign a res required are to the please refer and procedures ly housing, reservation i fees, fam values, philosophy, Jennings Hall cal Studies and Hartley Recital Hall. li for Bib Center as the R. C. Ryan White Hall School of Nursing. ings which All lead to the 3 Commons Build ment-like units. Each apartment is on one level in a 2-story construction. laundry and recreation. facilities for lounge areas, tors, provide rec di house the resident provides indoor practice and dressing rooms for men and women's soccer, softball and baseball as well as athletic softball and baseball soccer, for men and women's rooms and dressing indoor practice provides injuries. for sports training rooms Hammons Hall fer con and Continuing Studies. General classrooms, Testing, Hammons Hall. on Union University’s website at Blasingame Academic Complex Complex. Academic the Blasingame Fesmire Fields and Fieldhouse Penick Academic Penick Academic Complex ing put Com Union Station, Center, Administrative Waldrop Powell Theatre, D. W. the Activities Center, Palmer Enrichment. Academic and Hundley Center for Library, Summar Services, Emma Waters to the and national library cooperatives it has easy access its membership in regional and 40,000 e-books. Through service, in- reference knowledgeable libraries worldwide. The library provides combined collections of over 41,000 use of effective sessions to facilitate the instructional assistance, personalized training, and group depth research study. for both individual and group It also maintains a safe comfortable environment these resources. Of THE CAMPUS is designed Union’s campus student housing. ties and i cil fa to the academic is related Northwest Jackson, Drive in to meet the needs in an attempt interrelated are and personnel programs, All facilities, its axis. with the student as of students. available. Continuing Studies are ness, Education and in the available in each, is presented well as the services Tennessee Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admission Of Admission and Registrars of Collegiate Association Tennessee Tennessee College Association College Tennessee Association Universities College and Independent Tennessee ces of Admissions, Fi nan cial Aid, Enrollment Services, Aid, Enrollment cial nan Admissions, Fi ces of fi ces for Student Services (Dean of Students, Student Gov ern ment As- ment ern Student Gov of Students, Services (Dean ces for Student fi The Barefoot Student Union Building houses the University’s cafeteria (Gilbert-Pow ers Student Commons), Coburn Commons), Coburn ers Student (Gilbert-Pow University’s cafeteria houses the Student Union Building The Barefoot Family housing is located in the Warmath Apartments, north of single-stu dent hous ing. The complex consists of 32 consists complex ing. The hous dent single-stu north of Apartments, Warmath in the is located housing Family so ci a tion, Stu dent Activities Council, Counseling, Student Leadership De vel op ment, Residence Life, Health Services, Life, Health ment, Residence op vel De Student Leadership Council, Counseling, Activities dent tion, Stu a ci so di na tor Co or of Uni ver si ty Activities, and Cam pus Security), of Campus Min is tries (Mis sion ary-In-Residence), Prayer Chapel, and the Missionary Wall. ary-In-Residence), Prayer sion (Mis tries is Campus Min Hyran E. Barefoot Student Union Building Barefoot Student Hyran E. Audi- Harvey Student Lounge, Faculty Lounge, Byrd Inn, Eldon Room, Lexington Dining President’s Dining Room, of Mail Services, ing and pus Print torium, Cam two-bedroom apartments. two-bedroom

OVERVIEW 8 CAL EN DAR 9 gin gin ning Students ng Students Only r Returning Students stration—Classes Begin Winter and Spring 2008 Winter Open for Freshmen Only Freshmen Open for ...... *Late Registration ...... *Late Registration ...... *Final Examinations ...... Thanksgiving Holidays ...... Fall Holiday ...... Spring Holidays ...... Day of Remembrance ...... *Residence Complexes Close ...... **Residence Complexes Close a Class Day to Drop ...... Last .....*Academic Reports Due Progress ...... Late Registration ...... LastAdd a Class Day to ...... Evening Registration ...... Orientation Freshman ...... Evening Registration .....*Academic Reports Due Progress ...... **Residence Complexes Close ...... Residence Open Complexes ...... Graduation ...... Day Holiday Labor ...... Add a Class Day to *Last ...... *Last a Class Day to Drop ...... Residence Open Complexes ...... Add a Class *Last Day to ...... *Last a Class Day to Drop ...... Final Examinations ...... **Residence Complexes Close ...... Convocation 20, Thursday ...... 20, Thursday ...... 21-28, Friday–Friday ...... 31, Monday 5, Tuesday ...... 5, Tuesday March ...... 4, Tuesday February Spring Semester, 2008 Spring Semester, January ...... Residence Complexes Open for Eveni 28, Monday 7, Wednesday ...... 7, Wednesday ...... 20, Tuesday ...... 21-23, Wednesday–Friday ...... 25, Sunday ...... 13, Thursday ...... 15, Saturday 2008 Term, Winter January ...... 1, Tuesday ...... Day and Evening Regi 2, Wednesday ...... 3, Thursday ...... 3, Thursday ...... 10, Thursday ...... 25, Friday ...... 25, Friday ...... 28, Monday ...... Residence Complexes Open for New/Retur 29, Tuesday December ...... 10-13, Monday–Thursday November ...... *Priority Registration Begins for 6, Tuesday October ...... 2, Tuesday 27, Monday ...... 27, Monday ...... 27, Monday ...... Residence Open fo Complexes 28, Tuesday Be Evening Classes ...... Day Classes and 16-Week Registration—Day 29, Wednesday September ...... 3, Monday ...... 4, Tuesday ...... 15, Monday ...... 18-19, Thursday-Friday Evening Classes Be ...... Day Registration—Day Classes and 16-Week 30, Wednesday Fall Semester, 2007 Fall Semester, August ...... Residence Complexes 25, Saturday 2007–2008 Undergraduate Calendar Calendar Undergraduate 2007–2008 ______29-Sept. 4, Wednesday –Tuesday ...... –Tuesday 29-Sept. 4, Wednesday ...... 31, Friday ...... 30-Feb. 5, Wednesday–Tuesday Graduation Final Examinations Final Examinations *Final Examinations Last Day to Add a Class Last Day to Last Day to Drop a Class Last Day to Drop Last Day to Drop a Class Last Day to Drop Last Day to Drop a Class Last Day to Drop New Student Registration Final Exams for June Term Final Exams for June Independence Day Holiday Residence Complexes Open Residence Complexes Open Residence Complexes Resident Life. **Residence Complexes Close **Residence Complexes Close **Residence Close **Residence Complexes Late Registration; Last Day to Add a Class Late Registration; Last Day to Late Registration; Last Day to Add a Class Add Last Day to Late Registration; Union University Scholarship Symposium Scholarship Union University Registration—Day and Evening Classes Begin Registration—Day and Evening Classes Registration—Day and Evening Classes Begin Registration—Day and Evening Classes Registration—Day and Evening Classes Begin Registration—Day *Priority Registration Begins for Summer and Fall 2008 and Fall Summer Begins for Registration *Priority ...... - over an 8-week term. The regis to allow courses to be taught spans the June and July Terms The Extended Term 30, Monday. . 1, Tuesday 4, Friday. . 8, Tuesday 25, Friday. 25, Friday. * Refers to both evening and day classes which meet the full Fall and Spring Semester. * Refers to both evening and day classes which meet the full Fall and Spring Semester. of of the Director ** Residents will not be housed between terms and during holidays without permission 28, Monday (July). . 6, Wednesday 15, Friday. The final exam is is honored. Independence Holiday, The July 4, Term. dates follow those of the June tration and drop scheduling of the class. with the in accordance Term scheduled in the last week of the July xtended Term/June – July Extended Term/June 28, Monday (July). August Third Term/ Second Term/July 29, Sunday (June). . 15, Thursday . 17, Saturday First Term/June 1, Sunday. 2, Monday. . 3, Tuesday . 10, Tuesday 26, Thursday. 27, Friday. 27, Friday. Summer Terms, 2008 Summer Terms, May 12-15, Monday–Thursday April . 17, Thursday . 28, Monday

Calendar 10 CAL EN DAR 11 ssion ession lerated Class g Classes Begin g Classes Begin elerated Session ay Accelerated Class Winter and Spring 2008 Winter Accelerated Final Exams uesday Accelerated uesday Accelerated Class August Accelerated Class ...... Thanksgiving Holidays ...... Fall Holidays Drop October Accelerated Class October Drop .....Final Exams for Evening Classes .... Thursday Evening Classes Begin ...... Evening Classes Begin ...... Tuesday Evening Classes Begin ...... Tuesday ...... Graduation .....Labor Day Holiday for all Classes .....Last Day to Drop an Evening Class Day to Drop .....Last for policies regarding Final Examinations. Final for policies regarding Catalogue Final Examinations Final Fall & Spring Semesters & Spring Fall Accelerated 8-Week Calendars Accelerated 8-Week Semester Courses will follow the same academic calendar as regular day courses. day the same academic calendar as regular Semester Courses will follow Full See “Academic Programs” section of the See “Academic Programs” 2 - 4 pm MWF 11:00 9:25 TR 2:00 MWF 3:05 TR 8 - 10 am 8:00 MWF 8:00 TR 9:00 MWF 10:50 TR Classes which meet at other times will be scheduled by the instructor and the College/School Dean. times will be scheduled by the instructor Classes which meet at other 11 am - 1 pm11 1:00 MWF TR 12:15 MWF 12:00 1:40 TR Hours for Exam 1st Day 2nd Day 3rd Day 4th Day 9, Wednesday ...... Additional Evening Classes Winter Class for Monday/Thursday and Monday/Tuesday 9, Wednesday ...... Friday 11, ...... 24, Thursday Winter Term, 2008 Term, Winter Session January 4-Week ...... 3, Thursday December ...... October 10-13, Monday–Thursday 18-19, Thursday–Friday ...... 18-19, Thursday–Friday ...... 23, Tuesday ...... 25, Thursday November ...... Priority Registration Begins for 6, Tuesday ...... Last Day to 16, Friday ...... 21-23, Wednesday–Friday ...... AdditionalAccelerated Se for Thursday Evening October Class 28, Wednesday ...... 15, Saturday Accelerated Class Last Day to Register for a Monday Accelerated Class Last Day to Register for a Tuesday Accelerated Class Last Day to Register for a Thursday 11-16, Thursday–Tuesday...... Final Exams for August Acc August Exams for Thursday–Tuesday...... Final 11-16, Session October 8-Week ...... Evening Registration—Monday Evenin 22, Monday 3, Monday ...... 3, Monday October August 8-Week Session August 8-Week ...... Evening Evenin Registration—Monday 27, Monday September Fall Semester 2007 Accelerated Courses 2007 Fall Semester ...... Last for a T Day to Register 28, Tuesday ...... 30, Thursday Last Day to Register for a Thursd ...... AdditionalAccelerated S August Class for Monday Evening 5, Wednesday ...... AdditionalAcce August Thursday Evening 12, Wednesday ...... Last Day to Drop 19, Wednesday Accelerated Class Last Day to Register for a Monday erated Class Classes Begin erated Session or Thursday Classes ummer and Fall, 2008 n for Monday Classes in for Tuesday Classes in for Tuesday ursday Evening Classes Thursday Evening Class Tuesday Evening Classes Tuesday Monday Evening Classes ...... Final Exams ...... Final Examinations Drop an Extended Term Class an Extended Term Drop Drop an April Accelerated Class Accelerated April an Drop ...... Spring Break stration Closes for Saturday Classes stration Closes for Saturday ...... Monday Classes Begin Evening ...... Monday Evening Classes Begin ...... Graduation ...... Tuesday Evening Classes Begin Evening Classes ...... Tuesday .... Classes for Saturday Classes Begin ...... Tuesday Evening Classes Begin ...... Tuesday 21-26, Monday – Saturday ...... 21-26, Monday – Saturday July June ...... Registration Closes/Classes Begi 2, Monday 17, Saturday ...... 17, Saturday Session 8-Week Extended Summer, ...... Registration Closes/Classes Beg 3, Tuesday ...... Registration Closes/Classes Begin f 5, Thursday ...... Regi6, Friday ...... 7, Saturday ...... Last Day to 30, Monday May ...... 12-15, Monday–Thursday April ...... 1, Tuesday 31, Monday ...... 31, Monday April 8-Week Session April 8-Week March 22, Friday ...... LastAccel a Thursday Evening February Day to Drop 22, Friday March Accel ...... Final Exams for February 17-20, Monday–Thursday ...... 29, Tuesday ...... 31, Thursday Registration—Thursday Evening Evening February ...... 21-28, Friday–Friday ...... Additional for Class 2, Wednesday Accelerated Class Last Day to Register for a Monday ...... 3, Thursday Last Day to Register for a ...... Additional Class for 9, Wednesday Accelerated Class ...... Additional Class for Th Last Day to Register for a Tuesday 16, Wednesday ...... Priority17, Thursday Registration Begins for S Accelerated Class Last Day to Register for a Thursday ...... Last Day to 18, Friday Last Day to Register for a Monday Evening Class Evening Class Last Day to Register for a Tuesday 28, Monday ...... 28, Monday Spring Semester 2008 Accelerated Courses Accelerated 2008 Semester Spring Session 8-Week February January CAL EN DAR 12 STUDENT LIFE 13 eld to occupy fi er ship in adult students, ship in adult er cial voice of the students in institutional cial voice of the students fi to honor scholarship and lead to honor scholarship ce of the Minister to the Uni ver si ty. Each student is encour- Each student ty. si ver ce of the Minister to the Uni . fi is presented to the student with the highest academic achieve- to the student is presented is awarded to the outstanding graduating senior in each major as selected by to the outstanding is awarded Alpha Sigma Lambda, Campus Life Handbook Campus Life cers and representatives serve as the of cers and representatives , established by the late Mr. I. B. Tigrett in memory of his mother, is presented to the is presented in memory of his mother, I. B. Tigrett , established by the late Mr. fi cial student newspaper of Union University, is written and edited by stu dents of Union is written and edited by stu cial student newspaper of Union University, fi recognizes the senior who has attended Union University for four years with the high- the senior recognizes , of is a member of the Association of College Honor Societies. Mem ber ship is open to the top ranking ship is open to the top ber College Honor Societies. Mem Association of is a member of the is a literary and art annual published under the direction of student editors and an English Department is a literary and art annual published under the direction Torch Cardinal and Cream Union University is committed to the spiritual growth and development of each per son on campus. Understand- and development of each per Union University is committed to the spiritual growth the Of through coordinated Christian activities are The The Elizabeth Tigrett Medal The Elizabeth Tigrett Award The University Academic Achievement The the international lough from brings a missionary family on fur The Missionary-In-Residence Program The Academic Excellence Medal Union has six national social fraternities and sororities: , , Lambda , Sigma Alpha Tau and sororities: Union has six national social fraternities The Class of 1962 Award The SGA, composed of all students enrolled in Union University, functions through its executive, legislative and its executive, functions through in Union University, of all students enrolled The SGA, composed Alpha Chi of the promotion to and for relating and honor societies sponsor campus organizations Academic departments The following is a brief description of campus life at Union University and the var i ous organizations that contrib- that organizations ous i and the var life at Union University of campus is a brief description The following Christian Life and Activities Christian Life and an excellent atmosphere Union provides ing that faith development and academic achievement go hand in hand, world view and life-style. as well as ongoing activities that stimulate a Christ-centered The Cardinal and Cream the faculty of the major. Inclusion in the selection process requires the student to have completed a minimum of 15 the student to have completed requires the selection process Inclusion in the faculty of the major. of 3.5 or higher. pass/fail courses, in the discipline and have a discipline GPA hours, excluding residence leadership, scholarship, is based on citizenship, character, class. The award outstanding senior in the graduating reer. college ca must have attended Union his/her entire ble, a student gi i be el and school service. To Student Publications serves as a learning laboratory pri- The newspaper under the guidance of a journalism faculty advisor. University, marily for journalism students, but participation is open to all. The Torch in the normal course presentations selected by the student editors from ings and art works are Student writ advisor. to the editors. those submitted directly of classwork and from for Him. Ministry to students is an utmost with Jesus Christ and in service in personal relationship aged to grow ministry for new students involving Bible (a small group Activities include chapel services; LIFE Groups priority. weekend revival Rounders (Bible study groups), discussion, and accountability); Klemata women’s Bible study, study, teams. tion ministry ca youth, adults, and senior adults; short-term ministries working with children, and DiscipleNow teams; off-campus ni mu com tioned creative di trips); and au (GO “Global Outreach” mission projects est grade point average. Social Fraternities And Sororities Social Fraternities supervision of the University der the Alpha, and for women. Un Alpha for men, Chi Omega, Zeta Tau host their own special activities and functions. administration, these organizations University Awards of 56 semester hours at Union University ed a minimum vid less than a 3.75 pro ment in the graduation class with not completed. are ju di cial branches. Its elected of di ju University Clubs es. senior class 10% of the junior and hours at Union. ed at least 24 plet who have com the top 10% of adult students recognizes The University sponsors academic departments. described within the respective These are their disciplines of study. and personal growth. ing to varied activities, service, political and social activism, lat re organizations special interest full on the university website. detailed in These are ute to its unique community. A more complete list of campus organizations and fuller ex pla na tion of their purpose tion of na pla fuller ex and organizations list of campus complete more A unique community. ute to its in the is presented and function (SGA) Association Student Government Student Life Life Student ______affairs. The SGA seeks to foster University unity, promote stu dent welfare and provide student pro grams, activities pro student and provide dent welfare stu promote unity, seeks to foster University The SGA affairs. of students. to meet the needs and interest and services designed the residence. To expose students to world missions, the missionaries speak in chapel, counsel students interested in missions, and promote the Lottie Moon of fer ing in West Tennessee Southern Baptist church es. Christian organizations providing fellowship and activities for students are avail able. The Ministerial Association is composed of students preparing for full-time Christian vocations and provides opportunities for fellowship and ministry in area church es. Mu Kappa is an organization for students whose parents are international missionaries. Through these organizations, a strong emphasis is given to local ministries and missions as well as national and international missions. Chapel and Lecture Series The University holds chapel services twice weekly. Through these times, students, faculty and staff worship col-

STUDENT LIFE lectively and receive spiritual encouragement, moral guidance, and intellectual challenge. The worship of God and the integration of faith and learning and living are encouraged through events such as Faith and Practice Week, Jones Lec tures, Carls-Schwerdfeger Lectures, Convocation, Founders’ Day, Last Lecture Series by Faculty, Glo bal Opportunities Week, Mars Hill Series, Programs of the Carl F. H. Henry Center for Chris tian Leadership, Honors Colloquia, Town and Gown lectures, and con certs. Supervised Ministry—Church and Convention Ministry (CCMS) Union University accepts seriously the challenge of providing practical guidance and training to students prepar- ing for church-related vocations. Supervised Ministry attempts to integrate classroom teaching with the practice of ministry and to assist students to test personal and professional identity in their growth in ministry. The program is administered through the Offi ce of Church Services by the Director of Su per vised Ministry. Each CCMS student is offered personal and vo ca tion al counseling, in struc tion, and opportunities for Christian service through various su per vised ministries. All students preparing for church-related vocation within the Southern Baptist Conven tion and receiving the CCMS scholarship must adhere to program requirements as explained at an orientation session at the begin ning of the Fall Semester. Intramural Athletics At Union University, intramural athletics constitute an essential part of the total col lege pro gram. A program of competitive in tra mu ral sports is sponsored allowing wide participation for men and women. Awards are given each year based on a point system. 14 Intercollegiate Athletics Intercollegiate athletics are an integral part of American college life. Union partic i pates in the TranSouth conference and is a member of the National Association of Inter col le giate Athletics. Union University offers varsity competition for men in basket ball, baseball, cross-country, golf and soccer and for women in basketball, softball, volley ball, soccer and cross-country. Union’s athletic programs adhere strictly to all university, confer ence, and national regu la tions involving sports and academics for student ath letes. Regulations Union University students are expected at all times to represent the University and the Christian community ap- propriately. Regulations regarding these expectations, student life as a whole and more particularly resident student life are found in detail in the Campus Life Handbook. The President, the Provost, and the Dean of Students of the University are charged with the administration of discipline through the judicial system. They are empowered to rule in any irreg u lar i ty pertaining to student life and impose redemptive discipline for community values vi ola tions as expressed in the Cam pus Life Handbook . The judicial system and the griev ance and ap peal system are de scribed in detail in that same publication. Confi dentiality of Student Records The privacy and confi dentiality of all student records shall be preserved in ac cor dance to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA) of 1974. The Act provides adult students greater access to and control over infor - ma tion in educational records. More in for ma tion about FERPA can be obtained from the Registrar. Offi cial student academic records, supporting documents, and other student fi les shall be maintained, only by members of the Uni- versity staff employed for that purpose, in separate fi les: ● Academic records, supporting documents and general education records—maintained by the Academic Center, academic departments and advisors ● Records of discipline proceeding—maintained by the Student Services Offi ce ● Financial records—maintained by the Business Offi ce ● Medical records—maintained by the Health Services Offi ce (governed also by HIPPA) ● Admissions records—maintained by the Admissions Offi ce ● Financial aid records—maintained by the Financial Aid Offi ce Directory information (student’s name, address including email address, telephone number, date and place of STUDENT LIFE 15 . ce of Academic Services and ce of fi . positions. Personality ll professional fi . ti tio ners, and a part-time physician. There is ners, and a part-time physician. There tio ti ning their ac a dem ic major/career goals and ic major/career dem a ning their ac fi www.uu.edu/studentservices/career services www.uu.edu/studentservices/career you will quickly discover that Summar Library offers you will quickly discover that Summar Library offers www.uu.edu/academics/testing ed Personal Trainer is available. ed Personal Trainer fi www.uu/studentlife/healthservices www.uu.edu/library tness training with a Certi fi ce of Academic Services. GPA counseling can be sought from the Of counseling can be sought from Academic Services. GPA ce of fi ce visit charge for clinic care; all off-campus referrals and care may render a cost and are the responsibility of the responsibility a cost and are may render and care referrals all off-campus for clinic care; ce visit charge fi thereof, and which are not accessible to others not accessible which are and thereof, not and are of a student of treatment with the provisions used only in connection which are paraprofessional (governed also by HIPPA) such treatment other than those providing available to persons The Wellness Center, a recently redesigned 3,600 square foot facility, offers programs to promote healthy life-styles to promote programs offers foot facility, 3,600 square redesigned a recently Center, The Wellness Union University serves as a National Testing Center for the American College Test (ACT), PRAXIS (NTE and American College Test Center for the Union University serves as a National Testing When visiting the library webpage at The services of a full-time licensed psychologist are available at no charge to stu dents with personal or emotional stu to available at no charge are The services of a full-time licensed psychologist Advisor in is assigned a Faculty several avenues. Each student through Academic counseling is administered The Career Services staff assists students needing guidance in de assists students Services staff The Career The mission of Health Services is to promote healthy lifestyles and to demonstrate care in a Christ-like manner in a care healthy lifestyles and to demonstrate Services is to promote The mission of Health tness classes. Currently enrolled students, faculty, staff, and spouses are eligible to use the Center and par tic i pate i tic eligible to use the Center and par and spouses are staff, students, faculty, enrolled tness classes. Currently in class es. One on one in class Wellness Center Wellness and health education including group prescription such as health assessments, motivational incentives, exercise fi Testing Program the College Level Examination (MAT), Analogies Test Miller II), I and SAT (SAT PPST), College Board available at ules are Sched (CLEP) and DANTES SST. Library Services through the Academic Center. The junior/senior student is required to have at least one counseling appointment The junior/senior student is required Academic Center. the through auditor to focus on the completion of graduation requirements. with a degree knowledge. In a time when information is a healthy balance between the traditional and contemporary worlds of a well-selected through the best literature the student the unique opportunity to explore cheap and plentiful we offer with friendly caring staff do all this in a safe comfortable environment We collection of books and online resources. committed to satisfying your hunger to learn. Counseling or students may make an appointment. ty of the counselor, i abil based on the avail accepted are concerns. Walk-ins ed it lim students may also receive of Counseling Services or the Dean of Students, Director by the Upon referral in Consultation is provided under contract in the community. services provider the psychological services from as the primary contact for students with tor also serves rec The Di to special agencies upon request. making referrals disabilities. assigned tempo- are intended major/vocational goal. Students undecided about their major with their accordance rarily to the Of Career Services Health Services illnesses. Health Services is es for minor injuries and vic medical ser and to provide and staff to students, faculty nurse prac part-time nurse as director, by a full-time registered staffed no of aged to cour ly en strong to have insurance, all students are required are International students the patient. Whereas tained through tion can be ob ma for do so. In Records Not Available for Student Inspection Available Not Records • of the maker in the sole possession which are personnel and administrative supervisory of instructional, Records • or professional or other recognized by a physician, psychiatrist, psychologist, or maintained created Records • parents of students’ Financial records • right of inspection a student has waived his/her Evaluations for which recent previous educational in sti tu tion attended) may be made public by the Uni ver si ty unless a student requests and most requests a student unless ty received, and awards grees si de of attendance, dates schedule, class major, academic photograph, birth, ver Uni public by the made may be attended) tion tu sti in educational previous recent sent. his/her con only upon released writing that it be Center in Academic to the encourages all students to begin career planning in the freshman year. The Career Services Resource Center includes Center Services Resource The Career year. planning in the freshman encourages all students to begin career to their skills and values academic pursuits, personal interests, in relating to assist students a variety of resources campus employment and also maintains a web site for full-time and part-time off plans. The department career an online résumé database provides Services. The department by Career internships as well as events sponsored to by employers seeking upload their résumés for review students can whereby testing, career development workshops, interview skills training, and career counseling/coaching are offered as a offered counseling/coaching are workshops, interview skills training, and career development testing, career success. and career for their life calling to assist students with preparation development career to holistic approach Services web site located at visit the Career information, For more Academic Program ______Defi nition of Academic Terms Degrees Union University offers nine undergraduate degrees—Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology, Bache lor of Science in Engineering, Bache lor of Science in Nursing, Bachelor of Science in Organizational Leadership, Bachelor of Science in Business Administration, and the Bach e lor of Social Work—and eight graduate degrees—the Master of Education, the Master of Arts in Education, the Master of Business Administration, the Master of Christian Studies, the Master of Science in Nursing, Master of Arts in In- ACADEMIC PRO tercultural Stud ies, the Educational Specialist and the Doctor of Education (described in the grad u ate cat a logue). A student may have two baccalaureate degrees conferred when the requirements of both have been met, provided the student has a minimum of 30 resident hours to offer, over and above that required for the fi rst degree. A new major including a minimum of 15 upper-level hours in the major taken at Union and any prerequisites to the major must be completed for the second degree. Upon completion of degree requirements, the student is awarded the appropriate diploma for his/her degree. GRAM Credit Hour The unit for counting credit is the semester hour. A semester hour is defi ned as an hour of class work a week, or its equivalent in laboratory, pursued for one semester. Full-Time Student To be classifi ed as a full-time student during a semester, a student must carry a credit hour load of 12 semester hours; for full-time status in the Winter Term or each of the Summer Terms, a student must carry a minimum of three hours. Grades and Quality Points A is reserved for performance that is defi nitely superior in quality. B is for consistently good work that is above average. C is for satisfactory performance. D is for minimal passing. 16 F indicates failure. Both Progress Reports and Final Grades are reported by letter which may be inter pret ed in percentage fi gures: A 95-100, B 85-94, C 75-84, D 65-74, F below 65. A, B, C, and D are passing grades; F is failure; N is audit. The grade of I, indicating incomplete work, must be made up within the fi rst fi ve weeks of the Fall/Spring semester fol low ing issuance; otherwise, the course is graded to refl ect the in complete work. The grade of IP (In Progress) will be issued for courses which by de sign ex tend into the following term or semester. Pass-fail courses are graded P for pass and FF for failure. W is re served for withdrawal from a course beyond the period allowed for offi cially dropping a course. Withdrawal may be granted by the Registrar after this period if the student meets conditions as stated under regula- tions concerning dropping of classes. A temporary grade of X is inserted to indicate no grade has been reported. The following are the grades with their corresponding quality credits: A—4 quality points per hour of credit B—3 quality points per hour of credit C—2 quality points per hour of credit D—1 quality points per hour of credit F, FF, I, IP, N, X—0 quality points per hour To determine the Grade Point Average (GPA), the quality points earned are divided by the semester hours attempted. The grade of P will not be included in the GPA, but the credit will be included in the hours for graduation. Good Academic Standing is defi ned as the minimum acceptable cumulative GPA for graduation, 2.00. Policy regarding students who fail to meet this standard is de tailed below under “Scholastic Regulations.” Students are allowed to repeat courses to improve the grade and cumulative GPA. Repeat of D and F grades is strongly encouraged. The most recent grade earned is the grade calculated in the cumulative GPA and in consider- ation for graduation. Faculty Advisor Advisors are assigned within the department of the student’s major. The freshman unde cid ed about his/her major will be advised by the Center for New Students. Ad vi sors will assist students in planning schedules and defi ning educational and career goals. Union University’s academic advisement program is based upon the supposition that any degree-seeking stu- dent accepted for enrollment is a responsible adult seeking a liberal arts education. Advisors will inform advisees ACADEMIC PRO GRAM 17 Latin . To qualify for . To . class meeting. rst fi Art Biology Accounting Actuarial Science Business Administration Economics Management Management for Non-Business Professionals Marketing University Studies . A Prerequisite to a course to a course Prerequisite A . for details. Courses above summa cum laude President’s List President’s Cat a logue Catalogue Drawing, Paint- ing, Ceram- ics, Sculpture, Graphic Design, Photography Cell Biology General Zoology Economics International Business Management Marketing* Pre-professional Chemistry student enrollment. from cient support fi ; 3.84 and above, ce. fi magna cum laude BA or BSBA Art BS BS BSBA BSBA BS BSMT and those with a 4.0 are placed on the and those with a 4.0 are ; 3.67-3.83, Dean’s List Dean’s cum laude Digital Media Studies Conservation Accounting Business Administration Medical Technology Chemical Physics Numbering of Courses cation fi school/college dean’s of led in the appropriate fi as follows: 3.50-3.66, Department Majors Degrees Emphases Concentrations Minors Graduate Catalogue. A course syllabus giving greater detail of topics covered and requirements is dis trib ut ed at the ut trib is dis and requirements of topics covered detail giving greater course syllabus A Graduate Programs in Business, Christian Studies, Education, International Studies and Nursing are detailed in are in Business, Christian Studies, Education, International Studies and Nursing Graduate Programs Students making an average of 3.5 or above earned in courses taken at Union Uni ver si ty graduate with si ver or above earned in courses taken at Union Uni Students making an average of 3.5 Union University is committed to providing class sizes that facilitate an excellent professor to student ratio. Yet the Yet to student ratio. professor class sizes that facilitate an excellent is committed to providing Union University of the section the respective for each course is found within brief description A Students who are enrolled for 12 or more hours and earn an average of 3.5 or above are placed on the semester average of 3.5 or above are hours and earn an for 12 or more enrolled Students who are Undergraduate courses are numbered from 100 to 499. Courses from 100 to 199 are fresh man cours es; freshmen es; freshmen man cours fresh 100 to 199 are 100 to 499. Courses from from numbered are courses Undergraduate Art Art* Biology Biology* Business Administration Chemistry Chemistry* may be cited as another course or condition that must be met satisfactorily be fore the student may register for the the student may register fore be met satisfactorily be course or condition that must may be cited as another same time as the course. Co- ed prior to or at the plet that must be com to a requirement refers Corequisite A course. of the instructor. at the discretion enforced sites are ui req and Pre Copies are the Undergraduate Academic Undergraduate Academic ______Programs Honor Students Size of Classes is not suf cancel a scheduled class if there the right to University reserves Description and Honors Student Classi Student FRESHMAN semester hours. ing at least 12 ry car and who is met entrance requirements who has student SOPHOMORE A of college credit. at least 24 hours student who has A JUNIOR SENIOR has at least 56 hours of college credit. student who A college credit. who has at least 86 hours of student A of the academic requirements and attempt to guide them through the program of study toward their chosen major; chosen major; their study toward of program the through them to guide and attempt requirements academic of the the student. for responsibility the not assume they may however, these honors, a student must complete at least 56 hours at Union University. these honors, a student must complete entitled the which is honor roll, 599 are graduate courses. 599 are are restricted to 100 and 200 level courses. Courses from 200 to 299 are soph o more courses; sophomores are restricted restricted are courses; sophomores more o soph 200 to 299 are to 100 and 200 level courses. Courses from restricted are courses. senior 400 to 499 are junior courses. Courses from are 300 to 399 to 100-300 level courses. Courses from or graduate; see the Graduate may be undergraduate 500 Courses numbered Undergraduate Academic Programs ______

Department Majors Degrees Emphases Concentrations Minors Christian Studies Christian Studies BA Christian Studies Philosophy Philosophy (Christian Studies) BA Biblical Philosophy (General Languages Studies) BA Christian Ethics Church History BA Theology Biblical Studies BA Youth Ministry ACADEMIC PRO Biblical Studies Languages BA Christian Ethics BA Theology BA Youth Ministry BA Sport Ministry Sport Management BS @

GRAM Diploma AD@ Communication Journalism BA or BS Journalism Arts Broadcasting BA or BS Broadcasting Theatre-Speech* BA or BS Film Studies Public Relations/ Theatre-Speech Advertising BA or BS Public Relations/ Digital Media Communication Advertising Studies BA or BS Arts Photojournalism Computer Science Computer Science BA or BS Computer Science Digital Media BA or BS Computer Computer Information Studies Science Systems Continuing Education Organizational BSOL@ General Leadership Allied Health 18 Church Leadership Social Work BSW@ Education Liberal Studies BS Grades 4-8 Teacher Professional* Learning Grades PreK-3 Licensure Education: Foundations BS Grades K-6 PreK-3 Special Education BS K-6 4-8 Special Education Engineering Engineering BSE Electrical Mechanical English English* BA Literature English Creative Writing History History* BA or BS History

Language French* BA Literature & French Spanish* BA Culture Spanish Teaching English as Language & Teaching English a Second Language* BA Culture as a Second Lang. Mathematics Mathematics* BA or BS Actuarial Science Mathematics ACADEMIC PRO GRAM 19 Sociology Human Studies Family Studies Physics Physical Education Health Education* Athletic Coaching Music Intercultural Studies @ @ @ Available in each: Available Instrumental Organ Piano Voice LPN to BSN Accelerated BSN BSN-14 month RN to BSN Communication Marketing Ministry Exercise Science and Wellness General/Choral* Instrumental/ Band* Studies Christian Communication Arts Management Marketing Voice Organ Piano Piano Organ Voice Voice Organ Piano Instrumental Regional # @@ BA or BS BA or BS BA BS BS BS BS BS BS BS BM BM BM BM BM BA cate available cate fi Family Studies Physical Science Engineering Physics Physical Education* Sport Management Sports Medicine Athletic Training Music Church Music Performance Music Theory Music Intercultural Studies BA Global Department Majors Degrees Emphases Concentrations Minors Adult Studies Program only as an Available Adult Studies Program also as an Available @ @@ Social Work Social Work BSW Political SciencePsychology Political Science*Sociology or BS BA Psychology Sociology or BS BA Political Science Psychology Physics Physics* Nursing Nursing BSN Basic 4 year Physical Education and Wellness Sport Music Music Education Institute for International and Intercultural Studies Undergraduate Academic Academic Undergraduate ______Programs # Certi Welfare Public Child Tennessee * available Licensure Teacher General Academic Policies and Procedures Change of Classes After registration, a student may change his/her schedule by obtaining proper forms from Union Station, securing the signature of his/her advisor, and processing forms at Union Station. A fee of $10.00 will be charged for schedule change after the start of classes. Excep tions will be made by the Regis- trar in instances beyond a student’s control. See the University Calendar for the last date for changes in schedules. Dropping of Classes Courses may be dropped without academic penalty after the period allowed under circum stanc es of extreme ill- ness, in which case a physician’s certifi cate must be submit ted and approved by the Registrar. Other circumstances ACADEMIC PRO beyond the student’s control may be approved by the Registrar. Students discontinuing class attendance without the Registrar’s permission to drop will receive an “F” in those courses. Registration for Courses as an Audit Students may audit courses for personal enrichment on a space available basis. Reg istra tion must occur during GRAM the published period. The student will pay the audit and applicable materials fees. Audited courses do not apply toward a degree but will ap pear on the transcript with out assignment of grade. The auditor may par tic i pate in the course as minimally or as fully as he/she chooses. The instructor may elect not to grade exams and other work of the auditor. A student auditing a course may process drop/add forms to earn credit in the class no later than the “Last Day to Add” for the semester. A student enrolled in a course for credit may change to audit during the peri od allowed to drop a class. Deadlines are noted in the ac a dem ic calendars for each semester published in the Cat a logue. Regulations Concerning Quantity of Work The maximum hours recommended for any student is 18 for a Fall or Spring Se mes ter, 9 for accelerated 8-week sessions, and 7 for any of the three 4-week terms. However, a student who is highly motivated and has a 3.0 CUM GPA may petition the Registrar with consent of his/her advisor to enroll for more than the sug gest ed maximum. Concurrent Enrollment 20 Enrollment in another college or university concurrent with Union University en roll ment must be ap proved in ad vance and in writing by the Reg is trar. At times other than concurrent enrollment the Union student is advised to check with the Registrar about transferability. Class Attendance Regular and successive attendance is expected of all students enrolled in all lecture, laboratory, and seminar courses. Each faculty member is to determine the specifi c details for administering the attendance policy for his/her courses. Each faculty member is to clarify in the course syllabus the requirements. This statement is approved by the department chair and fi led in the Offi ce of the College/School Dean. Each facul ty member is to counsel with any student whenever absences are affecting the stu dent’s grade. No faculty member is allowed to operate a system which penalizes a student for absences due solely to participa- tion in an offi cial college-sponsored activity which requires limited or occasional absences. However, the student must satisfy all testing, re port ing, and required functions defi ned for the course. Withdrawal From School A student withdrawing from school, dropping all courses from a current semester or term, begins the process with the Academic Center with a Withdrawal Card. Students will be allowed to withdraw through 11 weeks, or its term equivalent, and will receive no ta tion on their per ma nent record. Voluntary withdrawal does not guarantee permission to readmit to the University nor does it automatically ex- clude the student from enrollment at a future date. Students who have withdrawn must check with the Admissions Offi ce regarding reenrollment. Scholastic Regulations The only acceptable level of work for graduation at Union University is 2.0 or above. Those who fail to achieve that level will be placed on academic probation. If the student achieves a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0, academic probation status will be immediately removed. If the student fails to achieve the 2.0 GPA, the status of academic probation lasts for two full semesters and the short term(s) that immediately follow. While the student is on academic probation: 1. An offi cial notice will be sent to the student. 2. The academic advisor will monitor a program of studies containing repe ti tion of courses in which D’s and F’s have been earned and will urge reduction of extracurricular activities and work. ACADEMIC PRO GRAM 21 cally fi mit a student mit a student of his/her re-ad- ...... 39 ...... 25%* ...... 6* ...... 128 ...... 15* ...... 30 ...... 18 Catalogue po nents unless speci ...... 18-36 ...... 2.000 ...... 48 hours of the year of their admission ...... 2.000 ...... 2.000 cen sure requirements may alter requirements sure cen nancial obligations, etc.) fi Catalogue ed in the fi . ve years have elapsed since a student’s latest enrollment fi ces (incompletes, chapel, fi for students seeking licensure. ward a degree at Union. a degree ward Cat a logue Campus Life Handbook c Core Requirements are required by all programs except the B.S.N., B.S.M.T. and B.M. degrees. Some and B.M. degrees. except the B.S.N., B.S.M.T. by all programs required are Requirements c Core fi Curriculum.c Core ...... fi 3. The academic load will be limited to not more than fourteen hours. fourteen than more to not be limited load will academic The 3. as needed. individually counsel students will Registrar Assistant The 4. These are overall minimums; individual programs may require a higher level of per for mance. Such programs are are mance. Such programs for a higher level of per may require minimums; individual programs overall These are Each bachelors degree awarded by Union University must contain the following com by awarded Each bachelors degree Students may graduate under the course requirements speci requirements Students may graduate under the course Union University upholds the highest standards of honesty. By their enrollment at Union, students are agreeing agreeing are at Union, students By their enrollment of honesty. upholds the highest standards Union University If by the end of the two pro ba tion ary semesters a cumulative GPA of 2.0 has not been attained, the student will be will be the student attained, been 2.0 has not of GPA a cumulative ary semesters tion ba of the two pro If by the end After serving the period of suspension, the student is eligible to return upon ap pli ca tion for readmission. The stu- tion for readmission. ca pli ap upon eligible to return of suspension, the student is After serving the period The completion of 128 hours usually requires four years of 32 hours per year. Of these, the freshman and sopho- Of these, the freshman four years of 32 hours per year. requires The completion of 128 hours usually Speci MUST: FOR GRADUATION ABOVE, THE CANDIDATE THE ADDITION TO IN of which, must be earned at Union University...... of which, must be earned on the junior/senior level ...... hours** to include junior/senior one major, tive...... la hours**. to include junior/senior ...... one minor, mu cu Average: Grade Point ...... Cumulative each major ...... Cumulative each minor Summary of Minimum Requirements for Graduation detail is intend to be all inclusive. Greater ry does not ma departmental section. This sum noted in their appropriate on each topic on the following pages. provided ...... for bachelor’sSemester hours required degree Components of Graduation Requirements Graduation Requirements suspended from another college; however, if credit is earned at another institution while the stu dent is suspended dent while the stu at another institution is earned if credit college; however, another from suspended to is not applicable that credit Union, from Academic Integrity devices such as but not limited to technology of unauthorized aids during testing(including the use from to refrain to give or receive refuse and text-messaging devices), to cameras, pen-based scanners, digital cameras, cellphone and of their own efforts the result in only those assignments which are tion on examinations, and to turn ma for in such as the Internet outside source, any gleaned from documentation for material correct to provide Failure research. disciplinary action. tutes plagiarism, a form of cheating subject to strict sti con or any published/unpublished work, including Policies and procedures, warrant academic and disciplinary consequences. of these standards Breaches detailed in the are appeal procedure, tion. If a u for grad or those at the time of their application Li Teacher at the time of his/her application for graduation. sion or those in force mis as stated in the graduation requirements suspended from the University for one full semester. There is no appeal permitted for this suspension. The suspen- suspension. The permitted for this is no appeal There for one full semester. the University from suspended ad typically will not substitute. Colleges short terms will no combination of be a full semester; sion will dent re-enters on academic probation and is again given two semesters with the short term(s) that follow to achieve semesters with the short term(s) and is again given two on academic probation dent re-enters be suspended is not achieved, the student will again If the satisfactory standing 2.0 GPA. cumulative the required to to reapply will be required desiring to return a full semester suspension, the student After the University. from Admissions Committee of the University. the in Union Uni ver si ty, he/she may graduate either under the course requirements of the the course requirements he/she may graduate either under ty, si ver in Union Uni academic program: exempted by the student’s choice of ...... Curriculum General Core Speci ...... minimum Program, Academic Major ...... minimum Program, Academic Minor more years are spent in core curriculum. In the event 128 hours have not been met by the completion of the above curriculum. In the event 128 hours spent in core years are more ance. majors/minors must be earned to satisfy the bal nents, elective courses or additional po com indicates those the table of “Academic Programs” majors and degrees; the pairing of apply toward restrictions applicable. where restrictions • Audit appointment Schedule and keep at least one Graduation • File an application for graduation • Clear all accounts and conditions with school of *Total credit hours to be earned at Union University to meet residency requirements. **A second major may be earned in lieu of a minor. All major requirements are in effect for each major sought; all minor requirements are in effect for each minor sought. Summary of Maximum Requirements for Graduation Total semester hours applicable to graduation as earned by: CLEP, CEEB, Seminary Extension, and Correspondence ...... 32 of which, correspondence may not exceed ...... 8 From non-baccalaureate colleges ...... 72 By Independent Study ...... 9

ACADEMIC PRO By Special Study ...... 9 By Internship ...... 9 By Cooperative Education ...... 9 By Study Abroad ...... 21 Minimum Residence For each undergraduate degree granted by Union University, at least 25% of the hours required must be earned GRAM through instruction by Union University. The last 12 hours of must be earned at Union Uni ver si ty except in pre- professional programs. Any deviation from this policy must be authorized in writing by the Registrar. Credit from a college not awarding the baccalaureate degree, a community college, sought in transfer after the student has earned >69 hours must be approved in advance, in writing by the Registrar. See also "Minimum Resi- dence" below and "Concurrent Enrollment" above. The Union University Core Union University provides excellent liberal arts based undergraduate education; the foundation for this educa- tion is the core curriculum. The core curriculum provides our students with the opportunity to gain foundational knowledge across the range of scholarship and experience, become skilled in the acquisition and application of that knowledge, and develop a love of virtuous thinking and living. The core provides a common grounding in the knowledge, skills, and virtues which we believe all Union graduates should possess while providing a foundation for specialization in majors and minors as well as careers and lives of constructive learning. This document does not prescribe any particular selection of core courses. Rather, it establishes the goals of the core curriculum as a 22 whole. Specifi c goals mentioned below can be actively pursued in many, if not all, courses in the core curriculum. We intend that connections between disciplines will be made overtly in the classroom and discussed by faculty and students alike. At all stages of our students’ education, the Union faculty is intent upon academic excellence for ourselves and for our students. God’s creativity and governance shape all of life, make all knowledge possible, and unify the academic disciplines. In light of this, we want our students to know God and to develop a maturing awareness, understanding, and ap- preciation of God. We want them to acquire broad biblical knowledge and detailed knowledge of portions of the Scriptures. We want them to learn the essential doctrines that have guided historic Christianity and we desire that our students exercise the gifts and skills of living in the knowledge of God. Union students need to know and love God’s creation: anything physical and metaphysical which is distinct from God. They need to know about the inanimate from the subatomic to the cosmic, and about life, from its simplest to its most complex forms. Interactions between inanimate and animate are important to learn, as are the abstract concepts that have guided the study of the cosmos. They should understand how scientifi c views have changed, be skilled in scientifi c methodologies, and know their advantages and limitations. They should also understand and appreciate things we can not touch, such as logic, numbers, goodness and evil, beauty and ugliness. Guided by Christian ideals, students should know how our understanding of creation can be used to improve life, alleviate suffering, and inspire beauty. Union students need to know and love the human realm of creation. We want our students to understand (and wonder at) the physical, spiritual, and imaginative nature of humanity—in themselves, in others, in communities, and in cultures past and present. It is important for them to know the great ideas that have shaped how we live and think and to contemplate the creativity and self-refl ection that so distinguish people from the rest of creation. We want them to see models of excellence in others that they may seek excellence for themselves. They need skills associated with human interaction. Finally, in all our studies of humanity, we want our students to be guided by Christian conceptions of human identity and purpose and to imitate Christ in service to others. Throughout these academic pursuits and built into core courses, we want our students to develop a Christ-like character. The core curriculum at Union not only challenges students to know and to be skilled, it also challenges students to perceive and pursue virtue in their studies, social experiences, and in all areas of life. Knowledge and skill need guidance; that guidance comes from cultivated and practiced virtue. There are many ways to nurture Christian character; we will encourage students in the pursuit of the virtues presented in Scripture and in the Western tradition, such as the Beatitudes, the fruit of the Spirit, and the seven classic virtues. ACADEMIC PRO GRAM 23 ments or options for your quire ment by successfully completing quire 312, 316, 317. 311, SPA Survey of Spanish Literature (6), select any two. The purpose of the core curriculum is to establish a common foundation of knowledge, skill, and virtue. These virtue. skill, and of knowledge, foundation common a is to establish curriculum of the core purpose The General Core Requirements for All Bachelor Degrees for General Core Requirements 2 hours Gateway Course, until Gateway develop- hours) will continue to be offered College Life at Union (CLU 195, 2 Piloted in 2007-08. ment is completed. 6 hours Christian Studies, Survey Testament Old and New and 112. CHR 111 Composition, 6 hours I and II Composition Written and 112. ENG 111 Arts, 3 hours Fine 210. ART Civilization (3) Arts In Western The History*, 6 hours Civilization to/from 18th Century HIS 101 and 102, World and HIS 212. licensure must substitute HIS 211 *Students seeking elementary teacher from each group: Laboratory Science, 8 hours, One course A: Group 231 (5) 213 (4), or PHY (4), PHY Group B: 111 (4), PHY CHE 105 (4), CHE 111 (4), BIO 121 (4), or BIO 221 (4) BIO 100 (4), BIO 112 below: Literature, 6 hours, One of the sequences A: Sequence ENG 201, 202. Sequence B: 312, 317. FRE 311, Sequence C: Mathematics, 3 hours advisor for mathematics re See your 101 or higher. Any mathematics course MAT select any two; Survey of French Literature (6), Literature (6); Survey of World major. Business majors must select MAT 111, 201, or above. 111, Business majors must select MAT major. or 235. of COM 112 Oral Communication,** 3 hours, One students meet this re Social Work **School of Nursing and Bachelor of their prescribed major courses. Physical Education, 2 hours PEWS 100. for Health (1) Fitness PEWS 103 is required for the nonswim- And one physical activity elective course (such as Golf or Volleyball). mer as determined by standards administered in PEWS 100. Social Science and Humanities Options, 3 hours, One of the following: (3) 213 (3), or SOC 211 (3), PSY 240 (3), PSC 211 210 (3), PHL (3), ECF 212 (3), HON ECF 211 CORE HOURS, 48 hours GENERAL TOTAL programs of study. Confer with your faculty advisor for limitations of options required in some thought and action issues in a cap- In addition to the above requirements, each major will address Christian stone experience.

are valuable in their own right and also serve as a base for formal studies and life-long learning. The core challenges challenges The core learning. and life-long studies for formal as a base also serve right and own in their valuable are in their own such calling calling and to discover as Godly human endeavors all legitimate to appreciate students intel- the provides The core to dwell together. action, and faith for understanding, opportunity lives. It provides the unity of productive The day. the issues of our ideas of history and with the for engaging lectual underpinning and nature, to see humankind, who work the faculty and students and actions of found in the minds will be core and additional core intend that the We can master. complexity as we their extraordinary in as much of God together is God’s truth. to life the age-old belief that all truth formal studies bring Specifi c Core Requirements For A Bachelor Of Arts Degree (18 hours minimum) (In Addition to the General Core Requirements) OPTION ONE. Complete Group A plus at least one 3-hour course from Group B and at least one 3-hour course from Group C1. A. Foreign Language (12 hours): One language for 2 years of two languages for 1 year each; 111 or higher, B. Fine, Performing Arts, and Communication Arts: Courses selected from Art, Music or Communication Arts. C. Humanities: Courses selected from Christian Studies, English, History, Honors, Intercultural Studies, Languages or Philosophy.

ACADEMIC PRO 1CSC 105 may fulfi ll 3 hours from either Part B or Part C. Option Two. Complete Group A plus at least one 3-hour course from Group B and at least one 3-hour course from Group C1. A. Foreign Language (6 hours): One language, 111 or higher, for 1 year. B. Fine, Performing Arts, and Communication Arts: Courses selected from Art, Music, or Communication Arts.

GRAM C. Humanities: Courses selected from the following areas: Christian Studies, English, History, Honors, Intercultural Studies, Languages or Philosophy.

1CSC 105 may fulfi ll 3 hours from either Part B or Part C.

Specifi c Core Requirements for a Bachelor of Science Degree (18 hours minimum) (In Addition to the General Core Requirements) Option One. A minimum of 2 courses from 2 Groups and 1 course from the 3rd Group A. Mathematics 111 or higher; and/or Computer Science2 B. Natural Science (Biology, Chemistry, Physics) C. Social Science (Economics, Finance, Geography, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology)

2Due to common content CSC 105 and CSC 115 may apply but not both.

24 Option Two. A minimum of 8 hours in 2 of the 3 Groups (Mathematics, Natural Science and Social Science as shown immediately above) 2Due to common content CSC 105 and CSC 115 may apply but not both. Specifi c Core Requirements for a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (In Addition to the General Core Requirements, 36 hours)*

ACC 211-12. Principles of Accounting I–II 6 hours BAD 224. Quantitative Methods for Business 3 hours CSC 105. Survey of Microcomputing Applications 3 hours ECF 211-12. Principles of Macroeconomics, Microeconomics 6 hours ECF 320. Business Financial Management I 3 hours MAT 114. Introduction to Statistics and Probability 3 hours MGT 310. Management Information Systems 3 hours MGT 312. Organizational Behavior 3 hours MKT 328. Principles of Marketing 3 hours MGT 321. Legal Environment of Business 3 hours * Upper-level courses must be earned with a grade of C or higher

Specifi c Core Requirements for a Bachelor of Social Work (In Addition to the General Core Requirements, 18 hours) SOC 211, Principles of Sociology 3 hours Modern Foreign Language or Culture (see ICS Major for options) 3 hours Advisor-approved electives outside Social Work 9 hours Modern Foreign Language 3 hours ACADEMIC PRO GRAM 25

2 hours 3 hours 8 hours 3 hours 3 hours nals on one day may for led an application fi fi the nals week, provided fi Credit by Exam be moved to the nal exams of the graduation semester or term will fi has Audit by the time he/she led a Graduation fi led in writing with the Academic Center dur ing the Fall semester prior ing the Fall semester Academic Center dur led in writing with the fi ed. 10 hours 10 fi led a Graduation Audit by that date, his/her name will be dropped from the from Audit by that date, his/her name will be dropped led a Graduation c requirements for each may be obtained from the Health Professions Advisory Professions the Health for each may be obtained from c requirements fi fi (in Addition to the General Core Requirements, 29 hours) Core Requirements, to the General Addition (in the last semester. by the opening of ciencies—should be removed fi led an application for graduation must have had an ap point ment with the Assistant Reg- ment with the point for graduation must have had an ap led an application fi nal examinations are required of all students in all courses where content is appropriate. The content is appropriate. in all courses where of all students required nal examinations are fi General Physics I&II in Engineering Science of a Bachelor for Core Requirements c fi Dentistry Physical Therapy Therapy Assistant Physician Chiropractry Occupational Optometry Cytotechnology Information Dental Hygiene Dentistry Physical Health Medicine Management Medicine Veterinary Pharmacy Podiatry Students who have completed coursework required for entrance into a professional health program are evaluated are health program for entrance into a professional Students who have completed coursework required Pre-professional programs providing the background to apply for entrance into the health professions programs programs to apply for entrance into the health professions the background providing programs Pre-professional the speci Information regarding All candidates for graduation must be approved by the faculty. All conditions—trans fer credit, incomplete grades, fer credit, All conditions—trans the faculty. by approved All candidates for graduation must be Comprehensive Application for graduation should be Application for graduation should Any student who has A student re-entering the University after a lapse of ten years since the last ac a dem ic credit was earned must ic credit dem a ten years since the last ac the University after a lapse of student re-entering A A maximum of 32 semester hours toward graduation by ACE-approved Seminary Extension, correspondence Extension, correspondence Seminary ACE-approved graduation by 32 semester hours toward maximum of A CSC 245 or 255 Programming or 255 Programming CSC 245 Geometry II & III Analytic and 212-13 Calculus MAT Equations 314 Differential MAT Algebra or Linear 208 or 315 Statistics MAT 231-32 PHY Speci of Chemical Instrumentation Survey CHE 113 nal examination time is listed with the University cal en dar. A student with three or more or more student with three A dar. en nal examination time is listed with the University cal request one of his/her pro fes sors to re sched ule one examination, to another time during sched sors to re fes one of his/her pro request grad u a tion list, and the student noti a u grad fi available as well as are programs professional for The Requirements Committee (HPAC). schools. for other professional Union personnel concerning the student’s class performance The evaluation summarizes input from by the HPAC. Health Professions: Pre-Professional and Professional Curricula/Liberal Arts-Professional De- Health Professions: Pre-Professional and Professional Curricula/Liberal grees University. Union available through listed below are graduation, he/she will be given until De cem ber 1 for Spring/Summer graduation and until May 1 for Fall/Winter until May 1 for Fall/Winter ber 1 for Spring/Summer graduation and cem dent has not De graduation, he/she will be given until tion. If the stu a u grad Faculty Approval and chapel attendance de Final Examinations the the scheduling problem, cannot resolve the last week of class. If the student and the professor precedes request to the Registrar. student should take his/her request Application for Graduation applicants not graduation. Graduation Spring semester prior to Fall/Winter to Spring/Summer graduation, or by the last day of completing all requirements date. graduation next appropriate should begin during the Audit dit. The Graduation Au Education for a Graduation of Teacher istrar or the Director not In the event a student has junior year. Prolonged Delay of Completion of Graduation Requirements of Completion of Graduation Prolonged Delay study will be formulated for the applicant of program A with the Registrar. to enrollment prior have a conference plete the degree. to com Correspondence, Seminary Extension (SE) and Seminary Extension (SE) and Correspondence, for SE or correspondence may not enroll ed. Students cept may be ac by examination or credit (8 hours maximum) course and the department chair or for the registration in writing by the Registrar prior to without approval credit made by consent of the Registrar. to the total number of hours may be dean. Exceptions and accomplishments, motivation, responsibility, capabilities, and character before making its recom men da tion to the professional school. Students who complete the pre-professional requirements, core curriculum and de gree requirements, including major and minor requirements, and 3 years residence ac cept able to Union before entering the professional school may receive the B.S. degree from Union University upon completing one year in an approved professional school. The competitive nature of these programs is such that students are urged to complete the B.S. degree before entering the professional school. Courses Beyond the Required General Education Core Majors and Minors ACADEMIC PRO By the beginning of the junior year, each student is required to select one subject as his/her major and one as his/her minor, with the exceptions of B.M., B.S.N, B.S.E., Chemical Physics, Conservation Biology, Professional Public Accounting, Sports Medicine, Sport Management, Athletic Train ing, and Digital Media Studies. All juniors are required to have a Degree Audit with the Assistant Registrar or the Director of Teacher Education. A major consists of a minimum of 30 semester hours; a minor consists of a minimum of 18 hours. Requirements

GRAM are detailed within the departments of the Catalogue. Courses applying toward a major(s) or minor(s) cannot apply toward another major(s) or minor(s). Of the require- ments in the major, 15 hours must be from upper-level courses (courses numbered above >299) earned at Union University. Of the require ments in the minor, 6 hours must be from upper-level courses earned at Union. All majors and mi nors must be approved by the major professors and the Registrar. To satisfy the requirements for the major/minor, only grades of “C” or above in upper-level courses may be in- cluded. A minimum GPA of 2.0 must be main tained in each major and minor. The student’s choice of a major may require the student select a Track, Endorsement, Emphasis, or Concentration. Track is used to describe different curricular paths culminating in the completion of the same degree. References to Endorsement are applicable only to the Teacher Education Program. No notation of the Endorsement or Track will appear on the student’s transcript or diploma. The terms Emphasis and Concentration are used interchangeably to denote specializations of content related to the major. These notations appear on the transcript and diploma as a Specialization of the major. Independent Studies 26 Independent Studies are available for highly motivated students interested in areas not covered by the regular courses and having both aptitude and disci pline to do inde pen dent research. The program places major responsibil- ity upon the student to identify an area of interest and seek the help of a professor qualifi ed in that area to structure and formally defi ne the course of study and assess the qual i ty of work done. Any junior or senior who has a minimum GPA of 2.75 is eligible to apply for indepen dent study. Exceptional cases may be reviewed by the student’s college/school dean. No student will be permitted to enroll for more than one independent study per semester or term. The maximum hours which any student may apply toward grad u a tion by independent study is nine. No Catalogue course may be offered by independent study. No course taken by in de pen dent study may substitute for any specifi c course required by the core curriculum, a program for teacher licensure, or any course required by a major or minor. Students should check with the Academic Center for the forms required for approval and the particulars of reg- istration. Departmental Special Studies Departmental Special Studies are group studies designed to go beyond or between courses listed in the Catalogue. Such courses may not parallel or substitute for regular catalogue courses. A student may apply up to nine hours in Special Studies toward graduation. Restrictions within departments may apply; check departmental listings. Study Abroad Program Studies Study Abroad Program Studies are individual studies designed to enhance Catalogue curriculum and to facilitate the documentation of study outside the United States. Courses may apply to ward grad u a tion requirements but must be approved prior to travel. A maximum of 21 semester hours in Study Abroad courses may apply toward gradu a tion. Check with the Associate Provost for In ter na tion al and In ter cul tur al Studies for ad di tion al information. Continuing Education Union University has a Continuing Education Program for those who wish to en hance personal or professional knowledge but not necessarily a degree. Courses offered will be determined by the groups desir ing the courses and the instructors. These cours es are offered only when there is a suffi cient demand. See the Department of Continuing Studies for more details. ACADEMIC PRO GRAM 27 s liated fi ed Union ed fi ol o gy to quali for admis- minimum requisites ll the ed students may sit for the cer ti fy ing fy ti ed students may sit for the cer fi fi cient to ful fi ll ment. ll fi culties, or culties, fi ing of resources. These agreements include but are not limited to the West Tennessee Tennessee not limited to the West include but are These agreements ing of resources. Library Agreements liations With Other Agencies and Institutions Agencies Other liations With fi Additional information is available in the Academic Center. in the Additional information is available Programs under these agreements are accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and Accreditation Accreditation Allied Health Education and by the Committee on accredited are under these agreements Programs The Gulf Coast Research Laboratory in Ocean Springs, MS, offers courses in marine bi courses Laboratory in Ocean Springs, MS, offers The Gulf Coast Research Students may seek enrollment in a host school for the following reasons: Students may seek enrollment to extend brary organizations with other libraries and li into several formal agreements The Library has entered The consortium agreement of Freed-Hardeman University, Lambuth Uni ver si ty, and Union University allows a and Union ty, si ver Uni , of Freed-Hardeman The consortium agreement Union University has articulation agreements (transfer guidelines) with several col leg es including Jackson State es leg (transfer guidelines) with several col Union University has articulation agreements The Consortium for Global Education is an association of nearly 50 private U.S. col leg es and universities com- es and universities leg of nearly 50 private U.S. col Global Education is an association The Consortium for develop international institutions that collaborate to association of regional The Mid-Continent Consortium is an Union University’s membership in the Council for Christian Colleges and Uni ver si ties, a national association of ties, a national si ver Colleges and Uni membership in the Council for Christian Union University’s Believing that the success of each student is of vital interest, not only to the student and his/her family, but to the but to family, his/her and to the student not only interest, is of vital student of each the success that Believing study academic advisement, counseling, assistance, retention include tutorial academic services Other student (2) only one institution. available at are Special programs sion to the Medical Technology/Clinical Laboratory Science Program. Quali Laboratory Science Program. sion to the Medical Technology/Clinical Medical Technology/Clinical Laboratory Science Agreements Laboratory Science Medical Technology/Clinical Agency for Clinical Labo- Accrediting tion of the National da men om upon rec Association American Medical of the Union granting 59 semester hours toward ratory Sciences (NAACLS). Each is at least 12 months in duration with site courses for a major ui req pre Union offers for which the student is a candidate. degree the Union baccalaureate ence at Union suf Laboratory Sci in Medical Technology/Clinical Gulf Coast Research Laboratory Agreement Gulf Coast Research Laboratory program in his home col lege. col in his home program (1) Course scheduling dif Summar Emma Waters enhance student access to ma- greatly tive library programs a er op co its service base. These local, state, and regional terials and facilitate the shar ic Library Consortium, TENN-SHARE, and the Southeastern Library Network (Solinet). These agreements dem a Ac loan and a full range of support services. of the universities, allow inter-library cooperative ventures afford Biology Department for details. students. Junior and Senior students in Biology should check with the of Registry. Board American Society of Clinical Pathologists, tion of the na i am ex Cross-Campus Agreement any of them. The student obtains ate course at ther hi u to fur grad order es in pos der of these universities to take an un at one ed pur student enrolled it ing tion attended for lim gree-seek he/she is a de tu his/her “home college” where at credit ition, and receives sti permission to do so, pays tu lege” is used for the in trant; the term “host col is reg College Articulation Agreements courses will determine which credit State Community College. The agreements Community College and Dyersburg elective credits. University and which will receive es at Union transfer as equivalent cours Consortium for Global Education (CGE) Consortium for Studies and Intercultural See the Institute for International of international education. mitted to the development details. for more Mid-Continent Consortium in: Canada, France, Spain, Mexico and Germany. works with programs consortium currently The study programs. Af And Universities (CCCU) Colleges Council for Christian by or af sponsored learning opportunities students off-campus enables us to offer 100 Christian institutions, Student Academic Academic Student Services to required is Each freshman services to students. of academic a variety offers as well, Union University University is available Program New Student Orientation A success. achieving academic toward hours geared credit take two students. for incoming to help proach ap a team ed through vid ic ful pro are Services intervention. and probation-suspension skills workshops, dem a to ac and goals relative student’s needs fy the i clar with the Coun cil. See the Institute for International and Intercultural Studies for program details. program Studies for Intercultural See the Institute for International and cil. with the Coun Admissions ______

Admission Policy Union University seeks to educate students to be servant leaders, ready to carry out the vocation to which God has called them, and equipped with the abilities neces sary to think Christianly and perform skillfully in the world. To this end, Union Univer si ty seeks to recruit and admit quality undergraduate students of qual i fi ed preparation and good character. Union University is primarily an undergraduate institution and seeks to enroll students who desire the educational and Christian life experiences that are offered here and explained in the Mission Statement

AD and Core Values of the Uni ver si ty found in the beginning pages of the Catalogue.

MIS How to Apply

SIONS The Union University Offi ces of Undergraduate Admissions receives and processes applications to traditional undergraduate programs for all semesters and terms of the University. All applications should be mailed to the Of- fi ce of Undergraduate Admissions, 1050 Union University Drive, Jackson, TN 38305. For more information, or for an application call (731) 661-5100 or 1-800-33UNION or apply online at, www.uu.edu. Complete and return the Union University application for undergraduate admis sion. Enclose an application fee, personal check or money order, for $35 payable to Union University. Applications will be considered for acceptance on rolling basis. Since a limited number of spaces may be available for a class, early application is strongly recommended. General Requirements Age: An applicant must be at least 16 years of age unless written approval is grant ed by the Admissions Com- mittee. Character: An applicant is expected to be of good character. An applicant previously charged, arrested, or con- victed of any crime is required to have a personal interview with the Director of Undergraduate Admissions prior to a de ci sion being made regarding admission. After the applicant has met the entrance requirements, the Director of Undergraduate Admissions will issue a formal letter regarding admittance to the University. Initial admittance to Union University does not imply auto- matic admission in future semesters. Any student admitted by giving false in for ma tion or by withholding needed 28 information may be dismissed or retained on proba tion. This decision will be made after consultation by the Director of Undergraduate Admissions with the appropriate committees and administrators. Upon receipt and review by the University of all information required for con sid er ation of admission/readmis- sion, the University reserves the right to refuse admission/readmission to any student or applicant based upon a de ter mi na tion by the Director of Undergraduate Admissions and/or the Admissions Committee that admission/ readmission of the appli cant would not be consistent with the purpose of the Univer si ty. All documents submit ted become the property of Union Uni ver si ty. Admission of Freshmen Academic Requirements and Stipulations An applicant for the freshman class must be a graduate of an accredited high school with at least 20 units in Core Subjects. Core Subjects must include these minimum units: English, 4; Mathematics, 3; Social Sciences, 3; Natural Sciences, 3; Foreign Languages/Fine Arts, 2; with the balance being completed in approved electives. A state high school equivalency diploma will be accepted in lieu of a high school diploma. Additionally, students qualifying for Unconditional Admission to Union University must meet two of the following criteria: 1. 22 ACT/1020 SAT (combined critical reading and math scores) 2. 2.5 Core GPA 3. Top 50% of Graduating Class Students who qualify for Unconditional Admission must have a minimum of 18 ACT/860 SAT (combined critical reading and math scores) and a 2.0 Core GPA regardless of whether or not either of these criteria were utilized to qualify for admission. These two criteria serve as a "fl oor" for Unconditional Admission. Core GPA is a GPA computed by Union University based on each student's performance in a preselected track of high school college preparatory coursework. This required set of courses is as follows: four units of English, three units of math, three units of social science, three units of natural science, two units of either foreign language or fi ne arts (may choose one of each). This core GPA will be computed with the offi cial grading scale utilized by the high school where the course credit was awarded. Occasionally students who do not meet minimum criteria may be accepted with conditions. Admittance with Condition, as a degree-seeking student, may be based on a further review of high school course work and grades, AD MISSIONS 29 ce of Admissions: of ce fi transcript cial high school fi cial disciplinary action at fi rst year of en roll ment at roll rst year of en fi in the following information le the le the following information in the fi fi le of a student having less than a 2.3 cu mu la tive la mu le of a student having less than a 2.3 cu fi a tuition deposit Admissions ce of Undergraduate fi le the following information in the Of , the ap pli cant must also cant pli , the ap , a trans fer student must , a trans fi le in the Of fi , the applicant must also , the ap pli cant must also cant must pli , the ap le with Undergraduate Admissions by April 1, Admissions by le with Undergraduate fi learning attended, all institutions of higher cial transcript from fi ), or admitted. The determination for the above decision shall be the full academic record, recom- academic record, ), or admitted. The determination for the above decision shall be the full all institutions attended, and from cial transcript of credits transcript. cial high school fi fi Catalogue a previously attended institution or if special circumstances arise that show a necessity. attended institution or if special circumstances a previously completion of the high school diploma. Courses must be completed during the completion of the high school diploma. school diploma. a place in class, and sion to reserve mis for ad Union, ce of Undergraduate Admissions: ce of Undergraduate ce of Undergraduate Admissions: of Undergraduate ce 1. application fee, An admissions application and (nonrefundable) of 2. An 3. of for students who have received completed student transfer form is required A 1. A minimum high school GPA of 3.5 considering all coursework, 1. minimum high school GPA A 940, 2. of 20, or SAT ACT composite score minimum A pal will accept for ci 3. the one or two courses the prin the principal detailing written endorsement from A 6. for admission, requirements All other freshman 7. and Admissions committee may be required, An interview with the 8. of the high to submit a Union transcript to the high school for awarding It is the student’s responsibility after a student has been accepted is required 2. tuition deposit of $200, applicable to the entering semester, A 4. Written endorsements from the high school counselor and stu dent’s parents, 4. and stu the high school counselor endorsements from Written 5. An application on 1. complete of A 1. An admissions application and (non-refundable) application fee, application and (non-refundable) application An admissions 1. and scores, ACT or SAT(R) copy of A 2. An of 3. fi fi A transfer student must have completed at least 24 semester hours of transferable cred it at an accredited college it at an accredited transfer student must have completed at least 24 semester hours of transferable cred A Union University actively seeks to admit and enroll students with a home school background. Graduating students students with a home school background. and enroll Union University actively seeks to admit acceptance into Union University may be granted Before for classes registering Before Students may be dually enrolled in high school and Union as part-time students upon application with a minimum in high school and Union as part-time students upon application Students may be dually enrolled and graduation may be admitted as full-time students upon application Outstanding seniors prior to high school Before Acceptance to the Freshman Class may be granted to the Freshman Acceptance Before Before registering for classes registering Before Upon high school graduation, freshmen accepted to the University must submit an of accepted to the University graduation, freshmen Upon high school entitled in the Financial Information section tailed de deposits are schedule and policies regarding The refund in order to enter Union under this category; oth er wise, the ap pli cant must meet freshman admission requirements admission requirements freshman cant must meet pli wise, the ap er to enter Union under this category; oth in order based on his/her cumulative GPA The academic status of a transfer student will be requirements. and transfer GPA ary work attempted. The admission ond post-sec of all accredited Home School Admission and Enrollment Philosophy Home School private and/or as students from they meet the same requirements if as freshmen may be admitted to Union University is unavailable, home school students may If a class rank Freshmen. Admission of public high schools as listed under requirements. and GPA scores ACT/SAT they meet minimum be admitted without conditions provided Another College From Admission of Students Transferring tee following an interview with mit Admissions/Readmissions Com to the Undergraduate will be presented GPA dent may be denied admission, admitted as a Conditional Student (as Academic Support. The stu of the Director of the Director es and will be detailed in writing from stanc cum stat ed in ing cir at u ten mendations, and explanation of any ex Admissions Committee. Academic Support on behalf of the of Admissions and the Director Undergraduate Of Early Admission 940. of 20, or SAT ACT composite score of 3.5 considering all coursework and a minimum high school GPA in consideration of: standardized test scores, GPA, rank in class, and recommendation from appropriate personnel in their school, church church their school, in personnel appropriate from recommendation class, and rank in GPA, scores, test standardized writing in be detailed will Conditions Support. Academic of the Director with interview and an community and Admissions the on behalf of Academic Support of the Director Admissions and of Undergraduate the Director from Committee. Of to reserve housing deposit of $100 is required A apply to the tuition charges. a place in class and of $200 to reserve ment on campus. an apart verifying graduation. “Refunds.” 3. A housing deposit of $100 is required of residential students to reserve an apart ment on campus. The refund schedule and policies regarding deposits are de tailed in the Financial Information section entitled “Refunds.” Credits will be accepted from other regionally accredited colleges if it parallels cours es offered by Union. The minimum grade for acceptance is “C.” No more than 72 semester hours will be accepted from non-baccalaureate granting colleges toward a bachelor’s degree at Union University. Grades from other institutions do not trans fer and therefore will not be recorded. Union University will accept students from a Bible college accredited by The Association for Biblical Higher Education. 1. All regular policies pertaining to the admission of transfer students must be fulfi lled.

AD 2. The student must maintain an average of "C" on all work taken during the fi rst semester at Union University

MIS in order for the credit from the Bible college to be accepted. SIONS Admission of Students Who Already Have A Bachelor's Degree Any student having graduated from an accredited undergraduate institution may be admitted to Union University by the following process: 1. An admissions application and (non-refundable) application fee, and 2. Submit offi cial transcripts from all institutions attended. Students having received a baccalaureate degree are required to submit a stu dent transfer form only if special circumstances arise to show a necessity. A room depos it is required if the student desires campus hous ing. Additional tran scripts may be required if necessary for academic advising. Admission of Former Union University Students Any student once admitted to Union University and then missing one or more se mes ters (Fall or Spring) must be readmitted by the following process: 1. Complete a new application (fee is not required), 2. Clear all previous academic, social, and fi nancial obligations, 3. Submit offi cial transcripts from institutions attended since leaving, and 4. Submit a student transfer form from the last institution attended only if special circumstances arise that show necessity. 30 Voluntary withdrawal does not guarantee permission to readmit to the university nor does it automatically exclude the student from future enrollment. Academic Forgiveness Program Union’s Academic Forgiveness Program is designed for students who at an earlier period earned a poor college academic record. The second chance is available to students who can demonstrate they are now prepared to be aca- demically success ful. Information should be obtained at the time of application from the Director of Undergraduate Admissions. Admission of International Students All international students will meet the same freshman and transfer requirements for regular admission to the University. All international students will be required to complete the International Student Application for Admis- sion including its $50 ap pli ca tion fee. All documents must be in English. Offi cial transcripts must be evaluated, at the student's expense, through an approved service for the evaluation of international transcripts. Entry is allowed for Fall Semester only unless a special appeal is granted by the Admissions Committee or the Director of Undergradu- ate Admissions. The fol low ing additional requirements must be met: 1. A physical examination, 2. Student insurance purchased from a company approved by Union University, 3. Each international student shall prepay or show responsible evidence (such as a government scholarship) of having adequate money for one academic year’s tuition (for Fall, Winter, Spring Semesters), room, board, insurance, books, and mis cel la neous expenses. This amount will be determined by the Director of Under- graduate Admissions for each individual student during the admission process, 4. Students whose native language is not English will submit TOEFL score reports of not less than 500 paper- based, 173 computer-based, or 61 internet-based 5. The Enhanced ACT/SAT(R) score requirement will normally be waived if the TOEFL score is at least 500, 173 computer-based, or 61 internet-based. From a country where the native language is English, students will be admitted on academic credentials without regard to language re quirements. Academic re quire ments will be the same as for regular ad mis sion. From another accredited institution of higher learning in the United States, students will be required to meet the same requirements for ad mis sion as all other transfer stu dents as well as meeting the required TOEFL score. AD MISSIONS 31 y college work. t from fi Academic Support ce of fi ly matriculated students so cially been changed. Students fi cient maturity to pro Academic Support at 731.661.6568. ce of fi fi pli ca tion for ad mis sion to Union University, applica- sion to Union University, mis tion for ad ca pli status and accepting the limitation ning provisional fi rst year. Both the international student advisor and the de part men tal men part and the de student advisor the international Both rst year. fi taken while in Any credit to be fully admitted. cial documents in order fi ve semesters ve fi ce of Undergraduate Ad mis sions: mis Ad ce of Undergraduate fi With limited exceptions, provisional students are enrolled as degree-seeking stu dents. These stu as degree-seeking enrolled are students limited exceptions, provisional With le in the Of fi le. A stu dent may remain on provisional status for only one semester and the sub se quent short term se status for only one semester and the sub on provisional remain dent may stu A le. fi 3. A recommendation from the student’s principal or counselor 3. from recommendation A 1. and application fee An admissions application 2. of high school transcript A ed. fi A. Combined. ACT Composite or a 940 SAT Have completed the junior year with a B average or a 20 B. or guidance counselor suf Have demonstrated to their principal 1. $35 application fee. Application with a Admission Submit the International 2. admission. for regular Meet all requirements 3. card. your permanent residency Submit a copy of A maximum of seven semester hours may be earned in the June Term. maximum of seven semester hours may be earned in the June Term. A rates. regular is available at the Room and board fee of $100.00 per hour is charged. A to high school for completion of who does not plan to return No student may participate in the RHSS Program Exceptional high school students, after completing the junior year of high school, may earn college credit for ad- completing the junior year of high school, may earn college credit Exceptional high school students, after Designed as a dual enrollment program for select high school students, First Step students will be allowed to take for select high school students, First Step students will be allowed program Designed as a dual enrollment must submit an ap For admission into First Step, the student Before being admitted to the program, an applicant must meet the following stan dards and have the following dards stan an applicant must meet the following to the program, being admitted Before The Keystone Program is designed to support and facilitate a successful transition of conditionally admitted students and facilitate a successful transition is designed to support The Keystone Program As a condition of their admission, each international student will be required to enroll as a full-time student in as a full-time student to enroll will be required student each international of their admission, As a condition An I-20 form may be issued only after admission requirements and the above monetary requirements have been have been requirements above monetary and the requirements after admission only may be issued form An I-20 For students who have obtained their permanent residency card the following requirements must be met: following requirements the card have obtained their permanent residency For students who The student will be bound by all general academic requirements imposed upon ful The student will be bound by all general academic requirements The student will sign a contract at the time of admission de Provisional Students: students do not have immediate access to of Special Categories of Admission Special Categories of the senior year. Rising High School Senior Program students or both summer terms. The RHSS is designed for selected high school vanced placement by attending one who: up to 12 credit hours for the reduced rate of $100/credit hour, plus materials fees or laboratory fees, if applicable. plus materials fees or laboratory hour, rate of $100/credit hours for the reduced up to 12 credit is made only after a personal interview must grant permission. Final acceptance into First Step The course instructor during which the student with the instructor personal interview A Admissions. Undergraduate of with the Director tapes, or portfolio pre- with supporting materials such as printed matter, is asked to demonstrate his/her interest sentations may also be required. Admission to Special Programs First Step information on advisor in their major de part ment, during their ment, during their part their major de advisor in Keystone Program achievement, is to encompass and connect the academic Its mission of the university. into the learning community the Of achieve this mission, for each student. To values, goals, and faith personal strengths, applicable fees. tion fee, high school transcript and until the status has of matriculated credit as regular this status will not be transferred ICS 105. In ter na tion al stu dents will be ad vised by an in ter na tion al student advisor, as well as by an assigned facult well as by an assigned as al student advisor, tion na ter and ENG 112, by an in vised to; ENG 111, but not be limited needs to include; unique orientation for their tailored course work will be ad dents al stu tion na ter ICS 105. In satis advisor must be consulted in reg is tra tion de ci sions. ci de tion tra is in reg be consulted advisor must individualized Key- outlined in an deliberate and intentional programs transition through will assist in a seamless contact the Of information on Keystone, please stone Plan. For further will be re quired to submit all outstanding items to complete admissions for the provisional status to be changed. status items to complete admissions for the provisional to submit all outstanding quired will be re All work completed or attempted will be documented on the of work. quantity and quality far as prerequisites, academic record. those documents needed to complete of that status. The student must sign a waiver for Union University to request the ad mis sion Admis- of Undergraduate exist and an extension is given in writing by the Director unless special circumstances the student is before Admissions may be required of Undergraduate with the Director personal conference A sions. al basis. sion vi accepted for admission on a pro Non-Degree Seeking Students: Students may be admitted to take courses for special interest or as a “vis it ing student” for a maximum of 12 semester hours. Classes may be taken for credit or audit on a space available basis. Students must meet all re quire ments for admission to change from Non-Degree Seeking to Degree Seek ing status. A person al conference with the Director of Undergraduate Admissions is required before the student is accept ed for admission on this basis. Students admitted as non-degree must reapply each semester/term. Advanced Placement and Credit by Examination Placement tests developed by Union University may be administered in all depart ments represented in the core curriculum. No credit will be awarded for Union-developed tests; the hours required in the core will be satisfi ed at a higher level.

AD Nationally recognized credit by examination programs including the Advanced Place ment Program of the College

MIS Entrance Examination Board (CEEB), the College Level Ex am i na tion Program (CLEP), Correspondence and Exten- sion credit, International Bac ca lau re ate (IB) and DANTES SST may be accepted. Credit will be awarded for training SIONS re ceived in the military service in accordance with recommendations of the American Council on Ed u ca tion (ACE). Other ACE-evaluated programs may be ac cept ed upon review. Credit awarded by successful completion of CEEB, CLEP, DANTES and IB exams and for ACE-approved training through non-collegiate sponsored education, including but not limited to the military, is assigned semester hours without quality points. The General Core for All Degrees requires a laboratory science. Therefore, the requirement may not be completely satisfi ed with credit by testing. Advanced Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination Board (CEEB) Union University will award credit with grades of 3 or above: CEEB Test Union Parallel/Substitute Credit Art History ...... none / ART 210 ...... 3 *Studio Art ...... none / Upper level elective...... 3 Biology ...... BIO 100 / n/a ...... 4 Chemistry ...... **CHE 105 or 111 / n/a ...... 4 Computer Science A ...... none / CSC Lower level Elective ...... 3 Computer Science B ...... none / CSC Lower level Elective ...... 3 32 Economics ...... ECF 211-2 / n/a ...... 6 English Language and Composition ...... ENG 111 / n/a ...... 3 English Literature and Composition ...... ENG 111-2 / n/a ...... 6 French Language and Composition ...... FRE 111-2 / n/a...... 6 German Language ...... GER 111-2/ n/a ...... 6 Government and Politics, United States ...... PSC 211 / n/a ...... 3 Comparative Government ...... PSC 318 / n/a ...... 3 History, European ...... HIS 101-2 / n/a ...... 6 History, United States ...... HIS 211-2 / n/a ...... 6 History, World ...... HIS 101-2 / n/a ...... 6 Human Geography ...... none / GEO Lower level Elective ...... 3 Latin ...... LAT 111-2 / Language ...... 6 Mathematics, Calculus AB ...... MAT 211 / n/a ...... 4 Mathematics, Calculus BC ...... **MAT 211-2 / n/a ...... 8 Music Theory ...... MUS 111 ...... 3 Physics B ...... PHY 213-4 / n/a ...... 8 Physics C–Mechanical ...... PHY 231 / n/a ...... 5 Physics C–E & H ...... PHY 232 / n/a ...... 5 Psychology ...... PSY 213 / n/a ...... 3 Spanish Language and Literature ...... SPA 111-2 / n/a ...... 6 Statistics ...... MAT 114 / n/a ...... 3 *Pending evaluation of student’s art portfolio by Union’s Art Department **Credit/evaluation based on score College-Level Examination Program (CLEP), Subject Exams Credit will be awarded to students earning a minimum score equivalent to a grade of C in accordance with the standards of ACE: CLEP Union Parallel/Substitute Credit American Government ...... PSC 211 / n/a ...... 3 American History I: Early Colonization to 1877 ...... HIS 211 / HIS 101 ...... 3 AD MISSIONS 33 .3 . . 3 . . . . . 3 . . . . . 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 4 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 6 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 6 ...... 2 ...... 6 ...... 3 ...... 6 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 6 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 4 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 3 ...... 4 ...... 3 MGT 432 / n/a ...... 3 MGT 310 / n/a ...... 3MGT 310 / n/a ### # ned by ACE: by ned fi for admission to 300-level courses. ciency fi Art of the Western World ...... ART Elective / ART 210 ...... World ...... Art of the Western 210 ART Elective / ART ...... none Elective / ***PHY ...... Astronomy ...... Elective/Lower LevelBusiness, Introduction ...... MGT...... 324 / n/a Business Law II ...... Business Mathematics Lower level none / Elective ...... & ReconstructionCivil War ...... HIS 332 / n/a ...... / n/a...... MAT 111 ...... Algebra, Fundamentals College in BASICComputer with Programming ...... 3 / CSC Lower level Elective none Computing, Introduction ...... / CSC Lower level Elective none Counseling Fundamentals ...... Lower level Elective none / PSY ...... Criminal Justice...... Elective none / SOC Lower level AbuseAlcohol & Drug ...... PEWS 301 / n/a ...... & HumanityEnvironment ...... 310 none / PHY ...... America Ethics in 243 none / PHL ...... ACC...... / n/a Accounting 211 Financial ...... Finance, Principles ECF 320 / n/a ...... %EDU 150 / n/a Foundations of Education ...... to your Health, Here’s PEWS 324 / n/a ...... none / GEO Lower level ElectiveHuman/Cultural Geography ...... ManagementHuman Resource ...... none / Lower level Elective Introduction Law Enforcement, ...... Life Span Development Psychology ...... 219 / n/a/ PSY Management Information Systems ...... to Modern Middle East, Introduction none / HIS Elective ...... Money & Banking ...... none / ECF Elective ...... Anthropology, General...... Anthropology, none / SOC Lower level Elective American Literature ...... none ...... Elective level ENG** Lower / Literature American ...... none...... level Elective / ENG Lower Literature of and Interpretation Analysis Functionswith Elementary Calculus ...... / n/a 211 MAT Algebra...... College n/a / ...... 111 MAT ...... FRE...... n/a ...... / 2* Levels 1 and College French- 111-2 . . .GER...... / n/a...... 111-2 and 2* Levels 1 College German- n/a / ...... SPA...... 111-2 1 and 2* College Spanish- Levels ...... none...... / ENG** Lower level Elective English Literature ...... ACC...... / n/a Accounting 211-2 Financial ...... General Biology...... BIO 100 / n/a ...... CHE...... / n/a General Chemistry 111 ...... General Psychology 213 / n/a PSY ...... and Development . . Human Growth 324 / n/a PSY . .none...... App. and Computer Information Systems / CSC Lower level Elective ...... 3 to Educational PsychologyIntroduction ...... 318 / n/a PSY ...... MGT...... 321 / n/a Business Law Introductory ...... Marketing. Introductory 328 / n/a %%MKT ...... SociologyIntroductory ...... / n/a SOC 211 ...... Mathematics, College...... 101&107/n/a MAT ...... PreCalculus 116/n/a ...... MAT Principles of Macroeconomics...... n/a ECF 211/ Principles of Management ...... ###MGT 318 / n/a ...... ECF. 212 / n/a Principles of Microeconomics ...... none...... / HIS 101 Ancient New East to 1648 Civilization I: Western Civilization II: 1648 to the Present ...... Western / HIS 102 none American History II: 1865 to the Present to the II: 1865 History American ...... 102 / HIS HIS 212 ...... DANTES Test DANTES Test Union Parallel/Substitute Credit

* which may apply to a Language major/minor to the student with a superior test score awarded Additional hours are ** 201 or 202 as needed upon demonstration of pro Credit will be awarded for passing scores as de for passing scores will be awarded Credit DANTES Subject Standardized Tests DANTES Subject Standardized Organizational Behavior ...... #MGT 312 / n/a ...... 3 Personal Finance ...... @@ECF 415 / n/a ...... 3 Physical Geology ...... none / ***PHY Elective ...... 3 Physical Science, Principles ...... @PHY 111 / n/a ...... 3 Public Speaking, Principles...... none / COM Lower level Elective ...... 3 Soviet Union, Rise & Fall ...... HIS 420 / n/a ...... 3 Statistics, Principles ...... MAT 114 / n/a ...... 3 Supervision, Principles ...... ###/ Elective ...... 3 Technical Writing ...... none / Elective ...... 3 Vietnam War, History ...... none / HIS Lower level Elective ...... 3

AD Western Europe, Contemporary 1946-1990 ...... none / HIS 322 ...... 3

MIS World Religions, Introduction ...... PHL 349 / n/a ...... 3 *** Together the two tests sub for PHY 112 for teacher licensure programs. SIONS % See the Director of Teacher Education regarding the fi eld experience requirement. %% May not be taken after earning credit in BSOL 421. # May not be taken after BSOL 418. ## May not be taken after earning credit in MGT 318, MKT 328, BSOL 402, or BSOL 421. ### May not be taken after BSOL 435. @ May not be taken after earning credit in CHE or PHY. @@ May not be taken after BSOL 350. International Baccalaureate Union University awards credit for successful completion of selected programs of the In ter na tion al Baccalaureate. Course credit will be awarded as indicated in pa ren the sis (). IB Level refers to S or Subsidiary, H or Higher, n/a or either level is acceptable. IB Minimum IB Union Course Score Level Parallel (credit) Art/Design ...... 5 ...... S ...... ART 211* (3) Biology ...... 5 ...... n/a ...... BIO 100 (4) Computer Science ...... 5 ...... S ...... CSC 115 (3)) Computer Science ...... 5 ...... H ...... CSC 115 (3) & CSC Elect. LL (3) 34 Design Technology ...... 5 ...... n/a ...... Elective LL (3) English A1 ...... 5 ...... H ...... ENG 202 (3) Geography ...... 5 ...... n/a ...... GEO 112 (4) History-Europe ...... 5 ...... H ...... HIS 102 (3) History-Additional 100-year study . . . . . 5 ...... H ...... HIS Lower level Elect. (3) Mathematics ...... 5 ...... H ...... MAT##(3) Math Methods ...... 5 ...... S ...... MAT**(3)# Math Studies ...... 5 ...... S ...... MAT**(3) Math, Advance ...... 5 ...... S ...... MAT 205 (3) Music ...... 5 ...... H ...... MUS 220 (3) Music ...... 5 ...... S ...... MUS 216 **(3) Spanish B ...... 5 ...... n/a ...... SPA 112 (3) Business & Organization ...... 5 ...... n/a ...... Business @ Upper level Economics ...... 5 ...... n/a ...... ECF**(3) Lower level Info. Tech. in Global Society ...... 5 ...... S ...... CSC Elective LL (3) Psychology ...... 5 ...... n/a ...... PSY## (3) Lower level Social Anthropology ...... 5 ...... H ...... SOC 355 (3) * upon presentation to Art Faculty of acceptable journal ** applicable to General Core requirements # applicable to Specifi c Core requirements ## applicable as an elective to the major or minor indicated @ applicable as an elective to any SOBA major or minor FINANCIAL IN FORMA TION 35 ll the ll fi ...... 2365 ...... 400 ...... $115 ...... 195 ...... 350 ...... 510 ...... $325 ...... $1990 ...... 785 ...... 1180 ...... 1960 ...... $395 ...... 385 ...... 2280 ...... 395/hour ...... 8995 ...... 8995 + 620/hour ...... $620/hour ...... 125/hour ce box rental, student publications, gradua- ce box rental, fi ce of Busi ness Services. Please contact an admissions ness Services. Please contact an ce of Busi fi nancial aid and al lo ca tions, are due and payable before the due and payable before tions, are ca lo nancial aid and al fi es an agreement by the student and if applicable, his/her par ents to ful ents to par if applicable, his/her the student and by es an agreement fi ce of Business Ser vic es for details on payment plans. vic ce of Business Ser fi Due and Payable nancial obligations to the end of the semester in which the student is registered. The University expects University expects The is registered. in which the student end of the semester to the nancial obligations fi is subject to change without notice. nancial information fi ...... term 25 Meals per ...... term 45 Meals per ...... term 65 Meals per term 15 Meals per ...... kitchen With ...... McAfee Residence Complex ...... kitchen Without ...... 100 Meal Block ...... 150 Meal Block ...... 250 Meal Block ...... 50 Meal Block ...... kitchen With ...... Complex McAfee Residence kitchen Without ...... 1-11 hours ...... hours 1-11 Meals ( includes 9.75% sales tax)* Room Meals (includes 9.75% sales tax)* 12-16 hours ...... 12-16 hours ...... 17+ hours Room Tuition for 12-16 hours is $8995 per semester hour for Fall and Spring Semesters. For each hour below the 12 hours, for 12-16 hours is $8995 per semester hour for Fall and Spring Tuition sion to many mis a variety of university costs, including the basic medical fee, ad es Fee covers vic The Student Ser All expenses for the semester, after subtraction of after subtraction semester, All expenses for the assessed. Failure be billed as they are damages, and cleaning costs will for class changes, dormitory Charges or federal government, may be available at your local bank. The University by the state insured Loans, which are The registration of a student signi of a student The registration All Winter or Summer ...... or Summer Winter ...... Audit Resident Student Charges for Winter Term or Summer Term Term Resident Student Charges for Winter Resident Student Charges for each Fall or Spring Semester Resident Student Charges for each tion, computer lab fees, etc. Tuition Summary Tuition Fall or Spring Tuition and Fees Tuition The the tuition will be $620 per semester hour. For each hour in excess of 16 hours the tuition will be $620 per hour. tion. a u grad $125 per hour; audit does not apply toward Audit fee for any semester/term is (including home athletic contests), post of events campus-sponsored Expenses, ing student stand on all out will be assessed monthly 1.5% service charge A for that semester. beginning of classes account balances. the and from class attendance from will make him/her liable for exclusion payments current of a student to keep for or enroll a diploma or academic transcript student may receive the be paid before must All charges count paid in full; subsequent University. ac their current ing for a semester must have ter is reg Students pre a subsequent term. incur fees. withdrawal will still The ty Grant Fund and the Federal Perkins Loan Program. ni tu por Op participates in the Supplemental Educational ment plans Pay ods. a combination of these meth or cards ment by cash, check, various credit University accepts pay the Of available if needed, and may be established through are counselor or the Of Student Accounts Student Financial Information Information Financial ______related related student account is for handling the responsibility and believes that his/her account for student will care that every as a whole. the educational experience a part of *Students in an apartment with a kitchen may purchase any meal option but are required to buy the minimum 100 Block Meal Plan. Students without a kitchen may purchase a 150 Block Meal Plan or 250 Block Meal Plan but are required to buy the minimum of 150 Block Plan.

Family Apartments (per month plus utilities) ...... $550 Student Services/Technology Fee Fall/Spring, Day/Evening 12 hours or more...... $315 5-11 hours ...... 260 1-4 hours ...... 200 FINANCIAL INFORMATION Winter, Day/Evening ...... 80 Summer (per term) ...... 80 Expenses Paid in Addition To Tuition As Applicable To Student Courses And Programs Noted: Graduation Cap & Gown Minimum ...... $16 Orientation fee (required of all freshmen and Resident Transfers) ...... 100 Orientation, additional (required of all International Students and Mk’s) ...... 30 Athletic Training Clinical Fees Per Enrollment AT 265, 275, 365, 375, 465, 475 ...... 50 Materials Fee Per Semester ART 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 218, 357 ...... $ 25 ART 120, 221, 345, 346, 445, 490 ...... 90 ART 216, 217, 220, 242, 311, 312, 316, 317, 323, 324, 333, 343, 411, 412, 424 ...... 30 ART 413, 414, 499 ...... 15 ART 231, 232 ...... 45 ART 221, 345, 346, 445 ...... 90 COM 210, 333 ...... 30 COM 121, 311, 322, 330, 350, 360, 365, 395 (when applicable), 403 412, 490, 498 ...... 90 COM 220, 230, 406, 410 ...... 90 EDU 233 ...... 20 EDU 326, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 410, 411, 414, 416, 417, 430, 431, 432, 433, 435, 437 ...... 20 36 Keystone Program ...... 200 Language 111, 112 ...... 20 MGT 445 ...... 35 SE 320, 321, 340, 345, 405, 410, 415, 430, 435 ...... 20 PEWS 107, 116 ...... 60 PEWS 115 ...... Actual Cost PEWS 121 ...... 35 PEWS 125 ...... 80 Music Fees Per Enrollment Class Piano, Class Voice ...... 55 Private lessons 1 hour credit (one-30 minute lesson per week) ...... 140 2 or 3 hours credit (two-30 minute lessons per week) ...... 240 Nursing Fees as indicated: Insurance fee (per year) ...... $25 Standardized Exams ...... Actual Cost National Student Nurse Association Membership Fee, optional ...... 35 Union University Student Nurse Association Membership Fee, optional ...... 3 School Pin and Composite (at graduation) ...... 35-120 Clinical Fees per enrollment* NUR 304, 308, 309, 421, 423, 425...... 245 NUR 310...... 145 NUR 318, 418, 430, 440...... 195 NUR Challenge Exam 310 ...... 330 NUR Challenge Exams 309 ...... 85 NUR Challenge Exam 302 ...... 140 NUR Challenge Exam 308 ...... 220 NUR Challenge Exam 410 ...... 110 NUR Challenge Exams 318, 418 ...... 195 *Transportation to the clinical site is the responsibility of the student. FINANCIAL IN FORMA TION 37 . . $ 30 for Sum- . . . . . 42 . . . . 160 ...... 10 dent is not ...... 70 ...... 25 May 1 . . .Cost Exam of ...... 45 ...... 35 ed in the calendar. fi ...... 40 ...... 50 ents/clinical semester ents/clinical ...... 40 ...... 40 mes ter, mes ter, and ...... 50 ...... 50 ...... 75 ...... $20 ...... 110 ...... 70 the Spring se De cem ber 1 mis sion to reserve a place in class. This deposit applies sion to reserve mis as indicated on the University calendar (if cial day of registration fi section entitled Adult Studies. section entitled for Winter term, for Winter cost)eld experiences (approximate ...... 25 fi Catalogue pos its will be refunded. Requests for refund of tuition deposit must be sub mit ted mit must be sub of tuition deposit Requests for refund its will be refunded. pos November 15 fth day following the of fi mis sion, all de minimum ...... minimum ...... ciency Examination ...... fi for Fall se mes ter, ter, mes for Fall se May 1 withdrawing—100% less $40 per course matriculation fee) Transportation to the practicum site is the responsibility of the student. of the to the practicum site is the responsibility Transportation Student Association of Social Workers Membership Fee, optional ...... Fee, optional Membership Association of Social Workers Student * dent i in all res reservation for room it of $100 is charged pos ing de hous A quest is made to the tuition for the entering semester. ed if the cancellation and re fund plex deposit will be re com All tuition and residence complexes. by National Association of Social Workers Membership Fee, optional ...... Fee, optional Membership Association of Social Workers National Professional Liability Insurance (approximate cost/year) ...... cost/year) Liability Insurance (approximate Professional Simulation Fee ...... $1,500 ...... in 4 installm paid Fee Simulation BIO 320, 321, 323, 325, 336, 337, 424 ...... 337, 424 321, 323, 325, 336, BIO 320, ...... BIO 322 301 112, 111, CHEM 105, ...... 435 327, 405, 430, 221, 319, 324, 326, CHEM 106, ...... CHEM 424, 425, 498...... 350, 352, 370, 405, 435, 450, 470EGR 250, 262, 342, ...... 317, 310 232, 301, 311, 213, 214, 231, 112, 111, PHY 424, 430, 498PHY ...... If the stu AFTER THESE DATES. TIONS MADE LA CEL BE GIVEN ON CAN NO REFUND WILL mer. ac cept ed for ad BIO 100, 112, 121, 200, 211, 213, 214, 215, 221, 222, 312, 315, 316, 317, 318, 395, 495315, 316, 317, 318, 221, 222, 312, 213, 214, 215, ...... 211, 121, 200, 112, BIO 100, in writing to the Director of Admissions. of in writing to the Director to the end of the week in which the student withdraws will be prorated Refunds on housing charges low. chart be dent withdraws. to the end of the week in which the stu up to day 25. Refunds on meal plans will be prorated es. on housing charg a refund ing due to disciplinary action will not receive draw Students with CLEP ...... CLEP ...... DANTES SST English Pro ACT(R) ...... ACT(R) Enhanced Student Teaching ($20 materials fee/$140 teaching fee) ($20 materials Enhanced Student Teaching ...... fee/$140 teaching fee)Extended Field Experience ($20 materials ...... Professional Liability Insurance for Liability Professional 1. the On or before 2. ten Days six through 75% A fee of $100.00 per semester hour is charged. Materials fees are charged as applicable. Room and board is avail- as applicable. Room and board charged Materials fees are fee of $100.00 per semester hour is charged. A A fee of $10 is charged per Incomplete and In Progress grade assigned. per Incomplete and In Progress fee of $10 is charged A during Late Registration as speci those registering late entrance fee of $25 will be charged A of tuition. Permission of addition to any applicable proration course will be assessed in fee of $10 per dropped A For tuition and fees please see the Refunds A. Advance Deposits for New Students for ad after acceptance tuition deposit of $200 is required A Social Work Program Practice Insurance and Fees Program Practice Insurance Social Work Science Laboratory Fees per enrollment: per Fees Laboratory Science B. to the according tuition charges all classes will be refunded a class(es) or withdrawing from student dropping A C. Refund policy for the sixteen week semester is as follows: Rising Seniors rates. able at the regular Testing, per attempt: Testing, Fee Incomplete and In Progress Processing Late Entrance Fees Course Drop Fee to exempt the charge. the Registrar is required Programs Non-Traditional Study Abroad, Education Program Teacher 3. Days eleven through fi fteen 50% 4. Days sixteen through twenty-fi ve 25% 5. After the twenty-fi fth day, there is no refund. D. Refund policy for the three week semester is as follows: 1. On or before the fi rst day following the offi cial day of registration as indicated on the University calendar (if withdrawing—100% less $40 per course matriculation fee) 2. Day 1 100% 3. Day 2 75% 4. Day 3 50% 5. Day 4 25%

FINANCIAL INFORMATION 6. After the fi fth day, there is no refund. E. Refund policy for the four week terms is as follows: 1. On or before the second day following the offi cial day of registration as indicated on the University calendar (if withdrawing—100% less $40 per course matriculation fee) 2. Day three 75% 3. Day four 50% 4. Days fi ve through six 25% 5. After day six, there is no refund. Note: Days noted in C, D, and E exclude Saturdays and Sundays. F. Refund policy for the six week term is as follows: 1. On or before the fi rst day following the offi cial day of registration as indicated on the University calendar (if withdrawing—100% less $40 per course matriculation fee 2. Day three through day four 75% 3. Day fi ve through day six 50% 4. Day seven through day eight 25% 5. After the eighth day, there is no refund. G. Refund policy for the eight week terms is as follows: 1. On or before the fourth day following the offi cial day of registration as indicated on the University calendar (if withdrawing—100% less $40 per course matriculation fee) 2. Days fi ve through ten 75% 38 3. Days eleven through fi fteen 50% 4. Days sixteen through eighteen 25% 5. After the eighteenth day, there is no refund. H. Regulations for refunds for all terms are as follows: 1. Students refusing to conform to the community values of the University forfeit all claims for re funds. 2. All refund regulations put the responsibility on the student. He/she saves money and avoids misunderstanding by immediately seeing the Vice Pres i dent (or As sis tant Vice President) for Busi ness and Financial Services. I. Proration of fi nancial assistance upon withdrawal Information regarding proration of fi nancial assistance upon withdrawal from all classes or dropping of class(es) may be found below in the Scholarship and Financial Aid section. J. Housing Deposits A student graduating or moving out of the residence complex permanently must give written notice to the Direc- tor of Residence Life to secure a refund or the hous ing deposit. Request for refund dates semester/term match those in A. above. How to Obtain a Credit of Insti tu tion al Charges To obtain a credit of insti tu tion al charges, a student must notify Union Station or the Academic Center and indi- cate the last day which he at tend ed class. This in for ma tion will be recorded on a withdrawal record and passed to the offi ces of Business Servic es and Financial Aid for calculation of credit of insti tu tion al charges and adjustment of fi nan cial assistance. Equipment Any University equipment, musical instruments, athletic equipment, lab o ra to ry ap pa ra tus, etc., made available for students’ use is the respon si bil i ty of the student. Any damage or breakage, other than by normal use, will be charged to the student’s ac count. No equipment is to leave the campus, unless in care of the faculty member re- spon si ble for it. Scholarships and Financial Aid The cost of a college education inevitably rests upon the student and his/her fami ly. The Offi ce of Student Financial Planning (SFP) of Union University exists to help make a Union ed u ca tion more affordable by offering institutional FINANCIAL IN FORMA TION 39 nancial nancial fi cation of the fi cial nan aid process. fi le the Free Application for Federal Application the Free le fi amount of the loan. The the gross ect fl le the FAFSA or Re new al FAFSA each year. It is each year. al FAFSA new or Re le the FAFSA fi Acceptance Form. ed on the fi ce of the Registrar. fi nancial need will be reevaluated each year and appropriate in crease or decrease in the or decrease crease in year and appropriate each be reevaluated nancial need will fi ed of their award package via an Award Letter. The Award Acceptance Form should be Award The Letter. Award package via an ed of their award fi their institutional aid adjusted according ce of Business and Financial Services, will have fi le in the SFP. fi cation process, being sure to make any desired changes to the amount(s). any desired to make being sure cation process, fi cation fi net amount of the disbursements will be 2-3% less, due to fees deducted by the lender. net amount of the disbursements will will be divided. upon to the SFP assignment and actual hours worked. Students must report gent upon actual placement in a job and clearance. pus for job assignment arrival on cam account. the student’s crediting earned exceeds to their student account, unless the amount month credited ship have the amount earned each which exceeds the a paycheck for the amount earned student will receive any balance owed on the account; the amount owed. ent’s approved i cip Scholarship, and CCMS funds will not be disbursed until the re Engineering Award, Union TBC application is on will be posted to the student account within 3 business days. by Union electronically loans. Funds received 14 days. After this census date the amounts of federal and state awards by law. adjusted as required and state awards classes. will not be adjusted due to adding or dropping established by the Of status as determined by the Of to actual enrollment census date. signed and returned to the SFP within the time spec i within the time spec to the SFP signed and returned amount is made to the student via an Award Letter. Students must return the Award Acceptance Form to begin Award the Students must return Letter. Award amount is made to the student via an the loan certi to be considered for any aid. Ap pli cants for federal assistance must also federal assistance cants for pli Ap for any aid. to be considered will be made. offered amount of assistance Stu dent Aid (FAFSA) for the appropriate year. Applicants for Scholars of Excellence, Engineering Scholarship, Engineering of Excellence, Applicants for Scholars year. for the appropriate (FAFSA) Aid dent Stu for on-campus Applicants tions. ca pli separate ap must submit Ministry Scholarship and Convention and Church for employment. rate online application a plete a sep com employment must line. all applications by the dead to complete dent’s responsibility the stu outside the uni ver si ty. The Census Date for determining enrollment status for federal and state aid shall be the last day to add a class for The Census Date for determining enrollment 4. Most awards are divided evenly between fall and spring semesters. The Award Let ter indicates how each award ter indicates how each award Let Award The divided evenly between fall and spring semesters. are Most awards 4. Scholarship." letter simply as "Outside will show on the award the outside sources Most scholarships from 5. year contin- ing the academic may expect to earn dur Study is the amount a student for Workship/Work Award 6. Disbursement is made by al Workship) tion tu sti Study and In for a semester (excluding Federal Work Disbursement of awards 1. for hours worked. Students on Institutional Work- a monthly paycheck Study receive Students on Federal Work 2. Note for the award. has signed a Promissory not be disbursed until the recipient Federal Perkins Loan funds will 3. Grad PLUS and PLUS of the estimated disbursement dates for Stafford, The lender will notify the loan borrower 4. check will be available within refund balance, a credit 5. If the student's account of federal or state aid shows a credit Aid Census Date Financial to the number of according Status will be frozen Aid Enrollment At that time the student’s Financial the semester. enrolled. hours for which they are Awards Adjustment of on this census date will have their federal Status less than full time Aid Enrollment 1. Students with a Financial the period of tuition refunds status after the last day to add a class, and during 2. Students changing enrollment status established on the Aid enrollment to Financial the same according will remain 3. Federal and state awards 2. Federal Stafford Loans are awarded each academic year from a serial Master Prom is so ry Note. Noti so is a serial Master Prom each academic year from awarded Loans are 2. Federal Stafford Letter re Award amounts shown on the Loan and PLUS Federal Stafford 3. Financial Aid Information Noti Award Applicants will be noti 1. assistance can contact the SFP to obtain the appropriate forms nec es sary to com plete the plete the to com sary es nec forms appropriate the to obtain the SFP contact can assistance 1. New students must submit the Union Uni ver si ty Ap pli ca tion for Financial Assistance for the appropriate year year the appropriate Assistance for tion for Financial ca Application pli Ap ty si ver Uni submit the Union New students must 1. scholarships and grants, and by dis burs ing federal funds for which students qualify. A student interested in interested student A qualify. students for which funds ing federal burs dis and by grants, and scholarships 2. Stu dents wish ing to reapply for federal and state funds must for federal reapply ing to dents wish Stu 2. sources ed to them from tend scholarships or loans ex of any other the SFP to notify required All students are 3. student’s The returning 4. Withdrawal from all classes 1. A student who withdraws from all classes before the 60% point in time of the semester, calculated using calendar days, will have a portion of federal funds (Federal Pell Grant, Federal SEOG, Federal ACG, Federal SMART Grant, Federal Perkins Loan, Federal Stafford Loan, Federal PLUS Loan but not Federal Work Study) returned to the source as required by the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended. This calculation may result in a student owing a balance to Union University or to the U. S. Department of Education. 2. A student who withdraws from all classes before the last day to receive a refund of tuition charges will have their institutional aid prorated according to the same schedule used to refund tuition. 3. State awards will remain the same according to Financial Aid Enrollment Status established on the census date.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION 4. Scholarships received from outside sources will remain the same according to Financial Aid Enrollment Status established on the census date, unless specifi ed by the donor to be returned in full or in part. Requirements/Provisions 1. The following scholarships require a student to maintain a minimum GPA to retain the scholarship. Exact GPA requirements are specifi ed on the Award Letter. Scholars of Excellence Scholarships (Presidential, Provost’s, Dean’s, University, Colle giate), Academic Scholarship, Church and Convention Ministry Scholarship, Engineer- ing Scholarship and Transfer Academic Leadership Scholarship. 2. Scholars of Excellence Scholarships, Missionary Dependent Scholarship, and Semi nary Dependent Scholarship are awarded for a maximum of 128 semester hours. Award may be applied towards any regular or overtime hours for fall, winter, spring, or summer terms. Academic Scholarship and CCMS are awarded for a maximum of eight regular semesters. Transfer/Academic Leadership Scholarship is awarded for a maximum of 4 regular semesters. 3. Students must meet the requirements of Union’s Standards of Satisfactory Ac a dem ic Progress for Financial Aid Eligibility to receive Federal/State Grants and Loans de tailed below. 4. Prior to graduation or withdrawal, recipients of a Federal Perkins Loan or Federal Stafford Loan must complete an exit conference regarding loan repayment. Disclaimers 1. Commitment of federal funds (Pell Grant, Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant or Perkins Loan) or state funds (Tennessee Student Assistance Award) is tenta tive and contingent upon subsequent congressional and/or 40 state appropriation and actual receipt of the funds by Union University. 2. The SFP reserves the right to review, modify or cancel an award at any time because of changes in fi nancial, enrollment, or academic status; changes of aca dem ic program; or because of the recipient’s failure to observe reasonable stan dards of cit i zen ship. Satisfactory Academic Progress for Financial Aid Eligibility The Higher Education Act of 1965, mandates institutions of higher edu ca tion establish minimum stan dards of "satisfactory academic progress" for students each term receiving fi nancial assistance. These stan dards ap ply to: Fed er al Pell Grant, Federal Sup ple men tal Ed u ca tion al Op por tu ni ty Grant (SEOG), Fed eral Work Study, Federal Perkins Loan, Fed er al Stafford Loan, Fed er al Parent Loan for Un der grad u ate Students (PLUS). These standards are sep a rate from academic standards required by the University for contin ued en roll ment. The criteria used to determine ac a dem ic progress for purposes of determining el i gi bil i ty for federal fi nancial aid are CUM GPA, Cu mu la tive Completion Rate, and Max i mum Time for completion of ed u ca tion al objective. If a student loses eligibility for federal funds due to failure to meet these standards, the student may appeal through the SFP. Qualitative Requirement, CUM GPA: Un dergrad u ates must achieve a 1.5 CUM GPA by the end of the fi rst aca- demic year (24 hours); students will be allowed to receive fi nancial aid one conditional semester to attain the 1.5. Students must maintain a 2.0 CUM GPA after completing the second academic year (48 hours). Quantitative Requirement, Completion Rate: Students must successfully complete a minimum of 67% of cumula- tive credit hours attempted excluding audits and transfer and testing credits. To successfully complete is to receive a fi nal grade of A, B, C, D or P. Maximum Time for Completion: Students must complete their degree program within 150% of the published length of the program. For example, pursuing a degree requiring 128 credit hours, a student could not receive aid beyond 192 hours attempted, including transfer whether or not aid was received for all hours. Incomplete Grades A grade of Incomplete or In Progress will not be calculated in satisfactory academic progress until the fi nal grade is awarded. Repeated Courses For fi nancial aid purposes, repeated courses affect academic progress as indicated: GPA: Only the most recent grade applies to the student’s CUM GPA FINANCIAL IN FORMA TION 41 ld ten u at ing circumstances pre- cient credit hours. When a student believes that he hours. When a student believes cient credit fi of this request. ed in writing the results fi nancial aid for a conditional pe ri od of one semester. If after od of one semester. ri aid for a conditional pe nancial fi nan cial aid from that point forward. He/She may appeal the de ci sion and if approved sion and if approved ci the de He/She may appeal that point forward. cial aid from nan fi seen at the beginning of the semester, such as serious illness or injury of the stu dent, death dent, injury of the stu such as serious illness or seen at the beginning of the semester, nancial aid for that term. How ev er, credit hours attempted and grades earned during the term hours attempted and grades credit er, ev nancial aid for that term. How fi cient Completion Rate, making up the de fi cation of Failure to Meet Satisfactory Academic Progress Standards Satisfactory cation of Failure to Meet fi Standards used to measure progress must include all semesters/terms of the stu dent's enrollment. Sat is fac to ry to fac is Sat enrollment. dent's of the stu must include all semesters/terms progress used to measure Standards is payment period A will be evaluated at the end of each payment period. Students in non-term based programs short term will not in the following at the end of a semester who enrolls dards student who does not meet stan A Union University is approved by the State Approving Agency for Veterans Training and training of dependents Training Agency for Veterans Approving by the State Union University is approved Students who have lost eligibility due to GPA or Completion Rate may appeal if ex or Completion Rate may appeal to GPA Students who have lost eligibility due changed may appeal if they have Time Students who have lost eligibility for aid for exceeding the 150% Maximum federal he/she will not receive approved, If the student who loses eligibility does not appeal or the appeal is not to the stan- ing his/her CUM GPA eligibility by bring student who has lost eligibility for federal aid may regain A At the end of each semester, if a student is not making satisfactory progress, the SFP will so inform the student will the SFP is not making satisfactory progress, if a student At the end of each semester, Completion Rate: Each time a course is repeated it will be “attempted hours” will be “attempted it repeated is time a course Each Rate: Completion hours.” will be “attempted it is repeated a course time Each Time: Maximum for which he is ber of hours num on the remaining based is dropped whenever a class aid is adjusted student's A upon the fer hours have no effect Trans calculation. the overall Maximum Time count only toward hours Transfer does not meet the stan- records, including transfer whose prior academic record, to Union student readmitted A the con di tion al period the student fails to re gain satisfactory progress, he/she will not re ceive aid for sub se quent quent se for sub ceive aid will not re he/she satisfactory progress, gain fails to re al period the student tion di the con below. stated appeal process the through proved or is ap academic progress satisfactory semesters until regaining Evaluation of Progress of each Fall/Spring Semester. ed at the end at u will be eval for students in term-based programs progress in part by determined federal aid is made. Payment periods are of time for which a disbursement of the increment the date the student began the program. ty." i bil be eligible to receive gi i ment of El state to student who wishes his progress A in for the following semester. progress the student to satisfactory could restore in "Re dures ce ing a term should follow the pro low fol be reevaluated Noti Veterans and Their Dependents Veterans in courses. Check with Student Financial Planning as soon as possible after enrolling of veterans who qualify. may be awarded aid, or if his/her academic progress im proves to again meet the standards, and he/she applies for the standards, to again meet proves then aid may be awarded. ty, im aid, or if his/her academic progress may be awarded i bil gi i of el reinstatement those that extenuating are ered Appeal Process sid con es which are stanc cum Cir making satisfactory progress. ed them from vent are un usu al dent or and indicating steps the stu ing circumstances Appeal is made in un fore dent's control. at stu beyond the or other situations which were or serious illness of a close relative, u ten ing the ex scrib Aid de of Financial writing to the Director ic progress. dem a his ac prove plans to take to im ic Center showing the student's new major and the credit dem Aid of Financial peal should be made in writing to the Director a Ap their major since beginning attendance at Union. Ac the nied by documentation from pa com and ac the basis of a change in major The student will be allowed to appeal on the new major. hours which apply toward one time. appeal. of their ing of the results formed in writ will be in Students eligibility. aid until regaining Reinstatement of Eligibility or with insuf dard by letter. Unless the student falls under a conditional period as described in this pol i cy, the student will not be eli- the student cy, i a conditional period as described in this pol Unless the student falls under by letter. any federal gible to receive has regained el i gi bil i ty, he/she should request in writing to the SFP that eligibility be re in stat ed. The re quest shou ed. The re stat in that eligibility be re in writing to the SFP he/she should request ty, i bil gi ing eligibility for Completion i gain el has regained grades, or in the case of re dent's most recent nied by a copy of the stu pa com be ac dent will be noti academic transcript. The stu Rate, a current Drop and Withdrawal from Classes Withdrawal Drop and in upon attendance However, progress. ry academic to fac is sat does not affect a class dropping therefore, enrolled, ed in tempt hours at credit be counted as those hours will all classes, from dent then withdraws if the stu all classes, time frame. tion rate and maximum ple of com calculations future Hours Transfer Rate. or Completion CUM GPA to Union Students Readmitted eligible to receive will be for satisfactory progress dards Endowed Scholarships and Grants Union University administers over 350 privately endowed scholarship funds, loans and other funds which are awarded through the Committee on Student Aid. Most are designated for students preparing for specifi c vocations. A full listing of Endowed Scholar ships and Grants, Church Endowed Scholarships, Non-Endowed Scholarships and Grants, Private Loans, and Other Funds is available on the Financial Aid web page. All are awarded based on availability of funds. For further information, please contact the Offi ce of Student Financial Planning. FINANCIAL INFORMATION

42 ORGANIZATION OF CURRIC U LUM 43 Art and Sport Physical Education, Wellness ______lum u ric ric Physical Education, Wellness and Sport and Physical Education, Wellness PSC Political Science Science Language Work PHY Physics PSC Political Work PSY Psychology Political RGL SIG Sign SW Social SOC Sociology Language Social R.G. Lee Centers Psychology Physics Sociology Christian Studies BAD Business Administration Business Administration Administration Business Accounting ACC Administration Studies Art ART Studies Arts AT Arts Business BAD Biology BIO BSOL Chemistry CHE Business CHR Christian Christian CLU Communication COM Communication Training Athletic Administration CRJ CSC Leadership Organizational ECF Economics-Finance EDU Education EGR Engineering College Life at Union ENG English FRE French Business and Sport Physical Education, Wellness Justice Criminal Biology GEO Geography Chemistry Computer Science GER German GRK Greek HBR Hebrew HIS History Continuing Education HON Honors ICS Studies Studies Studies LANG Language Engineering Education Latin LAT MGT Management Administration College Life at Union MKT Marketing Sociology and Family Studies Administration Mathematics MAT English Language MUS Music History Christian Intercultural Studies NUR Nursing Christian Interdisciplinary Language Philosophy PHL Science Computer PEWS Business Institute for International and Intercultural Studies Studies History Business Language Language Mathematics Christian Nursing Music Subject Abbreviations Abbreviations Subject Subject Abbrev. Unit Academic Organization of the Cur the Cur of Organization ve undergraduate degrees in some thirty-two programs of study. Featur- of study. in some thirty-two programs degrees ve undergraduate fi The College of Arts and Sciences is committed to ex cel lence in every aspect of the academy, of the academy, lence in every aspect cel and Sciences is committed to ex Arts The College of The College of Arts and Sciences seeks to nurture lifelong learn ing skills, empowering students lifelong learn and Sciences seeks to nurture Arts The College of The College of Arts and Sciences seeks to foster spiritual growth and the development of a vital and the and Sciences seeks to foster spiritual growth Arts The College of The College of Arts and Sciences consists of faculty and staff com mit ted to modeling the concept mit com and Sciences consists of faculty and staff Arts The College of (1974-88, 1994). Associate Dean of Arts and Sciences, University Professor of Physics and Department Professor Arts and Sciences, University Associate Dean of (1974-88, 1994). (2002). Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences and Professor of English. B.S., ; B.S., James Madison of English. and Professor Arts and Sciences of of the College (2002). Dean fteen departments, the College sup ports the uni ver si ty’s core curriculum and provides specialized study in the specialized study curriculum and provides ty’s core si ver ports the uni College sup fteen departments, the fi including teaching, scholarship, and service. including teaching, scholarship, and dents. and its stu Christian worldview in both its faculty of servant leadership. and faculty to impact their local and global com mu ni ties. ni mu global com and faculty to impact their local and The College of Arts and Sciences provides an excellent liberal arts education that is informed by Christian faith an excellent liberal arts education and Sciences provides Arts The College of The College of Arts and Sciences offers Arts and Sciences offers The College of Dedicated to carrying forth the liberal arts tradition of Union University, the College of Arts and Sciences rou- the College of of Union University, forth the liberal arts tradition Dedicated to carrying • Excellence driven: • Excellence and prepares students for life, careers, and service. students for life, careers, and prepares Goals Mission Statement • Christ-centered: • People-focused: • Future-directed: M.A., Old Dominion University; M.Div., New Orleans Baptist Theological Seminary; M.Ed., and Ph.D., University M.Ed., and Ph.D., Seminary; Baptist Theological New Orleans M.Div., Dominion University; M.A., Old . of Southern Kyle L. Hathcox Gene Fant Gene Fant ties. si ver Uni Associated Oak Ridge study, Additional ; ty of North si ver and Ph.D., Uni Chair of Physics. B.S. College of Arts & Sciences ______& Sciences Arts of College book signings and lectures curriculum. From of a liberal-studies which highlight the rewards tinely sponsors events its status as the heart of thrives on opportunities to celebrate and colloquia, the College to exhibits, performances, Union University. ing arts. and the visual and performing humanities, the sciences,

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENC ES 44 ART 45 (1993). Professor of Art. B.A., South ern Uni ver si ty; M.F.A., Texas A&M, Com- Texas M.F.A., ty; si ver Arkansas Uni ern Art. B.A., South of (1993). Professor (1996). Professor of Art and Department Chair. B.F.A., B.S., and M.F.A., Uni ver si ty of Ten nes see nes ty of Ten si ver Uni B.S., and M.F.A., B.F.A., Department Chair. Art and of (1996). Professor (2006). Assistant Professor of Art. B.S., Union University; M.F.A., The School of the Art Institute the The School of Union University; M.F.A., Art. B.S., of Assistant Professor (2006). (2006). Assistant Professor of Art. B.A., Union University; M.F.A., University of Georgia. University of Union University; M.F.A., Art. B.A., of Assistant Professor (2006). 1. 120, 198 117, 116, 114, 113, ART 2. 318 313, 314, 315, ART 3. 398, 499 ART 1. 120, 221, 231, 345 ART 2. COM 220, 320, 365, 419 3. 321, 360, 365 CSC 115, 4. Digital Media Studies Seminar 490 1. 198, 232 116, 113, ART 2. 346, 398, 445 ART 3. Art History 319 and 2 of 313, 314, 315—9 hours Photography—12 hours. Application of a course in the other subset of the concentration is allowed with Application of a course Photography—12 hours. departmental al. ap prov partments for details. ment. quire used to facilitate this re A. Art majors–31 hours for all Core and Graphic Design/ ture; ics/Sculp ram B. Drawing/Painting; Ce Choose a subset of the 3 concentrations: C. B–6 hours. subset from Choose a secondary studio A. hours for all emphases–39 requirements Core B. hours Art Emphasis requirements–26 C. de- Arts Emphasis (24 hours) and Computer Science Emphasis (23 hours). See respective Communication in the secondary concentration may be 323; 2 areas A. 216,311, ART Major in art as shown above. Must include: B. 213, 318; SE 225. 325; EDU 150, 250, 326, 417, 435; PSY ART Education: Professional C. the Praxis II. Applicable portions of Accreditation. Education and D. Assistant Dean for Teacher see the For additional information, The Department of Art provides an environment and curriculum devoted to de vel op ing skills, stimulating critical ing skills, stimulating op vel to de and curriculum devoted an environment Art provides The Department of trips, and social service projects, activities students may participate in a variety of related department Through such ate level or pursue work in a variety of areas u studies at the grad Graduates of the department may continue ment scholarships, and part advanced placement, de transfer studio credit, Students desiring consideration for Curriculum year In the freshman work of a Christian liberal arts program. within the frame creativity thinking, and expressing plete a four- sign. Students com visual foundations sequence in drawing and de art students begin a four-course Students may also of concentration. visual studies in one of several areas course art history sequence and pursue licensure. may receive An art major who wishes to teach art grades K-12 choose to major in Digital Media Studies. III. sure cen Li See Teacher al sion fes ing series of art exhibits highlighting a wide variety of pro go on lery presents Art Gal events. The University nior exhibits. ing se at u teaching, or annual exhibit of student work and grad an presents artists’ work. In addition, the gallery phy, ra tog dent studio art, museum gallery sales, pho pen de in tion, tra lus as digital imaging, graphics, il sign. web page de outstanding and based on this review are Awards by the art faculty. for review workships must submit a portfolio performance in art coursework. Major in Art—49 hours I. II. Digital Media Studies Major Arts (Grades K-12) Licensure for Visual Teacher III. at Knoxville. Jonathan Gillette of Chicago. Christopher M. Nadaskay merce. Lori Neal Nolen College of Arts and Sciences Arts of College Faculty Benson Aaron Lee Department of Art Art of Department ______c fi cant examples of art from cant examples of art from cant examples of art from cant examples of art from

fi fi fi lm review. review. lm fi ne arts as evidence of the spirit and values of speci ne arts as fi search assignments, and search ed cultural events. fi pre ci a tion pre of the ne art from ar chi tec ture, music, painting, sculpture, literature, and theatre, and theatre, literature, music, painting, sculpture, ture, tec chi ar ne art from fi ART) 1. 117 116, 114, 113, ART 2. or 314 313 ART B. Art Electives–9 hours Art Electives–9 B. A. hours minors–15 all art for Core Students with a major in the Department are required to take ART 398 for as sess ment of work in the major after work in the major ment of sess for as 398 ART to take required Department are with a major in the Students IV. Minor in Art—24 hours in Art—24 Minor IV. Studio Courses 113. Design (3) F Two-Dimensional Six studio sis on color theory. pha an em Study of the elements and principles of two-dimensional design with hours/week. 114. Three-Dimensional Design (3) S es in space. Six studio hours/ cess visual elements, principles, and pro of the basic to the organization Introduction week. 116. S Drawing I (3) F, awareness ing visual en of drawing. Emphasis is placed on strength to the materials and processes Introduction Six studio hours/week. ery. ag and development of im observation, spatial organization, through Art History S 210. W, Civilization (3) F, The Arts in Western Attendance at speci HIS 101, Prerequisite/Corequisite: Course Offerings in Art ( Art in Course Offerings S–Spring; Su–Summer F–Fall, W–Winter; ( ) Hours Credit; giving economic, re li gious, so cial, and political reasons for development, as well as insight through formal anal y sis y anal formal for development, as well as insight through political reasons cial, and gious, so li giving economic, re Ap constructed. of how these forms are times. 313. Art History I (3) F ART 210. Prerequisite: ni by sig minor arts as represented and the architecture, survey of painting, sculpture, A the Medieval Period. times to prehistoric 314. Art History II (3) S ART 210. Prerequisite: ni by sig minor arts as represented and the architecture, survey of painting, sculpture, A the Renaissance to Romanticism. 315. Art History III (3) F ART 210. Prerequisite: ni by sig minor arts as represented and the architecture, survey of painting, sculpture, A Realism to the present. 318. S Contemporary Issues in Art (3) ART 315. Prerequisite: rary art as well as insights po tem adding the Christian contribution to con Seminar to expand the critical approach re practicing artists. Includes team survey projects, from 319. Design History (3) F or S 198. 113, ART Prerequisite: ing design essentials and forc in the fundamentals of design while re Survey of methods and technology broadening dominated design that previously gy upon design precepts o nol examining critical theory and the impact of tech history. completion of 12 hours as required to submit a portfolio containing slides or original work in the chosen area of of in the chosen area containing slides or original work to submit a portfolio hours as required completion of 12 an exhibition of their to present required Art majors are in the department. tion. Portfolios will be retained tra cen con on the exhibition, an oral assessment of the major is based the semester of graduation. The 499, during ART work, 490, ART of research, a formal presentation to make required are an artist's statement. DMS/Art majors and review, of graduation. during the semester Assessment of Majors Assessment

Introduction to the principal styles of to the principal Introduction

ART 46 ART 47 tting, foiling, and fi ing, ten tion will be given to basic con- tion ten ter na tion al study opportunities, and eld. At eld. fi gure through various tra di tion al and non traditional draw- traditional non al and tion di tra various through gure fi tro duc tion to expressive and documentary works applicable to expressive tion duc tro Six studio hours/week. supplies for projects. lm and darkroom fi ring techniques. Six studio hours/week. 117. 117. II (3) S Drawing ui site: req Pre ART 116. of the human and subjective representation Objective ing media. Six studio hours/week. ing media. 120. S Imaging (3) F, to Digital Introduction combined instruction plied Ap art. of computer-generated potential and application to the creative An introduction medium. Six as a creative of the computer ing stand der to a basic un guide students considerations with theoretical studio hours/week. 198. S Seminar I: Introduction (1) F or Arts Visual in and department expectations, major emphases, program Art to Introduction work presentation/craftsmanship. S II (3) F, 216-7. Ceramics I, Six studio um of clay. di of form in the plastic me the ceramic arts and the development in expression Creative hours/week. 218. F or S Drawing III (3) ART 117. Prerequisite: cal analysis. Six studio i sion and crit pres the development of personal ex Advanced study of drawing emphasizing hours/week. 220. Stained Glass (3) As Needed grind glass. The cutting, grozing, to the copper foil method of stained basic introduction A soldering of stained glass will be explored. 221. Graphic Design I (3) F week. Six studio hours per or consent of the instructor. 113 ART Prerequisite: study of the techniques, practices, and history of the Graphic Design A cepts and techniques involved in the prep a ra tion of art for com mer cial reproduction and the use of the computer and the use cial reproduction mer art for com tion of ra a prep cepts and techniques involved in the as a design tool. 231. S Photography I (3) F, shutter speed. and Camera with manually adjustable aperture Prerequisite: and dark- ing basic camera clud in and aesthetical values of black and white photography, to processes Introduction and composition, and an in techniques, content, room to art and journalism. Student furnishes 323. Sculpture I (3) F ART 116. Prerequisite: -dimensional 3 used in creating tools, and techniques that are course to the various processes, An introductory Six studio hours/week. sculpture. 232. S Photography II (3) F, ART 231. Prerequisite: al experimentation. Six su and vi expression continuing exploration of photography with emphasis on creative A studio hours/week. 242. Six studio hours per week. Printmaking I (3) As Needed or 117. 116 ART site: ui req Pre and planographic. of intaglio, relief, to printing in the processes An introduction S Painting I-II (3) F, 311-2. ART 116. Prerequisite: ued visual development and tin to studio oil/acrylic painting. Emphasis on con practices and approaches Traditional Six studio hours/week. the use of color. S 316-7. Ceramics III, IV (3) F, ART 217. Prerequisite: study of glazing and A ples. ci techniques and design prin both construction Continued work in ceramics, stressing fi elds of digital me- fi ri ety of eld trips, and an interdisciplinary eld trips, and an interdisciplinary fi sion, ex per i men ta tion, and develop- cation of the suc cess ful completion of the major. ful completion of the major. cess cation of the suc fi c concentration on con cept, com po si tion, and content. Research content. Research tion, and si po com cept, on con c concentration fi uence of the com put er as a type design tool. put uence of the com fl c concept using ap pro pri ate methods, materials, and techniques. pri pro c concept using ap fi dia and associated workplace cultures. Includes case stud ies, guest speakers, cal with CSC and ro Includes case stud dia and associated workplace cultures. cip Re portfolio for job search. of a computer-based ing in the production nat mi cul project group COM. 445. Graphic Design IV (3) S 346. Six studio hours/week. ART site: ui req Pre sis will be placed on experimental purposes. pha als, and the computer for production to illustration and consideration of image as communication. Em An introduction ri te ma ery, ag use of im techniques, methods, and the creative 485. Internship/Apprenticeship (2-4) As Needed Permission of Chair. Prerequisite: sen concentration in art. Does not assigned supervised practical work or studio experience in their cho Students are hours. Pass/Fail. May be taken for a maximum of 9 credit satisfy art major or minor requirements. 490. S Digital Media Studies Senior Seminar (3) F, to the va Capstone course for DMS major to bring the emphases together for exposure Topics include making slides of work, mo ti va tion al gifts as sess ment, exploration of career paths, internship options, paths, internship options, ment, exploration of career sess al gifts as tion va ti include making slides of work, mo Topics sume building. and re S IV (3) F, Painting III, 411-2. ART 312. Prerequisite: of personal vi with emphasis on expression Continued development of painting tic pursuit. Six studio hours/week. tis tion of ar rec a di ment of a body of work which indicates S, Su W, 413-4. Advanced Art Studio (3) F, Consent of the Instructor. Prerequisite: ment; meets at the part of the de development in any of the major areas Advanced studio course for professional same time the parallel studio is scheduled. 424. Sculpture IV (3) F Art Prerequisites: 333. a thematic ble for developing si spon re and techniques. Students are problems Individual development of sculpture investigation of a speci oriented through slides, books, and ac tu al works. In di vid u al responsibility for subject matter encouraged. matter encouraged. for subject al responsibility u vid di In al works. tu and ac slides, books, through oriented F,S 338. Drawing IV (3) ART 218 Prerequiste: techniques, modes the development of personal drawing study of drawing emphasizing Advanced individualized analysis. Six studio hours/week. non-traditional media and critical experimentation with the of expression, 343. II (3) As Needed Printmaking the printmaking concept through and al expression su ART 242. Prerequisite: ing vi op vel on de 242 with emphasis ART of continuation A dio hours/week. mediums. Six stu 345. II (3) S Graphic Design 221. Six studio hours/week. ART Prerequisite practices, artwork pre- niques, studio tech continuation of Graphic Design I with emphasis on advanced design A scanning. tion, and ra a or sep methods, col sentation, publication design, pre-press 346. Graphic Design III (3) F 222. Six studio hours/week. ART Prerequisite tion will be placed upon ten At usage, and trends. and creative standard its history, study of Type, comprehensive A the in measuring systems, composition, and 398. Arts Seminar II: Mid-Program Review (1) F or S Visual ART 198. Prerequisite: and clari Art faculty for direction Review of student work with 324. II (3) S Sculpture ui site: req Pre ART 116. studio hours/week. materials. Six and casting in various Modeling 333. (3) F III Life Modeling Sculpture Art Prerequisite: 324. speci with areas sculpture development of Individual

ART 48 ART 49 eld, in- eld, fi fer ings. prior to registering. ned and approved fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi Teacher Licensure Teacher 325. S Schools (3) F, Art in the Elementary No study units in art appreciation. art skills drawn from for the elementary teacher developing course designed A in art. a major toward credit 357. S Instruction (2) F, Design VII: Integrating Art into Classroom Instructional and practices in the issues, problems, rent with attention to cur of instruction Design and implementation 499. S (2) F, Exhibit Graduating and III: Portfolio Seminar 398. 198, ART Department; of the site: Consent ui req Pre Students of concentration. sen area work in the cho of student’s and documentation selection, compilation, Portfolio primary and sec- both may represent exhibited setting. Work their work in a gallery an exhibition of must present ondary cen tra tions. con cluding integration of art in classroom in struc tion, national standards, integration of technology, diversity, in clu sion, sion, clu in diversity, of technology, integration standards, tion, national struc in of art in classroom cluding integration ics. and faith and eth (1-3) As Needed Domestic Study Programs 179-279-379-479. External applications must be de All courses and their (1-4) 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs be de All courses and their application must 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) ings. fer department of studies which do not appear in the regular group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) department of studies which do not appear in the regular group Upper-level 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) under the guidance of a faculty member(s). Individual research ver si ty. c Studies. B.S.A. Studies. c fi c background required required c background fi der stand ing of math e mat ics rst 200-level biology course during the fi c courses. c fi Biology ______Biology (2004). Assistant Professor of Biology. B.S. and M.S., Murray State University; Ph.D., Uni- B.S. and M.S., of Biology. Assistant Professor (2004). (1980). University Professor of Biology. B.S. and M.S., University of Mis sis sip pi; Ph.D., Loui- sip sis of Mis B.S. and M.S., University of Biology. (1980). University Professor (1987). University Professor of Biology, and Director of the Center for Scienti of the Center Director and of Biology, Professor (1987). University (1992). Assistant Professor of Biology Laboratories. B.S., Union Uni ver si ty; M.A., Western Western ty; M.A., si ver Union Uni of Biology Laboratories. B.S., Assistant Professor (1992). (1987). Professor of Biology. B.S., Union University; M.S. and Ph.D., Texas A & M Uni A B.S., Union University; M.S. and Ph.D., Texas Biology. of (1987). Professor (2002). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., University of Tennessee; M.S., University of Kentucky; M.S., University of Kentucky; B.S., University of Tennessee; of Biology. Associate Professor (2002). (1962). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., Union University; M.S., Uni ver si ty of Illinois; Additional ty of Illinois; si ver University; M.S., Uni B.S., Union of Biology. Associate Professor (1962). (2006). Professor of Biology and Department Chair. B.A., Hanover College; Ph.D., University of North University of College; Ph.D., B.A., Hanover Department Chair. of Biology and (2006). Professor (1998). Associate Professor of Biology. B.S., Union University; M.S., Uni ver si ty of –St. Louis; si ver University; M.S., Uni B.S., Union of Biology. Associate Professor (1998). 1. 213, 214, 215, 315 BIO 211, 2. BIO 3-300 level BIO; or BIO 221, 222, & 2-300 level BIO 1. BIO 213, 214; 200 or 211 2. BIO 316, 4-300 level BIO excluding BIO 322 and 337 1. 214 or 215 BIO 211; 2. BIO 315, 317, 320, 323, 325 3. BIO 316 or 321 4. Must minor in Chemistry to include CHE 329 A. Core: BIO 112, 302, 425, 426, 427, 498—8 hours BIO 112, A. Core: B. General Biology Concentration Concentration Zoology C. D. Cell Biology Concentration The curriculum in biology is designed to acquaint students with living organisms as whole, functioning entities as whole, to acquaint students with living organisms The curriculum in biology is designed Because contemporary biology leans heavily on mathematics and physical sciences, students majoring in biology heavily on mathematics and physical sciences, students majoring in biology Because contemporary biology leans Upper-level students may enroll in marine biology courses by cooperative agreement with the Gulf Coast Re search search with the Gulf Coast Re agreement in marine biology courses by cooperative students may enroll Upper-level Curriculum the scienti tion to providing di In ad many common features. share that, in their diversity, study in Radiation Biology, University of Tennessee at Memphis. University of Tennessee study in Radiation Biology, Carol Weaver Ph.D., St. Louis University. Wofford Wayne and M.S., Arkansas State University; Ph.D., ; Additional study, Uni ver si ty of Tennessee at ty of Tennessee si ver Uni Additional study, Ph.D., University of Memphis; Arkansas State University; and M.S., ty of Memphis. si ver Uni and Baptist Theological Seminary, Memphis, Mid-America James Marcus Lockett versity of Tennessee. Andy Madison Ph.D., Kansas State University. Michael L. McMahan siana State University. Smith Elsie Y. Faculty Mark Bolyard Carolina. Chereyl Crossett of Memphis. land State University and University Port Boston University, Additional study, University; James A. Huggins Department of Department and Sciences Arts of College of all educated citizens, the cours es provide a foundation upon which the student may build a graduate program, program, a foundation upon which the student may build a graduate es provide of all educated citizens, the cours ing. Students may for secondary-level science teach or prepare professions, take training in health-related der un as well as speci participate in independent research should include mathematics and chemistry in the fresh man year. In the beginning course BIO 112, students will build students will In the beginning course BIO 112, man year. in the fresh should include mathematics and chemistry to the Students can proceed processes. a foundation for study of biological Laboratory and the Au Sable Institute of Environmental Studies. For information, see the Department Chair. Au Sable Institute of Environmental Laboratory and the I. Major in Biology—39 hours (Major Core + one concentration) second semester of the fresh man year. In the soph o more year, students will con tin ue the survey of the king doms of the king ue the survey of tin students will con year, more o In the soph man year. second semester of the fresh their un al 200-level biology courses. Students should strengthen tion di life by taking ad es at the 300-400 level should be taken Biology cours nor ing that year. chemistry dur in organic ground encouraged to mi gy majors are and obtain a back o ol Bi ment and each other. detail how Students will examine in served for the senior year. ron during the junior and senior years, with seminar re vi and interact with their en isms function gan or in chem is try.

BIOL O GY 50 BI OLO GY 51 er a tions of organ systems and tions of organ a er u a tion: BIO 427, Research Presen- tion: BIO 427, Research a u , serves students interested in exploring the world of biol- , serves students interested . The Department selects a freshman major or minor based on outstanding . The Department selects a freshman is given by the faculty of the Department of Biology to the student who presents of Biology to the student who presents is given by the faculty of the Department nan cial need, Christian service, and school spirit. nan fi Biology (BIO) cation, morphology, metabolism, and disease causing properties of microorganisms and a select of microorganisms metabolism, and disease causing properties cation, morphology, fi is a national honorary science society for those who have completed 15 hours in natural science and is a national honorary science society 318. Prerequisites: CHE 111, 112; PHY 213, MAT 116, 211, 208 211, 116, MAT 213, PHY 112; 111, CHE Prerequisites: A. hours 213, 214, 215, 235—23 200, BIO 112, B. hours 335, 336, 337—19 BIO 302, 315, 318, C. 427, 498—4 hours BIO 425, 426, D. or 4 hours BIO Elective—3 A. include 221, 222, and Biology Concentration (I.A.&B) to as shown above with General Major requirements B. 214 (or 231 & 232) 213 & PHY 112; PHY requirements: Additional C. 213, 318; SE 225 150, 250, 326, 418, 433; PSY Education: EDU Professional D. Praxis II. of applicable portions of the Completion E. Accreditation. and Education Assistant Dean for Teacher information, see the For additional 112 A. BIO B. BIO courses 200-level Two C. courses 300-level BIO Three Whiteaker Freshman Biology Award The Biology Research Award Biologists In Observation of the Master’s Earth, BIOME Biology majors are required to take two terminal courses as a requirement for grad requirement to take two terminal courses as a required Biology majors are number of multicellular parasites. Course is not applicable to a Biology major or minor. number of multicellular parasites. Course is not applicable to a Biology the role of homeostasis. Three hours lecture and 2 hours lab/week. Credit cannot be earned after earning either BIO and 2 hours lab/week. Credit hours lecture of homeostasis. Three the role BIO major/minor. ward to 221 or 222. No credit S 190. Bacteriology (3) F, study of classi A scholastic achieve ment, scholastic achieve Course Offerings in S–Spring; Su–Summer W–Winter; F–Fall, ( ) Hours Credit; 100. S W, Survey of Biological Concepts (4) F, ate the living world and their ci pre course for non-science majors focused on the basic ideas to enable students to ap A and the of the 5 kingdoms of life, ecology, survey : the cell, genetic basis of life, biodiversity, to it. Topics relationship jors/minors. BIO ma toward and 2 hours of laboratory/week. No credit hours of lecture ment. Three ron vi en 112. S Principles of Biology (4) F, Three tion, and ecology. duc pro function, re dealing with structure, study of the basic characteristics of organisms, A and 2 hours of laboratory/week. hours of lecture 121. Human Biology (4) S and function of the human body with emphasis on the normal op Survey of structure the best research paper of the year. The research must have been an original piece of work and must have been must have been an original The research paper of the year. the best research meeting prior to graduation. biology or national professional regional, at a state, presented Student Awards Student Organizations projects, nized research for of 3.0 in these courses. Membership advantages include recognition og GPA mathematics and who have a minimum participation in nationally rec Award, ic achievements by the Sigma Zeta Honor dem a ac colleges. dents of different by stu areas and a means of cooperation in similar Assessment of Majors tation, and BIO 498, Seminar. The Department ad min is ters the Major Field Examination to senior biology majors. ters the is min The Department ad tation, and BIO 498, Seminar. for biology majors and minors but is open to anyone with BIOME is designed primarily ogy beyond the classroom. students. biology mentors to all introductory of BIOME is to provide ing project go An on in biology. an interest hours Biology—49-50 Conservation II. in Major III. (Grades 7-12) Licensure In Biology Teacher IV. Minor in Biology—23 hours balance, uid and electrolyte fl cial emphasis on bacteria. Three Three cial emphasis on bacteria. ciency, ge net ic dis or ders, altered cardiac rhythms, renal failure and uremia. and uremia. failure renal rhythms, cardiac ders, altered or ic dis net ge ciency, fi sheries and wildlife biology, their application in prac tice, and exploration of of and exploration tice, in prac their application biology, and wildlife sheries fi cation, morphology, physiology, and ecology of the invertebrate animals. Three hours of lecture and 3 hours hours of lecture of the invertebrate animals. Three and ecology physiology, cation, morphology, and 3 hours hours of lecture of the vertebrate animals. Three and ecology physiology, cation, morphology, cation, morphology, physiology, and ecology of bacteria and viruses, with spe with spe of bacteria and viruses, and ecology physiology, cation, morphology, cation, morphology, physiology, and ecology of the algae, fungi, bryophytes, and vascular plants. Three hours and vascular plants. Three and ecology of the algae, fungi, bryophytes, physiology, cation, morphology, fi fi fi fi allied health. Body systems studied semester of a 2-semester course for nursing, physical education, and rst fi neo pla sia, hypertension, immunode BIO major/minor. toward No credit 302. S Seminar Attendance (0) F, Graded on a Pass/Fail basis. 12 hours of biology. Prerequisites: during the semester. in BIO 498 made by students enrolled to attend all seminar presentations required Students are in BIO 498. enrolling Must be taken before 312. Anatomy (4) W—Odd Years Comparative Vertebrate BIO 221-2. and 214, plus 4 additional hours of BIO, excluding BIO 112 Prerequisite: ed by dissection of repre- ment ple com Study of the similarities of anatomy and early development of vertebrates, 3 hours of laboratory/week. and hours of lecture sentative adults. Three 315. Genetics (4) S excluding BIO 221-2. 12 hours of biology, Prerequisite: and 3 hours of lecture both classical and molecular genetics. Three including study of the principles of heredity A hours of laboratory/week. ed. mend 316. om Physiology (4) S 221-2; CHE 106 or 314. Zoology is rec site: 12 BIO hours, excluding ui req Pre hours Three organisms. common to many emphasizing metabolic processes study of the principles of physiology, A and 3 hours of laboratory/week. of lecture of laboratory/week. of laboratory/week. 214. (4) S Zoology Vertebrate BIO 112. Prerequisite: Classi of laboratory/week. 215. Botany (4) F and CHE 111. BIO 112 Prerequisite: Classi of laboratory/week. and 3 hours of lecture 221. Su (4) F, Human Anatomy and Physiology and 2 hours of hours of lecture Three and muscular. tal, e The lymphatic, skel lar, cu vas dio car include the integumentary, BIO minor. toward laboratory/week. No credit 222. No (4) S, Su Human Anatomy and Physiology tive, and respiratory. ges endocrine, di nervous, continuation of BIO 221. Systems studied include: urinary, A and 2 hours of laboratory/week. hours of lecture Three a BIO minor. toward credit 235. Natural Resources Policy (3) W of wildlife in the and policies governing public and private lands and the conservation laws Examines current United States. 300. Pathophysiology (3) S, W BIO 222. Corequisite: BIO 221 and 211. Prerequisite: ance, altered acid-base bal shock, altered stress, health. Topics: states of altered Various hours of lecture and 3 hours of laboratory/week. and 3 hours of laboratory/week. hours of lecture 213. Zoology (4) F Invertebrate BIO 112. Prerequisite: Classi 200. Years (4) F-Even Biology Wildlife 100 or 112. BIO Prerequisites: in concepts involved Biological contemporary issues facing the or gan isms, habitats, and human consumers. Three hours of lecture and 3 hours of and hours of lecture consumers. Three habitats, and human isms, gan the or issues facing contemporary laboratory/week. 211. S (4) F, Microbiology of nursing pro- meet requirements students must Nursing 112. and BIO 111 or PHY 105 or 111, CHE Prerequisite: gram. Classi

BIOL O GY 52 BI OLO GY 53 birds sh, amphibians, reptiles, fi c research, prepare a manu script and make a presenta- script and a manu prepare c research, fi eld. Field trips required, Two hours lecture and 6 hours lab. hours lecture Two eld. Field trips required, fi cation in the fi c meeting. Each student will develop and submit a research proposal for approval and attend all for approval proposal develop and submit a research c meeting. Each student will fi and mammals. Conservation concerns of particular vertebrates will be examined. Three hours lecture and 3 hours hours lecture examined. Three and mammals. Conservation concerns of particular vertebrates will be laboratory/week. 337. Plants (3) S–Even Years of the Vascular Taxonomy BIO 215 Prerequisite: shrubs, study of the vascular plants of the eastern United States, focusing on the common herbaceous plants, vines, A and their identi and trees 425. S Introduction to Research (1) F, of 2.0. mum BIO GPA i min BIO major, toward Junior standing, 20 hours Prerequisites: to the skills necessary to conduct scienti An introduction 317. Years F—Odd (4) Biology Developmental is recommended. Zoology 221-2. excluding hours, 12 BIO Prerequisite: tion. investi- and contemporary descriptive embryology both classical, including in organisms, of development study A a ti en fer and dif in morphogenesis involved processes gations of 318. (4) S—Even Years Ecology 221-22. excluding hours of biology, 12 Prerequisite: of lecture hours ments. Three ron vi en biological and physical and their organisms interactions between study of the A and 3 hours of laboratory/week. 320. (4) F Immunology hours, excluding BIO 221-2. CHE 314, and 8 additional BIO BIO 211, Prerequisite: Laboratory immune response. and the mechanism of the course dealing with principles of immunity fundamental A and 3 hours of laboratory/week. hours of lecture Three gy. o nol mu im and transplantation emphasis is on serology 321. (4) F—Even Years Ecotoxicology 111-2. of BIO, excluding 221-2, and CHE 12 hours Prerequisites: toxic substances of the effects pollution, consequences of environmental overview of the ecological comprehensive A of assessing pollutant that ecosystem, and the methodology as a whole and on individuals with on the ecosystem and 3 hours of laboratory/week. of lecture hours damage. Three 322. Human Gross Anatomy (3) Su BIO 221 & 222 or 214 or 312. Prerequisite: education students to enhance under- and physical nursing, preprofessional, Cadaver anatomy and dissection for mans. for work on living hu standing of anatomy and prepare 323. Cell Biology (4) F—Odd Years 12 BIO hours excluding BIO 221-2. Prerequisites: al aspects such as protein tion emphasizing func study of biological systems at the cellular and subcellular levels A and cell signaling. tion in mitochondria and cloroplasts, a er gen membrane systems, energy and sorting, procession 325. Years Molecular Biology (4) F—Even 324. CHE 314 and BIO 211; Prerequisites: plied to a variety of biological methods as ap DNA focusing on recombinant Basic principles of molecular biology electro- gel a wide range of methods from laboratory skills through search re questions. Students will learn basic to subcloning. phoresis 335. Conservation Biology (3) W 211 BIO 200, MAT Prerequisite: and Examines the ecology of species of interest study of the principles of conservation and wildlife management. A used in the conservation of such organisms. the habitat manipulation techniques (4) S–Odd Years and Conservation of the Vertebrates 336. Ecology, BIO 214 Prerequisite: American vertebrates, including Study of the natural history and ecology of North tion at a scienti in BIO 427. presentations 426. S, Su Research Experience (1) F, of 2.0. BIO 425, minimum BIO GPA Prerequisite: in 425. Students will attend all student developed and approved with the proposal in accordance Individual research in BIO 427. presentations prior to registering. ned and approved fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi ed at the discretion of the de part ment. part the de of at the discretion ed fi 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed Domestic Study Programs 179-279-379-479. External applications must be de All courses and their Abroad Programs (1-4) 180-280-380-480. Study application must be de All courses and their (1-4) 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special Studies departmental offerings. that do not appear in the regular studies group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. studies that do not appear in the regular group Upper-level 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) under the guidance of a faculty member(s). Individual research 427. S F, (1) Presentation Research of 2.0. GPA BIO minimum BIO 426, Prerequisite: tion. ta sen pre and oral a publishable manuscript of 426 as of results Presentation 498. S nior standing. Seminar (1) F, Biology of 2.0, se BIO GPA mum i a min major, BIO hours toward 28 Prerequisite: May research. biological rent of cur sions cus weekly dis paper and research of a library and oral presentation Written be modi

BIOL O GY 54 CHEMISTRY 55 ern liated hospital as the fourth year of study. fi dents understand the physical world, the meth ods by which the meth dents understand the physical world, i cal processes which characterize life systems while de vel op ing op vel while de which characterize life systems cal processes i elds, fi c exploration. The curriculum is intended to pro vide liberal arts students with c exploration. The curriculum is intended to pro fi Chemistry ______Chemistry (1970-81, 1988). O.P. and Evalyn Hammons University Professor of Pre-Medical Studies. B.A., of Pre-Medical University Professor and Evalyn Hammons (1970-81, 1988). O.P. (2001). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., New Mexico State University; Ph.D., University B.S., New Mexico State University; of Chemistry. Professor Associate (2001). (1992). Associate Professor of Chemistry. M.A. and B.S.Ed., North ern Arizona University; D.A., ern B.S.Ed., North M.A. and of Chemistry. Associate Professor (1992). (1994). Professor of Chemistry and Department Chair. B.S., Uni ver si ty of Missouri, St. Louis; Missouri, St. Louis; ty of si ver Uni B.S., Chair. and Department of Chemistry (1994). Professor edge of science and to meet the needs of students who wish to: edge of science and to meet the needs (1978). University Professor of Chemistry and Vice President - Germantown Campus. B.S., Union - Germantown Campus. B.S., President and Vice of Chemistry Professor (1978). University (1998). Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Arizona; Ph.D., South Dakota State University. Arizona; Ph.D., of B.S., University of Chemistry. (1998). Professor (1985). Associate Professor of Chemistry. B.S., University of Tennessee at Martin; M.S., University of at Martin; M.S., University of Tennessee B.S., University of Chemistry. Associate Professor (1985). Designed for those seeking a broad background in the physical sciences to pursue graduate work in chemistry background Designed for those seeking a broad may be selected for this in secondary school or as college sophomores Students with an advanced preparation A. 221, 314, 315, 317, 318, 319, 324, 326, 327, 335, 498 211, 112, CHE 111, B. 424 or 425 3 hours from: Research, C. One of: 405, 430, 435 A. 314-15, 319, 324, 326 211-21, 112, Chemistry 111, B. 221, 222, 315, 316, 320 211, 112, Biology C. Physics 213-214 or 231-232 D. 211 MAT or preferably 111 Computer Science (3 hours) and MAT E. at an af Technology minimum of 33 hours of Medical A or physics or secondary teacher licensure, the major permits students with previous experiences to shorten the the major permits students with previous or physics or secondary teacher licensure, obtained. the quality of the degree time spent in formal education without reducing physical therapy, or other allied health physical therapy, The chemistry program at Union University seeks to serve effectively all students, recognizing different needs, different recognizing all students, at Union University seeks to serve effectively The chemistry program Students pursuing a major in Chemistry must complete Math 211, 212; Physics 231, 232, and meet the following Students pursuing a major in Chemistry must complete Math 211, I. Major in Chemistry—46 hours • school level, teach science at the elementary or secondary • nursing, pharmacy, medical technology, such as medicine, dentistry, enter a health science profession to prepare Curriculum ty to seeks to help stu goals. The faculty and career interests, ul ence. It is the intention of the fac ri pe to other aspects of the human ex it may be studied, and its relationship ing the mod liz lem solving uti skills in prob acquire challenged to in which students are an environment create ing knowl a work Middle Tennessee State University. Middle Tennessee Michael R. Salazar Alamos Laboratory. Los study, Additional of Utah; Ph.D., Texas Tech University. Tech Ph.D., Texas of Texas, University Charles M. Baldwin Additional study, ty; CChem FRSC. si ver Uni Tech Christi; Ph.D., Texas University of Corpus Imperial College (London). University, Stanford Jimmy H. Davis Associated Universities, University of Florida, Oak Ridge Additional study, ty; Ph.D., University of Illinois; si ver Uni University (England). ford and Ox University, Harvard National Laboratory, Argonne Sally A. Henrie Carol Leslie at Knoxville. Tennessee Marlyn Newhouse the chem methods of science and to study in-depth an inquiring at ti tude to ward scienti Leading to the BS in Medical Technology Medical Technology II. Major in College of Arts and Sciences Arts of College Faculty Johnston Randy F. in Chemistry: requirements Department of Department • chemist, or become a professional/industrial • level. continue study in chemistry at the graduate III. Chemical Physics Major in da men tals (CHE nal examinations for the second fi nal ex am i na tion in Fun fi nancial need, Christian service, and school fi is organized to better acquaint students interested in chemi- to better acquaint students interested is organized eld and the mechanics of preparing and presenting technical and presenting eld and the mechanics of preparing fi , given to encourage and sustain interest in the sciences, is awarded in in in the sciences, is awarded , given to encourage and sustain interest am i na tions are also used as the tions are na i am . The Chemistry Department selects a fresh man chemistry major or minor . The Chemistry Department selects a fresh is given by the faculty of the Department of Chem is try and Physics to the student try and Physics to is is given by the faculty of the Department of Chem chem is try (CHE 319), In or gan ic (CHE 335 and CHE 430). Examination re sults are sults are ic (CHE 335 and CHE 430). Examination re gan or try (CHE 319), In is chem dard ized dard ex liate of the American Chemical Society is a national honorary science society for those who have completed 15 hours in natural science and is a national honorary science society for those who have completed 15 fi PHY 317. PHY B. 213, 318; SE 225. EDU 150, 250, 326, 418, 433; PSY Education: Professional C. of applicable portions of the Praxis II. Completion D. Accreditation. Education and Assistant Dean for Teacher additional information, see the For A. hours 221, 314, 315, 324 326—23 211, 112, CHE 111, B. or 4 hours Elective, one of: 317, 319, 335, 405, 430—3 A. hours 327, 319, 335—38 324, 326, 317, 318, 221, 314, 315, 211, 112, CHE 111, B. hours 325 or 420; 430—26 313, 314; 311, 231, 232, PHY C. or CHE—6 hours CHE 498; Upper level PHY or or CHE 424; PHY PHY D. 212, 213, 314—15 hours 211, MAT E. 201 or 202—9 hours 112; ENG 111, F. science—27 hours CLU 195; HIS 101; and 9 hours of social BIO 112; 112; 111, 210; CHR ART A. CHE 405. major as shown above including for the Chemistry the requirements Complete B. 318; SE 225 213, 418, 433; PSY Education: EDU 150, 250, 326, Professional C. portions of the Praxis II. Completion of applicable D. Accreditation. Education and Dean for Teacher Assistant see the For additional information, A. plus 498 and CHE 498 Physics major including both PHY for the Chemical the requirements Complete program. Entrance as a freshman requires an ACT Composite of 26 or higher with a Math ACT of 25 or higher, or higher, of 25 ACT a Math higher with of 26 or ACT Composite an requires as a freshman Entrance program. a B average with and physics chemistry school high better, or a B average math with school of high 4 units as a sophomore committee. Entrance admissions with a faculty personal interview and a successful or better, and of 2.5 or higher, GPA a CUM and science 231 with and PHY 111 CHE 211, to enter MAT readiness requires admissions committee. interview with a successful Whiteaker Freshman Chemistry Award The Chemistry Research Award The C.R.C. Freshman Chemistry Award Student Af The Department utilizes standardized tests of the Amer i can Chemical Society as can Chemical Society i Amer tests of the The Department utilizes standardized Sigma Zeta to receive this award based on outstanding scholastic achievement, based on outstanding this award to receive spirit. recognition of outstanding scholastic achievement in Fresh man Chemistry. man Chemistry. of outstanding scholastic achievement in Fresh recognition Student Awards cal science with professional opportunities in the cal science with professional must have been an original piece of work and must The research paper of the year. the best research who presents chemistry meeting prior to graduation. or national professional at a state, regional, have been presented Student Organizations Assessment of Majors se mes ter of all one-year cours es. These courses in clude General (CHE 111-2), Organic (CHE 314-5 and CHE 435), Organic clude General (CHE 111-2), es. These courses in ter of all one-year cours mes se cal (CHE 317-8). Stan i and Phys ness of the sciences, while stimulating aware pride in the chemical tion instills professional za ni ga material. The or an undergradu- of the modern chemist. Membership is open to any student pursuing and challenges responsibilities in chemistry or physics. ate degree - a for ac es. Membership advantages include recognition in these cours mathematics and with a minimum 3.0 GPA and projects, nized research og participation in nationally rec Award, ments by the Sigma Zeta Honor ic achieve dem colleges. dents of different by stu of interest a means of cooperation in similar areas VI. Minor in Chemistry IV. Teacher Licensure with Endorsement in Chemistry 7-12 Licensure with Endorsement Teacher IV. Physics 7-12 Endorsements in Chemistry and Dual Licensure With V. Teacher 105), An a lyt i cal (CHE es 211), ness and and weak their course of study at Union. Strengths Bio through as a group dents of stu used to monitor progress a to complete required with national norms. Students are ing class averages par by com also assessed of courses are colleagues (CHE 498). nar to faculty and i (CHE 424) and give a sem project research

CHEMISTRY 56 CHEMISTRY 57 tween structure and properties. and properties. tween structure to the health sciences: cally related fi and ways to handle, store, proper cation, types of chemical hazards; fi Chemistry (CHE) Chemistry Course Offerings in Offerings Course Su–Summer S–Spring; W–Winter; F–Fall, Credit; ( ) Hours 105. S, Su I (4) F, of Chemistry Fundamentals and structure properties, cal i chem physical and study of both course that includes general chemistry An introductory given to a stu- will not be credit Nursing. Science except professions applicable to pre-health Not of matter. reaction ry period/week. to ra o and one 2-hour lab lectures Three or PHY. course in either CHE has completed a dent who 106. of Chemistry II (4) As Needed Fundamentals or 111. CHE 105 Prerequisite: speci biochemistry with emphasis on topics and in organic beginning course A carbohydrates, fats, proteins, vitamins, and hormones. Normal and abnormal metabolic processes and the role of and the role metabolic processes and hormones. Normal and abnormal vitamins, proteins, carbohydrates, fats, and one 3-hour 1-hour lectures science and nursing. Three ence majors other than physical Not open to sci ATP. laboratory period/week. ly in algebra) is recom- cial pe 111. W (es ics background (4) F, General Chemistry mat e math strong A 111. chemistry or PHY high school Prerequisite: mended. on and theories of chemistry with emphasis experiments, principles, study of the fundamental comprehensive A stressed. are relationships their energy ties of matter with er and prop The structure the quantitative relationships. and one 3-hour laboratory/week. lectures Three 112. S Chemical Equilibrium (4) W, CHE 111. Prerequisite: Three equilibrium in chemical systems. The laboratory is qualitative analysis. Detailed study of the principles of laboratory period/week. and one 3-hour lectures 113. (2) W Survey of Chemical Instrumentation CHE 111 Prerequisite: and chromatogra- py, co tros including titrations, spec used in industry, instrumentation to chemical An introduction 3-hour lab/week. and one One lecture phy. 211. Analytical Chemistry (3) S CHE 221. Corequisite: CHE 112; Prerequisite: in statistics, gravimetric analysis, titrimetric continuation of the study of fundamental principles including topics A analysis. and spectrophotometric tion, oxidation-reduction), ma complex for analysis (neutralization, precipitation, 221. (2) S Analytical Chemistry Laboratory CHE 211. Corequisite: CHE 112; Prerequisite: of chemistry. sis to the study y quantitative anal and spectrophotometric The application of gravimetric, titrimetric, 3-hour laboratory periods/week. Two 300. S Chemical Safety and Health (1) of chemicals routes include awareness, cals. Topics i chem for the use of hazardous Safety policies and procedures tus and use; identi ra pa safety ap into the body, cals. i chem dispose of hazardous 301. W Perspectives in Science (4) F, 301 for course description. 301. See PHY PHY credit: Reciprocal 314. Organic Chemistry I (3) F CHE 324. Corequisite: CHE 112; Prerequisite: be to the compounds of carbon, with emphasis on the relationship An introduction included. Some functional groups are mechanism, and stereochemistry reaction Applications of bonding theory, gen will be examined in detail. y containing halogen and ox 315. Organic Chemistry II (3) S CHE 326. site: CHE 314; Corequisite: ui req Pre and to structure with respect functional groups An in-depth examination of the common oxygen and nitrogen and biomolecules will also be examined. Continued application of basic theory is included. Heterocyclic chemistry. lectures/week. Three i cal properties of inorganic compounds. Three lectures lectures compounds. Three inorganic of cal properties i and one 3 hour lab/week. 435. Advanced Organic Chemistry (4) F—Odd Years and molecular clic chemistry, cy CHE 315. Prerequisite: ero het try, is ochem re mechanisms, ste of topics including reaction Extensive treatment and one 3-hour lab/week. lectures Three rearrangements. 317. I (3) F Chemistry Physical 232. and PHY 212, MAT 211, CHE Prerequisites: of thermodynam- The laws ics. nam dy mo on ther systems with emphasis to chemical of physical techniques Application and surface phenomena. cells, electrochemical cal equilibria, i chem plied to phase and derived and ap ics will be 318. (3) S Chemistry II Physical 317. CHE Prerequisite: and photo- kinetics, mechanisms, quantum chemistry: on dynamics and 317 with emphasis of CHE continuation A to spectroscopy. and application structure and molecular electronic chemistry; atomic 319. (4) F Biochemistry CHE 326, and BIO 112. CHE 315, Prerequisite: enzy- of proteins, and function the structure include chemistry of living systems. Topics to the organic Introduction Three biology. ics, biosynthesis, and molecular get er catabolism, anabolism, bioen of chemical reactions, mic control and one 3-hour lab/week. lectures 329. II (3) S Biochemistry include the function and molecular Topics and metabolism. of 319 with emphasis on bioenergetics continuation A for biological as well as anabolic pathways lipids, and carbohydrates of catabolic pathways for proteins, control synthesis of these molecules. 324. (2) F Organic Chemistry Laboratory CHE 314. Corequisite: compounds. Use of techniques for the physical characterization and isolation of organic to the basic Introduction some synthetic methods. Two is included, as are as applied to the determination of structure methods spectrometric 3-hour labs/week. 326. (2) S Organic/Inorganic Synthesis Laboratory CHE 315. CHE 314 and CHE 324; Corequisite: Prerequisite: compounds. Two and inorganic in synthesis and characterization of organic Application of laboratory techniques 3-hour laboratory periods/week. 327. (2) S Physical Chemistry Laboratory CHE 318. Corequisite: 3-hour labs/week. in the study of chemical compounds. Two The application of physical methods 335. (3) S Intermediate Inorganic Chemistry CHE 315. or Corequisite: Pre– and organometallic nuclear, bioinorganic, compounds with an emphasis on coordination, to inorganic Introduction be examined in detail. will and reactivity properties, physical ture, between struc The relationships chemistry. 405. Environmental Chemistry (4) S CHE 315. Prerequisite: of humankind with attention and soil caused by the activities water, Study of rapid changes in earth’s atmosphere, and strategies for organic fate, and treatment/removal ter cycles. The vectors, and wa air quality, to the ozone layer, and one 3-hour lab/week. lectures heavy metal pollutants will be discussed. Three 424-5. Introduction to Research (1-3) 424–F; 425–S junior/senior standing. 20 hours of chemistry and Prerequisite: of original work. Each course will be three The student’s knowledge is integrated by application of a simple piece hour. hours per week per credit 430. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (4) F—Even Years CHE 318 and 335. or Corequisite: Pre- CHE 211. Prerequisite: stereo- ic relationships, od ri topics such as chemical bonding, pe of fundamental inorganic treatment theoretical A complexes, acids and bases, and phys chemistry of inorganic

CHEMISTRY 58 CHEMISTRY 59 cation of anemias, fi ti gens and antibodies, procedures gens and antibodies, procedures ti an cation of blood group fi prior to registering. ned and approved fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi cance, both indigenous and foreign, with par tic u lar emphasis on life cycles lar emphasis u tic with par and foreign, cance, both indigenous fi to disease states. uids and the study of their relationship fl stru ments found in up-to-date laboratories. ments found stru c and technical presentations, written and oral, will be polished. To be used at the discretion of the of at the discretion be used be polished. To and oral, will written presentations, c and technical fi cation. fi and rickettsiae. cation of bacteria, fungi, viruses, fi 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed All courses and their applications must be de 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs (1-4) All courses and their application must be de 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Upper-level 495-6-7. Seminar (1-3) of the department for majors only. be used at the discretion To 498. (1-3) S Seminar standing. and junior/senior of chemistry 20 hours Prerequisite: Skills in scienti minors only. for majors and department Curriculum Hospital-in-Residence Technology Medical 411. (6) Clinical Chemistry of various body Chemical analysis (1) 412. Instrumentation of in and care The principles, use, 421. and Coagulation (7) Hematology which aid in classi procedures to technical performance in hematological Application of theory leukemias, and other blood cell abnormalities. leukemias, and other 422. (7) Advanced Microbiology employed in as they cause disease in man. Methods of microorganisms the role and lab course covering lecture A the identi (2) 423. Serology considered. between antigens and antibodies are reactions demonstrating and lab course in immunology, lecture A ed. sent tool is pre as a serodiagnostic Use of these reactions (5) 424. Immunohematology of donors, identi Includes selection, testing and bleeding and identi (2) 431. Urinalysis and chemical analysis of urine. physical, microscopic, Gross, 432. Clinical Correlations (1) and anatomical/ laboratory test results between correlation physiology in disease; Basic understanding of altered physiological changes. 440. Ethics (0) Principles of Management and graduate for positions of leadership as supervisors and instructors. for the medical Preparation employed in providing compatible blood for patients, and principles and procedures used in blood component used and principles and procedures compatible blood for patients, employed in providing therapy. (2) 425. Parasitology study of parasites of medical signi A cant theoretical and cant theoretical fi ence. Communication Arts Arts Communication ______liated with several programs that enhance student learning: the Los Angeles Film Studies the Los that enhance student learning: liated with several programs fi (2002). Assistant Professor of Theatre. B.A., Ouachita Baptist Uni ver si ty; M.F.A., University of M.F.A., ty; si ver Uni B.A., Ouachita Baptist of Theatre. Professor Assistant (2002). (1961-68; 1997). Associate Professor of Communication Arts. B.A., Union Uni ver si ty; M.A., Purdue ty; M.A., Purdue si ver Arts. B.A., Union Uni of Communication Professor Associate (1961-68; 1997). (2003-5; 2007). Professor of Communication Arts and Director, Center for Media, Faith, and Culture. Faith, and Culture. Center for Media, Arts and Director, of Communication (2003-5; 2007). Professor (1999). Assistant Professor of Communication Arts and Director of Visual Communication. B.A., of Visual Director Arts and of Communication Professor Assistant (1999). (1993). Associate Professor of Communication Arts. B.A., University of Georgia; M.A., Auburn Uni- M.A., Georgia; Arts. B.A., University of of Communication Associate Professor (1993). (2003-5; 2007). Associate Professor of Communication Arts. B.A., William Carey College; B.A., Univer- College; Carey Arts. B.A., William of Communication Associate Professor (2003-5; 2007). (1986). Professor of Theatre and Director of the Theatre. B.S.A., Houston Baptist College; M.F.A., Uni- Houston Baptist College; M.F.A., B.S.A., the Theatre. of and Director of Theatre (1986). Professor (1997). Associate Professor of Communication Arts, Department Chair and Coordinator of DMS. B.A., of DMS. B.A., Chair and Coordinator Arts, Department Communication of Professor Associate (1997). 1. 320, 325, 430 COM 311, 2. COM Electives–12 hours 1. 240, 330, 341, 342, 350, 412 COM 113, 2. COM 345 or 311 3. COM Elective–3 hours 1. 320, 330, 341, 342, 412 240, 311, COM 113, 2. 213, 318; SE 225. Education: EDU 150, 250, 326, 426, 435; PSY Professional 3. Completion of applicable portions of the Praxis Series II. 4. Accreditation. Education and Assistant Dean for Teacher For additional information, see the A. COM 112, 200, 211, 235, 405–15 hours A. 200, 211, COM 112, B. Speech Emphasis–24 hours C. Emphasis–27 hours Theatre Emphasis—24 hours Licensure D. Teacher A. 121, 200, 320, 321, 323, 355, 415, 419, 430 COM 120, B. COM 210–2 semesters, 1 hour each I. Theatre and Speech—39 or 42 hours Major in Journalism, Broadcasting, and Public Relations/Advertising majors may not minor within the Department, except Journalism, Broadcasting, The Department is af The Department offers a wide range of courses designed to meet the complex and signi The Department offers Students majoring in communication arts will, in their area of concentration, un der stand the the o ries, prin ci ples, ci ries, prin o the stand the der of concentration, un arts will, in their area Students majoring in communication in Theatre/Speech or Film Studies. in Theatre/Speech Journalism—44 hours II. Major in communication skill requirements of stu dents. of stu communication skill requirements dent Publications, Pub- Stu tute of Journalism and Broadcasting, sti Summer In ton, D.C. Faculty American Studies Program, Center, ing Institute in Wash by the Leadership Grass Roots Politics Schools sponsored tions and la lic Re Arts Theatre at the Tennessee dents audition stu Theatre conferences. in state and regional age participation cour en fer Con ence and the Southeastern Theatre fer Con Curriculum and history of communicating arts; demonstrate com pe ten cy in written, oral, and visual com mu ni ca tion skills; and ca ni mu oral, and visual com cy in written, ten pe demonstrate com and history of communicating arts; on society. edge of the impact demonstrate knowl Mission Statement Faculty Chris Blair of Memphis. Ph.D., University M.A. and Union University; Steve Beverly versity. David Burke Mississippi. Ph.D., University of Southern M.A., Missouri State University; sity of Southern Mississippi; Michael Chute of Southern Mis- Missouri State University; Ph.D., University University; M.A., Southwest B.A., Baptist sissippi. Johnson Wayne University. Darren Michael Southern Mississippi. Jim Veneman Department of Department and Sciences Arts of College versity of Houston. Kathie Chute Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary. Ouachita Baptist University; M.A.,

COMMUNICATION ARTS 60 COMMUNICATION ARTS 61 . lafsc.bestsemester.com exists for students interested in the broad cast ing. UBS is a student chap- cast in the broad exists for students interested is open to all students interested in the public relations profession and profession in the public relations is open to all students interested is the national honorary dramatic fraternity. Beta Mu chap ter spon sors Campus Day activities, ter spon Beta Mu chap is the national honorary dramatic fraternity. Institute for International and Intercultural Studies for details or Institute for International and Intercultural 1. 120, 221, 231, 345 ART 2. 419 COM 220, 320, 365, 3. 360, 365 321, CSC 115, 4. Seminar 490 Digital Media Studies 1. COM 121, 323, 327, 430; MKT 328 2. COM 120, 230, 236, 325, 328, 355, 360, 410, 423, 483; MKT 424. courses: Select three for details. departments See respective 1. CHR 348—6 hours COM 338, Required: 2. 448; PSC 300 PHL Select 3: COM 301, 438; ENG 311; 1. 448; PSC 300. PHL Select 3 hours: CHR 348; COM 301, 338, 438; ENG 311, 2. Arts Department, the Angeles Film Studies Center: Check with the Communication to Los Admission 321, or COM 415. Student Public Relations Society Union Broadcasting System (UBS) A. 231, COM 121 ART B. COM 236, 326, 336, 346, 426 232, COM ART C. the hours in the minor with replace by the student's major, 231 or COM 121 is required ART If C. 231 221, ART 360; of: COM One D. hours Electives–9 COM A. 230, 245, 419, 430 COM 120, 121, 220, B. hours COM 320 or 355—3 C. 406, 410 321, 325, 327, 347, Select 9 hours: D. hours COM Electives–9 A. 430 323, 325, 355, 360, 415, 419, 423, COM 120, 121, 200, 320, 321, B. semesters, 1 hour each COM 210–2 C. Electives—3 hours COM A. for all emphases–39 hours requirements Core B. hours requirements–24 Arts Emphasis Communication C. (23 hours) Art Emphasis (28 hours) and Computer Science Emphasis A. COM 120, 121, 220, 230 B. 325, 347, 403, 410, 419, 430 Select 9 hours: COM 320, A. COM 120, 121, 323, 419, 423 B. 221, 231 ART 320, 321, 325, 360, 415, 430; Select 6 hours: COM 210, A. COM 120, 121, 210, 321, 415 B. 221, 231 ART 323, 360, 419; Select 6 hours: COM 320, 235, 240 211, A. 113, COM 112, B. 355, 330, 341, 342, 345, 350, 405, 412 311, Select 6 hours: COM 301, COM 328—3 hours A. for both Tracks: Required —15 hours B. One Track hours C. Two—19 Track Alpha Psi Omega The The society activities, determined and planned by students under the direction of a faculty advisor, usually relate to the usually relate of a faculty advisor, society activities, determined and planned by students under the direction or acquiring the skills needed in public relations. ning a PR career tions, plan la practice of public re XI. Photojournalism Minor—21 hours XI. Student Organizations ming and documentaries for gram news pro tion. UBS produces a ci so As News Directors ter of the Radio-Television women’s national Union’s basketball games and the NAIA the high school quiz show “Head to Head,” public TV, als in the industry. sion fes contacts with pro vides opportunities for students to strengthen tournament. UBS pro Membership is based on at- of other events as time and personnel allow. and a variety house presentations, coffee tainment in theatre. III. Major in Broadcasting—42 hours Broadcasting—42 III. in Major hours Public Relations/Advertising—44 IV. Major in Media Studies Major Digital V. VI. Broadcasting Minor—21 hours Public Relations/Advertising Minor—21 hours VII. VIII. Journalism Minor—21 hours IX. Theatre/Speech Minor—21 hours Film Studies Minor—18 or 22 hours X. Cardinal cant media fi c audiences, c fi dence, and active listening and fi lm, newspapers, magazines, books, lm, newspapers, magazines, books, fi is given each year to the editor of the is given each year . Includes: writ ing, ed it ing, layout, advertising, it ing, ed . Includes: writ become change agents in dence and strategies to fi Cardinal & Cream , established by Mrs. Loyd, As so ci ate Pro fes sor of Speech and Theatre at at and Theatre sor of Speech fes ate Pro ci so As by Mrs. Loyd, , established , open to all major emphases of DMS, exists to raise the awareness of the new of the the awareness to raise DMS, exists of emphases to all major , open uence of various mass com mu ni ca tion media. Stu dents review the economic, dents review tion media. Stu ca ni mu uence of various mass com fl eld. The student will learn the basics of print, broadcast, advertising, and public of print, broadcast, eld. The student will learn the basics fi Communication Arts Communication (COM) is presented to the best theatre tech ni cian. ni tech to the best theatre is presented . Digital Media Studies Society Studies Media Digital Departmental awards are given annually to the outstanding senior and the out stand ing freshman. Achievement freshman. ing stand senior and the out given annually to the outstanding are Departmental awards The Elizabeth B. Loyd “Tony” Awards B. Loyd “Tony” The Elizabeth Award Memorial Student Publications The Betty Hillix Foellinger The The Director’s Award world. the professional with connections and to make work, student showcase elds, to g ures. g Course Offerings in Course Offerings S–Spring; Su–Summer F–Fall, W–Winter; ( ) Hours Credit; 112. S, Su W, (3) F, Public Communication adapting messages to speci thoughts, organizing skills course that emphasizes An oral communication fi and Cream majors is also recognized. in each of the four Student Awards Student Union from 1939-1967, are pre sent ed each year to the best actor/actress and supporting actor/actress as chosen by as chosen actor/actress and supporting actor/actress year to the best ed each sent pre achieve- tion to 1939-1967, are Union from ca i and ded loyalty es with cooperative manc for excellence of per Based on Director. Theatre the Union program. awards at the annual departmental announced are ment, selections using language correctly, delivering messages verbally and nonverbally with con using language correctly, fi 121. S for the Mass Media (3) F, Writing of the and similarities student a basis for understanding the differences Designed to give the beginning media various types of writing in the writing. relations 200. (3) Communication and Christianity develop a working philosophy that integrates world views and to course to foster understanding of different A The course is designed to help develop con faith and profession. media and the arts. 205. Sport Media (3) S 205 for course description. PEWS 205. See PEWS credit: Reciprocal 210. S Publications Seminar (1) F, COM 121. Prerequisite: Application of journalism fundamentals to the tion. May be taken 3 times. duc ment and pro age man 211. and Diction (3) F Voice tion. Seeks to evaluate vocal weak- a ci nun in articulation and pro Study and development of the voice with exercises regional- special unit emphasizes improving A their voices. prove students with the tools to im nesses and provide isms and southern dialect. 220. S Introduction to Production (3) F, emphasizing aesthetics of design with hands-on experience with The foundation for video and audio production niques. cameras, lighting, audio, and basic editing tech 230. Production (3) F Television COM 220. Prerequisite: Stu- ing using a switcher. cord cameras, sound, lighting, and videotape re Overview of the elements of production: sion programs. vi ing tele duc dents work with these in pro evaluation skills. 113. S F, Introduction to Theatre Arts (3) more art, designed as a foundational study to make play going of the techniques of theatre study An introductory meaningful and better appreciated. 120. S Mass Media (3) F, and in Functions, responsibilities, technical, historical, regulatory, and so cio log i cal with signi conferences opportunities for telephone offered and are advertising, and public relations pects as of radio, television,

COMMUNICATION ARTS 62 COMMUNICATION ARTS 63 explored. eld will be fi ecting contemporary society. The society. ecting contemporary fl ter per son al ter per relationships including ethical tion, com mu ni ca self-disclosure, ict management, verbal and nonverbal communication. The student will exhibit The student communication. verbal and nonverbal ict management, fl in their concentration. May that will enhance their knowledge and expertise projects c fi productions. lms and taped theatre fi history of photojournalism, current trends, and the varied challenges found in this and the trends, current history of photojournalism, 235. S, Su W, (3) F, Communication Interpersonal in in problems communication Identify interviewing, con perception, class simulations. and and small groups, in dyads working oral reports, through language skills competent 236. F I (3) Photojournalism I 231—Photography ART Prerequisite: communicate photography to help apply the basics of and learning to photograph of seeing a story-telling The basics on and communication ethics and of visual integrity will be placed on setting high standards a message. Emphasis and re of photojournalism in shaping of the role developing an understanding 240. (3) S and Technique Acting Theory COM 113. Prerequisite: tion, character duc pro cal re vo in physical training, practices with emphasis on exercises acting theories and Various ics of acting. thet and the aes projection, 245. (3) F Broadcast Performance by use of simulated newscasts, in- and performance skills personality, vocal, visual, Development of professional terviews, and script narrations. 299. S, Su W, Practicum (1) F, Students work with advertising, speech, or theatre. public relations, Practical hands-on experience in journalism, a faculty member on speci be taken three times. be taken three 301. (3) F Symbolism in Theatre and Film messages. Students view and analyze a subtextual the subtle uses of symbolism in presenting This course explores variety of 305. Drama (3) Every Third Year ENG 305. See ENG 305 for description. credit: ENG 201 & 202. Reciprocal Prerequisite: 311. (3) S Oral Interpretation of Literature mance including techniques for for solo and ensemble per literary genres Analysis, adoption, and staging of various an audience. es before manc for for Reader’s staging and per Theatre 312. S (3) F, Creative Writing ENG 312. See ENG 312 for description. credit: ENG 201&202. Reciprocal Prerequisites: 318. W—As Needed Advanced Composition (3) S; ENG 318. See ENG 318 for description. credit: ENG 201&202. Reciprocal Prerequisite: conducting ships. Emphasis: 320. tion Organizational Communication (3) F la ee re ploy tion communication networks, and employer-em ca structure, Organizational ni mu sion-making strategies, ethics, team-building, and the com ci interviews and performance appraisals, de au dit. 321. S Reporting for Print and Electronic Media (3) F, COM 121. Prerequisite: interviewing, develop- dia. Topics: mass me Basic principles and skills of gathering information and writing news for events. and current research, ing sources, 322. Copy Editing and Publication Layout (3) S—Odd Years and and using type, photography, Principles of editing copy for newspapers and magazines, writing headlines, graphics in layout and design for print news media. 323. Principles of Public Relations (3) F COM 121. Prerequisite: and its examining both the process of public relations to principles, practices, context, and structure Introduction and institutions. implementation in business, industry, 325. & Development (3) S Communication Training improve ers and employees ag help man by which organizations An interactive experience emphasizing the process job satisfaction. performance and increase lm from from lm fi lm arts to develop fi to broaden. will continue and visual awareness ciency fi learning how to "see" light, in the articulation of ideas through awareness ciency and visual of forms, functions, and history of lm. Includes a foundational study fi fi 327. (3) S Interactive Media COM 220. Prerequisite: soft- standard of interactive media using industry skills in the creation developing toward approach Project-based management procedures. assessment, and project interactive design theories, needs ware, 328. and Criticism (3) F Film Theory or 202. Art 210 and either ENG 201 Prerequisite: involved dents the critical skills stu analysis and study of cinema teaching to the scholarly aesthetic An introduction of in the interpretation 326. S Documentary Social 236 COM Prerequisite: best, At its and to advocate. to bring attention, to bear witness, is an attempt photojournalism Social documentary the released felt when he/she photographer and informed something a concerned to communicate it tries also of visual truth a complex distillation through communicates documentary photojournalism Social shutter. camera's and at the on its audiences has made an impact look at work that will take a close This course and interpretation. pro it. Technical who produced photographers appreciation and skill in analysis. appreciation 330. Years Theatre Production (3) F—Odd COM 113. Prerequisite: play ing; organization; hears acting, and re technique: directing, and Fundamentals of successful stage production up, and lighting. ing, make tum cos choice and casting; and scenery, 336. W Photojournalism II (3) F, COM 236. Prerequisite: pro Course will broaden capturing the moment, documentary photography, portraiture, fashion, food, architecture, advertising, and sports. advertising, fashion, food, architecture, portraiture, photography, capturing the moment, documentary of visual communication standards view of the commonplace, maintaining high a fresh exploring It will also stress photographs, and design. between words, and understanding the relationship 338. Years Development of Cinema (3) S—Odd and themes in narrative with emphasis on major movements, genres, Historical survey of motion pictures the early silent era, early talking pictures, the studio sys tem, and post-classical cinema. the studio sys the early silent era, early talking pictures, 341. II (3) S—Even Years and 342. Theatre History Years Theatre History I (3) F—Odd COM 113. Prerequisite: with emphasis the Elizabethans its beginnings through from survey of the historical development of the Theatre A day. to present cal period si clas Neo the French from on selected plays. The sequel considers 343. (3) F Public Relations Writing COM 323. COM 121; Corequisite: Prerequisite: publics using for various media with focus on targeting writing process Practical application of public relations and selection of communication channels. audience analysis, message design, research, 345. Advanced Acting/Im pro vi sa tion (3) COM 240 Prerequisite: F—Odd Years niques. tech Advanced acting characterization, historical styles, and improvisational 346. Photo Editing S COM 236 Prerequisite: editorial decisions how these factors affect An exploration of the technical aesthetic qualities of photographs and skills in visual editing and participate in discussions of concerning their use in publications. Students will acquire framing techniques, characteristics of good ethical and legal issues. Understanding subject emphasis, application of impact value, and ethics will be stressed. photographs, universal themes, photograph evaluation, recognizing 347. Broadcast News Producing and Management (3) F and senior sion, and ethical dilemmas faced by news directors studying day-to-day decision learned from theories and techniques for the newsroom Management and producing ci tion, story de la u ment, reg age making, personnel man producers. 350. Christian Drama (3) S COM 113. Prerequisite: tive. spec a Christian per from Exploration of the meaning of and possible uses for theatre

COMMUNICATION ARTS 64 COMMUNICATION ARTS 65 ic editing, matching sight including Soviet lm as propaganda, fi on a substantive nal 1/2 hour capstone documentary will be considered. lm in supporting war efforts fi fi lm propaganda, and American use of and lm propaganda, fi 355. Years (3) F—Odd Research & Theory Communication re- of applications practical on with emphasis of communication and conceptualizations models, theories, Major search. 360. S F, Design (3) Publication practical documents to provide camera-ready layout, and develop to edit, design, experiences Using hands-on publishing technology. of state-of-the-art knowledge 365. (3) S Communication Computer-Mediated the movement to computers considering views of communication through and practical theoretical blending of A in involved process as well as the creative/production and interactional exchanges computers for informational gen er at ing online projects. 405. Years in Communication (3) S—Odd Advanced Studies well as special topics and copyright laws as debate, scriptwriting, royalty and argumentation Rhetorical analysis, graduate study in com- and and Theatre in Speech licensure It is designed for students seeking of communication. mu ni ca tions. 406. (3) S Broadcast Journalism COM 321. Corequisite: 321; Pre-or COM 230, Prerequisite: news or ing for a regular port and re with writing, producing, production Combines advanced skills in broadcast Students will develop a sport magazine for cable television. issue of public interest. 410. Editing (3) F Video COM 230. Prerequisite: tron sion work, including audio/video elec vi tele The skills necessary to do post-production ic cutting and splicing. tron to sound, and elec 412. F—Even Years Fundamentals of Directing (3) COM 240. Prerequisite: of a one-act play by each student. culminating in production The art of the director, 415. (3) S Magazine and Feature Writing COM 321. Prerequisite: an to prepare each student is encouraged craft of writing the special feature; Practical experience in mastering the article for publication. 419. S F, Advertising in Mass Media (3) audiences, including study of the development of ideas, campaigns, target An overview of media-based advertising, An actual team-based campaign will be and principles of copywriting. demographics, brand equity and loyalty, developed. 423. Public Relations Campaigns (3) S COM 323. Prerequisite: campaigns with emphasis on critical thinking and problem public relations of comprehensive Examines preparation use of case studies. solving through 426. Photojournalism Professional Portfolio (3) F COM 336 Prerequisite: in today's marketplace and the photographs the many variations of portfolio presentation This course will explore the student's areas in of a portfolio based upon research Preparation collection. a well-rounded needed to present audiences, various ways clients, target of the class. Looking closely at potential will be a primary target of interest and the images needed for a portfolio will be addressed. of delivery, 430. Communications Law (3) S involving the will study case precedents on mass media. Students and government regulations The legal controls and broadcasters. and rights of the press freedom 438. Censorship and Propaganda in Film (3) S—Even Years legal challenges, ship boards, sor state cen The practice and patterns of censorship in cinema. Issues include local and The use of by the industry. efforts and self-regulatory public pressure, organized Nazi cinema theory, ce fi ces. Requires Requires ces. fi elds of digital media fi group eld trips, and an interdisciplinary fi mis sion of Chair. mis lm or television industry. Primarily non-pay ing positions in an of ing non-pay Primarily or television industry. lm prior to registering. ned and approved prior to travel. ned and approved fi fi fi

20-24 hours/week. 20-24 hours/week. 485. S, Su W, Radio Broadcasting (3) F, Internship in courses in the major; Per 2 required site: COM 220; ui req Pre at a local radio station professionally to obtain supervised practical work assigned as interns are Selected students concerned with broadcasting. S, Su 486. W, Broadcasting (3) F, Television Internship in sion of Chair. mis Per courses in the major. 2 required COM 230; Prerequisite: con- television station professionally supervised practical work at a local assigned as interns to obtain Students are cerned with broadcasting. 487. S, Su W, Internship in Journalism (3) F, Permission of Chair. courses in the major; 2 required Prerequisite: concerned assigned to obtain supervised practical work at a local newspaper professionally Selected students are with the print media. 488. S, Su W, (3) F, Internship in Public Relations in the major; Permission of Chair. courses COM 419, 323; 3 required Prerequisite: relations. as interns to obtain supervised practical work at a local business in public assigned Students are 490. S Seminar (3) F, Digital Media Studies Senior of to the variety bring the emphases together for exposure Capstone course for DMS majors to setting such as development companies, agen cies, per son al management companies, production of companies, production al management son per cies, companies, agen setting such as development speakers, ies, guest Includes case stud and associated workplace cultures. 483. Needed (3) As Media in Digital Internship Emphasis. Arts DM-Communication the from courses required and two COM 220 CSC 360, 221, ART Prerequisite: It is not a job work experiences. practical real-life to obtain supervised as interns assigned students are Selected interests. study and career of student's program to the relationship having direct is a learning opportunity per se; it for credit. be repeated Course may 484. (6) Television in Film and Internship of the Hollywood in some aspect Participation 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed 179-279-379-479. External Domestic be de All courses and their applications must project culminating in the production of a computer-based portfolio for job search. Reciprocal with ART and CSC. ART with Reciprocal for job search. portfolio of a computer-based in the production culminating project (1-4) 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs be de All courses and their applications must 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Upper-level 495-6. Independent Study (1-4) of a faculty member(s). under the guidance Individual research 497-8-9. Seminar (1-3) of the department. be used at the discretion To

COMMUNICATION ARTS 66 COMPUTER SCIENCE 67 su ing a career in computer sci- ing a career su dia Studies major, Computer Sci- Computer dia Studies major, rst in the Major Field Test for Computer Science as for Computer Science rst in the Major Field Test fi courses. rst year programming fi sis sip pi; M.S. put er (Com Science), Uni ver si ty of sip pi; Mis sis Ph.D. (Com- is awarded to a computer science student by the Department of Computer Sci- to a computer is awarded Computer Science Science Computer ______is given to the senior who places eld immediately upon grad u a tion. a u grad eld immediately upon fi (1996). Associate Professor of Computer Science. A.S., Middle Georgia College; B.S., West Georgia Georgia College; B.S., West A.S., Middle Georgia of Computer Science. Associate Professor (1996). (1992). Professor of Computer Science and Department Chair. B.A., Katholieke Universiteit Leuven, Universiteit B.A., Katholieke Chair. Science and Department of Computer (1992). Professor (2001). Associate Professor of Computer Science. B.M., Union University; M.M. and M.A., Indiana Uni- Union University; M.M. and M.A., of Computer Science. B.M., Associate Professor (2001). llment of 498. fi (2004). Assistant Professor of Computer Science. B.E., Xi'an Jiaotong University; M.S. and Ph.D., University Jiaotong University; M.S. and Ph.D., of Computer Science. B.E., Xi'an Assistant Professor (2004). 1. 120, 221, 231, 345. ART 2. COM 220, 320, 365, 419. 3. 321, 360, 365. CSC 115, 4. Digital Media Studies Seminar 490. 1. CSC 125, 220, 235, 255, 335, 498. 2. 425, 455. Select two courses: CSC 395, 411, 3. 205. MAT Prerequisite: departments for details. See the respective Departmental Award A. Required: CSC 115, 125, 205, 220, 235, 255, 260, 311, 321, 365, 425, 455, 498. A. 125, 205, 220, 235, 255, 260, 311, CSC 115, Required: B. 465, 485. Select one: CSC 335, 360, 395, 411, 315. C. 205, 211-2, MAT Prerequisites: A. hours for all emphases—39 requirements Core B. hours Computer Science Emphasis requirements—23 C. Arts Emphasis (24 hours) and Communication Art Emphasis—(28 hours) The Computer Information Systems Minor will provide the student with a general understanding of analysis, the student with a general understanding Minor will provide The Computer Information Systems Neither CSC 105 nor 245 is applicable to any major/minor in the department. Upon completion of the Computer Science Major, the student will have an un der stand ing of and an appreciation ing of and an appreciation stand der have an un the student will Major, Upon completion of the Computer Science Arts, and Computer tion ca ni mu Art, Com joining program interdisciplinary The Digital Media Studies major is an ly in pur ri ma pri for students interested The Computer Science Minor is intended The department offers four plans of study: Computer Science major, Digital Me Digital Me Science major, four plans of study: Computer The department offers A Programming Award First Year design, and implementation of applications via third- and fourth-generation programming languages and pre-writ- and fourth-generation programming design, and implementation of applications via third- in a job-supportive mode. ed for the student expecting to use computers tend ten packages. This minor is in I. Science—41 hours Major in Computer II. Digital Media Studies Major ence or a related ence or a related ence minor, and Computer Information Systems minor. ence minor, a solid foundation of the provides of study in Computer Science. The major of the main areas for the interrelation graduate will be able to continue study in Computer the application; therefore, concepts while emphasizing practical the job market. Science at the graduate level or enter tions and technologically trained and capable of theoretically, ly, ca cal ni i mu thet a student aes Science. Its purpose is to produce com and implementation of digital of the design, production, ly new area tive a excellence in the rel tions strategies and theory, ca ni mu web page design, digital visual and aural com as such areas media. Included are and technological advances in digital techniques, digital presentation interactive media design, media programming, com mu ni ca tions. ence. A student is selected for excellence and expertise in student is selected for excellence and expertise A ence. Curriculum Student Awards puter Science), Mississippi State University. puter Science), Mississippi Stephanie Edge Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. M.Div., State University; College; M.S., Georgia James Kirk of Louisville. versity; Ph.D., University Haifei Li of Florida. partial ful College of Arts and Sciences Arts of College Faculty G. Jan Wilms Department of Department Mis University of glish), (En gium; M.A. Bel c applications. c eld and empowering fi fi is composed of students who are interested interested who are is composed of students and maintaining upgrading, guring, installing, diagnosing, repairing, fi but not both. c core, fi Computer Science (CSC) Computer Science 115 apply to the B.S. speci 115 (Association for Computing Machinery) Student Chapter (Association for Computing

or ciency and design of algorithms, including re cur rence, divide-and-conquer, dynamic programming, and dynamic programming, divide-and-conquer, rence, cur including re ciency and design of algorithms, fi ACM A. 125, 235. CSC 115, Required: B. 360, 365, 395, 411. Select 4: CSC 321, A. 311. 235, 260, 125, 220, 115, CSC Required: B. 490 or 498. other than upper level CSC course One additional C. 205. MAT Prerequisite: The All senior computer science majors must take the Major Field Test in computer sci ence as one requirement for ence as one requirement in computer sci Field Test science majors must take the Major All senior computer IV. Minor in Computer Information Systems—21 hours Systems—21 Computer Information IV. in Minor III. hours Science—21 Computer in Minor 125. in Java (4) S Computer Science I: Programming CSC 115. Prerequisite: GUI structures. and analysis, abstract data types, and program solving, algorithm design Basic concepts of problem will be emphasized. Students will paradigm programming and the object-oriented development will be introduced for various applications. document programs design, implement, debug, test, and 205. 212. & Data Structures (3) F Computer Science II: Algorithms MAT Corequisite: Pre-or 205. sites: CSC 125, MAT ui req Pre for analyz- and graphs. Tools including trees study of the complexity of algorithms and advanced data structures, A ing the ef algorithms. greedy 220. Computer Repair and Maintenance (3) S CSC 115. Prerequisite: to competence in con hands-on approach A and OS technologies. hardware and associated technologies. The course covers both core microcomputers 235. Computer Ethics (2) S impact of computers on society and the Major social and ethical issues in computers and the Internet, including code of ethics. computer professional’s 245. (3) As Needed FORTRAN 211. and MAT CSC 115 Prerequisite: given to scienti Emphasis will be using FORTRAN. programming the procedural Introduces others for a con tin u ous exploration of today’s technical society. A language-independent overview of hardware language-independent overview of hardware A of today’s technical society. ous exploration u tin others for a con after 105 ment. Cannot be taken for credit op vel solving and algorithm de on problem with emphasis and software without departmental approval.* *Either 105 255. Programming in C (3) S CSC 115. Prerequisites: ANSI C. paradigm using programming the procedural Introduces Course Offerings in Course Offerings S–Spring; Su–Summer W–Winter; F–Fall, ( ) Hours Credit; 105. S (3) F, Survey of Microcomputing Applications and their applications. Includes computer and informa- to computers the non major/minor, for An introduction, practice. Cannot be taken hands-on through competency with software but the main emphasis is on tion literacy, after 115.* for credit 115. ships of courses in the S tion & Overview (3) F, Computer Science: Introduction la re ter and in majors/minors to the breadth exposing Introduction Student Organizations Assessment of Majors Assessment of CSC 498 (see below).

in today’s world of computing. The club promotes an increased knowledge of the science, design, development, knowledge of the science, an increased of computing. The club promotes in today’s world a means of communication It provides machinery. and applications of modern computing languages, construction, machinery and their applications. in computing between persons interested

COMPUT ER SCIENCE 68 COMPUTER SCIENCE 69 le manage- fi el and logical design using the el and logical design ops, counters, syn chro nous sequential logic, pro- nous sequential chro syn ops, counters, fl ip- fl cation, and implementation: overview and comparison of major fi le and application access, remote printing, and security. printing, and security. le and application access, remote fi t organization. t fi 411. 411. Systems Analysis (3) As Needed CSC 321. Prerequisite: niques of systems development and tech systems for business applications, tools computer-based of designing Process existing to new systems will be discussed. of conversion from and management; advantages and disadvantages 425. Operating Systems (3) F CSC 311. CSC 220, 255 and 365. Recommended prerequisite: Prerequisites: overview and case studies; discussion of multi-tasking and related management: brief historical Systems resource communication, and mutual exclusion/deadlock; overview of concepts of scheduling, interprocess grammable logic devices, MSI logic devices, adder cir cuits. adder cir logic devices, logic devices, MSI grammable 311. (3) S Architecture Computer 260. CSC Prerequisite: external device sor and ces pro including digital computer systems of stored-program to the architecture Introduction program- concepts and and assembly language tions, struc and in and operation, machine operations structures ming. 321. Systems (3) F Database Management and Junior standing. CSC 115 Prerequisites: using E-R mod of databases: conceptual design to the design Hands-on approach in- tion is discussed ca pli of database ap The architecture using SQL. model and database programming relational studied by implementing and application will be access. Queries, forms, reports model and web cluding the 3-tiered ment. ron vi en them in a client-server 335. (3) F—Odd Years Computer Graphics 315. MAT ed prerequisite: mend om CSC 255; Rec Prerequisites: include graphic display Topics ming techniques. gram graphics via pro An investigation of a wide range of computer and hardware. graphic techniques, applications, theory, 360. Building & Site Management (3) F Web CSC 125. CSC 321; Recommended Pre: Corequisite: Pre-or CSC 115. Prerequisite: ing tools, multi-level site planning and management, graphical web-build Fundamentals of web site development information organization, scripting, basic interactivity, and server-side navigation schemes, client- and construction, content. and the delivery of basic multimedia 365. (3) S Data Communications and Networking and Junior standing. CSC 115 Prerequisite: tions and networking. Emphasis ca ni mu components of computer data com and software to hardware Introduction protocol. the TCP/IP networking, and administration of a LAN, peer-to-peer is on practical, hands-on set-up and shared include routing, Topics tailed study of implementation of an existing operating ment and memory management. Theory is augmented by de system. 455. Programming Languages (3) S CSC 255. Prerequisite: language design, speci Issues in programming 260. F (3) Systems Digital 205. MAT 220, and 125, CSC CSC Prerequisite: logic design, combinational Boolean algebra, Binary codes, tion ga ti ves grammars; and in with focus on context-free contemporary languages; analysis of translation process logic and object oriented paradigms. Theory is augmented by control, binding, sequence of data representation, implementation of a tokenizer and parser for a simple language. 465. Formal Language (3) F—As Needed ta, parsing of context-free a CSC 455. 315. Recommended prerequisite: CSC 255 and MAT Prerequisites: tom es and au guag foundations of computer science including formal lan Theoretical languages, Turing machines, com put a bil i ty, and complexity. 485. Internship in Computer Science (3) As Needed of: 321, 360, 365. CSC 205, 220, 235 and one Prerequisite: to the CS discipline at a busi- assigned as interns to obtain supervised practical work related Selected students are ness or non-pro of digital media elds fi group and an interdisciplinary eld trips, fi prior to registering. ned and approved fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi ed at the discretion of the de part ment. part of the de ed at the discretion fi 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed Domestic Study Programs 179-279-379-479. External applications must be de All courses and their Abroad Programs (1-4) 180-280-380-480. Study application must be de All courses and their 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Upper-level 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) under the guidance of a faculty member(s). Individual research (1-3) 499. Seminar of the department for majors only. be used at the discretion To 490. S (3) F, Seminar Senior Studies Media Digital 490. ART/COM credit: Reciprocal Year. in Senior Taken Prerequisite: variety of to the for exposure emphases together to bring the course for DMS majors Capstone and associated workplace cultures. Includes case stud ies, guest speakers, ies, guest speakers, stud Includes case workplace cultures. and associated project culminating in the production of a computer-based portfolio for job search. for job search. portfolio of a computer-based in the production culminating project 498. (2) S Science Seminar Computer Year. taken in Senior hours of CSC and 20 Prerequisite: need for ment perceives part the de topics where and addressing the Major Field Test The setting for administering con- a regional ed at sent a by developing and implementing learned concepts Students will synthesize previously additional instruction. pre in a report will culminate project Each ming problem. gram pro to a real-world tion lu so ence. The course may be modi fer

COMPUT ER SCIENCE 70 EN GINEER ING 71 elds. fi nish, instead of a usual fi c Core comprised of MAT 212, 213, 314 (11 hours); MAT 208 or 315 (3); hours); MAT 212, 213, 314 (11 comprised of MAT c Core fi c Core as prerequisites to the major as well the major requirements de- to the major as well the major requirements as prerequisites c Core fi i cal sciences and math e mat ics, as well as the hu man i ties. In com ing students Engineering ______Engineering rst step toward becoming a licensed professional engineer. Throughout the program, the program, Throughout engineer. becoming a licensed professional rst step toward fi (2002). Associate Professor of Engineering. B.S., Mississippi State Uni ver si ty; M.B.A., Colo- si ver State Uni of Engineering. B.S., Mississippi Associate Professor (2002). (2004). Assistant Professor of Engineering. B.S., Hardin-Simmons University; M.S., Texas A&M Texas University; M.S., of Engineering. B.S., Hardin-Simmons Assistant Professor (2004). (2006). Assistant Professor of Engineering. B.S.M.E. and M.S.M.E., Rose-Hulman Institute of Technol- M.S.M.E., Rose-Hulman Institute of of Engineering. B.S.M.E. and Assistant Professor (2006). (2001). Associate Professor and Department Chair. B.S. and M.S., Uni ver si ty of Illinois in Chicago; M.S. ty of Illinois in Chicago; si ver M.S., Uni B.S. and Chair. and Department Professor Associate (2001). employers, communities, and churches. A. 105, 210, 250, 262, 275, 290 EGR 101, B. EGR 330, 342, 352, 360, 375 C. EGR 491, 492, 498 A. 385 EGR 320, B. EGR 450, 456 A. 376 EGR 340, B. EGR 405, 475 Union offers the Bachelor of Science in Engineering, BSE, with concentrations in electrical and mechanical engi- of Science in Engineering, BSE, with concentrations in electrical the Bachelor Union offers 1. science foundation. liberal arts and education that is built on a strong a solid engineering provide To 2. engineering design skills and inventive thinking. that promotes environment foster an instructional To 3. or other professional or advanced study in engineering students for successful careers prepare To 4. to their service in providing students to think employing Christian principles and to act ethically prepare To The student with an acceptable bachelors degree seeking the BSE as his second baccalaureate will complete CHE seeking the BSE as his second baccalaureate degree The student with an acceptable bachelors The engineering major must complete all General Core Requirements to include CHE 111, ECF 211 and MAT 211. 211. MAT and ECF 211 CHE 111, to include Requirements all General Core The engineering major must complete Assessment of majors culminates with the Fundamentals in Engineering (FE) exam taken during the senior year. (FE) exam taken during the senior year. Assessment of majors culminates with the Fundamentals in Engineering Students begin their preparation for engineering by enrolling in prerequisites and introductory engineering courses engineering and introductory in prerequisites for engineering by enrolling Students begin their preparation CSC 255 or 245 (3); CHE 113 (2) and PHY 231-32 (10). (2) and PHY CSC 255 or 245 (3); CHE 113 and the BSE Speci 211 MAT ECF 211, 111, scribed below. 4 years. Speci The major must also complete the BSE Assessment of Majors by the of Examiners for Engineering and Surveying, is administered by the National Council The test, prepared as the State of Tennessee however, the student is monitored by a portfolio tracking system to ensure he/she will have attained all expected by a portfolio tracking system to ensure the student is monitored however, educational outcomes. Engineering Major Requirements—58 hours I. Major core requirements - 45 hours + a Concentration II. Mechanical Engineering Concentration—13 hours III. Engineering Concentration—13 hours Electrical Curriculum neering. students provide ing. These prerequisites neer gi en assuring them an adequate foundation for in the Fall Semester, in the phys ground back with a strong mathematics at the level ments that will allow them to begin quire ed the necessary re plet com expected to have are ing career. These courses are duced to calculus in high school. neer tro gi engineering students will have been in of calculus. Ideally, en ful professional cess the student for a suc pare to fully pre combined with engineering courses to take the proper advised will be carefully math and science background Students who do not have the appropriate 5 years to approximately foundation. This track will require courses to build the required Objectives rado State University; Ph.D., ; P.E. Ph.D., Vanderbilt rado State University; Randal S. Schwindt University of Illinois-Champaign. University; Ph.D., College of Arts and Sciences Arts of College Faculty Don Van CEM. gy; P.E., o nol of Tech New Jersey Institute and Ph.D., Jay Bernheisel University. ogy; Ph.D., Northwestern Russ Jeannette Herring Department of Department rst- and fi nancial principles. nancial fi substance, of a pure laws, properties rst and second fi cally to the realm of en gi neer ing; covers methods of ing; covers neer gi of en cally to the realm fi for distribution, relations uid dynamics, including pressure fl Engineering (EGR) Engineering I (4) S uid Dynamics fl uid particles, and de vel op ment of conservation theorems. Includes weekly lab. ment of conservation theorems. op vel and de uid particles, Course Offerings in in Offerings Course Su–Summer S–Spring; W–Winter; F–Fall, Credit; ( ) Hours design and ties, the 101. i Analysis (2) F Design and to Engineering Introduction bil si spon and legal re including technical engineering profession, overview of the an Provides solving. cess to problem pro of the engineering and application analysis method, 105. (3) S Graphics Engineering and ProE; es—AutoCAD ag pack two widely used software methods through graphical communication Teaches such modeling, and general concepts views, 3-dimensional surface and solid and projections covers 2-dimensional and tolerances. as object dimensions 210. (3) S Materials Engineering 231. PHY CHE 111, Prerequisite: thermal, and mechanical properties atomic level, including how physical, of material at the Examines the structure the behavior of materials. affect 250. Thermo- Prerequisite: CHE 111, PHY 232; Corequisite: MAT 314. MAT 232; Corequisite: PHY CHE 111, Prerequisite: concepts of thermodynamics, including macroscopic Introduces and energy analysis; also introduces hydrostatics and hydrostatics also introduces analysis; and energy fl 262. (4) F Electric Circuit Analysis and Design 262. PHY credit: 212. Reciprocal MAT 232; PHY Prerequisite: for analyzing including techniques AC circuits, and and laws of DC Covers basic concepts, theorems, lab included. Weekly systems. second-order 275. Engineering Statics (3) F 231. 212, PHY MAT Prerequisite: um of rigid bodies, and ri lib vectors, equi including analysis of force General principles of engineering mechanics, inertia. work, and moments of centroids, an examination of trusses, 290. Engineering Dynamics (3) S EGR 275. Prerequisite: impulse, and momentum; also energy, acceleration, work, force, to with respect Kinematics and kinetics of particles covers planar kinematics and kinetics. 320. Mechanics of Materials (3) F 314. 231, MAT PHY CHE 111, Prerequisite: acting on solid bodies; by external forces and changes of form produced internal stresses between The relationship deformations, and loading. and plasticity, strain, elasticity also covers normal and shear stresses, 330. Engineering Economy (3) S speci basic principles of economic analysis related Presents 340. Digital Logic (4) S EGR 262. al and sequential logic, Prerequisite: tion na bi com Basic principles of logic design, including Boolean algebra, number systems, and digital logic system-level topics such as computer organization logic devices; introduces and programmable families. Includes weekly lab. 342. Engineering Experimental Methods (3) F Standing. Jr. Prerequisite: statistical tools for engineering data analysis and experimental design; includes probability, computer-based Teaches tion methods. ta sen pre and graphical errors, analysis, measurement 352. Engineering Laboratory (3) S Standing. Jr. Prerequisite: in-depth data analysis in the student’s an opportunity to build on knowledge gained in EGR 342 through Provides sive design project. hen pre of emphasis. Includes individual, com chosen area developing engineering alternatives to capital investment projects using economic and developing engineering alternatives to capital investment projects

EN GINEER ING 72 EN GINEER ING 73 ow, ow, fl ow, faulty analysis, and eco- faulty ow, fl ow, inviscid incompressible inviscid incompressible ow, fl uid Dynamics II (4) F ow, and turbo-machinery. Includes weekly lab. and turbo-machinery. ow, fl fl eld effect transistors, and bipolar junction tran sis tors. Includes weekly lab. sis transistors, and bipolar junction tran eld effect fi and Matlab. packages in software ciency fi 416. Devices (3) S Physical Principles of Solid State 416. PHY credit: EGR 210. Reciprocal Prerequisite: ry of solids, magnetic and optical o physics, including modern the concepts in material science and quantum Introduces and superconductivity. tor devices, dielectric materials, duc semi-conductors and semi-con of materials, properties 450. Thermo- nomic operation. 376. S and Electrical Machines Lab (1) Power Systems 375 EGR or co-requisite: Pre studied in EGR 375. Experiments the principles of electrical machines laboratory experiments Demonstrates through AC generators. AC motors, and of DC motors, DC generators, investigate the operations 385. (3) S Energy Conversion EGR 250. Prerequisite: fossil power plants, nuclear plants, and systems, including energy analysis of current a comprehensive Provides steam generators, combustion, and turbines; ine cycle, covers the Rank sources; energy other forms of renewable generation. tal impact of energy men ron vi on the en information presents 405. Design (4) S Electronic Circuit Analysis and EGR 262. Prerequisite: containing niques for circuits including analysis and design tech principles of electronics, fundamental Introduces diodes, EGR 250. Prerequisite: availability por mixtures, states, gas-va and corresponding gas, models of incompressible of the ideal Properties cycles, viscous and boundary-layer and refrigeration power and irreversibility, 375. (3) S Machines Systems and Electrical Power 262. EGR Prerequisite: theory power, on 3-phase with an emphasis and electrical machines of power systems the basic principles Introduces synchronous electro-mechanics, include transformers, of machine operation. Topics and principles of machinery, topics such as power motors, and DC motors and system-level machines, induction 360. (3) S Engineering Computational 360. PHY credit: Reciprocal Standing. Jr. Prerequisite: of the development analysis; fosters engineering and performing research skills for conducting computer Teaches pro compressible compressible 456. & Design (3) F Machine & Mechanism Theory EGR 290. Prerequisite: ing planar and spatial link- clud of mechanisms for various applications, in Covers design, selection, and evaluation and linkage dynamics. tems, linkage synthesis, ages, cams, gears, planetary and non-planetary gear sys 470. (3) S Heat Transfer EGR 450. Prerequisite: convection, and radiation; and forced The analysis of various heat transfer modes, including conduction, natural and steam genera- industrial applications of heat transfer such as heat exchangers, waste heat recovery, introduces tors in a nuclear plant or in a gas turbine electrical generator. 475. Control Theory and Design (4) EGR 262. Prerequisite: techniques; includes response locus and frequency systems using root analysis and design of linear control Introduces tics. Includes weekly lab. is ter ac system char and control system representation 491. Major Project Design I (3) F or a assigned by either the instructor engineering problem Allows a student to work individually on a real-world by applying the engineering design and analysis lem to solve the prob the student sponsoring industry; requires is in the form of a design portfolio the written presentation where method; involves oral and written presentations, that documents a full engineering study of the project. 492. Major Project Design II (3) S or a spon- assigned by either the instructor engineering problem Allows a team of students to work on a real-world involves oral management; via project by team effort solve the problem the student to soring industry; requires prior to registering. ned and approved fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi (1-3) As Needed Domestic Study Programs 179-279-379-479. External applications must be de All courses and their Abroad (1-4) 180-280-380-480. Study application must be de All courses and their (1-4) 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special Studies department offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) department offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Upper-level 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) under the guidance of a faculty member. Individual research written presentations, where the written presentation is in the form required for EGR 491. The oral presentation presentation The oral EGR 491. for required the form is in presentation the written where presentations, written event. announced be a publicly will 498. (2) F Seminar Engineering Standing. Senior Prerequisite: and ics, physics, chemistry, mat e math fundamentals, including of all engineering review a comprehensive Provides also (FE) examination; of Engineering al Fundamentals tion na seniors for the engineering to prepare economics, the workplace. conduct in ing ethics and Christian neer gi of en review a provides 499. As Needed Seminar (1-3) of the department. be used at the discretion To

EN GINEER ING 74 ENGLISH 75 English ______English (1992). Professor of English, Associate Provost and Dean of Instruction. A.A., Northeast Instruction. and Dean of Associate Provost of English, (1992). Professor (2001). Associate Professor of English. B.A., M.A., California State University, California State University, of English. B.A., Biola University M.A., Associate Professor (2001). (1998). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Vanderbilt University; M.A. and Ph.D., University of English. B.A., Vanderbilt Professor Associate (1998). (1990). Assistant Professor of English. B.A., Appalachian State Uni ver si ty; M.A., East Tennessee ty; M.A., East Tennessee si ver State Uni Appalachian of English. B.A., Professor Assistant (1990). (1999). Associate Professor of English. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., State University of New York York M.A., State University of New of English. B.A., Wheaton College; Associate Professor (1999). (2007) Instructor of English. B.A., Texas A&M University; M.A. Rice University. A&M B.A., Texas of English. (2007) Instructor (1989). Professor of English. B.A., University of Tennessee at Knoxville; M.F.A., University of Vir- at Knoxville; M.F.A., English. B.A., University of Tennessee of (1989). Professor (1998). Acting Department Chair and Professor of English. B.A., Southern Arkansas University; M.A. University; M.A. Arkansas Southern of English. B.A., Chair and Professor Department Acting (1998). (2002). Professor of English and Dean of Arts and Sciences. B.S., James Madison University; M.A., Old B.S., James Madison University; M.A., Arts and Sciences. of of English and Dean (2002). Professor 1. ENG 318 and 410—6 hours 2. ENG 450 or 460—3 hours 3. ENG 300 and 490—4 hours 1. ENG 318 and 410—6 hours 2. ENG 450 or 460—3 hours 3. ENG 300 and 490—4 hours 1. ENG 340 or 342 2. ENG 334 or 335 reducing ENG Elective hours by 3 hours. reducing A. hours for all majors—13 requirements Core B. ENG 312, 425, and 426—9 hours Core: Writing C. 320, 336, 337 305, 310, 311, Studies: Select 2 from Genre D. any 300/400 level ENG courses from Electives: Select 6 hours B. Studies—6 hours Advanced Literature C. 320, 336, 337 305, 310, 311, studies: Select 1 from Genre D. any 300/400 level ENG courses. from Electives: Select 12 hours as shown above for either concentration to include both ENG 450 and 460, Major requirements A. B. 213, 318; SE 225. Education: EDU 150, 250, 326, 420, 433; PSY Professional A. for all majors—13 hours requirements Core guage, composition, research, and critical analysis. guage, composition, research, Curriculum Emphasis—34 hours Creative Writing I. Major in English With Literature Emphasis—34 hours II. Major in English with III. Licensure for English (Grades 7-12) Teacher Mission Statement • communication. attention which facilitates effective student-centered provide To • thinking, and writing. analytical reading, which require courses in composition offer To • world views. to broaden and analyze multicultural literature courses that explore offer To • of the lan- and structure periods, major writers, history emphasizing genres, a range of English courses offer To of Illinois at Urbana–Champaign. Bobby Rogers ginia. Roger S. Stanley Mississippi Community College; B.A., Union University; M.A. and D.A., University of Mississippi. Additional study, Additional study, Union University; M.A. and D.A., University of Mississippi. Mississippi Community College; B.A., University. Harvard Gavin Richardson University of Mississippi. Additional study, State University; College of Arts and Sciences Arts of College Faculty Pam Sutton University–Commerce. A&M Ed.D., Texas State University; Arkansas and Ed.S., Janna Chance Gene Fant of Southern Seminary; M.Ed., and Ph.D., University New Orleans Baptist Theological M.Div., Dominion University; Mississippi. Patricia L. Hamilton Northern Illinois University. at Binghamton; Ph.D., Barbara Childers McMillin Department of Department of Georgia. Fullerton; Ph.D., University David Malone cen tu ry. th century. century. th is given to the graduating senior who is deemed by the English De- senior who is deemed by is given to the graduating scholarly analyses of each narrative format. Dis- lm and literary texts and the fi through the 20 through th English (ENG) Creative Writing Award Creative Writing

, a national English Honor Society, recognizes students who have realized accomplishments in the who have realized students recognizes Honor Society, , a national English cially de clared English majors/minors who have completed at least 36 semester hours of college study, of college study, completed at least 36 semester hours English majors/minors who have clared cially de fi Helen Blythe Building on the 12 hours of ENG required in the General Core, the minor requires 15 ENG hours>299. 15 ENG requires the minor General Core, in the ENG required on the 12 hours of Building C. major GPA. earn a 3.0 must student The D. II. the Praxis of portions of applicable Completion E. Accreditation. Education and for Teacher Assistant Dean information, see the For additional lm. fi Students are required to complete the core curriculum requirements in composition and literature before enrolling enrolling before in composition and literature curriculum requirements to complete the core required Students are The Sigma Tau Delta Sigma Tau Majors are required to take ENG 490 which is the culmination of the major in the completion and defense of a and defense major in the completion culmination of the 490 which is the to take ENG required Majors are 300. Literary Criticism and Analysis (3) S ENG 201 or 202 alternative. ENG 201 or 202. Corequisite: Prerequisite: analyses with special attention to close Overview of methodologies and various schools of theory used in literary style guidelines. techniques, coupled with mastery of MLA reading 201 and 202 is prerequisite to all the following: 112, Completion of ENG 111, 305. Drama (3) F COM 305. credit: Reciprocal historic, or thematic types. Includes such writers as Ibsen, Chekhov, literary, dramas selected from Representative O’Neill, Ionesco, and Soyinka. Brecht, Shaw, 310. Poetry (3) Every Third Year* cludes the works of such writers as Sap- historic, or thematic types. In literary, poetry selected from Representative Goethe, Pushkin, Eliot, and Frost. pho, Catullus, Petrarch, 311. Literature and Film (3) Every Third Year* An examination of the intersection of technical analysis to adaptation, and the cal approaches i soph cussion includes cultural and historical aspects, philo of 202. World Literature II (3) F, W, S, Su 202. W, Literature II (3) F, World 112. ENG 111, Prerequisites: the 18 Selected world writers from Course Offerings in S–Spring; Su–Summer W–Winter; F–Fall, ( ) Hours Credit; 111. S, Su ex- effective Composition I (3) F, of clear, ing the writing Written siz pha em usage, and rhetoric, grammar, Includes a study of the principles of position. S 112. W, Composition II (3) F, Written ENG 111. Prerequisite: methods. Students will write critical themes and a research in research Includes library orientation and instruction paper. S, Su 201. W, Literature I (3) F, World 112. ENG 111, Prerequisites: the 17 and continuing through Greeks Selected writers beginning with the General Regulations course. English in an upper-level Student Award with 6 hours in literature, meet the minimum eligibility requirements. Fur ther more, the student must have at least the student must have at more, ther Fur eligibility requirements. meet the minimum with 6 hours in literature, ship. ber courses for mem in English Department a 3.0 GPA writer. be the best creative partment faculty to thesis. Student Organization IV. IV. Minor Requirements English of Majors Assessment organized Union University’s chapter was Design.” Truth, ty, i cer is “Sin The motto and literature. English language in 1979. Of

ENGLISH 76 ENGLISH 77 ction prose. ction fi ction writing are practiced, cul mi nat ing in a manuscript of nat mi cul practiced, ction writing are fi original work. 426. (3) S Poetry Writing ENG 312. Prerequisite: practiced, culminating in a manuscript of writing workshop in which advanced techniques of poetry writing are A original work. 430. Classical Antiquity (3) Every Third Year* Plato, Thucydides, Sophocles, Virgil, such authors as Homer, close literary and historical analysis of one or more A and Horace. 431. The Middle Ages (3) Every Third Year* Marie de France, Boccaccio, Malory, such authors as Chaucer, close literary and historical analysis of one or more A and Dante. Petrarch, 432. The Renaissance (3) Every Third Year* such authors as Marlowe, Milton, Rabelais, Machiavelli, close literary and historical analysis of one or more A and Cervantes. Calderon, 433. Romanticism (3) Every Third Year* Push- such authors as Goethe, Rousseau, Hugo, Wordsworth, close literary and historical analysis of one or more A kin, Hawthorne, and Melville. 320. (3) Every Third Year* The Short Story Includes such writers as historic, or thematic types. literary, short stories selected from study of representative A Marquez. and Garcia Mahfouz, Gordimer, Hurston, O’Connor, Poe, Joyce, Lawrence, Maupassant, Chekhov, 334. I (3) S–Even Years Survey of American and Romantic Periods. the Colonial, Early National, from study of literature A 335. II (3) S–Odd Years Survey of American Post Modernism. the Realistic Period through from study of literature A 336. Third Year* The Epic (3) Every of the literate and the world which have been recorded around of oral/formuliac tales from Comparative study as Gilgamesh, Homeric imitate those tales in some traditions. Includes such authors and works intended to creations Amos Tutuola. Milton, the Ramayana, the Mwindo Epic, and Ariosto, Icelandic saga, epics, Virgil, 337. The Novel (3) Every Third Year* cludes such writers as Cervantes, Balzac, Dos- or thematic types. In historic, literary, from novels Representative Achebe. Soseki, and Hawthorne, Joyce, Faulkner, toevsky, 340. F—Odd Years Survey of British Literature I (3) the Renais- Anglo-Saxon period through the from themes of British literature Survey of major works authors and sance. 342. (3) F—Even Years Survey of British Literature II the Post-Colonial Restoration through the from themes of British literature Survey of major works authors and period. 410. (3) F Representative Plays of Shakespeare with an Shakespeare, twelve selected comedies, tragedies, and histories of An in-depth study of approximately Age. emphasis on the Elizabethan 425. (3) F Fiction Writing ENG 312. Prerequisite: writing workshop in which advanced techniques of A 312. S F, (3) Writing Creative COM 312. credit: Reciprocal drama, and essay. story, short of poetry, the genres particularly in of original writings, is on the production Emphasis 318. (3) S; As Needed Composition Advanced COM 318. credit: Reciprocal non and narrative descriptive, argumentative, expository, effective of writing Techniques prior to registering. ned and approved prior to travel. ned and approved fi fi 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed 179-279-379-479. External Domestic be de All courses and their applications must 434. Third Year* (3) Every Realism Chekhov, Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Zola, Flaubert, authors as such or more of one analysis historical and close literary A Hardy. Ibsen, and 435. Year* (3) Every Third Modernism/Postmodernism Ionesco, Pirandello, Sartre, Woolf, as Joyce, Eliot, such authors one or more analysis of literary and historical close A Borges. and Marquez, Garcia Unamuno, 450. the English Language (3) S The History of atten- issues of historical linguistics with of the English language, surveying forms of current Study of the development and literature. Anglophone language English in the development of of Old English and Middle tion to the roles 460. (3) Fall Advanced Grammar its to grammar and study of the various approaches of the English language, including Study of the grammar pedagogy. 490. (1) S Senior Thesis of the Department Chair Permission Prerequisite: understanding of the principles complete a thesis demonstrating an the student will the major, The culmination of panel. a faculty the work before and defend and criticism. The student will present of literary theory 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs (1-4) 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs be de All courses and their applications must 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Upper-level 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) under the guidance of a faculty member(s). Individual research 498-499. Seminar (1-3) On Demand of the department for majors only. be used at the discretion To details. *Consult the English Department for

ENGLISH 78 HISTORY 79 History ______History ndings of his/her paper in a sem i nar setting. All senior history majors must also take the nar setting. i ndings of his/her paper in a sem fi (1986). Professor of History. B.A., Texas A & M University; M.A., Uni ver si ty of New Orleans; Ph.D., ty of New si ver & M University; M.A., Uni A B.A., Texas of History. (1986). Professor (1999). Associate Professor of History. B.A. and M.A., Western Kentucky University; Ph.D., Uni- Kentucky B.A. and M.A., Western of History. Associate Professor (1999). (1994). Professor of History. B.S., The Ohio State University; M.S., University of Michigan; Ph.D., University; M.S., University of B.S., The Ohio State of History. (1994). Professor (2004). Assistant Professor of History. B.A., Union University; M.A., Southwestern Baptist Theological M.A., Southwestern Baptist Theological B.A., Union University; of History. Assistant Professor (2004). (1983). University Professor of History and Department Chair. B.A., Wheaton Col lege; M.A. and lege; M.A. Col B.A., Wheaton Chair. of History and Department Professor (1983). University 1. HIS 101, 102, 245 2. or 212 HIS 211 1. 312, 317, 320, 322, 420 (World) One of: HIS 301, 311, 2. 414, 415, 417, 422 (American) One of: HIS 315, 330, 331, 332, 411, 3. HIS elective One upper-level 305 1. HIS 2. of: HIS 300, 316, 397 Two A. 212, 245, 498 HIS 101, 102, 211, Required: B. 312, 317, 320, 322, 420 (World) HIS 301, 311, from: Two 414, 415, 417, 422 (American) C. HIS 315, 330, 331, 332, 411, from: Two D. HIS 300, 305, 316, 397 (Church) One from: E. HIS elective One upper-level A. as shown above and to include 322. Major requirements B. 215 or 216; and PSC 211. GEO 112; for licensure: Additional requirements C. 213, 318; SE 225. 425, 433; PSY Education: EDU 150, 250, 326, Professional D. Completion of applicable portions of the Praxis II. E. Accreditation. Education and for Teacher Assistant Dean see the For additional information, A. of all History Minors Requirements B. for General History Emphasis—9 hours Requirements C. History Emphasis—9 hours for Church Requirements History 498 is the culmination of the history major’s study in which the student demonstrates the use of the tools The Department of History offers courses that are designed to meet both cultural and professional objectives. The and professional designed to meet both cultural courses that are The Department of History offers Major Field Achievement Test in History. in History. Achievement Test Major Field Assessment of Majors This course requires ing a major paper that includes primary sources. pos and writing by com of historical research lems that historians historiographical prob the major to discuss with fellow history students the methodological and the face and to share Curriculum a discriminating knowledge of the past by encouraging an understand- history courses attempt to give the student institutions and movements in the of those times and by evaluating to the standards ing of other times according styles, learn about later developments. History students encounter a diversity of teaching upon light of their effects The their understanding of the integration of Christian faith and history. the methods of the discipline, and deepen between geographical elements the student with an understanding of the relationship geography courses provide and man’s life on earth. I. Major Requirements—36 hours History II. Licensure for History (Grades 7-12) Teacher III. hours History Minor—21 College of Arts and Sciences Arts of College Faculty Carls Stephen of Minnesota. Ph.D., University D. Keith Bates Department of Department State University. Seminary; Ph.D., Kansas Judy C. Leforge versity of Memphis. Lindley W. Terry The Ohio State University. Texas Christian University; Additional study, South west ern Baptist Theological Seminary. west South Additional study, Christian University; Texas David Thomas ll ing a departmental major ll fi are given for the best original research papers presented as presented papers given for the best original research are state of Tennessee. rst in the fi , the National History Honor Society, is open to students who have have who to students is open Honor Society, History National , the is presented to a graduating senior member of the society who has a major of the society who has a major to a graduating senior member is presented was founded in 1929 to stimulate the study of history. Membership by invi- Membership history. the study of in 1929 to stimulate was founded History (HIS) are given to graduating seniors for outstanding work in ful to graduating seniors for outstanding given are development of civilization. uencing the fl Rutledge Honorary History Club Honorary History Rutledge Delta-Psi Chapter of Phi Alpha Theta Phi Alpha of Chapter Delta-Psi Dr. James Alex Baggett History Research Awards James Alex Dr. Scholarship Key The Phi Alpha Theta Departmental Awards The The 102. World Civilization from the 18th Century (3) F, W, S, Su 102. W, Civilization from the 18th Century (3) F, World centuries. continuation of HIS 101 with emphasis on the 18th, 19th and 20th A 211. S The United States to 1877 (3) F, adoption of the Constitu- American Revolution, the survey of United States emphasizing English colonization, the A and reconstruction. and sectionalism, the Civil War, of nationalism tion, the growth 212. S F, The United States from 1877 (3) America’s the rise of progressivism, problems, survey of United States emphasizing new social and industrial A II, and contemporary War and the New Deal, World I, postwar reaction War World power, as a world emergence America. 245. History and Historians (3) F This course phies of history. o los and phi and to various schools of historical research nature to the An introduction year. is normally taken during one’s sophomore 300. Years American Church History (3) F—Even CHR 300. credit: Reciprocal Puritans to the present. the America from developments in Religious and church 301. Ancient History (3) S—Even Years HIS 101. Prerequisite: and be given to the Near East, Greece, Mediterranean-based civilization of the ancient world. Emphasis will Rome. 305. S History of Christianity (3) F, CHR 305. credit: HIS 101 and 102. Reciprocal Prerequisite: Christ to the present. survey of Christianity from A 311. England to 1714 (3) F—Even Years sis is placed on constitutional pha Em ancient times to the 18th century. of the English people from Origin and growth developments. 312. Modern Britain and the Empire (3) S—Odd Years policy. ment, and foreign lia of thought, constitutional changes, the rise of par Main currents 315. (3) S History and Government of Tennessee PSC 315. credit: Reciprocal 1796 to the present. The political, constitutional, social, and economic history from ( ) Hours Credit; F–Fall, W–Winter; S–Spring; Su–Summer F–Fall, W–Winter; ( ) Hours Credit; S, Su 101. W, Civilization to the 18th Century (3) F, sis on people, movements, World pha ety with em ci characteristics of human so Social, economic, political, and intellectual and ideas in Course Offerings in Course Offerings had 12 semester hours of history and who have a min i mum HIS GPA of 3.1 and 3.0 in 2/3 of the remainder of their of of the remainder in 2/3 3.1 and 3.0 of GPA mum HIS i a min and who have hours of history had 12 semester 1953, was the lished in tab es chapter, work. Union’s or minor. for any history course. part of the requirements Student Awards Student Organizations Student tation is offered to history majors and minors and a select number of students who have undertaken three semester undertaken three students who have a select number of and minors and to history majors tation is offered the study of history. in an interest expressed and who have age of 3.0 er av history with a course hours of that discipline. has an average of 3.5 or better in in history and who

HISTORY 80 HISTORY 81 cial society to an urban, cant developments of American foreign policy with an em pha sis on problems arising arising sis on problems pha an em policy with American foreign cant developments of fi Geography (GEO) eld study in applied historical research such as through private ar chives and libraries, government private ar such as through eld study in applied historical research fi Course Offerings in S–Spring; Su–Summer F–Fall, W–Winter; ( ) Hours Credit; 112. Su W, Elements of Physical Geography (4) F, for description. 112 See PHY 112. PHY credit: Reciprocal 111. PHY Prerequisite: industrial society. Includes domestic reforms through 1920 for continuity, but leaves the more thorough discussion thorough the more but leaves 1920 for continuity, through Includes domestic reforms industrial society. of WWI for HIS 415. 415. 1914-1945 (3) F—Even Years War, America and World I, the twenties, the War by World change brought close look at the United States during the period of profound A II. War and World Depression Great 417. The South (3) S—Odd Years The Old and New South, 1607 to the present. 420. Russia Since 1547 (3) F—Even Years ry to the present. tu the 16th cen Social, cultural, and political developments from 422. Era, 1945-1991 (3) S—Odd Years The United States in the Cold War administration to the end of the the Truman survey of political, social, and economic changes in the U.S. from A and Vietnam, War, and the Korean cy, i pol civil rights, foreign reforms, Emphasis is placed on domestic Gulf War. Cold War. 431. History Internship (1-3) As Needed mum: 6 semester hours. i and 3 upper level HIS hours. Max 3.0 HIS GPA Prior department approval, Prerequisites: Individualized sites. agencies, businesses, and archaeological 316. Years (3) F—Odd Reformation and Renaissance CHR 316. credit: Reciprocal ism. tant es and Prot Counter-reformation, Reformation, and Southern Renaissance; Northern 317. Years I (3) F or Su—Odd and Napoleon French Revolution The of the Congress and Wars, the Napoleonic events of the Revolution, personalities, and of the background, study A Vienna. 320. History (3) S—Odd Years Latin American emphasizing but nial history, lo and co with pre-colonial America beginning Latin to the history of An introduction the period since independence. 322. Europe (3) S—Even Years Century Twentieth HIS 102. Prerequisite: on international rela- sis pha since 1914 with an em economic, social, and political developments The history of the tions. 330. 1607-1776 (3) S—Even Years Colonial America, origins to the Declaration of Indepen- the United States, from of the colonies which became Historical development dence. 331. National Period, 1776-1828 (3) F—Even Years American Revolution & Early development under the Federalist and Republican administra- American Revolution and national study of the A tions. 332. & Reconstruction (3) S—Even Years Civil War aftermath. the war itself, and the immediate during the years leading to the Civil War, American nation The 411. Years American Foreign Policy (3) F—Odd PSC 411. credit: Reciprocal survey of the most signi A of the United States as a world power. the emergence from 414. Era, 1877-1920 (3) F—Odd Years The Gilded Age and Progressive mer com a rural America from transformation of and controversial study of the energetic A c. fi prior to registering. ned and approved fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi x: fi 215. I (3) F Geography Regional World Western Canada, States, the United to include world developed of the geography human and physical, Regional, and New Zealand. Australia Japan, Eastern Europe, Russia, Europe, 216. S Geography II (3) Regional World Southwest America, and South to include Middle the developing world geography of physical, and human Regional, Paci Asia, and the South and Southeast China, East and south of the Sahara, Africa Africa, Asia, North Available in each departmental pre in each departmental Available (1-3) As Needed Domestic Study Programs 179-279-379-479. External applications must be de All courses and their Abroad Programs (1-4) 180-280-380-480. Study application must be de All courses and their (1-4) 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special Studies departmental offerings. which do not appear in the regular studies group Lower-level 395-6. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Upper-level 397. (1-4) Special Studies in Church History departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Upper-level 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) under the guidance of a faculty member(s). Individual research 498. Seminar (3) F for history seminar: HIS 245 or consent of instructor. Prerequisite of the department. be used at the discretion To 499. Seminar (1-3) of the department. be used at the discretion To

HISTORY 82 LAN GUAGE 83 t career goals. All hours of the major goals. t career fi op- as well as the in the variety and scope of offerings, ected fl Language ______Language nstructor of Language. B.A. and M.A., Northern Illinois University of Language. nstructor . I (1976). University Professor of Language and Associate Provost for International and Inter- for International Provost Associate and of Language Professor (1976). University Associate Professor of Languages. B.A., ; B.A., Union University; M.A., University; Samford of Languages. B.A., Associate Professor

(1987). Professor of Language and Department Chair. B.A. and M.A., Mississippi State University; Mississippi State B.A. and M.A., Chair. and Department of Language (1987). Professor (2005) (1997). Associate Professor of Language and Coordinator of the ESL Pro gram. B.A., Union Univer- Pro of the ESL of Language and Coordinator Professor Associate (1997). (2003). (1995). Associate Professor of Spanish. B.A., Union University; M.A., and Ed.D., University of Mem- M.A., and Ed.D., University of Spanish. B.A., Union University; Associate Professor (1995). 1. 313, 325, 330, 430, 440, 395/495* 2. 213, 320, 319, 419, 499, 395/495* 1. 312, 317, 420, 421 FRE 311, 2. 420 312, 316, 411, 311, SPA A. Upper level courses 212, 213, 214 or any hours: 211, Select 6 B. 420, 421, 499, 395/495* 312, 316, 317, 411, Select 6 hours: 311, C. the alternative group and 12 hours from one group Select 9 hours from D. by department—3 hours as approved abroad Immersion course or study hour E. 490—1 A. Upper level courses 212, 213, 214, or any hours: 211, Select 6 B. 420, 421, 499, 395/495* 312, 316, 317, 411, Select 12 hours: 311, C. 330, 430, 440, 395/495* Select 9 hours: 313, 325, D. 320, 419, 499, 395/495* Select 6 hours: 213, 319, E. hours by department—3 as approved Immersion course or study abroad hour 490—1 F. A. 212, 214 or higher—9 hours 211, 6 hours from: 213 and B. 313, 325, 330 and either 430 or 395/495*—12 hours C. Survey or Genre Select 6 hours of Literature, D. 319 or 419; 350, 490—7 hours The French and Spanish majors offer three options allowing students to three and Spanish majors offer The French The Department of Language provides a multifaceted, innovative cur ric u lum in language, literature, culture and culture lum in language, literature, u ric a multifaceted, innovative cur The Department of Language provides Students are strongly urged to complete the immersion experience required for the French and Spanish majors for the French to complete the immersion experience required urged strongly Students are emphasis in applied linguistics and with its with its strong major, English as a Second Language The Teaching I. Major, French or Spanish: Language and Culture Track—37 hours Culture Track—37 Spanish: Language and French or I. Major, II. hours French or Spanish: Literature and Culture Track—37 Major, to develop their a supportive and substantive framework for participants eld experience opportunities, provides III. Major, French or Spanish: Teacher Education Track—37 hours III. Education Track—37 French or Spanish: Teacher Major, portunities to enhance on-campus study with off-campus international and domestic programs. with off-campus portunities to enhance on-campus study Curriculum English as a Second Spanish and Teaching majors in French, offers second language acquisition. The Department interdisciplinary strong in all. The Department's commitment to a licensure Language with the option of teacher is re of language and culture to the study approach understanding of language and to explore their own development as language teachers. The program is designed is program their own development as language teachers. The understanding of language and to explore language. English as a second or foreign for those seeking employment teaching are in one language unless the student has received prior written permission of the Chair. A minimum of 15 hours, A of the Chair. prior written permission unless the student has received in one language are University. supervision of the faculty of Union earned under the direct including 490, of the major must be in at least one language course after the experience. See Union and to enroll prior to the last semester of study at planning study abroad. Department guidelines for details about fi College of Arts and Sciences Arts of College Faculty University. ern west Walls Jean Marie North al study, tion di Ad University. Louisiana State and Ph.D., Julie Glosson Department of Department phis. Vanderbilt Cynthia Powell Jayne study, Additional ana State University; si i Lou pi College; M.A. and Ph.D., sip sis Mis cultural Studies. B.A., Communication. of Intercultural and the Summer Institute tucky, of Ken University University, Malone Victoria Karen Martin Middebury College. ; D.M.L., The University of ty of Pennsylvania. Phillip G. Ryan si ver ana Uni di Ph.D. In sity; M.A., University of Memphis; cien cy.

cien cy. cien cy. cien cy. fi fi fi fi 2nd language ciency in a fi rating of “Interme- ACTFL language equivalent to an the target ciency in fi French (FRE) A. 320, 410, 440 210, 220, 315, TESL B. 450 or 460 LANG 350; ENG ICS 320; EDU 423; C. 349, SOC 419 PSC 332, PHL One of: D. Intermediate pro prerequisite: Language E. 490—1 hour TESL A. above. as shown Major requirements B. 213, 318, 324; SE 225. 150, 250, 326, 423, 433; PSY Education: EDU Professional C. Praxis II. of applicable portions of the Completion Accreditation. and Education D. Assistant Dean for Teacher information, see the For additional A. 213, 214, or Upper level course 212, Select 6 hours: 211, B. 420, 421, 499, 395/495* 312, 316, 317, 411, hours: 311, Select 3 C. Select 6 hours: 313, 325, 330, 430, 440, 395/495* D. Select 6 hours: 213, 319, 320, 419, 499, 395/495* A. 212, 213, 214, or any Upper level courses Select 6 hours: 211, B. 420, 421, 499, 395/495* 312, 316, 317, 411, Select 6 hours: 311, C. Select 6 hours: 313, 325, 330, 430, 440, 395/495* D. Select 3 hours: 213, 319, 320, 419, 499, 395/495* A. 320—15 hours 210, 220, 315, 320; ICS TESL B. or 440; EDU 423—6 hours 410 TESL E. hours by department—3 as approved study abroad course or Immersion F. SE 225 213, 318; PSY 423, 433; 250, 326, EDU 150, Education: Professional G. of the Praxis II. portions Completion of applicable Accreditation. Education and Teacher Dean for Assistant H. see the additional information, For Students presenting transfer or testing credit in language will be evaluated toward placement in the program and placement in the program in language will be evaluated toward transfer or testing credit Students presenting All language majors must have oral pro All language majors must have oral in possible application of those credits toward a language major or minor. toward in possible application of those credits diate High.” This will be determined by the appropriate in struc tor through an individual interview to be conducted an individual tor through struc in by the appropriate diate High.” This will be determined for scheduling the interview during the Each student is responsible year. during the second semester of the junior See Department Chair for additional information. ed semester. nat ig des Course Offerings in S–Spring; Su–Summer W–Winter; F–Fall, ( ) Hours Credit; 112—S Beginning French (3) 111—F; 111-2. by not be taken for credit can and composition. FRE 111 conversation, grammar, Fundamentals of pronunciation, and one hour lab per week. ture hours lec school units. Three secondary or more students who have had three 211. Intermediate Conversation and Grammar (3) Every Fourth Semester 2 years high school FRE or demonstrated pro FRE 112, Prerequisite: view. re to phonetics, grammar introduction Conversation, listening comprehension, 212. Composition and Grammar (3) Every Fourth Semester ed pro strat on 2 years high school FRE or dem FRE 112, Prerequisite: tive skills with particular ca ni mu level com Review of fundamental grammar and continued development of higher al skills. tion si po writing and com focus on strengthening 213. Introduction to Francophone Cultures (3) Every Fourth Semester 2 years high school FRE or demonstrated pro FRE 112, Prerequisite: Readings and other materials on selected aspects of Francophone cultures. 214. Readings in Literature and Culture (3) Every Fourth Semester 2 years high school FRE or demonstrated pro FRE 112, Prerequisite: range of written sources. a broad skills necessary for analyzing texts representing Development of reading Assessment of Majors IV. Major, Teaching English as a Second Language—34 hours as a Second Language—34 English Teaching IV. Major, Licensure in English as a Second Language V. Teacher VI. hours Track—21 Language and Culture Minor, hours Literature and Culture Track—21 Minor, VII. VIII. Language—21 hours English as a Second Teaching Minor,

LAN GUAGE 84 LAN GUAGE 85 nance, fi c procedures in areas such as in areas c procedures fi ciency. fi ciency. ciency. ciency. ciency. ciency. fi fi fi fi fi cally designed for individual student with con tent de ter mined by the scope ter tent de designed for individual student with con cally fi Upper level courses are offered on a 2 or 3-year rotation: a 2 or on offered are level courses Upper 311. (3) Literature French of Survey pro course or equivalent 200-level French One Prerequisite: Study of the literature of France from Chanson de Roland through the 18th century. the 18th century. de Roland through Chanson France from of the literature Study of 312. (3) of French Literature Survey pro course or equivalent 200-level French One Prerequisite: Study of the literature of France from the beginning of the 19th century to the present. Lectures, readings, and re- and readings, Lectures, to the present. of the 19th century the beginning from of France the literature Study of ports. 313. (3) Advanced Conversation or demonstrated pro at the 200 level French 6 hours of Prerequisite: interpersonal register, ate pri pro using ap and on recognizing skills with emphasis Advanced oral communication contexts, and non-verbal communication. skills for different 317. Literature (3) Survey of Francophone lent pro a equiv course or French One 200-level Prerequisite: Study of French literature outside of France. Representative work from Canadian, Af ri can, Belgian, and Caribbean can, Belgian, and Caribbean ri Af Canadian, from work outside of France. Representative literature Study of French writers. 319. (3) World Historical Perspectives of the Francophone any 200-level course Prerequisite: of the French-speaking tures on the historical development of the cul Advanced study of Francophone perspectives world. 320. French for Business (3) the geo- and practices of the Francophone business world which examines to the organization An introduction and industry; speci business that affect political and socio-economic factors marketing, advertising, and man age ment; language usage appropriate to business environments. ment; language usage appropriate age marketing, advertising, and man 325. Phonetics and Diction (3) One 200-level course. Prerequisite: bet. pha Al ic net patterns, and use of the International Pho intonation, Pronunciation, 330. Advanced Grammar I (3) One 200-level course. Prerequisite: in lower level not covered structures of grammar with attention to advanced concepts and review Comprehensive composition. and application of grammar concepts through courses. Development of writing skills 417-8. Advanced French Studies (3) hours other advanced in three enrollment hours and concurrent (or three six hours of advanced French Prerequisite: ment. part than 417-8) and permission of the de Supervised independent work speci and quality of the student’s prior work in French. 419. Francophone Cultural Studies (3) 213 or 319. Prerequisite: in the Francophone world. Study of cultural systems, institutions, and An examination of dynamics of culture practices. 420. Introduction to French Novel (3) course or equivalent pro One 200-level French Prerequisite: Reading and analysis of representative novels in French. in French. novels Reading and analysis of representative 421. Introduction to French Poetry (3) course or equivalent pro One 200-level French Prerequisite: Study and analysis of poetry and representative texts from the Francophone world. texts from Study and analysis of poetry and representative 430. Advanced Grammar II (3) FRE 330. Prerequisite: concepts that govern grammatical grammar with primary focus on the theoretical An advanced study of French structures. cien cy. cien cy. cien cy. cien cy. fi fi fi fi ciency. fi ciency. ciency. fi fi ciency. fi ciency. ciency. fi Spanish (SPA) Spanish (SPA) Sign Language (SIG) Sign Language German (GER) (GER) German ( ) Hours Credit; F–Fall, W–Winter; S–Spring; Su–Summer W–Winter; F–Fall, ( ) Hours Credit; S S; 112—F, Beginning Spanish (3) 111—F, 111-2. by not be taken for credit can 111 and composition. SPA conversation, grammar, Fundamentals of pronunciation, and one hour lab per week. ture hours lec secondary school units. Three or more students who have had three 211. Grammar (3) Every Fourth Semester Intermediate Conversation and years high school Spanish or demonstrated pro 2 or more 112, SPA Prerequisite: Course Offerings in Course Offerings in Course Offerings S–Spring; Su–Summer F–Fall, W–Winter; ( ) Hours Credit; 102—S to American Sign Language (3) 101—F; 101-2. Introduction of signing as well as ics mat syntax, semantics, and prag American Sign Language (ASL) including Fundamentals of curriculum language requirement. These courses do not satisfy the core culture. to deaf an introduction Review of grammar; reading of German texts; conversation and composition. texts; conversation and composition. of German reading Review of grammar; and HBR) in Biblical Languages (GRK Course Offerings the (Greek and Hebrew), see in Biblical Languages requirements and course offerings For major and minor Studies. School of Christian view. to phonetics, grammar re introduction Conversation, listening comprehension, 212. Every Fourth Semester Composition and Grammar (3) years high school Spanish or demonstrated pro 2 or more 112, SPA Prerequisite: Course Offerings in Offerings Course Su–Summer S–Spring; W–Winter; F–Fall, Credit; ( ) Hours (3 and 3) As Needed German Beginning 111-2. by for credit not be taken can GER 111 and composition. grammar, conversation, of pronunciation, Fundamentals hour lab per week. and one lecture hours school units. Three secondary or more who have had three students (3 and 3) As Needed German Intermediate 211-2. demonstrated pro or GER 112 site: ui req Pre Review of fundamental grammar and continued development of higher level com mu ni ca tive skills with particular ca ni mu continued development of higher level com Review of fundamental grammar and al skills. tion si po writing and com focus on strengthening 213. ed pro (3) Every Fourth Semester Introduction to Hispanic Cultures strat on years high school Spanish or dem 2 or more 112, SPA Prerequisite: Readings and other materials on selected aspects of Spanish and Spanish American cultures. American cultures. aspects of Spanish and Spanish Readings and other materials on selected 214. Readings in Literature and Culture (3) Every Fourth Semester or demonstrated pro years high school Spanish 2 or more 112, SPA Prerequisite: Development of reading skills necessary for analyzing texts representing a broad range of written sources. a broad skills necessary for analyzing texts representing Development of reading on a 2 or 3-year rotation: Upper level courses are offered 311. Survey of Spanish Literature (3) or equivalent pro site: One 200-level Spanish course ui req Pre Study of the literature of Spain from Poema de Mio Cid through the 17th century. the 17th century. de Mio Cid through Poema of Spain from Study of the literature 312. Survey of Spanish Literature (3) or equivalent pro one 200 level Spanish course Prerequisite: Study of the literature of Spain from the beginning of the 18th century to the present. beginning of the 18th century to the present. the of Spain from Study of the literature 313. Advanced Conversation (3) level or demonstrated pro 6 hours of Spanish at the 200 Prerequisite: Advanced oral communication with emphasis on recognizing and using appropriate register, interpersonal skills interpersonal skills register, and using appropriate Advanced oral communication with emphasis on recognizing contexts, and non-verbal communication. for different 316. Survey of Spanish American Literature to the 19th Century (3) or equivalent pro One 200-level Spanish course Prerequisite: Representative Spanish American authors from the Conquest to the 19th Century. the Conquest to the 19th Century. American authors from Spanish Representative

LAN GUAGE 86 LAN GUAGE 87 ciency. fi ve clock hours of supervised tutoring are required at varying required are ve clock hours of supervised tutoring fi nance, marketing, advertising and man age ment; and language age advertising and man nance, marketing, fi ciency and in struc tor’s consent. struc ciency and in fi rst and sec ond language acquisition. rst and sec fi cally designed for individual student with con tent de ter mined by the scope ter tent de designed for individual student with con cally fi cient Student in PreK-12 (3) As Needed fi Teaching English as a Second Language (TESL) Teaching ness environments. Course Offerings in S–Spring; Su–Summer F–Fall, W–Winter; ( ) Hours Credit; 210. (3) F Language & Content Tutoring ment and collaboration in sess motivation, language skill, informal needs as Considers such variables as memory, Twenty- tutoring approach. developing an effective 310. The Limited English Pro level and tutoring needs. 220. Principles of Language & Acquisition (3) S psycholinquistic and sociolinguistic Survey of language development, linguistics of English and other languages, between variables, and the differences 317. (3) Century the 19th from Literature American Spanish of Survey pro equivalent course or Spanish 200-level One Prerequisite: Representative Spanish American authors from the 19th Century to the present. the 19th Century to authors from American Spanish Representative 319. (3) World of the Hispanic Perspectives Historical 200-level course any Prerequisite: of the Spanish-speaking cultures of the the historical development perspectives on study of Hispanic Advanced world. 320. (3) Spanish for Business fac- the geo-political and socio-economic business world which examines and practices of the Hispanic Organization such as in areas business procedures tors that affect to busi appropriate 325. Diction (3) Phonetics and course. One 200-level Prerequisite: bet. pha Al Phonetic and use of the International intonation, language patterns Pronunciation, 330. I (3) Advanced Grammar course. One 200-level Prerequisite: in lower level not covered structures of grammar with attention to advanced concepts and review Comprehensive composition. and application of grammar concepts through courses. Development of writing skills 411. (3) Introduction to Hispanic Drama One 300-level course. Prerequisite: plays. Study of drama as a literary genre. Reading and analysis of selected Hispanic 417-8. Advanced Spanish Studies (3) advanced hours in three enrollment and concurrent hours Six hours of advanced Spanish (or three Prerequisite: of the department. other than 417-8) and approval Supervised independent work speci in Spanish. and quality of the student’s prior work 419. Hispanic Cultural Studies (3) 213 or 319. Prerequisite: of cultural phenomena of the Hispanic world. An examination of underlying causes 420. (3) Introduction to the Hispanic Novel pro or equivalent One 200-level SPA Prerequisite: novels in Spanish. Reading and analysis of representative 430. Advanced Grammar II (3) 330. SPA Prerequisite: concepts that govern grammatical An advanced study of Spanish grammar with primary focus on the theoretical structures. Prerequisite: TESL 210 & 220. 210 TESL Prerequisite: with ing abilities into bi- and multilingual classrooms students of vary theory and practice for incorporating LEP ESL for non-English and state/federal requirements strategies, learning styles and culture, focus on methods, approaches, ent, and administration. student, par students. Examines the interaction between teacher, background nal semester of coursework in the major. Students will prepare and Students will prepare nal semester of coursework in the major. prior to registering. ned and approved fi fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi x: fi Available in multiple departmental pre in multiple departmental Available 315. (3) F Literacy of Context Critical educa- teacher and language pedagogy, linguistics, of perspective the critical from literacy language 2nd Exploring learners. skills to language of literacy the design and teaching tion toward 320. (3) S Assessment ESL 210 & 220. TESL Prerequisite: de- as well as the use of results competence, and aptitude and assessment of language issues in testing, Examines of assessment tools. velopment 410. (3) F Materials Development in PreK-12 Curriculum and 310 and CSC 105. TESL Prerequisite: incorporating theories rooms class curricula for bi- and multilingual materials for developing Choosing and creating use. manual of materials for classroom and print an electronic and principles into 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed Domestic Study Programs 179-279-379-479. External applications must be de All courses and their (1-4) 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs be de All courses and their application must 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Lower-level (1-3) 260, 360, 460. Language Immersion language. target or equivalent of the 112 Prerequisite: at any level and a maxi- ed peat department. May be re by the or approved Language immersion experiences offered graduation. mum of 3 hours applied toward 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Upper-level 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) under the guidance of a faculty member(s). Individual research 350. Instructional Methodology (1-3) 300 or 400-level course. one additional site: One 300-level course. Corequisite: ui req Pre graduation. Maximum of 3 hours to apply for language instruction. supervised experience in foreign A 440. Socio- and Psycholinguistics (3) 210 & 220. TESL Prerequisite: research of current of language acquisition and use, with emphasis on the relevance Psychological bases and processes variation, language guage in its social context, social and regional lan ies for language learning and teaching. Stud cy. a er for the transmission of lit ning, and the implications of language variety change and change plan 490. Capstone Seminar (1) course. One 300- or 400-level language Prerequisite: the of all majors in Capstone course required ly in any 300- or 400-level course. rent cur based on work done con project/paper a research present 498-499. Seminar (1-3) and Romance Philology, and Literature, to Culture Approaches not limited to Critical Examples include but are Language and Culture.

LAN GUAGE 88 MATHEMATICS 89 elds, and for teaching fi rst semester. semester. rst fi rst in the Major Field Test for Mathematics as partial rst in the Major Field Test fi is awarded to a freshman calculus student cho sen by the Department of Mathemat- sen student cho calculus to a freshman is awarded Mathematics ______Mathematics is given to the senior who places (1983). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.S., University of Memphis; M.A., University of of Mathematics. B.S., University of Memphis; Professor Associate (1983). (1981). Associate Professor of Mathematics and Computer Science. B.S., Union University; M.S. Computer Science. B.S., Union University; of Mathematics and Associate Professor (1981). (1998). Professor of Mathematics. B.S. and M.S., Pittsburg State University; Ph.D., University of North State University; Ph.D., University and M.S., Pittsburg of Mathematics. B.S. (1998). Professor (1993). Professor of Mathematics. B.G.S., Louisiana Tech Uni ver si ty; M.S., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., ty; M.S., University of Nebraska; si ver Uni B.G.S., Louisiana Tech of Mathematics. (1993). Professor (1969). Associate Professor of Mathematics. B.S., University of Memphis; M.A.T., Purdue University; University; Purdue of Memphis; M.A.T., of Mathematics. B.S., University Associate Professor (1969). (1993, 2000). Professor of Mathematics and Department Chair. B.S., University of South Dakota; M.A., and South Dakota; M.A., B.S., University of Chair. and Department of Mathematics Professor (1993, 2000). (1995). Professor of Mathematics. B.S., Campbellsville College; M.A., Morehead State University; Ed.D., State Campbellsville College; M.A., Morehead of Mathematics. B.S., (1995). Professor quired in C. quired Departmental Award Departmental Award A. MAT 207, 208, 211, 212, 213, 315 and 498 are required. 212, 213, 315 and 498 are A. 207, 208, 211, MAT B. 415. MAT 411, Select one: MAT C. courses. junior or senior MAT Select 9 hours from 395) may be used for 3 of the 9 hours re- 495) or Departmental Special Study (MAT D. Study (MAT Independent E. or 255. 231, and CSC 115 PHY Prerequisites: 413. A. as shown above to include MAT Major requirements B. 213, 318; SE 225. Education: EDU 150, 250, 326, 422, 433; PSY Professional C. portions of the Praxis II. Completion of applicable Accreditation. Education and D. Assistant Dean for Teacher see the For additional information, 205, 207, 208,213. and one of: MAT required and 212 are A. 211 MAT ll ment of MAT 498. ment of MAT ll A fi The department offers a major in mathematics and minors in mathematics, mathematics with emphasis in statistics, a major in mathematics and The department offers Research Inc. Award The Wolfram Union's mathematics program seeks to further students in their quest for increased understanding of Creation and understanding of Creation seeks to further students in their quest for increased Union's mathematics program ics based upon dem on strat ed outstanding achievement, enthusiasm, ingenuity, and creativity in mathematics. and creativity achievement, enthusiasm, ingenuity, ed outstanding strat on ics based upon dem Curriculum the following tracks: mathematics, teacher and actuarial science. Students majoring in mathematics may select from a of the major provide in mathematics for secondary education (grades 7-12), or actuarial science. The offerings licensure work foundation for beginning graduate study in mathematics, for entry into mathematics-related towards begin their academic credit mathematics at the secondary level. Students majoring or minoring in mathematics high school mathematics 205 or above. Students having a four-year MAT the major or minor with courses numbered that included trigonometry should be able to begin the calculus sequence in their program I. Major in Mathematics—35 hours II. Mathematics (Grades 7-12) Licensure in Teacher III. Mathematics—21 hours Minor in Student Awards Mission Statement the created order and to equip students to serve God, church and society through excellence in thinking and the use and society through and to equip students to serve God, church order the created and analytically, a curriculum that develops the student's ability to think logically, do this through of mathematics. We and culture; whose basis is independent of both empirical observation and abstractly; to pursue a body of knowledge and applicability of mathematics. beauty, at the complexity, to learn humility and a sense of wonder Ph.D., University of Nebraska-Lincoln. Ph.D., University Bryan Dawson Faculty Riggs Troy Texas. Richard Dehn University of Mis- Arkansas, of University of Wisconsin, University Additional study, Arkansas, M.S., University of souri-Rolla. Chris Hail University of Kentucky. Dwayne Jennings Science), University of Memphis. (Mathematics) and M.S. (Computer Matt Lunsford University. Tulane Don Rayburn Richard Missouri; M.B.A., University of Colorado. Department of Department and Sciences Arts of College ful ribu- ing. Mathematics (MAT) honor society in mathematics, selects students who have achieved standards of scholarship, pro- of scholarship, students who have achieved standards honor society in mathematics, selects nition of the trigonometric functions, radian measure, linear and angular velocity, graphing tech- linear and angular velocity, nition of the trigonometric functions, radian measure, fi is a national honorary science society for those who have completed 15 hours in natural science and math is a national honorary science society CSC 115 or 255. Note: In the BSBA core MAT 208 substitutes for MAT 114, and CSC 115 or 255 for 105. 115 and CSC 114, for MAT 208 substitutes MAT core Note: In the BSBA or 255. CSC 115 A. MAT 211 and 212, 208, 305, and 405 and 212, 208, 305, A. 211 MAT B. or 255. CSC 115 213, 314, 315; One of: MAT 401, 402. 213, 305, 315, 212, 211, A. MAT (applicable to major): Prerequisites B. 212, 320. 212; ECF 211, ACC 211, C. or 412. 411 ECF 400. D. MAT 208, 211; or 412; MAT 212, 320; ECF 411 212; ECF 211, ACC 211, A. to other requirements): (applicable Prerequisites B. 212, 213, 305, 315. MAT C. 400, 401, 402. MAT B. CSC 115 or 255 115 CSC B. C. hours. upper-level hours of least 6 At D. be 205 or higher. must The remaining Sigma Zeta Kappa Mu Epsilon, All senior mathematics majors must take the Major Field Test in math e mat ics as one requirement for MAT 498 (see for MAT ics as one requirement mat e in math take the Major Field Test All senior mathematics majors must *116. Precalculus (3) F; S—As Needed *116. 114. Introduction to Statistics and Probability (3) F, W, S; Su—As Needed W, Introduction to Statistics and Probability (3) F, 114. *112. Plane Trigonometry (3) S—As Needed Plane Trigonometry *112. *111. College Algebra (3) F, W, S; Su As Needed W, College Algebra (3) F, *111. 107. Mathematics for the Liberal Arts (3)F, S Mathematics for the Liberal Arts (3)F, 107. 101. Fundamental Concepts (3) F, S Fundamental Concepts (3) F, 101. niques, trigonometric identities and equations, the in verse trigonometric functions, and solving triangles. verse trigonometric niques, trigonometric identities and equations, the in years of high school algebra and one of geometry. Two Prerequisites: This to polynomial, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions and basic analytic geometry. An introduction for students who have taken MAT is not recommended and 211 course is intended for students planning to take MAT and/or 112. 111 Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra. Two Prerequisite: dist tion of data into frequency za ni ga include or statistics. Topics to inferential Descriptive statistics with introduction Prerequisite: MAT 111. MAT Prerequisite: include the de Topics tion tables and histograms, measures of central ten den cy, standard deviation, basic probability, continuous distributions deviation, basic probability, standard cy, den of central ten tion tables and histograms, measures hypothesis test ry and o pling the to sam mal distribution, introduction the nor through Prerequisite: Two years of high school algebra. years of high school Two Prerequisite: expo- graphing techniques, systems of equations and inequalities, include equations in two variables, functions, Topics equations. nential and logarithmic functions, matrices, and the theory of polynomial This course is designed to introduce the student to the basic concepts of several areas of mathematics including algebra, of mathematics including the student to the basic concepts of several areas This course is designed to introduce and descriptive statistics. probability, trigonometry, geometry, This course is designed to introduce the student to problem solving strategies and the real number system. Topics will number system. Topics and the real solving strategies the student to problem This course is designed to introduce and functions. percents fractions and decimals, ratio and proportion, include the whole numbers, integers, @ @ @ @ @ @ Course Offerings in S–Spring; Su–Summer W–Winter; F–Fall, ( ) Hours Credit; fessional merit, and academic distinction. A student must have com plet ed 3 semesters’ rank in the upper 35%, completed ed 3 semesters’ plet student must have com A fessional merit, and academic distinction. lus, and have a minimum 3.0 Math GPA. cu clude cal to in 3 courses in MAT, es. of 3.0 in these cours with a minimum GPA Student Organizations Assessment of Majors Assessment of to take the PRAXIS II. required gram are pro teacher licensure ing a plet below). Those majors com IV. IV. or 21 hours in Statistics—20 an Emphasis in Mathematics with Minor Major—19 hours earned with a Math Science as Actuarial V. Minor in VI. hours with a Business Major and BSBA—21 Minor in Actuarial Science as earned

MATHEMATICS 90 MATHEMATICS 91 nite integral, the calculus of fi nite integral, and the fundamental theorem of nite integral, and the fundamental theorem fi nite and the de es: geometry, algebra, trigonometry, and calculus. algebra, trigonometry, es: geometry, fi rst-order differential equations and applications, higher-order differential equations, and ap- differential equations and applications, higher-order differential rst-order fi nite series, polar coordinates, vectors in three-space, functions of sev er al variables, partial derivatives, al variables, er functions of sev vectors in three-space, nite series, polar coordinates, fi nite in te gral. Is not rec om mend ed for students that have taken MAT 211-12. 211-12. taken MAT for students that have ed mend om rec gral. Is not te in nite fi 201. Calculus for Business/Social Sciences (3) F (3) Sciences for Business/Social Calculus 201. 205. (3) F Mathematics Discrete or its equivalent. 111 MAT Prerequisite: relations, and graphs, recurrence including induction, relations techniques logic, sets, proof include elementary Topics structures. ean algebra, and algebraic Bool equivalence relations, basic counting techniques, 207. (3) S Mathematics Transition 212 MAT Corequisite: logic, types include Topics proofs. and writing reading including reasoning, to abstract mathematical An introduction functions and relations. set theory, of proofs, 208. S—As Needed Statistics (3) F; and normal distributions, hypothesis binomial 111. ty theory, MAT Prerequisite: i bil a prob statistics, sion. and inferential include descriptive Topics gres re tion and la re testing, linear cor 211. S I (4) F, Calculus and Analytic Geometry tion of algebraic and trigonomet- or 116. and 112, 111 a MAT Prerequisite: ti en fer functions, limits, dif geometry, include basic concepts of plane analytic Topics de the in ric functions, applications of the derivative, multiple integrals, and line integrals. 305. Needed Statistical Methods (3) S or As 208. MAT Prerequisite: and include correlation methods with an emphasis on applications. Topics Parametric and non-parametric statistical tables, and applications to the social sciences, life distribution, contingency analysis of variance, Chi-square regression, sciences, and business. 310. History of Mathematics (3) As Needed 212. MAT Prerequisite: usually discussed sis to the areas pha survey of the major developments in the history of mathematics with special em A mathematics cours in high school and undergraduate plications. 315. Linear Algebra (3) S or As Needed 212. MAT Prerequisite: diagonalization of matrices, tions, ma for include systems of linear equations, matrices, determinants, linear trans Topics and major applications to business and the sciences. 320. (3) As Needed Introduction to Complex Variables 213. MAT Prerequisite: tions, analytic functions, complex integration, ma for of the complex number system, complex trans Algebraic properties of functions. and series representations residues, calculus. 212. S II (4) F, Calculus and Analytic Geometry 211. MAT Prerequisite: numeral integration, applications of the de include integration by substitution, Topics of integration, and the calculus of parametrized curves. transcendental functions, techniques 213. III (4) F; S—As Needed Calculus and Analytic Geometry 212. MAT Prerequisite: include in Topics 314. Equations (3) S or As Needed Differential 213. MAT Prerequisite: include linear Topics Prerequisite: MAT 111 or its equivalent. or its 111 MAT Prerequisite: of on applications with an emphasis calculus of differential development of algebra principles, review include a Topics applications with elementary to integral calculus introduction es, and a brief enc social sci to business and the derivative of the de @

exam. Sitting rst fi mul ta neous mul ta neous equations, numerical of the department. ed at the discretion fi prior to registering. ned and approved fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi Does not apply toward the major or minor. Does not apply toward 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs (1-4) All courses and their application must be de 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Upper-level 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed All courses and their applications must be de mathematical research. The course may be modi The course may mathematical research. * Six hours maximum may be applied toward graduation from MAT 111-2, 116. 111-2, MAT graduation from * Six hours maximum may be applied toward @ for the SOA Exam P is required for suc cess ful completion of the course. Pass/Fail. cess for suc is required P Exam for the SOA 401. I (3) As Needed Actuarial Mathematics 400 MAT Prerequisite: and to life tables sinking funds and bonds. Introduction amortization schedules, annuities-certain, of interest, Measures life annuities. 402. II (3) As Needed Actuarial Mathematics 401. Prerequisite: to insurance and an- Applications models. and loss processes, including survival models, stochastic Actuarial models, nuity contracts. 405. Needed Mathematical Statistics (3) As 305 & 212. MAT Prerequisites: and in- include conditional probability and statistics. Topics to the theory of probability calculus-based introduction A and continuous distributions, central limit theorem, tions, discrete ta pec ex dependence, random variables, mathematical and sampling theory. 411. or As Needed Years Introduction to Analysis (3) F—Odd 205 and 213. MAT Prerequisite: and integration. differentiation, inquiry into sequences, limits, continuity, rigorous A 413. As Needed Su—Even Years Years; College Geometry (3) F—Odd 205 and 212. MAT Prerequisite: els for incidence geometries, and mod and non-Euclidean geometry, include axiomatic foundations of Euclidean Topics in the geometries of the Euclidean plane and the hyperbolic plane. development of theorems 415. Abstract Algebra (3) F—Even Years ty in the integers, permuta- i bil 205 and 212. MAT Prerequisite: i vis include di Topics and ring theory. theory, group theory, to number An introduction ideals, and polynomial LaGrange’s Theorem, and quotient groups, normal subgroups homomorphisms, tion groups, rings. 498. Mathematics Seminar (2) F work and Senior standing. course 20 hours of MAT Prerequisite: ics for which prior assessment mat e math of those areas for addressing The setting for administering the Major Field Test, sion of current cus of the abstract seniors an opportunity to demonstrate their awareness for providing cates the need for improvement, tions, and for dis di ta in sen oral and written pre ics and its unifying principles through mat e of math nature integration and differentiation, and power series cal cu la tions. la cu cal and power series and differentiation, integration 400. (1) As Needed P Preparation Exam SOA 305. 213 and MAT Prerequisite: Actuaries of ety ci So to the relevant problems statistics to risk management of calculus and Application 360. Needed (3) As Analysis Numerical 213. 205 and 255, MAT or 115 CSC Prerequisite: linear si nonlinear and simultaneous of equations, roots computations, Numerical

MATHEMATICS 92 MATHEMATICS 93 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) Study (1-4) Independent 495-6-7. faculty member(s). of a the guidance under research Individual (1-3) 497-8-9. Seminar of the department. discretion be used at the To rst fi ected in an interview as part fl . Recital attendance requirements, . Recital attendance requirements, , music majors and minors are responsible for following the responsible , music majors and minors are ver si ty, DePaul University, Julliard School of Music, North- Julliard University, DePaul ty, si ver Department of Music Handbook sis sip pi; Additional study, Southwestern Baptist Theological Semi- Southwestern Baptist Additional study, pi; sip sis Catalogue . Music ______Music Handbook (2002). Professor of Music and Department Chair. B.M., Mis sis sip pi College; M.C.M., South- pi College; M.C.M., sip sis B.M., Mis Department Chair. of Music and (2002). Professor (1981). University Professor of Music. B.M., Westminster College; M.M., Bowl ing Green State; ing Green College; M.M., Bowl of Music. B.M., Westminster (1981). University Professor (1988). Professor of Music. B.A. and M.M., Louisiana State University; D.M.A., Southwestern Music. B.A. and M.M., Louisiana State University; D.M.A., Southwestern of (1988). Professor (1998). Professor of Music. B.M., Stetson University; M.C.M., South west ern Baptist Theological ern Baptist Theological west Stetson University; M.C.M., South of Music. B.M., (1998). Professor (1989). Professor of Music. B.M., Carson Newman Col lege; M.M., ; M.L.S., lege; M.M., Florida State University; B.M., Carson Newman Col of Music. (1989). Professor (1989). Associate Professor of Music. B.M., Brescia College; M.M., and M.M. Ed., George Peabody M.M., and M.M. Ed., George College; of Music. B.M., Brescia Professor Associate (1989). (1992). Professor of Music. B.S., Manchester College; M.M., Young stown State University; D.A., stown State Young Music. B.S., Manchester College; M.M., of (1992). Professor (2004) Assistant Professor of Music. B.A., Calvin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Ohio State University. of Music. B.A., Calvin College; M.A. and Ph.D., Assistant Professor (2004) (2004). Associate Professor of Music. B.M. and M.M., Eastman School of Music; D.M.A., Southern of Music. B.M. and M.M., Eastman School of Professor Associate (2004). (1994). Professor of Music. B.A., Western Carolina University; M.C.M. and D.M.A., Southern Baptist University; M.C.M. Carolina of Music. B.A., Western (1994). Professor (1996). Professor of Music. B.M. and M.M., American Conservatory of Music; D.M.A., Southern Baptist Conservatory of Music; D.M.A., American of Music. B.M. and M.M., (1996). Professor Transfer students with 8 or more hours in principal applied studies will register for MUS 250 during their for MUS 250 during hours in principal applied studies will register students with 8 or more Transfer Freshmen admitted to the department may declare any of the majors ex cept performance. Students who wish to any of the majors ex admitted to the department may declare Freshmen In addition to the regulations included in this In addition to the regulations An audition is required for admission to the Department as a major in any of the programs and in consideration and the Department as a major in any of the programs for admission to An audition is required The mission of the Department of Music of Union University is to offer studies in music for all students and to studies in music for of Union University is to offer The mission of the Department of Music pursue the performance program will pe ti tion the applied faculty at the board examination at the conclusion of the tion the applied faculty at the board ti will pe pursue the performance program and potential and will admit the The applied faculty will assess the student’s achievement ter of study. mes ond se sec mend that the student choose another major within the department. om student to the performance major or rec of the audition process. Examinations in the areas of basic theory will be administered for placement into the correct into the correct for placement of basic theory will be administered Examinations in the areas of the audition process. placement. jors for keyboard ma examinations will be given to non-keyboard theory courses. Functional keyboard to determine examination board the student will perform a sophomore end of the semester, At the semester at Union. applied studies. application of this course and future in the policies, and guidelines provided procedures, General Regulations For Students In The Department Of Music Admission Requirements for Majors (2) mance area, for ship funds. Criteria for admission include (1) demonstrated potential in a per ar for music schol pose as re skills, and (3) a clear sense of pur basic musicianship, including sightreading Mission Statement with a traditional This mission is in keeping of the University and community. enrich the cultural environment liberal arts education. important and other performance requirements, and recital examination policies, board dance ten applied lesson at included in the material are Faculty Joiner James Richard Department of Department and Sciences Arts of College western Baptist Theological Seminary; M.M. and Ph.D., Louisiana State University. Additional study, Cambridge study, Additional State University. and Ph.D., Louisiana Seminary; M.M. Theological western Baptist Academy of Early Music (France). and Deller Choral Seminar (England) Elizabeth Bedsole of Illinois. Seminary; Ed.D., University Ronald Boud studies, Emory Uni Additional Theological Seminary; western University, and Franz Schubert Institute. and western University, David Dennis Theological Seminary. Dianne Gatwood Choir College. at Martin and Westminster University of Tennessee study, Additional College. C. David McClune D.M., Florida State University. McRoberts Terry Ball State University. Michael K. Penny Choir College. Westminster Additional study, Baptist Theological Seminary; Joshua Veltman Stanley Warren Baptist Theological Seminary. Georgia Wellborn Mis D.A., University of University of Tennessee; Choir College. and Westminster ty of North Texas, si ver the Uni nary,

MU SIC 94 MU SIC 95 c fi stru men tal stru lled by any fi tian Stud ies, Man age ment, ed. Keyboard principals only ed. Keyboard fi sem bles. degree ongoing in Church Music, Music Education, Music, Music ongoing in Church degree + 52 hour core (I). + 52 hour core

ed. Keyboard principals are required to include 2 semesters to include 2 semesters required are principals ed. Keyboard fi Bachelor of Music sen emphasis area. They are exempt from the re quire ment of a Spe ci ment of a Spe quire the re from exempt They are sen emphasis area. ed re quire ments of their cho quire ed re fi a. 224, 312, 313, 323, 390, 419, 424, 430 MUS 116, b. principals)–2 hours MUS 206 (voice principals) or 150V (instrumental a. MUS 312, 313, 430 b. MUS 224, 323, 390, 424 1. semesters, 4 hours (450) Applied Studies–2 Additional 2. Substitute MUS 399 with 499, Recital, in Music Core 3. Additional Ensemble Experience–2 semesters 4. hours Music Courses–23 Church Professional 1. semesters, 4 hours 450 Applied Studies–2 Additional 2. Substitute MUS 399 with 499, Recital, in Music Core 3. Additional Ensemble Experience–2 semesters 4. 230, 419 MUS 116, 5. MUS 215 and 219; or 325 6. Music–17 hours Church Professional 1. 2 hours 450 semester, Applied Studies–1 Additional 2. omit MUS 317 Substitute MUS 399 with 499 in Music Core; 3. Additional Ensemble Experience–1 semester pals)–2 hours (I). and 52 hour core 181-481 and 165-465. 181-481 and other ensembles for which the student is qual i the student is qual for which other ensembles ensemble requirement. their ward to of MUS 181-481 181-481 or MUS 230. ters of MUS mes to complete 4 se required are ters of in mes 6 se pals or ci if voice prin bles sem of choral en plete 6 semesters to com quired of piano en- to complete 2 semesters required pals are re are ci prin board ble. pals. Key sem ters of any en ci mes prin ensembles if instrument ters of MUS 230 and 2 se mes bles, 2 se sem complete 1 semester to required are principals board principals. Key if instrumental ensembles instrumental 230 and 2 semesters of any ensemble. of piano ensemble, 1 semester of MUS A. Track for Voice or Instrumental Principals—29 hours or Instrumental for Voice A. Track B. (I). core Principals—29-31 hours + 52 hour for Piano or Organ Track shown as 6. below tion Core, ca u Ed hours plus Professional A. Emphasis for General/Choral Instructor—15 A. MUS 103, 104, 111, 112, 203, 204, 211, 212, 220 204, 211, 203, 112, A. MUS 103, 104, 111, B. semesters 150-350, 12 hours and 399, Recital Applied Music Studies–6 C. 317, 340 315, 316, MUS 311, D. princi- ( keyboard principals) or MUS 150V Performance–MUS 221-222 ( voice or instrumental Secondary E. Music.” semesters, see “General Regulations for Students in the Department of Ensemble Experience–6 F. 7 semesters MUS 000–8 semesters except Music Education emphases which require Attendance, Recital • Music Education/Choral Emphasis requires 7 semesters of choral en sem bles. • sem MUS excluding bles, en of choral 7 semesters requires Emphasis Music Education/Choral sem en tal men • stru 7 semesters of in Emphasis requires Music Education/Instrumental • may be ful two other semesters ensembles; 6 semesters of choral at least Music requires Church • of choral en 8 semesters requires in Voice Performance/Emphasis • the Music Department side Elective Studies out Majors with an emphasis on B.A. Music Majors and B. Music • of if voice principals or 4 semesters 4 semesters of choral ensembles to complete required Music Minors are • Performance/Emphasis in Piano requires 5 semesters of any en sem ble and 3 se mes ters of MUS 230. mes ble and 3 se • sem of any en 5 semesters in Piano requires Performance/Emphasis 230. ters of MUS • mes and 2 se 6 semesters of any ensemble requires in Organ Performance/Emphasis • student is quali of any ensemble for which the 8 semesters Theory requires The Department offers majors leading to the The Department offers Ensemble requirements are based on degree, level, and principal applied area: area: applied and principal level, on degree, based are requirements Ensemble Core Cur ric u lum and from a minor; how ev er, the am bi tious student is not pre clud ed from com plet ing a minor. ing a minor. plet com ed from clud tious student is not pre bi the am er, ev a minor; how lum and from u ric Cur Core As shown be low, Music ments. Ed u ca tion quire re majors will com plete the fes sion al Pro Ed u ca tion core in I. plet ing com of Music Degree Required Core—52 hours: Bachelor li cen sure Church Music II. Major in Music Education III. Major in Curriculum Mar ket ing, and Com mu ni ca tion Arts. The se lec tion of an applied prin ci pal area of study is also required within of study is also required pal area ci applied prin tion of an lec Arts. The se tion jor with emphases in Chris ca sic ma ni Studies in the Mu Performance, and Theory; Elective mu (I. below) Core lum, the B.M. ing, and Com u ric ket Cur Core plete the General Mar to com quired re dents are B.M. stu sis area. pha each em i and the spec MUS 340 with 331 in Music Core. MUS 340 with 331 a. above as shown Major requirements b. EDU 435. 213, 318; SE 225; EDU 150, 326; PSY Education: Professional c. II. of the Praxis of applicable portions Completion d. Accreditation. Education and Teacher Assistant Dean for the information, see For additional a. as shown above Major requirements b. 213, 318; SE 225, EDU 435. Education: EDU 150, 326; PSY Professional c. portions of the Praxis II. Completion of applicable d. Accreditation. and Education Assistant Dean for Teacher For additional information, see the 4. 424 430; EDU 312, 313, 302, MUS 116, Music Education: Professional 5. hours 241, 242—4 237, 238, MUS 6. hours Grades K-12–30 Music for Vocal/General Licensure Teacher 1. 2 hours 450 Applied Studies–1 semester, Additional 2. omit MUS 317 399 with 499 in Music Core; Substitute MUS 3. Experience–1 semester Additional Ensemble 4. 237, 238, 241,242, 319; EDU 424; Substitute courses: MUS 302, 313, 314, 440, Music Education Professional 5. hours MUS 205 and 207—2 6. K- 12–30 hours Music Grades for Instrumental Licensure Teacher 1. semesters Additional Ensemble Experience–2 2. Applied, 450–6 hours, and MUS 499, Recital Additional Applied, 350–2 hours, Additional 3. 206, 405, 406, 419 MUS 116, 4. MUS 498, Seminar: Performance Majors 5. or German—3 hours 200 level, French Language, Foreign 6. MUS 320,420-4 hours 1. Applied, 250-350–4 hours, Additional 450–6 hours, and MUS 499, Recital Applied, Additional 2. MUS 325, 415, 416 3. hours Piano Ensembles, MUS 181-481–4 4. MUS 498, Seminar: Performance Majors 5. hours Upper level academic MUS Electives–6 6. hours Additional Ensembles–2 2 1. Applied, 250-350–4 hours, Additional 450–6 hours, and MUS 499, Recital Applied, Additional 2. MUS 215, 219, 417, 418 3. Piano Ensembles, MUS 181-481–2 hours 4. MUS 498, Seminar: Performance Majors 5. Upper Level academic MUS Electives–6 hours 6. Additional Ensembles–2 hours 2 1. semesters, 450–4 hours Applied Studies–2 Additional 2. Substitute MUS 399 with 499, Recital, in Music Core 3. Additional Ensemble Experience–2 semesters 116 4. MUS 5. Additional Upper Level Theory–6 hours 6. hours Additional Upper Level History/Literature–6 7. hours MUS 490, Senior Project–4 8. German–3 hours or Language, 200 level, French Foreign 1. semesters, 450–4 hours Applied Studies–2 Additional 2. Substitute MUS 399 with 499, Recital, in Music Core 3. Additional Ensemble Experience–2 semesters 4. MUS 215, 219, 417 5. Additional Upper level Theory–6 hours 6. below and 52 hour core (I). core 6. below and 52 hour B. Emphasis for Instrumental/Band Instructor—18 hours plus Professional Ed u ca tion Core, shown below as shown tion Core, ca u B. Ed hours plus Professional Instructor—18 Emphasis for Instrumental/Band (I). Principals—29 hours and 52 hour core A. Emphasis for Voice B. (I). and 52 hour core Emphasis for Piano Principals—29 hours C. (I). Principals—29 hours and 52 hour core for Organ Emphasis (I). hours and 52 hour core Principals—27 A. Emphasis for Voice B. (I). Principals—30 hours and 52 hour core for Organ Emphasis IV. Major in Performance IV. Major in Theory V. Major in

MU SIC 96 MU SIC 97 degree. In addition to General Core In addition to General Core degree. Bachelor of Arts c Core, stu dents desiring a major in music under the liberal arts degree music under the liberal arts degree dents desiring a major in stu c Core, fi a. 240 305, 333, 338; 243 or 244; PHL CHR 113, b. Elective hours Select six CHR a. COM courses. Select any 9 hours from b. Select 9 Upper Level COM hours. 6. hours History/Literature–6 Upper level Additional 7. hours Project–4 490, Senior MUS 8. hours or German–3 French 200 level, Language, Foreign 1. hours semesters, 450–4 Studies–2 Applied Additional 2. 499 in Music Core MUS 399 with Substitute 3. semesters Ensemble Experience–2 Additional 415 4. MUS 5. Level Theory–6 hours Additional Upper 6. hours Level History/Literature–6 Additional Upper 7. hours Project–4 MUS 490, Senior 8. or German–3 hours Language, 200 level, French Foreign 1. 450–4 hours Applied Studies–2 semesters, Additional 2. 399 with 499 in Music Core Substitute MUS 3. Experience–2 semesters Additional Ensemble 4. 237, 238, 241, 242, 314 Methods–2 hours, from Select Instrumental 5. Level Theory–6 hours Additional Upper 6. hours Additional Upper Level History/Literature–6 7. hours MUS 490, Senior Project–4 8. or German–3 hours 200 level, French Language, Foreign 1. 312, 323, 390, 424, 430. MUS 215, 224, Select 8 MUS Elective hours from: 2. Courses–24 hours Christian Studies Required 1. advisor approval Select 8 MUS Elective hours with 2. Courses: MGT 310, 312, 341, 432 Management Required 3. the School of Business. from Select 6 Upper Level Elective hours 1. advisor approval Select 8 MUS Elective hours with 2. 114 MKT 328, 424, 440; MAT 3. the School of Business. from Select 6 Upper Level Elective hours 1. advisor approval Select 8 MUS Elective hours with 2. Arts–18 hours Communication from Requirements C. (I). 52 hour core hours and for Piano Principals—27 Emphasis D. (I). core Principals—27 hours and 52 hour Emphasis for Instrumental A. Emphasis in Christian Studies–32 hours B. Emphasis in Management—26 hours C. in Marketing—26 hours Emphasis D. in Communication Arts—26 hours Elective Studies The Department of Music offers one major leading to the The Department of Music offers Curriculum and the Bachelor of Arts Speci Curriculum and the Bachelor of VI. Major in Music with Studies in one of the following areas, select one in ad di tion to 52 hour core (I). di VI. areas, select one in ad Major in Music with Studies in one of the following of ap- dent will select a principal area of study outside the department of music. The stu must select a minor area plied study within the major. Major in Music—48 hours I. 212 203, 204, 211, 112, MUS 103, 104, 111, II. 315, 316 MUS 220, 311, III. Studies Area Solo Performance A. MUS 150-350–6 semesters, 12 hours pals) IV. ci prin Secondary Performance Studies: 221-222 (voice or instrumental B. MUS 399, Recital V. principals)–2 hours or 150V (keyboard Ensemble Experience–6 semesters VI. Minor in Music—25 hours Attendance, 6 semesters, MUS 000 Recital I. Applied Studies, MUS 150—4 hours II. 103, 104, 220, 316 112, MUS 111, III. Ensemble Experience–4 semesters gured bass lines and mel o dies. o bass lines and mel gured fi required rst, all music majors are fi liate of Music Education Conference, the Education Conference, liate of Music fi is the student af elects outstanding juniors and seniors to membership on the elects outstanding juniors and seniors inversion, basic form determinants, introductory dominant-func- inversion, basic form determinants, introductory nd ciently pre pared to progress to the succeeding level of study. At the At level of study. to the succeeding to progress pared pre ciently fi and 2 st gured bass as well as harmonization of un gured fi is presented by the National Board of to the member of the college of Sigma by the National Board is presented is presented to the male graduating senior who has dem on strat ed excellence in mu- strat on dem to the male graduating senior who has is presented is a music fraternity for men founded in 1898 with the primary purposes of achievement for men founded in 1898 with the is a music fraternity Music (MUS) uence and their mu si cal interest uphold the highest ideals of a music education; to raise the cal interest si uence and their mu fl , international music fraternity for women, was organized “for music students and musicians “for music students and musicians was organized , international music fraternity for women, The Sigma Alpha Iota Award The Phi Mu Alpha Award Collegiate Music Education National Conference Collegiate Music At the end of each semester of required applied study, the student is examined by a committee of the applied is examined by a committee the student applied study, semester of required At the end of each The Department offers the Bachelor of Music major pursuing any of the emphases the completion of a minor in a the completion of of the emphases pursuing any of Music major the Bachelor offers The Department Sigma Alpha Iota Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia Honor Society Pi Kappa Lambda National Music tion sonorities, and non-harmonic tones will be studied. Theoretical Courses 103. S and Sight Singing I (1) F, Ear Training MUS 111. Corequisite: of class. tions outside ca pli and aural skills. Use of computer ap music reading Development of rudimentary 104. S and Sight Singing II (1) F, Ear Training MUS 112. Corequisite: and aural skills. Use of computer applications outside of class. Further development of music reading 111. S Music Theory I (3) F, ry partwriting in four parts ta men di and ru rhythm, Studies in pitch, intervals, scales, modes, triads, seventh chords, undertaken. Placement by examination. are (SATB) 112. S Music Theory II (3) F, MUS 111. Prerequisite: ic and melodic material mon to the har study and application of voice-leading techniques related Comprehensive within the choral will be realized exercises associated with music of the Common Practice Period. Composition of idiom and will involve realization sicianship, leadership, loyalty, and service. sicianship, leadership, loyalty, is Award award attained the highest scholastic rating during her college course. The chapter who is a music major and has Alpha Iota Foundation head of the music department. The Sigma tion of the da men om is given upon rec and contribution to the local chapter of the fraternity. based on scholarship attainment, musicianship, S–Spring; Su–Summer W–Winter; F–Fall, ( ) Hours Credit; Course Offerings in Student Awards Student Organizations to appear in a public recital. to appear in a public 1 diatonic triads in Harmonic progression, Assessment of Majors Assessment of if the student is suf music faculty to determine second performing area by completion of: applied studies (4 semesters, 8 hours), ensemble experience (4 semesters), experience 8 hours), ensemble studies (4 semesters, of: applied by completion area second performing performance area. in the second performance recital in a non-credit and participation IV. 000 MUS 4 semesters, Attendance, Recital V. courses level “Theoretical” MUS 329, 429 or upper Select 3 hours from VI. MUS Department to majors outside Available conclusion of the fourth se mes ter the student will perform an applied examination for the faculty to determine if the perform an applied examination for ter the student will mes se conclusion of the fourth except the Each semester enter upper level applied study. to student is prepared basis of musicianship and scholarship. ties.” si ver ries, and uni to who shall by their in va ser con musical work among the women students of colleges, of productive dard stan Fossey. beth Jarrel a in 1960 by the late Eliz ma Sigma chapter was formed Gam premier organization for K-12 music educators. for organization premier among the musically minded. The Iota Sigma Chapter was established brotherhood of high musical ideals and true in 1960.

MU SIC 98 MU SIC 99 bass playing. gured fi is try, including stud ies in historical and contempo- including stud try, is music program. eld observation (30 hours) in a local church fi 220. Survey of Music Literature (3) S MUS 112. Prerequisite: to build a working knowledge of listening and score-reading to the historical styles of music through Introduction of music performances will be Attendance at and review study. listening and score through a basic music repertory quired. re 224. Foundations in Church Music (3) S—Even Years Biblical, theological, and philosophical foundations for music min budgeting and training of volunteer relations, ment, staff age rary Christian worship and practical aspects: time man gram. Requires pro leaders in the church 116. 116. (2) S Diction I Singers An introduc- for singing. tion a ci nun to pro apply as they symbols Alphabet Phonetic to International An introduction Latin, and English. Church ing in Italian, for sing of rules and application tion to pronunciation 203. S III (1) F, and Sight Singing Ear Training MUS 211. Corequisite: class. tions outside of ca pli computer ap aural skills. Use of and music reading of advanced Development 204. S Singing IV (1) F, and Sight Ear Training MUS 212. Corequisite: class. tions outside of ca pli computer ap and aural skills. Use of of advanced music reading Further development 205. Majors (1) F Instrumental Music Education Methods I for Vocal whose primary instru- for Music Education majors and the teaching of singing, designed in singing Basic instruction The class meets 2 hours each week. ment is not voice. 206. II (2) F Singers Diction man. and Ger in French for singing application of rules to pronunciation, An introduction 207. Majors (1) S for Instrumental Music Education Methods II Vocal MUS 205. Prerequisite: Methods I. Sequel to Vocal 211. S Music Theory III (3) F, MUS 112. Prerequisite: and pre- tions for the dominant-function struc harmonic con and associated Chromaticism Continuation of MUS 112. tion techniques, and modal mixture. la u functions, mod dominant-function type, secondary 212. S Music Theory IV (3) F, MUS 211. Prerequisite: The gradual mon Practice Period. ideas, and theoretical tion of Com harmony in tonal music of the of advanced chromatic study Comprehensive ca ni mu articulate com and ry analytical skills, effective will be included to basic 20th century compositional practices an introduction dissolution of the tonal system and ta men e with the mastery of el mal analytical discovery. for 215. Service Playing I (1) F them, and solo accompanying; of a worship service; hymn, an in the building course designed to assist organists A and modulation. 216. Music Appreciation (3) F art/clas- rary music for all types as well as po tem and the ages. Included: con the world throughout Musical trends jors only. For non-music ma sical music and music of other cultures. 219. Service Playing II (2) S MUS 215. Prerequisite: Advanced service playing skills including oratorio accompaniment and 237. String Methods (1) S—Odd Years to the teaching of stringed instruments. as an introduction is conducted class of string instruments A 238. F—Odd Years Methods (1) Woodwind phone. Emphasis is on the methods o class in the fundamental concepts of teaching and playing the clarinet and sax A for teaching beginning school band programs. ciency fi ciency in conducting fi eld and street procedures, pre ci sion drill, half-time pageantry, and study of the routines and and study of the routines sion drill, half-time pageantry, ci pre procedures, eld and street fi 241. Years F—Even (1) Methods Brass in used techniques playing and the teaching to an introduction as is conducted instruments low brass class in A class teaching. 242. (1) S—Even Years Methods Percussion family. in this instruments the teaching of the to an introduction conducted as instruments in percussion class A 301. (2) W Music Sequencing Computer synthesizers. and MIDI controlled using computer sequencing programs to music sequencing An introduction 302. (3) S for Musicians Technology ties of technology as they relate i bil pa the ca students become familiar with study and laboratory experience, Through processing, use: word Review of basics of computer research. analysis, teaching, and to composition, performance, ing, quenc Internet access as well as music se desktop publishing, and software, presentation databases, spreadsheets, ware. tion soft ca u ed and music software, performance notation, improvisation, 311. (2) F Conducting I or consent of instructor. MUS 211 Prerequisite: of basic conducting a usable repertoire of conducting aimed at developing study of the grammar An introductory included. the baton are of conducting with and without Techniques patterns and styles. 312. Conducting II (Choral) (2) S the grammar of conducting to a choral setting. The course with an emphasis on applying continuation of MUS 311 A pro increasing techniques but will focus on gaining of choral rehearsal elements will introduce skills that are necessary for clear communication with the choir. necessary skills that are 313. Materials (3) S Elementary Music Methods & demonstration and six. Includes through in grades kindergarten music children Methods and materials for teaching this course involves study Designed primarily for the music education major, observation of teaching at this level. activities. and instrumental creative, of singing, listening, rhythmic, of a well-balanced program 314. S Conducting II (Instrumental) (2) setting. The grammar of conducting to an instrumental with an emphasis on applying the continuation of MUS 311 A pro techniques but will focus on gaining increasing rehearsal elements of instrumental course will introduce in conducting skills that are necessary for clear communication with the instrumental ensemble. necessary for clear communication with the instrumental in conducting skills that are 315. History of Music I (3) F and MUS 220. MUS 112 Prerequisite: and forms of music c. 1700 with emphasis on the changing styles to the Baroque the Greeks Survey of music from ments, and performance practices. Extensive use of stru in ers, treatises, pos compositions, com the study of through ings cord re and listening. 316. History of Music II (3) S MUS 315. Prerequisite: ing styles and forms of music with emphasis on the chang day, the present to the late Baroque Survey of music from and performance practices. Extensive use of instruments, the study of compositions, composers, treatises, through ings cord re and listening. 317. Form and Analysis (2) F MUS 212. Prerequisite: to articulate a variety of musical periods. The ability study of single movement forms drawn from comprehensive A of this course. ry goal ma musical ideas in both oral and written contexts will be the pri 318. Seminar in Form and Analysis (2) S MUS 317. Prerequisite: a variety of musical periods. Selection of works studied study of single and multi-movement works drawn from A late musical ideas in both oral and written contexts will u tic will be guided in part by participants. The ability to ar the primary goal of this course. 319. (1) F—Even Years Marching Band Techniques band director, by the school marching and musical techniques employed study of the organizational comprehensive A to include a survey of Bockman, Cacavas, and others. Included within the content of this study will music advocated by Casevant, Wright bands, parades, half-time shows, contests, and festivals. and guided observation of selected area be class lectures

SIC MU 100 MU SIC 101 . lied century British and American art song. century British and th and 20 songs and games, the child rote selection and teaching of instruction, in classroom eld including integration fi 410. Counterpoint (3) As Needed MUS 212. Prerequisite: of the 16th, 18th, and 20th centuries. The study of contrapuntal techniques 415. Piano Pedagogy (2) F—Even Years Junior piano major standing or consent of instructor. Prerequisite: practical, and ethical considerations of private piano teaching. In-depth analysis of teaching materi- Professional, teaching of the beginning Supervised materials will be a major project. source body of re als. Compilation of a large piano student. 416. Piano Literature (2) F—Odd Years or consent of instructor. Junior piano major standing Prerequisite: listening, exami- signed record As will be mainly historical. Approach for piano. literature survey of the standard A Each student will complete a research performance of musical selections. and classroom nation of variant scores, project. 417. Organ Pedagogy (2) F—As Needed ods and materials for teaching majors of advanced standing, considering the meth for organ course of instruction A organ. 418. Organ Literature (2) S—As Needed for the organ. ture a er majors of advanced standing, considering the lit for organ Instruction 419. Pedagogy (2) F—As Needed Vocal student. Concepts in the teaching of applied voice with emphasis on the beginning 406. Literature II (2) S—As Needed Vocal French in western music with particular attention to the development of the Survey examination of the solo song melodie 323. Years (3) S—Odd Hymnology ser- use in and development, sources, of their study A the church. hymns of the great of appreciation and Analysis vices of today. 331. (2) F Orchestration 212. MUS Prerequisite: and ment for orchestra range ar tra. The ches or of the modern of various instruments characteristics The individual band, orchestral, of preparation for ensemble groups, ments range ar and compositions or standard band of original right law. and copy processes, copy and layout, reproduction music calligraphy, scores, and choral ensemble 340. Composing Methods (2) S Arranging and MUS 211-2. Prerequisite: and usable skills to compose, arrange, and arranging aimed at developing study of composition An introductory music scene. and ability levels of the contemporary to meet the demands a variety of sources adapt music from 341. (3) S—As Needed Symphonic Literature MUS 212. Prerequisite: to 20th century. beginnings early Viennese symphonic idiom from Major works of the 358. S Classroom Instruction (2) F, Design VIII: Integrating Music into Instructional and practices sues, problems is attention to current music with through Design and implementation of instruction in the faith, and ethics. inclusion, diversity, integration of technology, al standards, tion na listening, voice, directed 390. S Church Music Internship (2) F, music ministry setting, an opportunity for the student to gain practical experience in a church This course provides The internship pro- by the local minister of music and a faculty member. with guidance and supervision provided meeting. ten hours per week in the placement setting and a weekly class gram entails approximately 405. Literature I (2) F—As Needed Vocal and in western music with particular attention to early Italian and British song Survey examination of the solo song the development of the German rst needs of the fi plex musical problems in the plex musical problems prior to registering. ned and approved prior to travel. ned and approved fi fi facility that allows them to play uently in all keys and to develop quickly a technical fl cant studies in vocal pedagogy, score analysis, and conducting of rehearsals. analysis, and conducting of score in vocal pedagogy, cant studies fi 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed 179-279-379-479. External Domestic be de All courses and their applications must Applied Music listed below: otherwise indicated and in all the areas S, Su unless W, F, Individual applied music study is offered Bassoon Clarinet Flute Guitar Oboe Horn Organ Attendance 000. Recital Percussion of all music majors and minors. course required pass/fail, non-credit A Piano ing, Strings ny pa S Sequence 121-2, 221-2. Class Piano (1) F, com Saxophone or Euphonium ing, ac Trombone pos or Cornet ing, trans Trumpet niz mo har functional skills, including music majors to provide For the non-keyboard that the nized on the premise ga The course is or reading. and score playing by ear, improvising, Voice Tuba context of rehearsal. Includes extensive score analysis , rehearsals, methods and materials, supervision of ensembles, and materials, supervision of ensembles, methods analysis , rehearsals, score Includes extensive context of rehearsal. public for preparation and scheduling, courses of study, class organization, selection and maintenance of instruments, per for manc es, contests, and festivals. 490. S (2) F, Theory/Literature Senior Project minutes in length, or a consist of either a publicly performed, original composition, 20-30 will The senior project The composition or manner. in a comprehensive a single historical or analytical problem paper that treats research members. the senior year by a faculty committee of three paper will be evaluated at the end of (1-4) 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs be de All courses and their applications must 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Upper-level 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) under the guidance of a faculty member(s). Individual research 498-9. Seminar (1-3) of the department. be used at the discretion To 440. (2) F Techniques Advanced Instrumental com methods for addressing conducting, including in instrumental Advanced studies 423. As Needed (3) Literature Century 20th of instructor. or consent 211-2 MUS Prerequisite: will be investi- media of performance All present. to the Impressionism 20th century from of music of the study A gated. 424. choir organization dren’s (2) S—Odd Years Music Education Church school/chil pre Topics: music ministry. church comprehensive and leading Organizing Christian with other integrating the ministry tion, and mo pro scheduling, ministry, instrumental and leadership, ed u ca tion grams pro in church. 430. (2) F Techniques Advanced Choral MUS 312. Prerequisite: vocal techniques, diction, including methods for addressing in choral conducting techniques Advanced studies in the context of the choral rehearsal. technical problems choral musicianship, and solving blend, balance, intonation, Includes signi students are to learn to read to learn to read students are easily and musically. To be taken concurrently with MUS 111-2, 211-2. with MUS 111-2, be taken concurrently To easily and musically.

SIC MU 102 MU SIC 103 da men tals of diction and vocal and vocal of diction tals men da 001I—brass, woodwind, strings, percussion or guitar 001I—brass, woodwind, strings, percussion 001K—piano or organ 001V—voice or guitar strings, percussion 129I, 229I, 329I, 429I—brass, woodwind, 129K, 229K, 329K, 429K—piano or organ 429V—voice 329V, 229V, 129V, or guitar strings, percussion 150I, 250I, 350I 450I—brass, woodwind, 150K, 250K, 350K, 450K—piano or organ 450V—voice 350V, 250V, 150V, or guitar 160I, 260I, 360I, 450I—brass, woodwind, strings, percussion 160K, 260K, 360K, 460K—piano or organ 460V—voice 360V, 260V, 160V, 131. S (1) Voice Class Fun than voice. is other area applied whose majors for music designed course A production will be stressed. production 136. (1) F Guitar Class Beginning basic chording, Topics: quired. not re are skills Music reading guitarist. for the beginning instruction Small group major/minor. ble to MUS ca pli skills. Not ap reading basic chord picking patterns, 213. Pass/Fail F Class Piano (1) basis. on a pass/fail the same as MUS 214, but offered Course content is 214. Piano (1) F Graded Class basic technique needed skills and on reading Emphasis with little or no piano background. For non-music majors ment. joy and personal en classroom, for church, 325. W Class Piano (1) ing, accompanying, and pos harmonizing, trans skills: sight-reading, majors only to develop functional For keyboard Meets twice weekly. improvising. Music Non-Credit Applied 001I, 001K, 001V. this will For billing purposes university credit. who do not need or desire Individual applied lessons for students course be repeated. as a 1-credit be treated Applied Music for Elective (1-2) 129I-429I, 129K-429K, 129V-429V. outside their in a performing area for the elective student and music major/minors Individual applied instruction 4 hours of 150, 250. after completing at 300 level in their principal area minors may register Music principal area. quired. re Permission of instructor Applied Music (1-3) MUS 150I-450I, 150K-450K, 150V-450V. in their principal who have been admitted to a music major or minor program Individual applied lessons for students 3 hours. for to enroll performance. Permission required examination or juried recital a board Requires area. Applied Music for Pass/Fail (1) MUS 160I, 160K, 160V. mum of 2 semesters. i on a pass/fail basis. May be taken for a max offered Individual applied instruction (1) 399. Recital MUS 350. Corequisite: ior standing in applied mu- Jun one-half hour in length. Prerequisite: approximately Public performance in recital sic. S 450C. Composition (1-2) F, Compositional study in small forms. (1) 499. Recital MUS 450 Corequisite: the senior ing requirements one hour in length. Due to student teach approximately Public performance in recital as to length and date at the discretion gram may be altered of students in the Music Education (Choral) pro recital plied teacher. of the ap for smaller cally fi groups. Meets twice each week. Meets twice groups. Handbell Choir (1) 165, 265, 365, 465. Union University for 3-5 octaves of English handbells, using various ringing and ring literature Admission by audition. The choir will schools, and on campus. Rehearsals in churches, form The Choir will per damping techniques and special effects. held 3 times weekly. are (1) 181, 281, 381, 481. Piano Ensembles than one piano as well as for playing piano in playing music for more for instruction organized Small piano groups duets and trios. Meets twice weekly. Singers (1) 191, 291, 391, 491. Union University MUS 108 (2 hours) and successful audition. Prerequisite: to the student’s level. 308, or 408 as appropriate MUS 208, Corequisite: various periods, styles, drawn from and accompanied choral literature This ensemble performs unaccompanied and schools, as part of a spring tour of churches performances Singers present and cultural bodies of repertoire. ues, and with the Jackson Symphony Orchestra. occasional performances in local ven 230. Accompanying (1) S tal works. men stru oratorio selections, and various in Accompanying art song, operatic and (1) F 320, 420. Opera Workshop to the or of full operas. Materials for performance will be chosen according Performance of opera scenes and arias skills and abilities of those in the course. Ensembles Ensembles indicated. otherwise S unless F, offered All are literature, tion, techniques, (1) 300, 400. Jazz Band 100, 200, za ni ga of or phases Various instrumentation. to restricted by audition due Admission campus off include on and Performances ern jazz artists. on mod demands involved in professional interpretation rehearsal. week for two-hour Meets once each ties. i tiv ac (1) 308, 408. Choral Union 108, 208, singers. This ensemble performs and to community and staff to university students, faculty, Choral ensemble open Chapel and on occasion for the University ter and mes each se in at least one concert extended choral masterworks churches. services of area Symphonic Band (1) 135, 235, 335, 435. the vari- to represent is chosen band literature open to all Union students. The traditional Symphonic Band large A Rehearses three performed each semester. Concerts are ture. a er musical styles of excellent wind lit ous historical and times a week. Chamber Ensembles (1) 155, 255, 355, 455. posed speci com of voices and/or instruments for various combinations Performance of literature

SIC MU 104 PHYSICS 105 e mat ics and eld; fi eld at the graduate level. fi and majors, engineers, pre-professionals, physics majors/minors, non-science ed as fi Physics ______Physics (2006). Professor of Physics. B.S., ; M.S., and Ph.D., Vanderbilt University College; M.S., and Ph.D., Vanderbilt of Physics. B.S., Mississippi (2006). Professor (1974-88, 1994). University Professor of Physics, Department Chair, and Associate Dean of Arts and Arts and Dean of Associate and Department Chair, of Physics, Professor 1994). University (1974-88, (1992, 1999). Professor of Physics, B.S. and M.A., University of South Florida; Ph.D., North Carolina Ph.D., North Carolina and M.A., University of South Florida; of Physics, B.S. (1992, 1999). Professor c inquiry while maintaining a Christian worldview. The physics curriculum provides the liberal arts The physics curriculum provides while maintaining a Christian worldview. c inquiry fi Physics 231-232, 311, + 10 hours of Physics electives except PHY 111, 112, 301, 310 112, 111, + 10 hours of Physics electives except PHY Physics 231-232, 311, A. 430, 424-5, 498 Physics 231-232, 311, B. 325, 360, 395*, 400, 416, 420, 495 262, 313, 314, PHY Select 18 hours from: C. 212, 213, 314 in Math: 211, Prerequisites 315 or 208 212, 213, 314; MAT 211, MAT A. CSC 245 or 255; ECF 211; CSC 115; 113; CHE 111, Prerequisites: B. 313, 314, 325, 400—26 hours 231, 232, 311, PHY C. 498—40 hours 101, 105, 210, 250, 270, 275, 290, 343, 352; 420 or 450; 205 or 470; 491, EGR D. 360—7 hours 262 and EGR/PHY EGR/PHY E. of a minor the requirement from Exempt A. 221—15 hours 211, 113, 112, CHE 111, B. 310 or 301—22 hours 231-32, 311, 112, PHY C. 498 424 and 1 from CHE &PHY—7 hours; maximum 1 hour from Upper Level Electives from A. shown above for the Physics major. Complete the requirements B. 213, 318, SE 225. Education: EDU 150, 250, 326, 418, 433, PSY Professional C. Complete the applicable portions of the Praxis II. D. Accreditation. and Education Assistant Dean for Teacher For additional information, see the Special Studies *Must be approved continue study of physics or a related continue study of physics or a related pursue a teaching career in elementary or secondary school; pursue a teaching career or an allied health professions, enter engineering, one of the health physicist; or become a professional/industrial All Physics majors are required to take a research class, PHY 424, and a seminar class, PHY 498, in which presen- 498, 424, and a seminar class, PHY class, PHY to take a research required All Physics majors are The programs in physics at Union University seek to effectively serve all students within the institution, recogniz- serve all students within the institution, seek to effectively in physics at Union University The programs tations are made and students are questioned orally. Seniors must also take the Major Field Examination in physics orally. questioned made and students are tations are education tests such as PRAXIS. complete the required and if seeking teacher licensure, I. hours Major in Physics—38 semester Engineering Physics—73 semester hours II. Major in Physical Science—48 hours III. Major in IV. semester hours Minor in Physics—24 (Grades 7-12) Licensure in Physics V. Teacher Assessment of Major • • • • Curriculum to provide goals. The curriculum is designed ent career fer with dif needs may be different, ing that each student’s si clas basic content for students dents understand the The physics faculty seek to help stu in secondary school. for a teaching career those preparing the cosmos ern all things, the methods by which the laws which gov physical world (the universe) by examining an experience. The faculty endeavor to create ships to other aspects of human tion la can be studied, and physics’ re vanced math skills using ad problem-solving challenged to acquire students are in which sphere mo at College of Arts and Sciences Arts of College Faculty ties. si ver Kyle L. Hathcox Uni Associated Ridge Oak Additional study, Texas; ty of North si ver B.S. and Ph.D., Uni Sciences. Nettles William David A. Ward Department of Department State University. modern methods in science. Students are encouraged to de vel op in-depth analytical skills and an inquiring attitude vel encouraged to de are modern methods in science. Students scienti toward of science and meets the needs of students who wish to: students with a working knowledge ow, sound, temperature, and heat. sound, temperature, ow, fl tor i cal, philo soph i cal, and social sig- ow and sound. The second involves fl uid fl uid fl spec tive in an dis ci pli nary in ter manner, exploring the ne tism, light and optics. Four lectures, one laboratory/week. tism, light and optics. Four lectures, ne c meth ods. Knowledge of ba sic al ge bra is assumed. Sci ence cred it ence cred bra is assumed. Sci ge sic al of ba ods. Knowledge c meth fi stimulates an awareness of physics and the related sciences, and acquaints acquaints and sciences, related and the of physics awareness an stimulates is given by the faculty of the Department of Physics to the student who presents who presents Physics to the student the Department of by the faculty of is given is given to the freshman student completing PHY 231-232 who has shown outstand- 231-232 who PHY student completing is given to the freshman Physics (PHY) Physics Research Award Physics Research Society of Physics Students (SPS) Students of Physics Society Freshman Physics Award Freshman Physics of classical mechanics, wave motion, rst semester involves the study the study of classical mechanics, wave motion, rst semester involves fi fi

cance. Exercises are in dic a tive of var i ous scienti i of var tive a dic in are cance. Exercises The The The fi

The second involves the study of electricity, magnetism, light, optics, and modern physics. Three lectures, one 3- one lectures, magnetism, light, optics, and modern physics. Three The second involves the study of electricity, hour laboratory/week. 232—S Calculus (5) 231—F, 231-2. University Physics I, II with 211-2. MAT or Corequisite: Pre- The mag and heat, electricity, the study of temperature to other disciplines such as art, relationships complementarity of physical and biological sciences, while addressing 2 lab hours/week. lecture, of science in global issues and life issues. Three ines the role am gion, and politics. Ex li re 310. S Environment, and Society (4) W, Energy, 111. PHY Prerequisite: to man and the and its relationship view of energy a broad non-technical course for the general student presenting A tal men ron vi 3 lab hours/week. lectures, Three tion, politics, economics, and national policy. en storage and transportation of energy, sources, demands, energy and future past va Topics: environment. ser ations, con er sid con 311. University Physics: Modern Physics (4) F—Even Years 232. 212 & PHY MAT Prerequisite: quantum mechanics, atomic, and nuclear physics. The laboratory involves to special relativity, An introduction as well as performing some of the classic experiments of modern physics. Three investigations in radioactivity, one 3-hour lab/week. lectures, 313. Intermediate Mechanics (3) F—Even Years 212. 232 & MAT PHY Prerequisite: dynamics of particles and rigid bodies; both Lagrangian and Hamiltonian and curvilinear to rectilinear Introduction plied. formulations of mechanics will be developed and ap will not be given after com ple tion of a course in either CHE or PHY. Three lectures, one 2-hour laboratory/week. lectures, Three a course in either CHE or PHY. tion of ple will not be given after com 112. Su W, Earth and Space Science (4) F, GEO 112. credit: Reciprocal 111. PHY Prerequisite: laws of es. The physical enc to other sci divisions, and relation one 2- lectures, Three history, their nature, Earth science and astronomy: and astronomy. meteorology, phy, ra og as they apply to physical ge will be examined nature hour laboratory/week. 214—S–Even 213-4. Introduction to Physics (4) 213—F–Odd, ui site: req Pre MAT 111-2. The 262. Years Introductory Electronics (4) S—Odd EGR 262. See EGR 262 for description. credit: 212. Reciprocal MAT Prerequisite: 301. W Perspectives in Science (4) F, CHE 301. credit: Reciprocal 111-2. PHY Prerequisite: a historical and philosophical per The study of science from Course Offerings in Course Offerings S-Spring; Su-Summer F-Fall; W-Winter; ( ) Hours Credit; 111. S, Su W, the Physical Sciences (4) F, Principles of his for non-science majors including their to physics and chemistry Introduction the best research paper of the year. The research must have been an original work and must be presented at a state, at a state, be presented been an original work and must must have The research of the year. paper the best research graduation. meeting prior to the or national professional regional, spirit. Christian service, and school ing scholastic achievement, ni Student Awards Student Student Organizations Student students with professional opportunities within the discipline. The organization promotes professionalism and pride professionalism promotes The organization within the discipline. opportunities with professional students Membership technical material. and presenting studying, preparing, assists students in sciences and in the physical in physics. any student interested is open to PHYSICS 106 PHYSICS 107 uids. fl tions are used to determine electromagnetic electromagnetic used to determine tions are prior to registering. ned and approved fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi equa and a vacuum. Maxwell’s elds both in media fi c and technical presentations, written and oral, will be polished. To be used at the discretion of the be used at the discretion oral, will be polished. To written and c and technical presentations, fi c format are demonstrated through experiments in atomic, nuclear, solid state, thermodynamics, and optics. solid in atomic, nuclear, experiments demonstrated through c format are fi elds produced by a variety of charge and cur rent dis tri bu tions. tions. bu tri dis rent cur and of charge by a variety produced elds 360. (3) S—Odd Years Methods in Science and Engineering Mathematical EGR 360. See EGR 360 for description. Credit: 232. Reciprocal PHY 213, MAT Prerequisites: 400. (3) S—Odd Years Optics and Lasers 232. PHY 213, MAT Prerequisites: The role optics and instrumentation. radiation, emphasizing geometrical of electromagnetic Analyzes the behavior Includes an by discussing polarization and diffraction. will be highlighted measurements of optics in spectroscopic lasers. and neodymium-YAG using systems, including excimer to laser physics and operations introduction 416. Devices (3) S Physical Principles of Solid State EGR 416 for description. EGR 416. See credit: Reciprocal 262 and 311. PHY Prerequisites: 420. Years Quantum Mechanics (3) S—Even 314. & MAT 311 PHY Prerequisites: mechanics, methods of calculation, and solutions to Schrodinger’sFundamental principles of quantum equation. lecture to operator notation. Three introduction and nuclear physics with an Applications to atomic, molecular, hours/week. S 424-425. Physics Research (1-3) F, 311. PHY Prerequisite: summary paper on a topic of current and search work to include a literature Application of a simple piece of original or comparable site at a national laboratory ics. Under faculty supervision, this work may be done off in phys interest facility. research 430. (3) F—Even Years Experimental Physics Laboratory 213. & MAT 311 PHY Prerequisites: in a of research and reporting practice data acquisition and analysis. The theory, Modern experimentation, research, scienti 4 lab hours/week. One lecture, 498. Seminar (1-3) S 20 hours of physics and junior/senior standing. Prerequisite: Skills in scienti department for majors/minors only. 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed All courses and their applications must be de 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs (1-4) As Needed All courses and their application must be de 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Upper-level 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) On Demand Individual study under the guidance of a faculty member(s). 498-9. Seminar (1-3) As Needed of the department. be used at the discretion To 314. Intermediate Electricity and Magnetism (3) S—Odd Years S—Odd (3) Magnetism and Electricity Intermediate 314. 232. 212 & PHY MAT Prerequisites: magnetic Electric and 325. (3) F—Even Years Mechanics & Statistical Thermodynamics 232. 212 & PHY MAT Prerequisites: the laws of and heat, ture a per tem the concepts of including heat and thermodynamics survey of An intermediate thermo- and statistical methods applied to the well relations thermodynamics potentials, the Max thermodynamics, liquids, and quantum including gases, states of matter, dynamics of various fi uencing government; uencing fl ning to attend law school should c interests. Moreover, the Department en- Moreover, c interests. fi ning their analytical, communication, and research fi clude 313 and 332. Political Science ______Science Political (2004). Associate Professor of Political Science. B.A., ; M.A., Lancaster Roberts University; M.A., Lancaster of Political Science. B.A., Oral Associate Professor (2004). (2007). Assistant Professor of Political Science and Director, Center for Religion and Politics. B.A., Center of Political Science and Director, Assistant Professor (2007). (2000). Associate Professor of Political Science and Department Chair. B.A., David Lipscomb Uni ver si ty; si ver Uni David Lipscomb B.A., and Department Chair. Political Science of Professor Associate (2000). (2004). Lecturer in Political Science and Special Assistant to the President. B.A. and J.D., University of the President. Assistant to Special in Political Science and (2004). Lecturer Dr. Sean Evans serves as Union University’s pre-law advisor. Students plan advisor. Sean Evans serves as Union University’s pre-law Dr. A. Required: PSC 111, 211, 214, 245, 322, 323, 498. 211, A. PSC 111, Required: B. American Politics—6 hours Upper-level C. International Relations/Comparative Politics—6 hours Upper-level D. Elective PSC—9 hours A. for PSC as shown above to in Major requirements B. and 212, 101, 102. 215 or 216; HIS 211 GEO 112; for licensure: Additioal requirements C. 213, 318; SE 225. Education: EDU 150, 250, 326, 425, 433; PSY Professional D. portions of the Praxis II. Completion of applicable E. Accreditation. Education and Dean for Teacher Assistant For additional information, see the 211. A. courses: PSC 111, Required B. hours—15 hours PSC Electives including a minimum of 6 upper-level elds of political science (American Politics, Comparative Politics, International Relations, Political Theory, and Theory, (American Politics, Comparative Politics, International Relations, Political elds of political science fi Consequently, the Department seeks to (1) create an active, informed citizenry capable of in an active, informed the Department seeks to (1) create Consequently, Called the "queen of the sciences" by Aristotle because of its impact on law, society, philosophy, ethics, econom- philosophy, society, Aristotle because of its impact on law, Called the "queen of the sciences" by To this end, the Department offers a broad range of courses that focus on how individuals and groups interact and groups range of courses that focus on how individuals a broad this end, the Department offers To Curriculum and public attitudes and behavior, than the study of government, political science is more political ics, and religion, with others, and the best way for individuals study of people, their motives, their values, their relations It is the policy. of politics increases as Christians, the study Moreover, society. their goals while improving to achieve and groups be good how He wants us to live with others and how our faith leads us to our understanding of God by learning national, and global community. of our local, stewards Mission Statement active, informed citizens and leaders who use their analytical, seeks to create The Department of Political Science their community. and communication skills to improve research, (2) prepare students for a changing world by developing and re (2) prepare Faculty Sean Evans Department of Department and Sciences Arts of College of Colorado. Ph.D., University Alabama; of M.A., University Mississippi. Kevin J. Cooney University. Arizona State England; Ph.D., University, Micah Watson Ph.D., . at Davis; M.A., ; University of California Research Methods). Then students take six hours of both American and Global politics courses to ensure a balance Global politics courses to ensure American and Then students take six hours of both Methods). Research hours to pursue their speci in their studies while having nine additional with governmental and global systems while preparing students to exercise leadership in our changing domestic students to exercise while preparing with governmental and global systems of the by orienting themselves to the discipline by taking classes in each and global worlds. Each student begins sub skills; (3) foster the understanding of the role of Christians in the public square and the most effective means to and the most effective of Christians in the public square of the role skills; (3) foster the understanding public service in the opportunities in politics, law, students for graduate and professional society; (4) prepare renew be leaders in political, teaching, and other endeavors; and (5) develop students who can business, U.S. and abroad, institutions. social, and religious courages both practical and theoretical learning through internships and study abroad experiences which provide which provide experiences internships and study abroad learning through courages both practical and theoretical students the the capstone experience provides and worldviews. Finally, understanding of other cultures a broader opportunity to synthesize their knowledge in writing their senior thesis. I. Political Science Major Requirements—42 hours II. Government (Grades 7-12) Licensure for Teacher III. Minor—21 hours Political Science IV. Program Pre-Law Advising

LITI CAL SCIENCE PO 108 POLIT I CAL SCIENCE 109 ll ing a departmental major ll fi century to the present. th der stand ing of law and the legal profession and to prepare students for law and to prepare the legal profession ing of law and stand der are presented for the best original research pa pers presented as part of the pers presented pa for the best original research presented are is granted to a graduating senior for meritorious work in political science. is granted to a graduating senior for is open to all students regardless of major who are in ter est ed in attending law school. ed in attending est ter in of major who are regardless is open to all students exists for the purpose of promoting an interest in politics, policy, and political partici- policy, in politics, interest an of promoting exists for the purpose Political Science (PSC) are given to graduating seniors for outstanding work in ful are is the National Honor Society in Political Science. Eligible students are juniors who have com- juniors students are Society in Political Science. Eligible is the National Honor lm on the politics and thinking of American society towards concepts such as war, peace, race, re- concepts such as war, American society towards lm on the politics and thinking of fi Union Pre-Law Society Political Science Club Political Science consult with him for information and assistance. for information with him consult Political Science Research Awards The John W. Burgess Award Departmental Awards Pi Sigma Alpha The The Political science majors culminate their studies by taking Senior Seminar (PSC 498) in which they will demonstrate in which they will Seminar (PSC 498) by taking Senior their studies majors culminate Political science 324. Contemporary Global Issues (3) S—Odd Years ment of their impact sess within the world community with an as focusing on events and attitudes affairs Current policy decisions in the U.S. and abroad. on domestic and foreign or minor. for any political science course. requirements Course Offerings in S–Spring; Su–Summer W–Winter; F–Fall, ( ) Hours Credit; 111. (3) F Introduction to Political Science ships among men, between men tion la concepts and concerns of political science: the power re to the An introduction and the state, and among nations. 211. S United States (3) F, Politics and Government of the and operation of our national government. study of the development, structure, A 214. Politics (3) S World and other vital in- diplomacy and warfare, study of the basic concepts of international politics, national power, A of nations. terests 245. Research Methodology (3) S methodologies utilized in political science. Research 300. Politics and Film (3) F—Even Years The impact of gions of the world and political ideas. 313. Political Parties in the United States (3) F—Even Years Attention is given to of political parties in the United States. development, and functioning study of the nature, A of our party system. leaders, issues, and problems 315. (3) S History and Government of Tennessee for course description. HIS 315. See HIS 315 Credit: Reciprocal 322. I (3) F—Even Years Political Thought Western to the 17th Century. the Greeks tradition from political thinkers in the Western Great 323. II (3) S—Odd Years Political Thought Western the 17 tradition from political thinkers in the Western Great Student Awards pleted ten semester hours of work in political science including at least one upper-division course, with an average course, with an average including at least one upper-division hours of work in political science pleted ten semester in the top one-third placing them achieved an overall GPA in those courses. They must also have grade of B or higher or minors to qualify for need NOT be political science majors (i.e., junior or senior class). They of their whole class membership. minors, and any Union Science club is open to majors, of Union University students. The Political pation on the part in politics. member interested University community un a greater promote The purpose is to school. Assessment of Majors Assessment The stu- of the discipline. using the methods paper search re political science in-depth to write a quality, the ability senior political science All political science faculty. members and to fellow seminar his/her paper present dent will Science. in Political Achievement Test Field take the Major majors must Student Organizations uence on fl governments throughout the Islamic world and their relationship with Israel. the Islamic world and their relationship governments throughout 365. Years International Security (3) F—Odd military intervention, and intelligence in the contemporary world. counterterrorism, terrorism, Strategic theory, 400. (3) S—Even Years Democratization and Human Rights and the origins and development of human rights in the underpinnings of democracy study of the theoretical A world today. 411. American Foreign Policy (3) F—Odd Years for description. See HIS 411 HIS 411. credit: or 212. Reciprocal HIS 211 Prerequisite: 414. International Relations Theory (3) F—Odd Years idealism, and postmodernism. theories such as realism, and modern international relations Traditional 415. Constitutional Law I (3) F—Odd Years to federal- Court relating preme of government as developed by the U.S. Su study of the constitutional structure A the commerce and the war power, power, ism, the separation of powers, the jurisdiction of the courts, the taxing power. 416. Constitutional Law II (3) S—Even Years Amendment freedoms, to civil rights and civil liberties such as First study of the constitutional doctrines relating A and rights of the accused. privacy, equal protection, 425. Politics and Religion (3) S—Even Years in domestic and international politics. An examination of the interaction between politics and religion 325. Years (3) S—Odd of Asia Governments and Politics basis of on the selected state additional and one Japan, on China, emphasis times with modern Asia in study of A course. at the time of the Asia in political conditions 330. Years (3) S—Even and Policy Making Administration Public and of public policy on the development States with a focus of the United of government of the “fourth branch” study A emphasized. branches is also and judicial tive, legislative, u ec ex among the The relationship its administration. 332. Political Systems (3) F—Even Years Comparative liberal democratic namely, the basis of modern nation-states, primary political systems that form An analysis of the international the developing systems of the post-colonial and post-communist systems, and systems, communist structures. does not deal with particular governmental This course community. 333. Years Organizations and Law (3) F—Odd International com- act with international ter as they in and non-governmental, both governmental International organizations, ined. am ex and its development are International law munity. 340. F—Even Years The Judicial Process system in the their roles es—and system—police, lawyers, and judg the principal actors in the legal of law, The nature of courts to make social policy. as well as the ability 342. tion, the organization F—Odd Years The United States Congress (3) ta sen re elections, rep American government, including congressional in of Congress The role the media, groups, interest and its interaction with others such as the president, and policy-making of Congress, and political parties. 344. Years The American Presidency (3) S—Odd cy with special attention to the den i of the pres study of the constitutional, institutional and historical development A political actors. tion with other ac ter and his in powers of the president and selection, roles, 355. (3) S—Odd Years Politics of the Developing States Africa, and parts of SE ing Bangladesh, most of clud in (Fourth) World, to as the Third Developing states referred colonial period. Asia, beginning with the end of the 360. Politics of Islam (3) S—Even Years political in and secularism, and their as traditionalism, reformism, The politics of Islamic beliefs such

LITI CAL SCIENCE PO 110 POLIT I CAL SCIENCE 111 to registering. prior and approved ned fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi 431. Needed to 6) As up (repeatable Science Internship Political govern- in actual participation learn through student to the upper-level permits study which designed Individually study of this in the design the department with tion ta sul Close con or international. either domestic ment settings, internships. regarding to University standards to conform will be necessary Needed (1-3) As Study Programs External Domestic 179-279-379-479. must be de and their applications All courses 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs (1-4) 180-280-380-480. Study application must be de All courses and their 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand 295-6-7. Special Studies departmental offerings. which do not appear in the regular studies group Lower-level (1-4) On Demand 395-6-7. Special Studies departmental offerings. which do not appear in the regular studies group Upper-level Study (1-4) On Demand 495-6-7. Independent under the guidance of a faculty member(s). Individual research 498-9. Seminar (1-3) As Needed of the department. be used at the discretion To c approaches to approaches c fi is given to an outstanding grad u at ing senior with a 3.5 GPA or ing senior with a 3.5 GPA at u is given to an outstanding grad for ma tion about and en cour ages the read ing of current writings ing of current ages the read cour about and en tion ma for eld of psychology, using the bio-social and scienti eld of psychology, fi Psychology ______Psychology open to all students, provides information re gard ing grad u ate programs and job oppor- ate programs u ing grad gard information re open to all students, provides Psychology (PSY) (1988). Professor of Psychology. B.S. and M.S., Uni ver si ty of Ten nes see at Martin; Ed.D., Uni- nes ty of Ten si ver Uni B.S. and M.S., of Psychology. (1988). Professor (1991). Associate Professor of Psychology. B.S., Union University; M.A., Middle Tennessee State M.A., Middle Tennessee B.S., Union University; of Psychology. Associate Professor (1991). (2000). Associate Professor of Psychology and Director of Counseling Services. B.A., University of of Counseling Services. B.A., of Psychology and Director Associate Professor (2000). (1981). Professor of Psychology. B.A., Wake Forest University; M.A., Appalachian State University; Appalachian University; M.A., Forest B.A., Wake of Psychology. (1981). Professor (1983). Professor of Psychology and Department Chair. B.A., Union Uni ver si ty; M.A., Ed.S., and Ed.D., ty; M.A., si ver Union Uni B.A., Chair. and Department of Psychology (1983). Professor is the National Honor Society in Psychology, founded 1929, to encourage, stimulate, and maintain excel- is the National Honor Society in Psychology, eld, encourages as so ci a tion among Psy chol o gy students, promotes scho las tic achievement, and provides tic achievement, and provides las scho gy students, promotes o chol tion among Psy a ci so as eld, encourages Psychology Club, fi The Dr. Bill Bouchillon Psychology Excellence The Dr. Psi Chi Psychology Majors are required to take PSY 410 during the Senior year as capstone to the major. 410 during the Senior year as to take PSY required Psychology Majors are The Committed to academic excellence and development of the whole person, the De part ment of Psychology strives part and development of the whole person, the De Committed to academic excellence understanding behavior. 219. S Developmental Psychology (3) W, 213. PSY Prerequisite: older adulthood. Emphasis: emotional, social, physical, mo- stage through the prenatal Human development from al. u vid di of the in and psychological development tor, S, Su W, *225. Survey of Exceptionalities (3) F, See SE 225 for course description. greater in psychology as selected by the Psy chol o gy fac ul ty. ul gy fac o chol in psychology as selected by the Psy greater Course Offerings in S-Spring; Su-Summer F-Fall; W-Winter; ( ) Hours Credit; 213. S, Su W, Introduction to Psychology (3) F, included in the survey of the various areas A Student Award tunities for PSY majors and minors, provides in and minors, provides majors tunities for PSY in the about the major. to learn more dents who want tion to stu ma for in completed 3 Membership is open to majors who have gy. o chol e the science of psy vanc lence in scholarship, and ad GPA. and a 3.5 PSY hours, a 3.0 CUM GPA ters with 9 PSY mes se Student Organizations Assessment of Majors I. Major in Psychology—30 hours II. of all majors. Minor in Psychology—21 hours required 410 and 412 are Psychology 213, 311, of all minors. required Psychology 213 and 410 are Mission Statement and individual adjust- ter understanding of human relations developing a bet to challenge and support students in dents context, the psychology major gives stu a Christian living. Within ment by applying concepts to their personal with others in a variety of career interaction graduate study and the foundation for effective for the preparation settings. Faculty West Teresa of Memphis. University Jinni Leigh Blalack State University. Tennessee study, University; additional Paul Deschenes School of Psychology. Rosemead Florida; Psy.D., Joanne Stephenson versity of Memphis. David Vickery of Georgia. Ph.D., University Department of Department and Sciences Arts of College

CHOL OGY PSY 112 PSYCHOL OGY 113 u ence upon contemporary u fl cance and issues for teachers and other professionals who work with cance and issues for teachers and other professionals fi psychological thought, and their present applications. psychological thought, and their present 317. S Abnormal Psychology (3) F, 213. PSY Prerequisite: mental hygiene, and therapeutic methods. Causes and types of abnormal phenomena, 318. S Education (3) F, Psychological Foundations of 213. PSY Prerequisite: em- development are and to education. Learning, motivation, human growth Applying psychological principles phasized. 320. Adult Psychology (3) As Needed 213. PSY Prerequisite: the life-span with emphasis on physi- framework of late adulthood using the theoretical Late adolescence through development. cal, cognitive, social and emotional 323. Theories of Personality (3) F 213. PSY a general ty placed in Prerequisite: i al son the development of per positions regarding various theoretical to the An introduction cal adjustment of the individual. i log cho to the psy related context of psychological theory and 324. S Child Growth and Development (3) F, 213. PSY Prerequisite: adolescence. Emphasis on through prenatal from of children Physical, cognitive, social and emotional growth major theories of development, their signi chil dren. 328. Physiological Psychology (3) S 213. PSY Prerequisite: cal bases of behavior, i chem and bio The physiological bases of behavior with emphasis upon the neural substrates and the genetic determinants of behavior. capabilities of the organism the sensory functioning and response 330. tion basis. Related topics Health Psychology (3) S ca pli a conceptual and ap it will be studied from and how to deal with its effects Stress, cancer, disorders, gastrointestinal behavior, A hypertension, headaches, insomnia, type include smoking, obesity, and diabetes. 338. Issues in Psychology and Religion (3) W 213. PSY Prerequisite: the include guilt, conscience, growth/maturity, Topics and religion. between psychology the relationship Explores and mental health, and Christian counseling. Church 311. 311. S (3) F, Sciences for the Behavioral Statistics . 114 MAT Recommended: 213. PSY Prerequisite: to the application with ture, a er psychological lit to understand concepts necessary and measures Basic statistical design. on experimental sciences with emphasis behavioral 312. (3) As Needed Psychology Industrial 213. PSY Prerequisite: training, leadership tion and lec personnel se to motivation, relating in the work place, of psychology An overview relations. styles, and human 313. (3) S Adolescent Psychology 213. PSY Prerequisite: of self-identity and the prob- with emphasis on the development individual during adolescent years study of the A American adolescent. lems faced by the 315. (3) As Needed History of Psychology 213. PSY Prerequisite: the various schools with emphasis upon its early beginnings to the present of psychology from The development contributions of outstanding individuals. of psychology and 316. S of Learning (3) F, Behavioral and Cognitive Theories ui site: req Pre PSY 213. their in originated, of learning in the context in which they were theories Prominent ndings fi the experiences and ning fi paper. ndings into a research al. fi prior to registering. ned and approved fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi eld emphasizing current re search, issues, and methodology. In-depth cov- In-depth and methodology. issues, search, re emphasizing current eld fi eld of counseling. Various approaches will be studied, as well as job opportunities and the will be studied, as well as job opportunities approaches Various eld of counseling. fi 400. W (3) F, Psychology Positive SOC, SW. PSY, from hours 6 additional 213 plus PSY Prerequisites: health. and authentic mental learned optimism its principles of Psychology and theory of Positive the Explores 410. S (3) F, General Psychology Advanced hours of PSY. 15 Prerequisite: study of the and in-depth An extensive 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed All courses and their applications must be de erage of the major areas of psychology. major areas erage of the 412. S Psychology (3) F, Experimental 213. PSY Prerequisite: tal designs and results, men i per on ex psychology with emphasis and practical aspects of experimental Theoretical techniques, research and class projects, and principles using individual concepts of theoretical practical applications and journal readings. of projects, written reports 413. Assessment (3) S Psychological & 317. 311 213. Suggested: PSY PSY Prerequisite: tion and interpretation tra is min of ad and the nature of individuals, including Exceptionalities, Methods of evaluation and aptitude tests. achievement personality, of intelligence, interest, 415. Applied Research (3) F Permission. major & Instructor & 412, Senior PSY 311 PSY Prerequisite: on various topics that include synthesizing research Hands-on, group 417. S Field Research Presentation (1) Permission 415 and Instructor PSY Prerequisite: re building on and conference experience at a professional presentation Research 415. of PSY 418. Social Psychology (3) F SOC 418. credit: Reciprocal 213 & SOC 211. PSY Prerequisite: interac- social aspects of personality development and of social behavior, Factors which underlie the development tion between the individual and groups. 422. Sport Psychology (3) S PEWS 421. See PEWS 421 for description. credit: 213. Reciprocal PSY Prerequisite: 425. S Introduction to Counseling (3) 213, 317, or consent of the instructor. PSY Prerequisite: to the An introduction itself. Supervised practice is a part of the course requirements. history of the counseling relationship 435. (3) W Contemporary Issues in the Family for description. SOC 435. See SOC 435 credit: Reciprocal 490. S, Su W, Practicum (3) F, prov hours, and prior ap 213, 317, 12 additional PSY PSY Prerequisites: liability of professional Purchase required. paper are journal and research A Field experience in a community agency. insurance is required. 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs (1-4) As Needed All courses and their application must be de 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Upper-level 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) On Demand of a faculty member(s). under the guidance Individual research

CHOL OGY PSY 114 PSYCHOL OGY 115 498-9. Seminar (1-3) F On Demand (1-3) F Seminar 498-9. majors only. for department of the the discretion used at be To nd fi elds of criminal fi eld of Criminal Justice fi in the c analysis of human relationships fi designation ed Family Life Educator (CFLE) fi eld that is in need. fi who seek to understand underlying and (2) those elds of human relations, fi Sociology and Family Studies Studies Family and Sociology ______Family Life Educator. ed eld. According to the US Department of Labor, public and private security employment public and private to the US Department of Labor, According eld. fi fi (2004). Director of Research and Associate Professor of Family Studies. B.S., Union University; Studies. B.S., Union University; of Family Associate Professor and of Research (2004). Director eld of Criminal Justice is also a mission fi nd effective responses to it continue. Since 9/11 terrorists attack on America, Homeland Security America, Homeland attack on terrorists to it continue. Since 9/11 responses nd effective fi (1996). Professor of Sociology and Department Chair. B.A. and M.A., Mankato State University; Ph.D., University; Ph.D., Mankato State B.A. and M.A., Chair. of Sociology and Department (1996). Professor 1. SOC 310, 319, 321, 420 2. 313, 324, 418, 425, 435 PSY 3. 301 PEWS 113, See the Department Chair for details. The family, as a basic building block of society, is critical to the functioning of society as a whole. The con- is critical to the functioning of society as as a basic building block of society, The family, The minor in Criminal Justice is for students with an interest in academic preparation in the in academic preparation The minor in Criminal Justice is for students with an interest The courses in Sociology are designed for two types of students: (1) those who desire pre-professional train- pre-professional designed for two types of students: (1) those who desire The courses in Sociology are tribution of the Christian community to the development of leaders in family relations is crucial. The Family crucial. is to the development of leaders in family relations tribution of the Christian community The program of the individual in the context of family and society. Studies major focuses on the development (b) leadership in a variety of human service areas; careers (a) professional students for is designed to prepare ate education. Gradu- u in family living; and (d) grad (c) personal roles school, and community; in church, roles Certi for the provisional ates with the major meet all requirements typically on Family Relations. Graduates who do not pursue graduate study the National Council from in public and private agencies. directors educators, child life specialists and program employment as parent A. SOC 211, 317, 417, 418, 419, 422 A. SOC 211, B. SOC Electives: 15 hours. SW 200. 213, PSY A. SOC 211, Prerequisites: B. 219; SW 335 ECF 415; PSY 422, 425; CHR 243; COM 235; SOC 225, 325, 333, 370, 411, C. areas: 2 different Select 6 total hours from D. above. courses Institute may substitute for one or more Optional experience: study at Focus on the Family A. CRJ/SOC 250, CRJ/SOC 312 Courses: SOC 211, Required B. CRJ/SOC 320; CRJ 315, 325, 330, 335, 410; SOC 411. Select 12 hours from: A. 425 SOC 225, B. shown in I. B., C., D. of the major. areas 2 different 15 semester hours from A. 417 SOC 211, B. Fifteen SOC hours, 6 of which must be upper-level. various areas of social life. of social various areas Crime is of major domestic and international concern justice, including investigation, courts, and corrections. to and efforts has been a burgeoning is one of the fastest of Criminal Investigation and Forensics The profession is expected to continue to increase. The contribution of the Christian community in the vocations in the country. growing principles in human relations, the role of custom and group psychology in collective behavior, the structure the structure psychology in collective behavior, of custom and group the role principles in human relations, or the disintegration of the improvement living, and the tendencies toward of group lems the prob of society, both a practical and a scienti to present designed Courses are society. ing for sociology or other related ing for sociology or other related is critical. The

The mission of the Department is to provide students with a broad background in the study of society and hu- in the study of society and background students with a broad Department is to provide The mission of the

Randall W. Phillips University-Carbondale. Institute; Ph.D., Southern Illinois M.A., Phillips Graduate II. Family Studies major—42 hours III. Justice minor—21 hours Criminal Curriculum I. hours Sociology major—33 semester Mission Statement or entry level positions them to enter graduate programs a Christian perspective, to enable from man relationships discipline. in their respective Faculty Naomi Larsen University; Certi Iowa State minor—21 hours Family Studies IV. V. Sociology minor — 21 semester hours VI. minor — 21 semester hours Human Studies Department of Department and Sciences Arts of College SOCIOLOGY/FAMILY STUDIES 116 SOCIOLOGY/FAMILY STUDIES 117 eld of So ci ol o gy to prospec- o ol ci eld of So fi educa- in interested student to the exibility fl eld; to open the fi is try op por tu ni ties. families empha- marriage and relationships, uencing fl is presented to the graduating member of the society with the to the is presented c contemporary social issues such as crime, domestic violence, and c contemporary social issues such fi settings. c study of human behavior in group fi offers Sociology, Family Studies and Human Studies ma jors/minors opportunities for jors/minors opportunities Studies and Human Studies ma Family Sociology, offers on strate Christian love through min strate Christian love through on Sociology (SOC) national social science honor society, seeks to improve scholarship in social studies; to inspire studies; to inspire scholarship in social seeks to improve honor society, national social science The interdisciplinary Human Studies minor is designed to give to give is designed minor Studies Human The interdisciplinary Pi Gamma Mu Scholarship Leader Award Pi Gamma Mu Scholarship Leader A. 225. SE SOC 211, 213, following: PSY Include two of the B. SE, SOC, SW. PSY, EDU, from upper-level, of which must be Fifteen hours, 9 tion and human studies. and human tion The Pi Gamma Mu, Sociologists in Motion Sociology majors round out their program with SOC 497: Senior Capstone Seminar. Senior Sociology students Senior Senior Capstone Seminar. with SOC 497: out their program round Sociology majors In this course students are Internship. is found in SOC 411: for Family Studies students The capstone experience 213. Social Problems (3) S—Even Years to some of the speci practical introduction A highest academic average. Course Offerings in S-Spring; Su-Summer W-Winter; F-Fall; ( ) Hours Credit; 211. S, Su W, Principles of Sociology (3) F, scienti to the An introduction Student Awards Student Organizations towards and to engender sympathy to the solution of social problems; approach service to humanity by an intelligent 20 hours of social science with a "B" opinions and institutions. Students who have completed others with different eligible for membership. average or above are fellowship, so cio log i cal networking, and to guide in di vid u als in the addiction. alcohol and drug 225. S, Su (3) F, Relationships, Marriage and Families SW 225. credit: Reciprocal An investigation of the sociocultural and historical factors in and intervention. sizing challenges, prevention 250. Introduction to Criminal Justice (3) F description. CRJ 250. See CRJ 250 for credit: Reciprocal 300. Sport Sociology (3) S—Even Years PEWS 300. credit: Reciprocal American of sport as a social institution in Application of sociological principles to sport and athletics. Exploration society and how it is an agent of social change. 310. S W, Social and Economic Justice (3) F, SW 310. See SW 310 for description. credit: Reciprocal and 112. CHR 111 Prerequisites: 312. Criminology (3) S 312. See CRJ 312 for description. CRJ credit: Reciprocal SOC 211. Prerequisite: 317. Community Life and Social Structure (3) F SOC 211. Prerequisite: of urban- An overview of the process human community. that structure An exploration and analysis of social forces into diverse social organized and urban community life are America, and the various ways in which rural ization in patterns. Contains a service-learning component. Assessment of Majors Assessment methodology in SOC 417 and research knowledge acquired which draws upon theoretical research engage in original of the Sociology the cumulative outcomes are and oral presentation original research major A gained in SOC 422. major. objectives, and their own professional their coursework, clarify to apply knowledge from given the opportunity Studies students complete a substantive Family agency. community experience in an approved gain professional portfolio in the Internship. term paper and senior

tive stu dents; and to dem tive stu cations; economic, political, fi thro pol o gy, ethics, health sci- gy, o pol thro i cal and moral re spons es. spons cal and moral re i er ing, kinship, social strati er ning, measuring and ex plain ing social deviance and types of deviant behavior ing social deviance and plain ning, measuring and ex fi eld situation in a community agency. Su per vi sion will be pro vid ed by the agen cy and department. A journal and A cy and department. ed by the agen vid be pro sion will vi per Su eld situation in a community agency.

fi

319. Years F—Even (3) of Religion Sociology 211. SOC Prerequisite: family and social with personal, religion The intersection of and belief. practice of religious analysis sociological A in this context. all examined ism are cal i and rad fundamentalism Cults, sects, life is emphasized. 320. (3) S Delinquency Juvenile See CRJ 320 for description. CRJ 320. credit: 250; Reciprocal and CRJ/SOC 211 SOC Prerequisite: 321. (3) F Social Gerontology SW 321. credit: Reciprocal SOC 211. Prerequisite: will be ex- cal aspects i log cho The social and socio-psy to the subject of aging. introduction brief, comprehensive A amined. 324. (3) S—Odd Years Social Deviance SW 324. credit: Reciprocal SOC 211. Prerequisite: and attempts to control and the ways society responds individuals violate social norms Focuses on why certain include: de Topics deviant behavior. as well as personal and social consequences of deviant behavior. and social consequences of deviant as well as personal 325. S Cultures (3) F, Families Across SW 325. credit: Reciprocal and historical bases. multi-cultural inquiry within the context of cross-cultural, The family as an object of sociological emphasized. are and differences ties i lar i Continuity and change, sim 333. Parent-Child Relations (3) S SOC 211. Prerequisite: and edu- research interaction over the life course; analysis of theories, Social and historical context of parent-child Overview of as a developmental process. into the family; examination of parenting tion iza cial so cational programs; rearing. issues in child Current in diverse cultural and familial structures. process the parenting 355. Years Cultural Anthropology (3) F—Odd SOC 211. Prerequisite: uti- manifestations including its origins, changes, and present-day biologically and culturally, study of humanity, A guage, food gath lan Topics: approach. lizing a cross-cultural structures. religious 370. Gender and Sexuality (3) S SW 370. credit: Reciprocal SOC 211. Prerequisite: Sexual development, ing opportunities. Topics: pand ex ing or of gender in structur- with consideration to the role cross-culturally American society and Gender and sexuality in strain male/female interaction, and con ty, ti ing iden and socio-psychological issues, and Christian, eth al tur tion, cul func function and dys 411. Internship (3) S or 425; 422; and departmental approval. 21 SOC hours including 417 Prerequisites: A quired. re substantive term paper are 417. The History of Social Thought (3) S SOC 211. 6 hours of SOC including Prerequisites: cial theory. so The origin and development of social thought with an emphasis on contemporary 418. Social Psychology (3) F 418 for description. 418. See PSY PSY credit: 213. Reciprocal PSY SOC 211, Prerequisites: 419. Social Diversity and Inequality (3) S 419. SW credit: Reciprocal SOC 211. Prerequisite: sions of minority-majority men study of the social, cultural, historical, political-economic, and psychological di tion strategies will be examined. A ven ter lems and in Prob American society. with an emphasis on relations group 420. Death and Dying (3) S—Even Years 420. SW credit: Reciprocal SOC 211. Prerequisite: an investigation of death and dying exploring contributions from An interdisciplinary persons and their Strategies of counseling with dying sociology. and religion, psychology, literature, ences, history, families will be central. SOCIOLOGY/FAMILY STUDIES 118 SOCIOLOGY/FAMILY STUDIES 119 pha siz es premarital and family life ed u ca tion, mar riage and riage tion, mar ca u and family life ed es premarital siz pha Criminal Justice (CRJ) uencing delinquency. uencing fl Course Offerings in S-Spring; Su-Summer W-Winter; F-Fall; ( ) Hours Credit; 250. (3) F Introduction to Criminal Justice SOC 250. credit: Reciprocal the police, the and function of process of the criminal justice system, including the structure, study An introductory of offenders. the processing court system and its subsystems, and 312. Criminology (3) S SOC 312. credit: Reciprocal SOC 211. Prerequisite: of crime. causes of crime, punishment and treatment to the in relation study of theories and research A 315. (3) S Fundamentals of Criminal Law 250. and CRJ/SOC SOC 211 Prerequisites: criminal order; persons, and public of criminal law; crimes against property, An analysis of the origins and principles liability; complicity and conspiracy. 320. Juvenile Delinquency (3) S SOC 320. credit: 250. Reciprocal and CRJ/SOC SOC 211 Prerequisites: and of juvenile offenders, the processing concerning juvenile delinquency, An examination of theories and research social factors in 325. Corrections (3) S and CRJ/SOC 250 SOC 211 Prerequisites: of the controversial and some to incarceration alternatives system, incarceration, An examination of the correctional in the United States. issues involving corrections 330. Criminal Investigation (3) F and CRJ/SOC 250 SOC 211 Prerequisites: and other analysis, interrogation of crime scene An analysis of methods of investigation of felony crimes. Techniques emphasized. investigative techniques are 335. Prevention and Deterrence (3) F and CRJ/SOC 250 SOC 211 Prerequisites: site security and crime and materials used by the private and public sectors in providing survey of procedures A prevention. 410. Criminal Justice Administration (3) F and CRJ/SOC 250 SOC 211 Prerequisites: justice agencies with emphasis on police of criminal duties and responsibilities An examination of the organization, agencies (local, state, and federal). family enrichment. 435. Issues in the Family (3) W Contemporary 435. PSY credit: 225. Reciprocal SOC 211, Prerequisites: issues as to such ples related ci Biblical prin and challenges today. life issues, threats at the family, An in-depth look techniques and discussed. Preventive and family violence are divorce work and family, relationships, parent-child considered. solutions are 497. Seminar (3) S Senior Capstone SOC 417, 422. or Corequisites: Pre and permission of instructor; SOC 211 Prerequisites: issues as to such ples related ci Biblical prin and challenges today. life issues, threats An in-depth look at the family, and techniques Preventive discussed. violence are and family divorce work and family, relationships, parent-child considered. solutions are 422. (3) F Methods Research 211. including in SOC hours 6 additional 114; site: MAT ui req Pre problem from project, a research with emphasis on analysis methods and data applied techniques, design, Research for mu la tion to search re report. 425. F and Families (3) Marriage Strengthening 225. SOC 211, Prerequisites: concepts, assumptions, historical roots, ing plor ex ies perspectives and family stud sociological from Family theories and ap pli ca tions for en ing strength relationships. Em to registering. prior and approved ned fi to travel. prior and approved ned fi xes: fi

Available in all pre in Available 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed (1-3) As Domestic Study Programs External 179-279-379-479. must be de and their applications All courses As Needed Programs (1-4) Study Abroad 180-280-380-480. must be de and their application All courses (1-4) As Needed 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) As Needed 295-6-7. Special Studies departmental offerings. which do not appear in the regular studies group Lower-level (1-4) As Needed 395-6-7. Special Studies departmental offerings. which do not appear in the regular studies group Upper-level Study (1-4) As Needed 495-6-7. Independent the guidance of a faculty member(s). under Individual research F As Needed 498-9. Seminar (1-3) for majors only. of the department be used at the discretion To SOCIOLOGY/FAMILY STUDIES 120 SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 121 Business Administration ______Administration Business with the business community. cial relationships fi (2000). Associate Professor of Management and Department Chair. B.S., Regis University; of Management and Department Chair. Professor Associate (2000). (1980). University Professor of Economics. B.S., Mississippi College; M.S. and Ph.D., Lou i si ana si i of Economics. B.S., Mississippi College; M.S. and Ph.D., Lou (1980). University Professor (1990). Professor of Management and Director of the M.B.A. Pro gram, Germantown. B.B.A. and gram, of the M.B.A. Pro of Management and Director (1990). Professor (2006). Associate Professor of Management. B.B.A. and Ph.D., Georgia State University. of Management. B.B.A. and Ph.D., Georgia Professor Associate (2006). (1988). Assistant Professor of Accounting. B.S. and M.B.A., Murray State University; C.P.A. Accounting. B.S. and M.B.A., Murray of Assistant Professor (1988). (2004). Dean of the McAfee School of Business Administration and Professor of Marketing. B.A. and of Marketing. and Professor Administration School of Business of the McAfee (2004). Dean (1987). Associate Professor of Economics and Management. Director of Center for Business and of Economics and Management. Director Professor Associate (1987). (2002). Professor of Finance. B.B.A. and M.B.A., University of Memphis; Ph.D., University of South B.B.A. and M.B.A., University of Memphis; Ph.D., University of of Finance. (2002). Professor (2007). Assistant Professor of Marketing. B.S. and M.B.A., Union University; Doctoral Candidate, of Marketing. B.S. and M.B.A., Union University; Doctoral Assistant Professor (2007). (1982). University Professor of Business Administration. B.S. and M.S., Southern Illinois University; of Business (1982). University Professor (1997). Associate Professor of Accounting. B.S.B.A., Freed-Hardeman University; M.Ac., University B.S.B.A., Freed-Hardeman Accounting. of Associate Professor (1997). (2004). Associate Professor of Business. B.S., ; J.D., University of California–Berkley. Associate Professor (2004). (1997). Professor of Management. B.B.A., University of Mem phis; M.B.A., University of Arkansas; phis; M.B.A., University of Management. B.B.A., University of Mem of (1997). Professor (2000). Associate Professor of Management. B.P.A., University of Mis sis sip pi; J.D., University of Mis- sip sis University of Mis of Management. B.P.A., Associate Professor (2000). (1998). Associate Professor of Management. B.A., Stephens College; M.B.A., University of Memphis; of Management. B.A., Stephens College; M.B.A., Professor Associate (1998). Establish mutually bene Be student focused learning Encourage life-long disciplines across an integrated knowledge-base Provide Locate new opportunities for growth classroom Integrate faith and learning in every Place graduates with quality organizations Place graduates with To provide a quality undergraduate business education within a Christian context, to produce scholarly contri- context, to produce business education within a Christian a quality undergraduate provide To Howard Newell Ph.D., Indiana University. M. Padelford Walton San Francisco Xavier de Chuquisaca. Additional study, ty; si ver State Uni Roland Porter of Tennessee at Martin; Ph.D., University of Mississippi; C.P.A. of Tennessee Deborah Newell sissippi. Karen C. Miller Economic Development. B.S., Union University; M.S., Lou i si ana State University; Ph.D. candidate, University of ana State University; Ph.D. si i Economic Development. B.S., Union University; M.S., Lou Memphis. Kyle A. Huggins Arkansas. University of Scott Lawyer M.B.A., University of Memphis; Ph.D., University of Ten nes see at Knoxville. nes University of Ten M.B.A., University of Memphis; Ph.D., David Austill University. L.L.M., Washington J.D., University of Tennessee; Candidate for Ph.D., University of Memphis. M. Kenneth Holt M.B.A., Union Uni ver si ty; D.B.A., Nova Southeastern University. ty; D.B.A., si ver M.B.A., Union Uni C. Steven Arendall Kevin Barksdale Don Christensen Carolina. Joe Harrison • Faculty Jr. R. Nance, William • • • • • M.B.A., Jacksonville State University; M.A.S., University of Alabama-Huntsville; Ph.D., University of Arkansas. of Ph.D., University Alabama-Huntsville; University of M.A.S., State University; M.B.A., Jacksonville Mission Statement challenging global to serve in the graduates prepared academic disciplines, and to develop butions to the business tions. za ni ga of today’s or environment Goals • Dean Absher R. Keith McAfee School of of School McAfee Tom Proctor (1996). Professor of Accounting and Coordinator of Accounting. B.S., University of Tennessee at Mar tin; M.B.A., M.S., and Ph.D., University of Mem phis; C.M.A. Darin White (1994). Professor of Marketing and Director of Academic Research. B.S., Birmingham-Southern College; M.A. and Ph.D., University of Alabama.

Curriculum The McAfee School of Business Administration offers majors in Business Administration and Accounting, leading to the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration. Each major is required to complete the General Core Cur- riculum, the B.S.B.A. Specifi c Core Curriculum, major requirements as detailed below and a minor in University

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Studies or a minor outside the School of Business. The student seeking Tennessee Teacher Licensure in business subjects will select an appropriate major and complete the Professional Edu ca tion Minor; details are shown below under “Teacher Licensure.” A minimum grade of C is required in all upper level courses in the B.S.B.A. specifi c core. All majors offered through the McAfee School of Business Administration require the B.S.B.A. Specifi c Core consisting of: ACC 211-2; ECF 211-2, 320; BAD 224; CSC 105, MAT 114; MGT 310, 312, 321; MKT 328. I. Major in Accounting—48 hours A. ECF 415, 430 B. ACC 311, 313, 314, 315, 350, 410, 413 C. MGT 324, 341, 445, 475 D. Upper-level ACC Elective—3 hours E. Upper-level Business or Advisor-approved Electives—6 hours F. No minor is required with the Accounting Major. II. Major in Business Administration—30 hours (Major Core + one concentration) A. Core required of all majors: ECF 415, 430; MGT 341, 475, 445, and 6 hours Business or Advisor-approved Upper-level Electives B. Concentration in Economics: ECF 411, 412, 498 C. Concentration in International Business: ICS 320, MGT 420, MKT 433; Minor in Spanish or French. D. Concentration in Management: MGT 410, 420, 432 E. Concentration in Marketing: MKT 350, 424, 433 122 III. Teacher Licensure Teacher Licensure in Business Education, Business Technology and Marketing requires students to complete the fol low ing: A Professional Education: EDU 150, 250, 326; PSY 213, 318; SE 225; EDU 419, 433. B. Complete the BSBA with a major in Business Administration or Accounting. 1. Business Education completes the BSBA and major, earning a dual licensure with Business Technology. 2. Economics completes the BSBA with a major in Business Administration (Economics Concentration) and completes additional Social Science re quire ments: HIS 101, 102, 211, 212; GEO 112, and either GEO 215 or 216 3. Marketing completes the BSBA with a major in Business Administration (Marketing Concentration). C. Completion of applicable portions of the Praxis II. D. For additional information, see the Assistant Dean for Teacher Education and Accreditation.

I. Minor in Accounting—18 hours A. ACC 211, 212, 313, 315 B. Upper Level ACC Electives II. Minor in Economics—18 hours A. ECF 211, 212, 411, 412 B. Upper Level ECF Electives III. Minor in Management—18 hours A. MGT 312, 341; MAT 114; MKT 328 B. Upper Level MGT Electives—6 hours IV. Minor in Management for Non-Business Professionals—21 hours A. ACC 211 and ECF 211 B. MGT 348; MKT 328; ECF 415 C. Upper-level Business elective—6 hours V. Minor in Marketing—18 hours A. MKT 328, 424, 440; MAT 114 B. Upper Level MKT Electives SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 123 ts gained in fi ed as a senior fi x. fi To be eligible for this award, a student must be a declared a student must be a declared be eligible for this award, To . To be eligible for this award, a student must be classi be eligible for this award, . To concepts, and their integra- management, marketing, quantitative nance, fi student takes MGT 445. The Portfolio will ce by mid-term of the semester that the . SIFE is a team of students teaching the community how market economics and . SIFE is a team of students teaching fi Accounting (ACC) in several ways. The portfolio will: (1) assist students in preparing portfolio construction t from fi . Membership in this national business fraternity is open to those interested in careers in busi- in careers . Membership in this national business fraternity is open to those interested the School of Business. the School in accounting, economics, ciency fi A. Available only with the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration; all courses must be taken outside outside be taken must all courses Administration; in Business of Science Bachelor the only with A. Available B. below 300 level. may be taken than 9 hours No more C. under one pre hours may be taken than 13 No more D. curriculum. core with the general cannot duplicate advisor and by the faculty approved Course must be of Mathematics for details. See the Department Students will bene Student Portfolios will be part of the requirements for MGT 445 Business Policy. The Portfolio will be turned in for MGT 445 Business Policy. requirements Student Portfolios will be part of the Curtiss E. Scott Business Excellence Award Jeanette Pieron Proctor Aspiring Accountant Award. Jeanette Pieron Proctor Aspiring Accountant Award. Students In Free Enterprise Phi Beta Lambda Student Portfolios will be required of all McAfee School of Business Administration graduates. Portfolios are col- Administration graduates. Portfolios are of all McAfee School of Business Student Portfolios will be required a digital picture projects, collection of a student's work. In the case of large or electronic portfolio may be a folder A Pro Demonstrated ability to assess and analyze data and other pertinent in for ma tion to identify and resolve manage- tion to identify and resolve ma for pertinent in to assess and analyze data and other Demonstrated ability successful completion of ed through strat on and in writing, as dem orally effectively, Students will communicate nal re cip i ent from the nomination list. from ent i cip nal re VI. hours Studies—18 University in Minor particular classes, and business-related materials that are from outside the class room such as through internships such as through outside the class room from that are materials particular classes, and business-related illustrate that works-in-progress It may also contain one or more in which the student participated. or SIFE projects stages of conception, drafting, and revision. various evolving through such as an essay, of a product, the creation for the exit exam (ETS Exam); (2) provide the student with a method of identifying the value gained from various with a method of identifying the value gained from the student for the exit exam (ETS Exam); (2) provide show their work to po- a method for students to and (4) provide a resume; courses; (3) assist students in preparing an additional method of assessment and evaluation the School of Business with tential employers. Portfolios provide University. of the student's experience at Union to the business school dean's of will be available at S–Spring; Su–Summer; Courses without indicated offering F–Fall; W–Winter; ( ) Hours Credit; years. least once every three 211. Principles of Accounting I (3) F partnerships. ships, and etor pri accounting, sole pro course including study of professional An introductory be returned to the students before the end of the semester. before to the students be returned The recipient 3.00 or better. of GPA ACC 212 and has an overall of completing accounting major who is in the process ACC 313 when next offered. in to enroll will be required The recipient faculty. Accounting will be selected by the Course Offerings in Student Awards Student Organizations connections between between higher education and business building career businesses operate. It is a partnership a faculty member followed by a Students must be nominated by community. college students and the business of interviewing committee to faculty sponsor. personal interview and recommendation a better understanding of the business world, and enterprise system, to create the free to promote ness. Its goals are seminars and workshops. through view process ter ing and in writ to explicate the resume The Phi Beta Lambda Business Fraternity of 3.00 or better. Administration student with a GPA School of Business Administration faculty select the of Business eligible candidates. The McAfee School students from nominates three fi Student Portfolios in the program. the student's activities and performance lections of the student's work representing include exams, theses, individual and team projects, Portfolios can may be used to display the project. representation narratives of bene and publications. It may include research, papers, practice sets, notes, handouts, Assessment of Majors Assessment of

VII. Minor in Actuarial Science (to accompany the completion of a Busi ness Major and the B.S.B.A.)—21 hours Major and the ness of a Busi the completion Science (to accompany in Actuarial Minor VII. tion will be assessed through the ETS Major Field test. Each student pursuing a BSBA degree will take this test in degree pursuing a BSBA ETS Major Field test. Each student the through tion will be assessed MGT 445. of the capstone course, MGT 445. ful completion cess on students’ suc will be evaluated based rial problems 445, and 475. MGT 310, 348, 435, 212. Principles of Accounting II (3) S Prerequisite: ACC 211. A continuation of ACC 211 with an emphasis on corporations and the use of accounting in managerial decision making. 311. Cost Accounting (3) Prerequisite: ACC 212. A study of methods of accounting for materials, labor, and factory overhead in job order and process cost systems. 312. Managerial Accounting (3) Prerequisite: ACC 212. SCHOOL OF BUSINESS Uses of accounting information in management decision making. Topics include bud get ing, standard costing, and analyses of costs and profi ts. 313. Intermediate Accounting I (3) Prerequisite: ACC 212. Intensive review of the accounting process and fi nancial statements with emphasis on the asset section of the bal- ance sheet. 314. Intermediate Accounting II (3) Pre req ui site: ACC 313. Corporation formation and changes in the equity structure after formation. Topics in clude long-term investments, bonds, earnings per share, and income recognition. 315. Federal Income Tax Accounting I (3) Prerequisite: ACC 212. The Internal Revenue Code as it affects individual income tax returns. 319. Federal Income Tax Accounting II (3) Pre req ui site: ACC 315. The Internal Revenue Code as it affects partnerships, corporations, and fi duciaries. 325. Fraud Examination (3) 124 An in-depth look at fraud detection, prevention, investigation, management and resolution. 350. Accounting Information Systems (3) Pre req ui site: ACC 212 and CSC 105. Principles and problems of accounting system design and implementation. Orga ni za tion for accounting control, internal control procedures, and internal reports. Attention given to computerized accounting systems and to tra- ditional information fl ows. 410. International Accounting (3) Accounting from an international perspective and within the context of managing multi na tion al enterprises. Theo- retical issues, major national treatments and international harmonization efforts are emphasized. 413. Auditing I (3) Prerequisites: ACC 313 and 314. An examination of ethics in accounting practice, internal control, auditing standards and procedures, and audit programs for various accounts. 414. Auditing II (3) Prerequisite: ACC 413. An advanced course in auditing, applying concepts and techniques mastered in ACC 413. Special attention is given to variations of the audit report, statistical sampling, and current topics in the profession. 450. Governmental and Not-for-Profi t Accounting (3) Prerequisite: ACC 313. Operation of the accounting structure and fi nancial reporting for governmental and not-for-profi t entities to include colleges and universities, medical care facilities, and social service agencies. 470. Advanced Accounting (3) Prerequisite: ACC 313. A comprehensive study of partnerships and consolidated entities. SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 125 scal policy, and monetary scal policy, fi mand, and economic dynamics. ation, fl nancial intermediaries, the banking fi capital structure nancial planning, control fi nancial markets. nancial fi nancial statements, nancial fi nancial markets, investment banking process, fi nancial institutions and fi nance from a Christian perspective. Topics in clude taxes, in vest ing, insurance, buying vest clude taxes, in in a Christian perspective. Topics nance from fi Economics/Finance (ECF) Economics/Finance Business Administration Administration Business (BAD) nancial management including topics: assets, basic forms of organization, tax environment, time tax environment, including topics: assets, basic forms of organization, nancial management fi rst home, vehicles, credit, debt, and bud get ing. get debt, and bud rst home, vehicles, credit, fi value of money, valuation concepts, risk and rates of return, cost of capital and capital budgeting. and rates of return, valuation concepts, risk value of money, 325. II (3) Business Financial Management ECF 320 Prerequisite: Continuation of 320 including: policy. 212. Microeconomics (3) S Principles of allocation of distribution of goods, and markets, production, theory dealing with prices, survey of economic A resources. 320. S I (3) F, Business Financial Management ECF 211. ACC 211, Prerequisites: to Introduction analysis of rates, the cost of money, system, interest and management. 326. Principles of Investments (3) of cy; and the relationship i capital formation; investment pol of security investments to study of relationships A investments to the business cycle. 329. Public Finance (3) and 212. ECF 211 Prerequisites: policies at all levels of government. Particular attention and expenditure Theory and principles, considering taxation of these policies on individuals and the economy. is given to the effect 337. The History of Business (3) for course description. MGT 337. See MGT 337 Credit: Reciprocal 355. Financial Institutions and Markets (3) of U.S. An intensive review Course Offerings In Course Offerings will be available at indicated offering S–Spring; Su–Summer; Courses without F–Fall, W–Winter; ( ) Hours Credit; years. least once every three 211. Macroeconomics (3) F Principles of unemployment, in depression, theory dealing with GNP, survey of economic A 375. S Seminar in Portfolio Management (1-3) F, ECF 320 and consent of instructor. Prerequisite: by the Tennes- using funds provided stock portfolio in managing a large practical, hands-on experiential exercise A by investing capital growth lio is to achieve long-term fo The investment objective of the port Authority. see Valley for a maximum of 6 hours credit. in marketable U.S. common stocks. Course may be repeated 411. Intermediate Macroeconomics (3) and 212. ECF 211 Prerequisites: de aggregate supply, aggregate of the demand for money, An advanced treatment 412. Intermediate Microeconomics (3) and 212. sites: ECF 211 ui req Pre theory. and production utility theory, of price theory, An advanced treatment 415. Personal Financial Management (3) to personal Introduction your Course Offerings in in Offerings Course Su–Summer S–Spring; W–Winter; F–Fall, Credit; ( ) Hours 224. S F, for Business (3) Methods Quantitative 114 or 201 or higher; MAT 111 MAT Prerequisite: include business economics. Topics in business and with applications and statistics of probability An examination or vari- t-tests and analysis statistics including comparative optimization, constrained linear regression, calculus, multivariate techniques. ance and 419. International Finance (3) Prerequisite: ECF 320 or 326. An analysis of international fi nancial management to include exchange rates and the international monetary system valuation of foreign assets, management of foreign as sets, and international money and capital markets. 425. Economic Growth and Development (3) Pre/Corequisites: ECF 211 and 212 Economic trajectories of developing nations. Theoretical models of development and empirical data will be used to understand economic development and policy issues between the industrialized nations and the developing world.

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 430. International Economics (3) Prerequisites: ECF 211 and 212. International trade and fi nance. Deals with United States tariff policy, foreign exchange, markets, United States foreign economic policy, and the mechanisms available for inter na tion al economic cooperation. 431. Economics of Labor (3) Prerequisites: ECF 211 and 212. Deals with wage theory, development of labor unions, collective bargaining, and the growth of a structure of labor law.

Course Offerings in Management (MGT) ( ) Hours Credit; F–Fall, W–Winter; S–Spring; Su–Summer; Courses without indicated offering will be available at least once every three years. 300. Seminar in Free Enterprise (1-2) F, S Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Junior or Senior level standing. This course provides the structure for outreach projects originated and implemented by SIFE. Students teach, learn, and practice free enterprise in order to better in divid u als, communities, and countries. Students may receive 2 hours of credit/semester during their fi rst year of enrollment; 1/semester, their second for a max i mum of 6 hours. 310. Management Information Systems (3) F 126 Prerequisite: MGT 312 & CSC 105. Introduction to the applications of computer systems and their components to support the strategic goals of an organization with focus on the use of information systems for management decision making. 312. Organizational Behavior (3) F, S The behavioral and psychological side of management. Emphasis: theories and research in such topics as decision making, values, lead er ship, motivation, per for mance ap prais al. 321. The Legal Environment of Business (3) F, S The legal, practical and ethical environments in which businesses and managers op er ate. Topics: common law affect- ing business consti tu tion al law, admin is tra tive agencies, and a survey of law of employment consumer protection, and se cu ri ties reg u la tions. 324. Commercial Law (3) Pre/Corequisite: MGT 321. A survey of basic principles of law important for understanding business trans ac tions, entity creation and operation, and including a review of contract laws and se lect ed uniform commercial code provisions, business associations and bankruptcy law. 326. Information Systems Law (3) A survey of laws controlling, protecting or regulating the obtaining, use, transmission or ownership of computer information, technology, and computer system-related intel lec tu al property. Topics include privacy, crime and se- curity, intellectual property rights, and sale of software and hardware. 327. International Business Law (3) An introduction to the legal environment of fi rms that do business globally including licensing, intellectual property rights, and labor and environmental reg u la tions. 337. The History of Business (3) Reciprocal Credit: ECF 337. Social, political and economic events that have shaped business, focusing on management practices, theories, fi - nancial markets and institutions. SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 127 ket ing the athlete, ket rms and the public sector in recruitment, training, remuneration, and training, remuneration, rms and the public sector in recruitment, fi 340. I (3) Entrepreneurship 328. or MKT 312 either MGT 212 and ACC Prerequisites: placed on the ness. Emphasis busi of a small the ownership/operation in students interested designed for course A initiate a small business. needed to procedures plans and 341. S (3) F, Management Operations systems, of productive trol con tion, and 114. 312 and MAT MGT Prerequisite: a er design, op ments. Topics: e and practical el both theoretical Incorporates assignment. location, and resource facility and control, ry timing to ven in and management, mand forecasting de 343. Sport Law (3) 343. PEWS credit: Reciprocal ing with mar of case law deal Investigation applies to sports industry. and contract law as it Tort amateur sports, sports injuries and li a bil i ties, sex dis crim i na tion in sports, drug screening, and rights and re spon - spon and re and rights screening, tion in sports, drug na i crim ties, sex dis i bil a injuries and li amateur sports, sports si bil i ties of man ag ing the ath lete. 345. II (3) Entrepreneurship MGT 340. Prerequisite: in identifying opportunities of solutions, designed to assist the student and problems managerial Entrepreneurial light of today’s economy and “e commerce.” 355. Labor Relations (3) MGT 312. Prerequisite: ing, dispute settlement, gain and the philosophy of collective bar the process American labor history, An analysis of and contract administration. 410. Systems (3) F Advanced Management Information The impact web-based systems for voice and data communication. through An examination of networking as used with customers and delivery and communications including product on business processes technology of wireless and legal obligations of including security challenges addressed topics in MIS are suppliers is examined. Current MIS managers. 420. International Management (3) MGT 312. Prerequisite: that impinge on management students with geographic and cultural differences This course is designed to acquaint will be of management in the international environment and practical aspects decision making. Both theoretical presented: 425. Employment/Labor Law (3) site: MGT 312 and MGT 321. ui req Pre and labor-man- ee relationship ploy er-em ploy pertaining to the em provisions statutory and regulatory Common law, collective bargaining, unions, ees, discrimination, privacy, ploy and terminating em hiring Topics: agement relations. tions of workers. tec and statutory pro 432. Human Resource Management (3) MGT 312. Prerequisite: study of the methods used by business A utilization of human resources. utilization of human resources. 445. S Business Policy (3) F, 212; Senior standing. MGT 312; MKT 328; ECF 211, ACC 212; Prerequisite: students to the concepts of strategic management. Extensive use of case analy- Capstone course which introduces sis. 475. S Business Ethics and Diversity (3) F, Senior Standing Prerequisite: contemporary value systems and the This course focuses on the development of ethical paradigms which underlie used highlighting value choices and the resulting value of diversity in the workplace. Extensive use of cases are consequences. Course Offerings in Marketing (MKT) ( ) Hours Credit; F–Fall, W–Winter; S–Spring; Su–Summer; Courses without indicated offering will be available at least once every three years. 328. Principles of Marketing (3) F, S Exploration of the role of marketing in a free enterprise system through the devel op ment, implementation, control, and evaluation of marketing strategies with emphasis on marketing models and concepts utilized in decision making. 330. Consumer Behavior (3) Prerequisite: MKT 328. Individual and collective behavior patterns both inside and outside the marketplace, through the use of theoretical SCHOOL OF BUSINESS model building and empirical research fi ndings. Empha siz es role of research in determining short-range and long- range strategies. 340. Sport Marketing (3) Prerequisite: MKT 328. Reciprocal credit: PEWS 340. Basic marketing concepts in the sports industry. Fundamental techniques of adver tis ing, sales, promotion, fund- raising, and journalism will be explored in relation to sports. 350. Professional Selling (3) Prerequisite: MKT 328. The role of the sales professional within the marketing process. Emphasis on devel op ment of selling responsibilities, time and territory management, and interpersonal com mu ni ca tion skills through role-plays. Includes analysis of the psychological basis of selling in both consumer and industrial markets. 351. Retail Marketing (3) Prerequisite: MKT 328. Examination of the marketing mix within the retail environment. Analysis of retail strat egy in merchandising, cus- tomer relations, and inventory control. Evaluation of retail site locations and store layouts. 419. Advertising and Promotion (3) Prerequisite: MKT 328. 128 The economic and social roles of advertising in contemporary business. Em pha sis on creation, implementation, and evaluation of campaigns through the analysis of creative processes, media resources, budgeting, and social responsibility. 424. Marketing Research (3) Prerequisite: MKT 328 and MAT 114. Theories and techniques involved in marketing research. Emphasis upon research objec tives and design, sample selection, instrument design, collection tech niques and sta tis ti cal analysis of data, computer applications, report writing for managerial use. 433. Global Marketing Management (3) Prerequisite: MKT 328. Analysis of problems confronting the global marketing manager in making decisions relating to strategy, marketing research, product management, channel management, pricing, and promotional management. 440. Strategic Marketing (3) Prerequisite: MKT 328 and Senior Standing. Analytical and decision making skills necessary to move beyond tra di tion al marketing management. To combine the knowledge of various marketing activ i ties as they relate to managerial functions of planning, organizing, and controlling the marketing.

Available in each departmental prefi x: 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed All courses and their applications must be defi ned and approved prior to registering. 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs (1-4) All courses and their application must be defi ned and approved prior to travel. 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) Lower-level group studies which do not appear in the regular departmental offerings. SCHOOL OF BUSINESS 129 rms, adver- rms, fi t organizations. t fi tising companies, local manufacturers, the Chamber of Commerce, banks and various non-pro banks and of Commerce, the Chamber local manufacturers, tising companies, 486. (3) Education Cooperative at a local business for an extended supervised practical work experience assigned to obtain are Selected students period of time. Pass/Fail. Studies (1-4) 495-6-7. Independent the guidance of a faculty member(s). under Individual research (1-3) 498. Seminar of the department. be used at discretion To 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) Studies Special 395-6-7. offerings. departmental regular in the not appear which do studies group Upper-level (3) 484. Internship accounting area experience in many practical work to obtain supervised assigned are Selected students ern i nary. eld. . fi www.uu.edu/dept/christud (1999). Dean of the School of Christian Studies, Associate Professor of Christian Studies and of Christian Studies Associate Professor of Christian Studies, of the School (1999). Dean (1999). Professor of Christian Studies and Associate Dean of the School of Christian Studies. B.A., Dean of the School of Christian Studies. Associate and of Christian Studies (1999). Professor (1990). Benjamin W. Perry Professor of Bible. B.A., Union University; Th.M., Trinity Evangelical of Bible. B.A., Union University; Th.M., Trinity Perry Professor (1990). Benjamin W. (1996). Professor of Christian Studies and President of the Uni ver si ty. B.S., University of Alabama B.S., University of ty. si ver of the Uni of Christian Studies and President (1996). Professor Christian Studies Studies Christian ______(1991). Professor of Christian Studies. B.A., Samford Uni ver si ty; M.Div. and Th.D., New Orleans ty; M.Div. si ver Uni of Christian Studies. B.A., Samford (1991). Professor (1996). Graves Professor of Moral Philosophy and University Fellow, Carl F. H. Henry Center for Carl F. of Moral Philosophy and University Fellow, (1996). Graves Professor (1998). Assistant Professor of Youth Ministry. B.A., Southwest Baptist University; M.R.E., Midwest- B.A., Southwest Baptist University; Ministry. Youth of Assistant Professor (1998). (1993). Associate Professor of Christian Studies. B.A., Hardin-Simmons University; M.Div. and and University; M.Div. of Christian Studies. B.A., Hardin-Simmons Associate Professor (1993). (1991). Professor of Christian Studies and Philosophy and Director of the Interdisciplinary Honors of the Interdisciplinary Christian Studies and Philosophy and Director of (1991). Professor (2004). Associate Professor of Christian Studies. B.S, West Chester State University; M.A., Southern B.S, West of Christian Studies. Associate Professor (2004). (2007). Stephen Olford Associate Professor of Expository Preaching and Special Assistant to the and Special of Expository Preaching Associate Professor (2007). Stephen Olford (1998). Assistant Professor of Christian Studies. B.A., Northeast Lou i si ana Uni ver si ty; M.Div., Southern ty; M.Div., si ver ana Uni si i of Christian Studies. B.A., Northeast Lou Assistant Professor (1998). (2002). Associate Professor of Christian Studies. B.S.E., Clemson Uni ver si ty; M.Div., Gordon-Conwell Gordon-Conwell ty; M.Div., si ver of Christian Studies. B.S.E., Clemson Uni Professor Associate (2002). (2006). Professor of Christian Studies and Director, M.C.S. Program—Germantown. B.A., John Brown John Brown B.A., M.C.S. Program—Germantown. Christian Studies and Director, of (2006). Professor (1996). Assistant Professor of Christian Studies and Minister to the University. B.S., Union University; of Christian Studies and Minister to the University. Professor Assistant (1996).

The School of Christian Studies Ethos Statement, which details ethical and lifestyle expectations of majors, is details ethical and lifestyle expectations Studies Ethos Statement, which The School of Christian The School of Christian Studies exists to advance the Kingdom of God through theo log i cal education by inte- i log theo Kingdom of God through Studies exists to advance the The School of Christian

ern Baptist Theological Seminary. Bradley Green Seminary; Ph.D., Baylor University. Baptist Theological Seminary; Th.M., Southwestern Baptist Theological Gushee David P. Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.Phil. and Mary; M.Div., Christian Leadership. B.A., College of William and Ph.D., Union Theo log i cal Sem i nary-New York. George H. Guthrie cal Seminary. i log and Ph.D., Southwestern Baptist Theo Divinity School; M.Div. Paul N. Jackson Ph.D., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary. R. Kelvin Moore and Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. University Jerusalem Additional study, Baptist Theological Seminary; David Olford B.A. and M.A., Wheaton College; Ph.D., University of Shef President. Faculty Brady Todd nary; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary-Virginia. i Theological Sem Theological Seminary; Th.M., Calvin Ken Easley Baptist Theological Seminary. Evangelical Divinity School; Ph.D., Southwestern Trinity University; M.Div., Roger Glidewell Ethos Statement and is also available at in CHR 231 presented Seminary; D.Min., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. Southwestern Baptist Theological M.Div., Randall B. Bush Ph.D., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary; D. Phil., and Payne University; M.Div. B.A., Howard Program. University of Oxford. J. Daryl Charles Seminary. Theological California College; Ph.D., Westminster David S. Dockery Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Seminary; M.Div., Grace Theological at Birmingham; M.Div., University. Drew Additional study, Arlington; at of Texas Christian University; Ph.D., University Texas Mark Dubis grating rigorous academics, deep devotion to Christ and His Church, skill in teaching, and attention to students as skill in teaching, and attention to Christ and His Church, academics, deep devotion grating rigorous individuals. Director of the Carl F. H. Henry Cen ter for Christian Leadership. B.A., Messiah College; M.Div. and Ph.D., South and Ph.D., College; M.Div. B.A., Messiah for Christian Leadership. ter H. Henry Cen the Carl F. of Director University. Oxford study, Additional cal Seminary; i log Baptist Theo Theological Sem nary; Ph.D., Princeton James A. Patterson i cal Sem i log Theo Gordon-Conwell M.Div., ; Mission Statement Dean A. Thornbury Gregory School of of School CHRISTIAN STUDIES 130 CHRISTIAN STUDIES 131 Ryan Center for Ryan R. C. the to explore in ministry and wish c direction fi cally, Philosophy (General Stud ies) majors may select a minor in the School other than PHL; the ies) majors may select a minor in the Stud Philosophy (General cally, fi (1997-98, 2001). Associate Professor of Christian Studies and Director of the and Director of Christian Studies Associate Professor (1997-98, 2001). (2007). Assistant Professor of Pastoral Ministry, Senior Vice President for Church Relations, and Relations, for Church President Vice Senior Pastoral Ministry, of Professor Assistant (2007). (2004). Professor of Christian Studies. B.A., Wheaton College; M.A., Trinity Evangelical Divinity Evangelical Divinity M.A., Trinity Wheaton College; Studies. B.A., of Christian (2004). Professor (1996). Charles Colson Professor of Faith and Culture and Special Assistant to the Pres i dent. B.A., Uni- dent. B.A., i to the Pres Assistant and Special Culture of Faith and Professor Colson Charles (1996). 1. 346, 347–6 hours PHL 2. 339, 345, 349, 366, 452 PHL Select 12 hours from 1. CHR 213 and 330 2. Electives in Biblical Studies–12 hours 1. CHR 213, CHR 330–6 hours is recommended for students who have yet to choose a speci for is recommended various areas. tion for biblical and ministry da the graduate level; or as foun plines on ci these dis studying theology toward studies in seminary. to those who wish to teach and plan to pursue is also recommended this area foundational to any ministry, pline. ci or any theological dis graduate work in New or Old Testament hance personal Bible study and move into advanced, language- or who wish to en Hebrew, and tion in Greek for those wishing to teach the Bible in a church This major is recommended oriented courses at seminary. context or the college level. Designed for students who want a general introduction to biblical, theological, or ministry studies, the program to biblical, theological, or ministry studies, the program Designed for students who want a general introduction Designed for students who wish a greater understanding of the gen er al study of philosophy and Christian al study of philosophy and er understanding of the gen students who wish a greater Designed for As ate, missionary service. tor ing the pas clud in for students pursuing ministry areas, Highly recommended founda- designed for those who wish to pursue biblical knowledge and study skill with a strong The major is A. 305, 333, 338–12 hours CHR 113, B. CHR 243 or CHR 244–3 hours C. 220 (6 hours) 240 (3 hours) or HON 210 and HON PHL A. Core–18 hours A. Core–18 B. CHR 231 and 498–4 hours C. Testament Biblical Studies Courses–6 hours; 3 hours each Old and New D. Electives–12 hours in Christian Studies (CHR) hours A. Core–18 B. Philosophy Courses–18 hours C. CHR 231 and 498–4 hours hours A. Core–18 B. CHR 231 and 498–4 hours C. hours Biblical Studies Courses–18 hours A. Core–18 B. CHR 231 and 498–4 hours C. Biblical Studies–12 hours Students who major in the School of Christian Studies may be eligible for advanced standing in certain seminaries, may be eligible for advanced standing in the School of Christian Studies Students who major in the selection of cept in the Christian Studies School ex Studies School cannot minor Majors in the Christian student minoring in PHL may select any major other than Philosophy (General or Christian Studies). All majors Studies). may select any major other than Philosophy (General or Christian student minoring in PHL Option chosen. Study of biblical of the B.A. Core language regardless foreign must complete at least 12 hours of encouraged. languages is strongly I. Majors in the School—18 hours Core Requirements for All Christian Studies—40 hours II. Major in thus shortening the requirements for master's degrees at those seminaries. Please see the dean for details. at those seminaries. Please for master's degrees requirements thus shortening the Speci Philosophy. Curriculum hours Philosophy (Christian Studies)—40 III. Major in Studies—40 hours Biblical IV. Major in Biblical Studies-Languages—52 hours V. Major in versity of South Carolina; M.Div. and Ph.D., Southern Baptist Theo log i cal Sem i nary; Additional study, University University study, Additional nary; i cal Sem i log Theo Baptist Ph.D., Southern and M.Div. Carolina; of South versity of Oxford. Smith Gary V. College. Dropsie School; Ph.D., Tidwell Jerry N. Southwestern Baptist and D. Min., Alabama; M. Div. University of North B.S., of the R.G.Lee Center. Director Theological Seminary. Neste Van Ray F. Harry L. Poe Harry Biblical Studies. B.A., Union University; M.A., Trinity Evangelical Di vin i ty School; Ph.D., University of Aberdeen. Ph.D., University of ty School; i vin Evangelical Di Union University; M.A., Trinity Biblical Studies. B.A., ac ter as well as deeper knowledge ter as well as deeper knowledge ac ber ship, and cit i zen ship. a. & HBR 311 GRK 411 b. 312 & HBR 311 HBR 2. 6 hours select Electives, Studies Biblical 1. 312—12 hours 212, 311, 211, GRK requirements, Core BA 2. one track–6 hours: Choose another major/minor. major and an Interdisciplinary Honors Minor or an In ter dis ci pli nary Studies Minor. pli ci dis ter Honors Minor or an In major and an Interdisciplinary of contemporary issues facing the church and the nation. Critical thinking and re search skills, prepares stu- skills, prepares search and the nation. Critical thinking and re of contemporary issues facing the church to Christian ful, informed approach thought study in ethics or for a more dents for further seminary/graduate dis ci ple ship, church mem tion and mentoring relationships. Majors have the option of taking all Youth Ministry courses (C. and D.) in Ministry courses Youth all Majors have the option of taking relationships. tion and mentoring Studies, Chatsworth, GA. Youth Institute for Global study at the one semester of off-campus CHR 113, 231; GRK 211, 212, 311, 312, 411; HBR 311, 312 HBR 311, 312, 411; 212, 311, 231; GRK 211, CHR 113, The major will provide opportunity to experience growth in Christian char experience growth opportunity to The major will provide Crafted for students called to youth ministry, this major blends theological foun da tion with practical informa- da this major blends theological foun ministry, for students called to youth Crafted Major in Christian Ethics—37 hours Christian Major in A. Required courses: CHR 113, 231, 305, 333, 338, PHL 240. A. 231, 305, 333, 338, PHL courses: CHR 113, Required B. CHR courses. Elective, select 3 hours from C. CHR 243 or 244 A. 240, 346, 347—9 hours PHL B. 243, 339, 345, 349, 366, 452 PHL Select 9 hours from: C. 240 but by university policy may not be duplicated in together may substitute for PHL HON 210 and 220 A. 372, 375, 471, 481–15 hours CHR 271, B. 333, 338 CHR 113, Select two from: A. Core–18 hours A. Core–18 B. CHR 231 and 498–4 hours C. hours CHR 243 and 244–select alternate not used in Major Core–3 D. Select 12 hours in Christian Ethics A. hours Christian Studies Core—18 B. 499—18 hours CHR 330, 382, 383, 482, 483, C. CHR 339 or 366—3 hours D. CHR 231 and 498—4 hours A. hours Christian Studies Core—18 B. CHR 231 and 498—4 hours C. CHR 405 and HIS 245—6 hours D. 344; HIS/CHR 316 HIS/CHR 300; CHR 306, 313, Select 2 from: E. HIS/CHR 397; CHR 482, 483 Select 1 from: A. 240, 346, 347—9 hours PHL B. PHL: 243, 339, 345, 349, 366, 452 hours from Twelve C. CHR 338—3 hours D. hours Electives—6 PHL E. both the 240 but may not count toward 220 together may substitute for PHL HON 210 and In this major, D. Languages–18 hours D. Languages–18 and Sport for details. of Physical Education, Wellness See the Department hours A. Core–18 B. hours CHR 231–2 C. 271, 372, 375, 471, 481 CHR D. the department. from hours 3 upper-level Select

V. V. Minor in Christian Ethics—20 hours

VI. Ministry Emphasis with Sport in Sport Management Major I. Minor in Christian Studies—23 hours Minors Offered by the School II. Minor in Philosophy—18 hours III. Biblical Languages—26 hours Minor in Ministry—21 hours IV. Minor in Youth IX. Major in Theology—43 hours IX. Major in Church History—37 hours X. Major in hours Philosophy (General Studies)—30 XI. Major in hours Ministry—38 Youth Major in VII. VIII. CHRISTIAN STUDIES 132 CHRISTIAN STUDIES 133 eld Ethics Award, R. G. Lee Christian R. G. Lee Award, eld Ethics fi is presented to the student who shows the great est achievement in Biblical Studies est achievement in Biblical Studies the great to the student who shows is presented ve books of the Old Testament. fi is available for students entering the preaching/pastoral ministry. This association This association ministry. entering the preaching/pastoral is available for students rst Christian Studies fi Ministerial Association A. 243, 244 CHR 231, Core: B. ethics Christian hours in 12 Electives—select A. 382, 383—14 hours CHR 231, 330, 338, B. hours 482, 483, 499—6 CHR Select 2 from: C. hours CHR 339 or 366—3 The Zondervan Greek Award The Zondervan Greek Students with a major in the School of Christian Studies are required to take CHR 498, Senior Seminar, as part of take CHR 498, Senior Seminar, to required are in the School of Christian Studies Students with a major A Inter- H. E. Dana Award, Advanced Greek Robertson A. T. the following awards: The Department also presents Biblical Studies (CHR) 111. Survey (3) Old Testament literary development. Does not apply with emphasis on historical, theological, and survey of the Old Testament A to any of the Department’s majors/minors. 112. Survey (3) New Testament CHR 111. Recommended prerequisite: literary development. Does not apply with emphasis on historical, theological, and survey of the New Testament A to any of the Department’s majors/minors. 113. Interpretation (3) Introduction to Bible Study and of step- Special emphasis is given to the methodology of hermeneutics or interpretation. The study of the process by-step Bible study. 213. Biblical Backgrounds (3) CHR 112. CHR 111, Prerequisite: of biblical times. and culture geography, archaeology, literature, survey of the history, A 314. Studies in the Pentateuch (3) S—Even Years CHR 231. or Corequisite: Pre- An intensive study in the Course Offerings in every year. offered are Unless noted, courses S–Spring; Su–Summer. W–Winter; F–Fall, ( ) Hours Credit; 317. Minor Prophets (3) F—Even Years CHR 231. or Corequisite: Prerequisite An exegetical study of selected minor prophets. 321. The Life of Christ (3) S—Even Years CHR 231. or Corequisite: Pre- in the Synoptic Gospels. study of the life of Christ as recorded A 325. Pauline Epistles (3) F—Odd Years CHR 231. or Corequisite: Pre- An exegetical study of selected Pauline epistles. Student Awards their graduation requirement. The seminar is of fered every semester and must be taken during the student’s senior be taken during the student’s every semester and must fered The seminar is of their graduation requirement. year. Student Organizations committed those on campus who are the ties of fellowship among the purpose of strengthening meets monthly for to the gospel ministry. Greek. in with a background Mark Hat Award, Elementary Greek Curtis Vaughan Award, mediate Greek George Award, Character Billy Graham Christian Award, Award, Boyce Theology and Philosophy ance J. P. Award, Ministry ver se M. E. Dodd Per Award, Ministry Youth Phil Briggs Award, Old Testament and Savage Hebrew Award. and Holman and Broadman Assessment of Majors Assessment VI. hours in Theology—23 Minor cance for Christianity. Attention is given cance for Christianity. fi world history for the leaders in recent cant moral fi with attention the modern era, through early church ection, from fl cant contemporary moral issues facing the church and American society, with society, American and moral issues facing the church cant contemporary fi

emphasis on Christian response both in terms of moral con vic tion and moral engagement. vic con both in terms of moral emphasis on Christian response 344. F—Even Years History of Christian Ethics (3) moral re Exploration of the heritage of Christian to a wide range of traditions, thinkers, and move ments. and move to a wide range of traditions, thinkers, 345. Ministerial Ethics (3) As Needed in their of the Christian ministry and the moral issues facing ministers An examination of the moral dimensions Attention is given to the minister’sday-to-day work. and moral and collegial relationships personal, professional, responsibilities. 346. F—Odd Years Moral Leaders: Case Studies (3) CHR 243 or 244. Prerequisite: An exploration of the character and actions of a number of signi Christian Ethics (CHR) 243. Making (3) Approaches to Moral Decision for course description. 243 243. See PHL PHL credit: Reciprocal 244. Ethics (3) Contemporary Issues in Christian Recommended: CHR 243. Prerequisite: An examination of the most signi purpose of developing and enhancing gifts, commitments and skills in Christian moral leadership. purpose of developing and enhancing gifts, commitments and skills in 400. Ethics in Sport (3) S—Odd Years 400 for course description. PEWS 400. See PEWS credit: Reciprocal 440. Thinkers and Movements in Christian Ethics (3) F—Odd Years CHR 243. Prerequisite: rary Christian ethics, taught po tem of a major movement or thinker in either historic or con examination thorough A in seminar style. 441. Christianity and the Holocaust (3) S—Odd Years examination of the Holocaust and its signi An intensive interdisciplinary 327. Years F—Even (3) Revelation Epistles, General Hebrews, CHR 231. Corequisite: or Pre- Epistles. selected General Revelation, and study of Hebrews, An exegetical 330. F—Even Years Theology (3) Biblical CHR 231. or Corequisite: Pre- course description. Theology for See Christian 415. (3) S—Odd Years of the Old Testament Literature Poetry and Wisdom 231. CHR or Corequisite: Pre- An exegeti- forms. and as literary literature as religious wisdom literature poetry and of Hebrew An intensive study and Ecclesiastes). ( Job, Psalms, Proverbs, poetry and wisdom literature cal study of selected 416. (3) F—Odd Years Major Prophets 231. CHR or Corequisite: Pre- of the major prophetic an exegetical study of some prophecy; origin and development of Hebrew study of the A books of the Old Testament. 423. Literature (3) S—Odd Years The Johannine 231. CHR or Corequisite: Pre- John and the Johannine Epistles. An intensive study of the Gospel of to intellectual and ideological origins of the Holocaust, behavior of Christians during the Holocaust, and postwar to intellectual and ideological origins of the Holocaust, behavior of Christians to it. and artistic responses al, literary, theological, mor 444. Intensive Issue Seminar (3) S—Even Years CHR 243, CHR 244. or corequisites: Pre- Christian ethics, taught in seminar An intensive analysis of one major issue or cluster of issues in contemporary style. CHRISTIAN STUDIES 134 CHRISTIAN STUDIES 135 tice. uences upon theological development and methods used in doing constructive theology. theology. uences upon theological development and methods used in doing constructive fl Theology (CHR) 338. Christian Doctrine (3) CHR 231. or Corequisite: Pre- Atonement, the the sin, Christology, God, creation, revelation, Major theological doctrines of Christianity; the Trinity, cal, i soph tian life, and eschatology; with special attention to biblical, historical, philo Chris Holy Spirit, the church, and cultural in 382. The Doctrine of God (3) F—Odd Years CHR 338. Prerequisite: to as well as a study of the attributes of God. The student will be introduced An in-depth study of God as Trinity, of God. as she has grappled with the reality of the Church the key theological struggles 383. Christ and Salvation (3) S—Even Years CHR 338. Prerequisite: The Person of Christ, the work of Christ, and the doctrine of salvation. Christian 330. Biblical Theology (3) F—Even Years CHR 231 or Corequisite: Pre- Emphasis on of the theological teachings of the Old and New Testaments. An exegetically-oriented presentation contexts, historical development of those the student understanding the main teachings of the faith in their original tian life and prac theology for modern Chris and implications of biblical cal history, li out bib teachings through Christian Ministries (CHR) Ministries Christian 271. Years F—Even (3) Strategies Ministry Youth applications strategies with practical methods, and various approaches, focusing on the of youth ministry study A outcomes. desired goals and for programming, 307. Years (3) F—Odd Social Services Faith-Based description. 307 for course SW 307. See SW credit: Reciprocal 363. (3) Biblical Preaching for all ministerial students. Recommended and delivery. basic techniques of sermon preparation study of the A 365. (3) As Needed Pastoral Ministries 231. CHR or Corequisite: Pre- of the pastor. to deal with the practical work course designed A 367. to Christian Evangelism (3) As Needed Introduction 231. CHR or Corequisite: Pre- ming. gram pro planning, and basis for evangelistic preaching, The Biblical and doctrinal 372. Years Ministry Administration (3) S—Even Youth relation- of administering the work of the youth minister focusing on roles, An examination of the various aspects to the local church. tion ca pli and practical ap and responsibilities, ships, resources 375. Ministry Issues (3) S—Odd Years Youth CHR 231 or Corequisite: Pre- and them of youth and the issues affecting study of the issues facing youth as well as the developmental nature A their families. 377. Survey of Missions (3) CHR 231. or Corequisite: Pre- sions. with particular focus on Southern Baptist mis Survey of missions and outreach Years (3) F—Odd Minister’s Worlds Personal and Professional 471. Youth the schedule, priorities, family and other aspects of the youth minister’sAn examination of the demands upon life development. opportunities and continuing involvement, calling, career focusing on personal habits, family 481. ment, and completion of Major Core (3) Christian Ministries Mentorship place before tion to the Chair by midterm of the semester ca pli Ap Prerequisites: Graded: Pass/Fail Core. and Track clock hours in a and at least 115 Students will spend 3 weeks in the classroom ministry. course of applied church A organization. related or Christian church or another ideological position lm may be about faith fi involvement, Christian world- evangelism, church ict resolution, fl lm. fi lms as stories convey faith or alternative responses to God as latent aspects of the total lms as stories convey faith or alternative responses fi

an exploration of how explicit a lm experience. Includes view, de vo tion al life, and practical ethics. tion vo de view, 339. Apologetics (3) F—Odd Years 339 PHL credit: Reciprocal 240. PHL Prerequisite: skeptics and tions which both covers ques claims of the Christian faith. The course rational defense for the truth A the Christian tradition. es from spons and consideration of re pose to Christianity, inquirers 348. Faith and Culture in Film (3) F—Even Years An examination of how fi without losing its credibility as a without losing its credibility 349. Years Religions (3) S—Odd World 349 for description. 349. See PHL PHL credit: 6 hours in CHR. Reciprocal Prerequisite: General Studies (CHR) 231. Sophomore Seminar (2) 112. CHR 111, Prerequisite: Introduces entry. year or at program in the major taken in the sophomore courses of all upper-level Corequisite A in ministry. methodologies, writing styles, and expectations the student to basic research 265. As Needed Becoming a Global Christian (3) aptitudes lar circumstances, u tic study of the biblical mandate and God’s global purpose with focus on one’s par A and God-given aspirations. 333. Contemporary Christian Life and Practice (3) CHR 231. or Corequisite: Pre- vocation, time/re- tive. Topics: spec per a Christian to practical and ethical issues from Contemporary issues related ships, con tion la management, marriage re source Church History (CHR) Church History 300. History (3) F—Even Years American Church 300. See HIS 300 for course description. HIS credit: Reciprocal 305. History of Christianity (3) HIS 305. See HIS 305 for description. credit: HIS 101 and 102. Reciprocal Prerequisite: 306. (3) As Needed Early and Medieval Christianity the 15th century. period through the post-apostolic survey of the history of Christianity from A 313. Modern Christianity (3) As Needed century to the present. the 17th survey of the history of Christianity from A 316. (3) F—Odd Years Renaissance and Reformation HIS 316. See HIS 316 for description. credit: Reciprocal 405. Years History of the Baptists (3) S—Odd with emphasis the 17th century to present America from the history of Baptists in England and survey of Interpretive tion. ven Con on the history of the Southern Baptist 482. Years (3) F—Even I Theologians and Texts Great 338. CHR Prerequisite: and medieval ancient from writings of key theologians the work through in which students texts course primary A thought. Christian 483. Years II (3) S—Odd and Theologians Texts Great 338 CHR Prerequisite: and post- Reformation from of key theologians the writings work through in which students texts course primary A Reformation eras. 485. in Theology (3) As Needed Critical Issues CHR 338. Prerequisite: in a seminar for- of intensive research in the world of theology by means to a contemporary issue An introduction mat. CHRISTIAN STUDIES 136 CHRISTIAN STUDIES 137 elds of philosophical fi lm with special attention given to existentialism, nihilism, fi cation of logical fallacies. fi pragmatism, phenomenalism and postmodernism. Philosophy (PHL) 240. Introduction to Philosophy (3) to acquaint the student with the major course in philosophy designed An introductory Biblical Languages (GRK and HBR) Biblical Languages 212. Elementary Greek II (3) Elementary Greek I (3) and GRK 211. New Testament. of the Greek vocabulary and pronunciation to study of the basic forms, syntax, course sequence A one hour lab per week. and hours lecture Three and 312. Intermediate Greek II (3) Intermediate Greek I (3) GRK 311. GRK 212. Prerequisite: ing in the New Testament. Read New Testament. of the Greek study of the grammar and syntax two-semester A 412. Advanced Greek II (3) Advanced Greek I (3) and GRK 411. GRK 312. Prerequisite: accurate exegesis. with emphasis upon careful, New Testament in the Greek courses Extensive reading Hebrew I (3) and 312. Elementary Hebrew II (3) Elementary HBR 311. tax of biblical He- and syn students to the verb forms, vocabulary, introduce The course sequence is designed to brew. Hebrew I (3) and 412. Advanced Hebrew II (3) As Needed Advanced HBR 411. ing, accents, critical notes and Bible, emphasizing translation, verb pars courses in the Hebrew Extensive reading exegesis. study. 243. Making (3) Approaches to Moral Decision CHR 243. credit: Reciprocal son of philosophical, secular, i par ethics, focusing on methodology with a survey and com to Christian An introduction evangelical approach. life, then moves on to develop a comprehensive and theistic perspectives on the moral 339. Apologetics (3) F—Odd Years CHR 339. See CHR 339 for description. credit: 240. Reciprocal PHL Prerequisite: 345. Critical Thinking (3) S—Odd Years od, inductive and deductive Socratic meth Examination of methods of critical thinking with attention given to the and the identi reasoning, 346. History of Philosophy I (3) F—Odd Years time of Thales to the Renaissance and Reformation, examining the the survey of the history of philosophy from A in which Christianity emerged. philosophical background 347. History of Philosophy II (3) S—Even Years Reformation to the modern period. Particular attention will be given to the dialogue between the survey from A thought. philosophy and the Christian faith in Western 349. Years Religions (3) S—Odd World CHR 349. credit: Reciprocal six hours in Christian Studies. Prerequisite: survey of the world’s major religions. A 366. (3) S—Odd Years Developing a Christian Worldview CHR 366. See CHR 366 for description. credit: Reciprocal 240. PHL Prerequisite: 448. Philosophy of Film (3) S—Odd Years An examination of philosophical themes as developed in 366. Years S—Odd (3) Worldview a Christian Developing 366. PHL credit: 240. Reciprocal PHL Prerequisite: as contrasted worldview in particular of the Christian and the content worldview in general of the concept of study A worldviews. with non-Christian 452. (3) F—Even Years of Religion Philosophy 452 for description. PHL 452. See PHL credit: 240. Reciprocal PHL Prerequisite: gure(s) or contem- or gure(s) fi cance of religion in the life in cance of religion fi tem po rary prior to registering. ned and approved prior to travel. ned and approved fi fi x: fi

452. Years F—Even (3) of Religion Philosophy 452. in CHR credit 240. Reciprocal site: PHL ui req Pre ni sig of God and the understand the nature attempt to of the philosophical study A Available in each departmental pre in each Available of man. An investigation as to the validity of the claim to a type of knowledge called “religious” and the methods and called “religious” of knowledge the claim to a type to the validity of investigation as An of man. is gained. such whereby (1-3) As Needed Domestic Study Programs 179-279-379-479. External applications must be de All courses and their Abroad Programs (1-4) As Needed 180-280-380-480. Study applications must be de All courses and their (1-4) As Needed 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) As Needed 295-6-7. Special Studies departmental offerings. which do not appear in the regular studies group Lower-level (1-4) As Needed 395-6. Special Studies departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Upper-level 397. (1-4) As Needed Special Studies in Church History departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Upper-level Needed 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) As under the guidance of a faculty member(s). Individual research 498. Senior Seminar (2) majors. Must be taken during senior year. of Department Required 499. Seminar (1-3) As Needed Senior standing in the department required. of the department for majors only. be used at the discretion To 499. Theology Seminar (3) CHR 338 Prerequisite: a con major in which the student will explore The capstone course to the theology porary theological movement(s). CHRISTIAN STUDIES 138 CHRISTIAN STUDIES 139 rst year the associate degree fi and vary by center. Calendars are available Calendars are and vary by center. Catalogue www.uu.edu/academics/adultstudies/dcm/ and Diploma in Christian Ministry—30 hours Associate of Divinity—66 hours . (1999). Dean of the School of Christian Studies, Associate Professor of Philosophy and The- of Philosophy Professor Associate of Christian Studies, of the School (1999). Dean ments: c Policies c fi (2007). Director of the R.G.Lee Center, Assistant Professor of Pastoral Ministry, and Senior Vice and Senior Vice Ministry, of Pastoral Professor Assistant of the R.G.Lee Center, (2007). Director rst year the diploma program is offered at a Center, a student may transfer a maximum of 18 se- a student may at a Center, is offered program rst year the diploma fi quire A. hours 112—6 and ENG 111 B. (3 hours)—9 hours 240; HIS 101; MAT PHL A. 320-358. 314, 317, 415, 416, one of RGL courses, 3: RGL Old Testament B. 359-378. 300, 301, 302, 423, one of RGL courses, 3: RGL Testament New C. 243, 304. 113, Theological courses: RGL D. 303. General Studies: RGL E. 261, 263, 305. Studies: RGL Ministry F. 454. 308, 309, 310, 311, 306, 307, RGL Electives from: Three G. 481 RGL Practicum: A. 320-358. RGL 314, 317, 415, 416, one from courses, 2: RGL Old Testament B. 359-378. 300, 301, 302, 423, one of RGL courses, 2: RGL Testament New C. 342, 304. 113, Theological courses, 2: RGL D. 261, 263, 307, 454. Ministry Studies courses., 2: RGL The Center offers two programs at various sites throughout West Tennessee and Southeast Missouri. The diploma and Southeast Missouri. The diploma Tennessee West at various sites throughout programs two The Center offers Calendars for the programs offered through the R.G. Lee Center are tailored to meet the needs of adult, evening to meet tailored the R.G. Lee Center are through offered Calendars for the programs Applicants must be at least 25 years of age and have served in some capacity in their church for at least 3 years. for at least 3 years. of age and have served in some capacity in their church Applicants must be at least 25 years For additional information, including direct contact information for program personnel, visit personnel, visit for program contact information information, including direct For additional During the www.uu.edu/academics/adultstudies/ad/ is offered at a Center, students may transfer as many as 39 semester hours of approved credit toward the A.Div. Up A.Div. the toward credit transfer as many as 39 semester hours of approved students may at a Center, is offered by the approved ed to those strict re are All SE credits the SE Department. to 24 of these 39 may be earned through tion. ca u American Council on Ed Degree Requirements: Degree Requirements: I. General Education requirements II. hours Associate of Divinity Requirements—51 I. . 240; HIS 101; MAT PHL 112; CHR 111, hours) from courses (6 Two General Education Requirements: II. ments—24 hours quire Christian Ministries Re at: the earned through liberal arts. Credit to the for adult education incorporating an exposure is designed program Associate of Divinity The Associate of Divinity degree. is applicable to the Diploma of Christian Ministry program student. to the non-traditional offered program is a professional Degree Re Calendar schedules of course of- of the faculty and the students. For this reason students as well as the ministerial schedules in the calendars presented ferings do not follow the traditional Curriculum mester hours of approved credit into the diploma program. Up to 12 of these 18 hours may be earned through the these 18 hours may be earned through Up to 12 of into the diploma program. credit mester hours of approved Convention. During the Department of the Southern Baptist nary Extension (SE) i Sem Program Admission their church tion from da men om ter of rec a let tion to the application for admission, applicants must provide di In ad and meet university admission requirements. www.uu.edu/academics/socs Program Speci President for Church Relations. B.S., University of North Alabama; M. Div. and D. Min., Southwestern Baptist D. Min., Southwestern Baptist and Alabama; M. Div. Relations. B.S., University of North for Church President Theological Seminary. Programs of the R. G. Lee Centers R. G. Lee of the Programs Leadership Program A. Thornbury Gregory Oxford Additional study, Seminary; Baptist Theological and Ph.D., Southern College; M.Div. B.A., Messiah ology. University. Jerry N. Tidwell Adult Studies ______Studies Adult ict res o lu tion, evangelism, church involvement, Christian world tion, evangelism, church lu o ict res fl ve books of the Old Testament. fi rst fi of the local church. of the organizations cers and curriculum fi

Students pursuing the Associate of Divinity are required to take RGL 481, Christian Ministries Internship as the as Internship Ministries Christian 481, RGL to take required are of Divinity Associate the pursuing Students

Course Offerings through the R.G. Lee Centers (RGL) the R.G. Lee Offerings through Course (3) Study and Interpretation to Bible Introduction 113. of step- to the methodology emphasis is given Special or interpretation. of hermeneutics of the process The study study. by-step Bible Moral Decision Making (3) 243. Approaches to secular, son of philosophical, i par and com on methodology with a survey to Christian ethics, focusing An introduction evangelical approach. on to develop a comprehensive on the moral life, then moves and theistic perspectives to Christian Education (3) 261. Introduction of The origin, purposes, 263. Homiletics (3) and delivery. basic techniques of sermon preparation study of the A (3) 300. The Life of Christ in the Synoptic Gospels. study of the life of Christ as recorded A 301. Pauline Epistles (3) epistles. An exegetical study of selected Pauline (3) 302. Hebrews, General Epistles, Revelation Revelation, and selected General Epistles. An exegetical study of Hebrews, Practice (3) 303. Contemporary Christian Life and vocation, time and tive: spec a Christian per ethical issues from to practical and Contemporary issues as they relate ships, con tion la management, marriage re resource Program Assessment Program course. capstone view, and devotional life. view, 304. Christian Doctrine (3) sin, the fall of man, Christology, God, creation, revelation, the Trinity, Major theological doctrines of Christianity: tian life, and eschatology. the Chris Holy Spirit, the church, Atonement, the the 305. Pastoral Ministries (3) course designed to deal with the practical work of the pastor. A (3) 306. Introduction to Christian Evangelism ming. gram planning, and pro evangelistic preaching, The biblical and doctrinal basis for and Children (3) 307. Church Ministry with Preschool and their parents. to children Curriculum focusing on issues relating (3) 308. Church Ministry with Youth meeting the needs of youth, try, is pects of min practical as focusing on organizations, ministry within the church Youth of the minister with youth. and the unique role 309. Church Ministry with Adults (3) ter with families and marriages. is to min curriculum and responsibility The church’s Ministry Issues (3) 310. Youth lies. i youth and their fam Issues facing youth as they deal with developmental and those affecting Survey of Missions (3) 311. sions. tist mis with a particular focus on Southern Bap survey of missions and outreach A 314. Studies in the Pentateuch (3) An intensive study in the 317. Minor Prophets (3) study of the minor prophets. A ment (3) ta ture of the Old Tes a er Lit 415. Poetry & Wisdom Ecclesiastes). Proverbs, (Job, Psalms, ry and wisdom literature et po An intensive study of Hebrew CHRISTIAN STUDIES 140 CHRISTIAN STUDIES 141 363. Acts (3) 364. Romans (3) 365. I Corinthians (3) 366. II Corinthians (3) 367. Galatians (3) 368. Ephesians (3) 369. Philippians (3) 370. Colossians (3) 371. I Thessalonians (3) 372. II Thessalonians (3) thy; (3) o 373. The Pastoral Epistles: I, II Tim Philemon Titus; (3) 374. Hebrews 375. James and Jude (3) 376. I, II Peter (3) 377. I, II, III John (3) 378. Revelation (3) 343. Jeremiah (3) 343. Jeremiah 344. Lamentations (3) 345. Ezekiel (3) 346. Daniel (3) 347. Hosea (3) 348. Joel (3) 349. Amos (3) 350. Obadiah (3) 351. Jonah (3) 352. Micah (3) 353. Nahum (3) 354. Habakkuk (3) 355. Zephaniah (3) 356. Haggai (3) 357. Zechariah (3) 358. Malachi (3) 359. Matthew (3) 360. Mark (3) 361. Luke (3) 362. John (3) 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular Lower level group 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Upper-level 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) approval. of a faculty member(s) requiring under the guidance Individual research 498-9. Seminar (1-3) students only. A.Div. of the department for be used at the discretion To 320. Genesis (3) 321. Exodus (3) 322. Leviticus (3) 323. Numbers (3) (3) 324. Deuteronomy 325. Joshua (3) 326. Judges (3) 327. Ruth (3) 328. I Samuel (3) 329. II Samuel (3) 330. I Kings (3) 331. II Kings (3) (3) 332. I Chronicles (3) 333. II Chronicles 334. Ezra (3) 335. Nehemiah (3) 336. Esther (3) 337. Job (3) 338. Psalms (3) (3) 339. Proverbs 340. Ecclesiastes (3) 341. Song of Songs (3) 342. Isaiah (3) 416. Major Prophets (3) Major Prophets 416. of the books major prophetic of the of some study an exegetical prophecy; brew He of development and The origin Old ta ment. Tes ture (3) a er Johannine Lit 423. The the Johannine Epistles. pel of John and study of the Gos An intensive tion. ven (3) Baptist Life 454. Southern tist Con Bap ties of the Southern i tiv and ac structure, history, survey of the A ship (3) tern In 481. Christian Ministries hours in a mum of 115 i a min followed by dents will spend 3 weeks in the classroom Stu ministry. Applied church tion. za ni ga or or Christian related church 320-378. Christians today, ing for ting, the mean historical set indicated with attention to its exposition, Study of the book(s) church. how to teach the book in a local and an emphasis on u ca tion and Human Studies and University Professor of Professor Studies and University tion and Human ca u (1996). Dean of the College of Ed of the College (1996). Dean (1985). Associate Dean of Education and Professor of Special Education. B.S., Union University; Education. B.S., Union University; of Special and Professor Associate Dean of Education (1985). (1994). Assistant Dean for Teacher Ed u ca tion and Accreditation and Professor of Education. B.S., of Education. B.S., and Professor Accreditation tion and ca u Ed Assistant Dean for Teacher (1994). it is to teach, to lead, to counsel, to assist, ective, pragmatic and consistent with Christ’s teachings, whether fl

Connecting these disciplines is a commitment to the implications and applications of the Great Commandment: to the implications and applications of the Great Commandment: Connecting these disciplines is a commitment The College of Education and Human Studies houses a relatively diverse grouping of academic disciplines, in- a relatively diverse grouping of academic and Human Studies houses The College of Education

The mission of the College of Education and Human Studies is to prepare students for social service in ways that students for and Human Studies is to prepare The mission of the College of Education

a sincere desire to apply knowledge and improve the lives of people in the name and through the love of Christ. a sincere desire to apply knowledge and Dottie Myatt gy, o chol Psy Sociology and Family Studies, of Social Work, of Education and the Departments cluding the School majors along The College has eleven undergraduate and Continuing Studies. Physical Education-Wellness-Sport of Continuing Studies in con- by the Department completion majors administered with the non-traditional degree including the M.A.Ed., four graduate degrees, The College also offers junction with other university departments. including Teacher nationally accredited, are in the College offered of the programs M.Ed., Ed.S., and Ed.D. Three on the offered are Graduate programs (CAAHEP). Athletic Training (CSWE), and Social Work, Education (NCATE), Jackson and Germantown campuses. M.Ed. and Ed.D., University of Memphis. M.Ed. and Ed.D., phis. University of Mem M.Ed., Union University; Ed.D., Lambuth University; Ann Singleton Education. B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Ohio State University. Education. B.A., M.A., Mission Statement Thomas R. Rosebrough Thomas Faculty College of Education and Human Studies Studies Human and of Education College ______or to rehabilitate. are re are COLLEGE OF EDUCATION AND HUMAN STUDIES 142 EDUCATION 143 University of

Professor of Education. B.S., Union University; M.Ed. and Ph.D., of Education. B.S., Union University; Professor (1996). Professor of Education and Dean of the College of Ed u ca tion and Human Studies. ca u of Education and Dean of the College of Ed (1996). Professor (1998). Assistant Professor of Ed u ca tion and Director of Clinical Ex pe ri enc es. B.S., University es. enc ri pe of Clinical Ex tion and Director ca u of Ed Professor Assistant (1998). Education ______Education (1995). Professor of Education and Senior Vice President for University Relations. B.M., Union for University President of Education and Senior Vice (1995). Professor (2001). Associate Professor of Educational Leadership and Director of the M.A.Ed., Jackson. B.A., of Educational Leadership and Director Associate Professor (2001). (2002). Associate Professor of Educational Leadership, Director of the Ed.S. and Ed.D. (P-12), of the Ed.S. and Ed.D. (P-12), of Educational Leadership, Director Associate Professor (2002). (2004). Assistant Professor of Education. B.S. and M.S.Ed., University of Tennessee at Martin; of Education. B.S. and M.S.Ed., University of Tennessee Assistant Professor (2004). (1997). Associate Professor of Education. B.A., Union University; M.C.M. and M.R.E., Southwestern Associate Professor (1997). (1998). Associate Professor and Director of the M.Ed., Germantown. B.A., Trinity University; M.Ed., B.A., Trinity of the M.Ed., Germantown. and Director Associate Professor (1998). (2000). Associate Professor of Education, Director of the Center for Educational Practice and Direc- of the Center of Education, Director Professor Associate (2000). (2006). Associate Professor of Educational Leadership. B.A., Furman University; M.Ed., Clemson B.A., Furman University; M.Ed., Clemson of Educational Leadership. Associate Professor (2006). (1993). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Lane College; M.Ed., University of Memphis; Ph.D., Associate Professor (1993). (1992). Associate Professor of Special Education. A.A., Miami Dade Junior College; B.S. and M.Ed., of Special Education. Associate Professor (1992). (1997). University Professor of Special Education and Director of the M.Ed., Jackson. B.S. Middle and Director of Special Education (1997). University Professor (1985). Associate Dean of Education and Professor of Special Education. B.S., Union University; University; Education. B.S., Union of Special Education and Professor Dean of Associate (1985). (1999). Associate Professor of Education and Director of the M.A.Ed., Germantown. B.S. and M.Ed., of the M.A.Ed., Germantown. B.S. of Education and Director Professor Associate (1999). (2005). Associate Professor of Education. B.S., Union University; M.Ed., University of Memphis; Ed.S. of Education. B.S., Union University; M.Ed., University Associate Professor (2005). (1991). Assistant Professor of Early Childhood Education. B.S. and M.S., University of Tennessee at University of Tennessee of Early Childhood Education. B.S. and M.S., Professor Assistant (1991). (1994). Assistant Dean for Teacher Ed u ca tion and Accreditation and Professor of Ed u ca tion. B.S., ca u Ed of and Professor Accreditation and tion ca u Ed Assistant Dean for Teacher (1994). eld fi (2005). Professor of Education. B.S., Butler University; M.A., Ph.D., Ball State University. of (2005). Professor (1975-1981, 2005). Professor of Educational Leadership. B.A., Union University; B.D., M.Div. and D.Min, B.D., M.Div. Leadership. B.A., Union University; of Educational Professor (1975-1981, 2005). Memphis. Carolyn Bishop Emory University. University; Ph.D., Nancy Cherry and Ed.D., Union University. Melinda Clarke nary; Ph.D., Mississippi State University. i Sem University; M.C.M., New Orleans Theological Jennifer Grove B.A., M.A., and Ph.D., Ohio State University. Camille Searcy Southern Illinois University. Randy Shadburn an’s University. Wom Baptist Theological Seminary; Ed.D., Texas tor of Ed.D., (Higher Education). B.A., Lambuth University; M.Ed., and Ed.D., Vanderbilt. tor of Ed.D., (Higher Education). B.A., Anna Clifford London. Montessori, St. Nicholas Montessori Centre, study, Additional Martin; Nancy M. Easley ty of Memphis. si ver Ed.D., Uni & M University; A Texas Charles A. Fowler University of Memphis. Mississippi State University; Ed.D., Ralph Leverett University. Vanderbilt ty; M.A., M.S., Ph.D., si ver State Uni Tennessee John Light Melessia E. Mathis Union University; M.Ed., M.A., and Ed.D., University of Memphis. Thomas R. Rosebrough University; M.Ed. and Ph.D., University of Germantown Campus. B.S., Freed-Hardeman and Executive Director of Mississippi. L. Weaver Terry University. of Vanderbilt lege for Teachers Peabody Col Atlantic University; Ph.D., George Florida Carrie L. Whaley Lambuth University; M.Ed., Union University; Ed.D., University of Mem phis. University of Mem M.Ed., Union University; Ed.D., Lambuth University; University. Seminary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt Southern Baptist Theological 2006). Michele Atkins (1998-2005; Alabama; M.Ed., University of Memphis. of Rosetta May Ed.D., University of Mississippi. Kenneth Newman M.Ed. and Ed.D., University of Memphis. Ed.D., University M.Ed. and Dottie Myatt College of Education and Human Studies Human and of Education College Faculty Ann Singleton School of School as ect Christ fl international Honor Society in Education, is dedicated to scholarship and excellence in educa- international Honor Society in Education, is dedicated to scholarship and ed K-12: SE 340, 345—6 hours fi 1. 324; SOC 400 107, PEWS MAT COM 311, 2. 313 & 318; SE 225 PSY 310, GEO 215; PHY 1. hours 114—6 111, Math: MAT 2. Science: BIO 221, 222—8 hours 3. Social Studies: HIS 101, 315—6 hours 4. Select 2: ENG 312, 318, 450, 460—6 hours Arts; Language 1. EDU 351, PEWS 410 2. SE 225, 331, 332, 405, 410; SW 200 1. Modi 2. SE 343, 348—6 hours K-12: Comprehensive 1. 355, 356, 431 EDU 150, 233, 250, 351, 352, 353, 354, 2. 357, MUS 358, PEWS 359 ART 1. EDU 150, 233, 250, 341, 342, 351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 430 2. Aid with adult, child & infant CPR First PEWS 222 or Red Cross 359 3. PEWS 1. 318, 324, SOC 419 EDU 150, 233, 250, 353, SE 435; PSY 2. Adult, Child, Infant CPR Aid with First PEWS 222 or Red Cross SOC 213; or SW/SOC 310. ed Special Education (K-12) and Comprehensive Special Education (K-12). Com ple tion of the major, together major, tion of the ple Education (K-12). Com Special Comprehensive ed Special Education (K-12) and fi details. A. CSC 105; GEO 215 or 216; HIS 211; MAT 107 A. MAT HIS 211; CSC 105; GEO 215 or 216; B. SOC 325 318, 324; SE 225; PSY 301 or 310; 322; PHY PEWS 212, 214; 243; CHR 244; PSC 211, 213; PHL 211, 112, 111, C. BIO 221 or 222; ENG 312; SPA/FRE Elective from A. hours for all emphases—28 Major Requirements B. 8 hours Select one emphasis—6 or A. ed. endorsements—25 hours for all special Major Requirements B. or 8 hours Select at least one endorsement—6 A. Elementary K-6—49 hours B. or 55 hours Early Childhood PreK-3—52 C. hours Middle Grades 4-8—38 EDU 150, 233, 250, 326, 352, 354, 355, 356, 432 D. 35 hours Special Education—32 or

Kappa Delta Pi, Admission to and continuance in the Teacher Education Program and the PRAXIS II examination are intregal intregal and the PRAXIS II examination are Education Program Admission to and continuance in the Teacher The School of Education with the approval of the Tennessee State Department of Education offers three majors three of Education offers State Department the Tennessee of the approval of Education with The School The mission of the School of Education is to prepare educators of character and competence who re and competence of character educators to prepare is of Education the School of The mission

with the general education core and a pro fes sion al education minor, comprise the academic course requirements for the academic course requirements comprise al education minor, sion fes pro and a core with the general education at Union University. gree a teaching de hours or Early Childhood Educ., PreK-3)—34-35 Elem. K-6 Foundations ( Learning I. Major in II. Major in Liberal Studies (Middle Grades 4-8) II. Major in Special Education III. Major in Licensure for Teacher IV. Minor in Professional Education Tailored for sure. See your advisor cen V. and B.S. Core are tailored for initial teacher li Requirements for General Core Student Organization tion. Assessment of Majors parts of the assessment of Education majors. they serve and lead in their schools and communities. and lead in their they serve Curriculum The majors the public schools. license to teach in seeking a University students for Union in six areas with licensure the offers Foundations major The Learning and Special Education. Liberal Studies, tions, da Foun include: Learning (Grades K-6) for teaching 3) or Elementary Education Education (PreK-Grade in Early Childhood choice of licensure with built-in empha- in Middle Grades 4-8 licensure offers students. The Liberal Studies major typically developing sis in pha em build further or select an additional upon which the student may cial Sciences So ses in Natural and of teach special needs youth in the areas students to Education major prepares Arts or Math. The Special Language Modi Mission Statement Mission EDUCATION 144 EDUCATION 145 of EDU 150, Prerequisites experience and each enhanced eld fi ed classroom teach ers and who shows great- teach ed classroom fi discussion. eld experience and group fi is presented to that student who, in the judgment who, in the judgment to that student is presented sues, problems and prac tic es that will be included are learning are es that will be included tic and prac sues, problems focus attention on the integration of technology and other current technology and other current focus attention on the integration of is composed of students on the cam pus who are preparing to teach. preparing are pus who on the cam students of is composed is eld. Current fi Education (EDU) Nora Smith Barker Student Teacher of the Year Award of the Year Teacher Barker Student Nora Smith With the exceptions of EDU 150, 233, 250, and SE 225, all education and special ed u ca tion courses have as a pre- tion courses ca u 225, all education and special ed of EDU 150, 233, 250, and SE the exceptions With The The Student Tennessee Education Association Education Student Tennessee The eld ex pe ri ence quired. re requisite admission to the Teacher Education Program (TEP). All courses with (TEP). Program Education admission to the Teacher requisite 233. S (1) F, Teachers Personal Qualities of Effective a through teachers of effective An exploration of personal qualities Course Offerings in Course Offerings S-Spring; Su-Summer F-Fall; W-Winter; ( ) Hours Credit; insurance. of liability proof require student teaching course 150. S W, (2) F, Foundations of American Education can educational institutions. i Amer bases underlying the development of Historical, philosophical, and sociological 20-hour of state, local, and federal agencies will be emphasized. aims of education, and role of the schools, The role fi 250. S (2) F, in the Classroom Instructional Technology ui site: req Pre CSC 105. audio, video, and Emphasis is on computer technology standards. course designed to meet state instructional A classroom. optical technology as it is used in the 326. S W, the Content Areas (3) F, Developing Reading Skills in Admission. TEP Prerequisite: skills used in middle and secondary with emphasis on the study skills in content areas Development of reading teacher and a under the supervision of the classroom work 25 clock hours of classroom Requires school programs. students. of secondary education Required college supervisor. (351-356) Instructional Design Courses (341-342) Student Awards Student issues, problems and practices in the issues, problems Its purpose is to offer its members all the opportunities, responsibilities, and privileges of the National Education Education of the National and privileges responsibilities, opportunities, all the members its to offer is Its purpose ethics, and the history, with teachers future to acquaint and Association see Education nes and the Ten Association profession. teaching the organized of program classrooms and preparatory in both the college to the highest degree has demonstrated of Education, of the School characteristic of outstanding certi tributes held to be those skills and at one Secondary and one one Elementary, is given to award An years to come. of achieving this status in est promise Student teacher. Special Education All carry and faith and ethics. diversity, sion, national standards, clu in es, enc er style pref 233, 250 & SE 225. 341. Early Childhood Instructional Design I (4) F Admission. 324, EDU 351 and TEP PSY Prerequisite: Attention is given to developmentally appro- study of the cognitive development of infants and young children. A of language, mathematics, in the areas priate methods and materials for facilitating and measuring developments science, and social studies. 342. Early Childhood Instructional Design II (4) S Admission. 324, EDU 351 and TEP PSY Prerequisite: Attention is given to the use dren. for infants and young chil study of art, music and drama experiences appropriate A activities as a vehicle for facilitating physical, cognitive and social development and for the assessment of expressive quired. ence re ri pe to all disciplines. Field ex and intervention in meeting learning objectives related 351. S Instructional Design I (4) F, EDU 352. Corequisite: Admission. Prerequisites: to assessment needs of young children. Design and implementation in early childhood education with attention Field experience required. 352. S Instructional Design II (4) F, EDU 351. Admission. Corequisite: TEP Prerequisites: and teacher ef- literature in elementary school language arts, children’s Design and implementation of instruction fectiveness. Field experience required. di dates seeking an additional di

license in middle grades education. license in middle grades education. 411. S School (4) F, Field Experience in Elementary Admission to student teaching. Pass/Fail. site: ui req Pre an ad- student teaching at the elementary school level for candidates seeking Four weeks of full time, supervised area. licensure ditional license in an elementary education S Education (4) F, 414. Field Experience in Early Childhood sion to student teaching. Pass/Fail. mis Ad Prerequisite: dates seeking an additional di level for can student teaching at the preschool Four weeks of full time, supervised license in early childhood education. 416. S Field Experience in Secondary School (4) F, to student teaching. Pass/Fail. Admission site: ui req Pre school level for candidates seeking an ad- Four weeks of full time, supervised student teaching at the secondary area. ditional license in a secondary education licensure 417. Art in the Secondary School (3) F Teaching Admission. EDU 326 and TEP Prerequisite: work under the supervi- room 25 clock hours of class materials and methods course in the teaching of art. Requires A teacher and a college supervisor. sion of the classroom 418. S Science in the Secondary School (3) F, Teaching Admission. EDU 326 and TEP Prerequisite: 25 clock hours of physics, or chemistry in secondary school. Requires course for those who plan to teach biology, A er and a college supervisor. teach work under the supervision of the classroom classroom 419. Business in the Secondary School (3) F Teaching Admission. EDU 326 and TEP Prerequisite: 25 clock ary school. Requires ond materials and methods course in the teaching of general business subjects in sec A teacher and a college supervisor. work under the supervision of the classroom hours of classroom 353. S F, III (4) Design Instructional 354. EDU Corequisite: Admission. TEP 352 and 351 and EDU Prerequisites: required. Field experience and language arts. school reading in elementary instruction of Design implementation 354. S IV (4) F, Design Instructional 353. EDU Corequisite: Admission. and TEP EDU 351 and 352 Prerequisites: with at- ment and mathematics age man school classroom in elementary of instruction implementation Design and experience required. assessment. Field tention to 355. S Design V (4) F, Instructional EDU 356. Admission. Corequisite: and 354 and TEP EDU 353 Prerequisite: Field experience re- school science and social studies. in elementary of instruction Design and implementation quired. 356. S Design VI (4) F, Instructional EDU 355. Admission. Corequisite: and 354 and TEP EDU 353 Prerequisite: of the mid- phy and structure o los with attention to the phi in middle school of instruction Design and implementation teamwork. Field experience required. ing community and volv practices in and issues, problems dle school and to S F, into Classroom Instruction (2) Design VII: Integrating Art 357. Instructional ART for course description. ART See S Integrating Music into Classroom Instruction (2) F, MUS 358. Instructional Design VIII: See MUS for course description. S tion (2) F, struc Integrating Movement into Classroom In PEWS 359. Instructional Design IX: See PEWS for course description. 410. S (4) F, Field Experience in Middle Grades Pass/Fail. sion to Student Teaching. mis Ad Prerequisite: student teaching in the middle grades (5-8) for can Four weeks of full-time, supervised EDUCATION 146 EDUCATION 147 stru men tal music in middle and high tal music in middle men stru per vi sor. per vi sor. per vi sor. per vi sor. per vi sor. per vi sor. per vi sor. school. Requires 25 clock hours of classroom work under the supervision of the classroom teacher and a college work under the supervision of the classroom 25 clock hours of classroom school. Requires supervisor. 425. School (3) F Social Studies in Secondary Teaching Admission. EDU 326 and TEP Prerequisite: work under the supervision room 25 clock hours of class social studies. Requires Materials and methods for teaching and a college su teacher of the classroom 426. (3) W Speech and Theatre Arts Teaching Admission. EDU 326 and TEP Prerequisite: work under the hours of classroom 25 clock arts. Requires speech & theatre Materials and methods for teaching su teacher and a college supervision of the classroom 430. S Field Experience in Early Childhood (14) F, Enhanced Student Teaching/Extended Admission to student teaching. Pass/Fail. site: ui req Pre infants and young student teaching with full-day supervised experience working with 15 weeks, of semester, A to required Students are settings. No other courses may be taken during the semester. in early childhood children seminars. participate in regular 431. S in Elementary School (14) F, Enhanced Student Teaching to student teaching. Pass/Fail. Admission Prerequisite: by the TN Department of Education under supervi- 15 weeks, of student teaching at levels prescribed semester, A seminars. No other courses may in regular sion. In addition to full-day student teaching, students will participate be taken during the semester. 432. S in Middle Grades (14) F, Enhanced Student Teaching Pass/Fail. to Student Teaching. Admission Prerequisite: by the TN Department of Education. In prescribed 15 weeks, of supervised student teaching at levels semester, A seminars. No other courses may be taken addition to full day student teaching, students will participate in regular during this semester. 433. S in Secondary School (14) F, Enhanced Student Teaching to student teaching. Pass/Fail. Admission Prerequisite: 9-12 under supervision. In addition to full-day student 15 weeks, of student teaching in Grades 7-8 and semester, A seminars. No other courses may be taken during the semester. teaching, students will participate in regular 420. (3) F School Secondary in the English Teaching Admission. TEP 326 and EDU Prerequisite: supervision work under the hours of classroom 25 clock Requires in teaching English. and materials used Methods a college su teacher and of the classroom 421. S (3) F, the Secondary School Education in Health and Physical Teaching Admission. 326 and TEP EDU Prerequisite: level. Re- at the secondary education program health and physical to carry out the the student to prepare course A supervisor. teacher and a college sion of the classroom vi per work under the su 25 clock hours of classroom quires 422. in the Secondary School (3) S Mathematics Teaching Admission. EDU 326 and TEP Prerequisite: 211. MAT or Corequisite: Prerequisite work under the supervision of classroom 25 clock hours school teachers of mathematics. Requires Methods for high su teacher and a college of the classroom 423. (3) F Language in the Secondary School Modern Teaching language credit. Admission, 6 hours of UL TEP EDU 326, Prerequisite: 25 clock ary school. Requires ond modern languages in sec practices, and methods of teaching study of principles, A in two language teacher and a college supervisor of the classroom work under the supervision hours of classroom in the same language or of instruction levels different experience. Requires lent approved a laboratories or an equiv in two languages. instruction 424. (3) F Music in Secondary School Teaching Admission. site: EDU 326 and TEP ui req Pre plan to teach public school music and in Methods and materials for those who eld experience. experience. eld fi eld experience. eld fi eld experience. experience. eld fi eld experience. eld fi cations, as well as the needs, the law, mainstreaming, and the emo- mainstreaming, cations, as well as the needs, the law, fi liability of proof course require and each enhanced student teaching eld experience fi

With the exception of SE 225, all special education courses have as a prerequisite, ad mis sion to the Teacher Educa- sion to the Teacher mis ad courses have as a prerequisite, of SE 225, all special education the exception With

eld experience. experience. eld 405. Educational Assessment of Students with Exceptionalities (3) S Admission. site: SE 331 or 332, and TEP ui req Pre will be studied with the uses, purposes, nature, test results used in describing and interpreting and constructs Terms The student brief history of psychometric testing will be presented. A of formal and informal tests. and procedures objectives. guidelines for instructional will be able to transform the assessment data into programmatic 332. with Exceptionalities II (3) F Characteristics and Needs of Pupils Admission. site: SE 225 and TEP ui req Pre examined. Education ries are o assessment and intervention strategies and the Emotional behavioral characteristics, and legislation. Includes trends to current in relation studied handicaps are and profound of individuals with severe fi 340. to Students with Exceptionalities (3) S Mathematics and Science Teaching Admission. SE 331 or 332, and TEP Prerequisite: at- methods of mathematics and science teaching in grades K-8 with special The content, objectives, materials, and of students with exceptionalities. Includes tention given to meeting the needs Pre req ui site: SE 332 and TEP Admission. site: SE 332 and TEP ui req Pre caps, including practices re- i hand and profound Perspectives and practices for teachers of individuals with severe tion. Personal living, vocational skills and maintenance si lated to integration, communication, socialization, and tran included. training are 345. Language Arts & Social Studies to Pupils with Exceptionalities (3) F Teaching sion. mis Ad SE 331 or 332, and TEP Prerequisite: ing in grades K-8 with special studies teach The content, objectives, materials, and methods of language arts and social Includes attention given to meeting the needs of students with exceptionalities. 343. Perspectives and Practices for the Severe and Profound Handicaps (3) S Teaching tional and behavioral characteristics with respect to in di vid u als with exceptionalities. Includes u vid di to in with respect tional and behavioral characteristics 225. S, Su W, (3) F, Survey of Exceptionalities 225. PSY credit: 213. Reciprocal site: PSY ui req Pre a persons with exceptionalities examined from study of emotional, learning, and behavioral characteristics of A point of view. and experimental theoretical 320. Design I (4) F Early Childhood Instructional EDU 341. See EDU 341 for course description. credit: Reciprocal Design II (4) S 321. Early Childhood Instructional EDU 342. See EDU 342 for course description. credit: Reciprocal 331. with Exceptionalities I (3) S Characteristics and Needs of Pupils Admission. SE 225 and TEP Prerequisite: for educational and psychological classi Trends insurance. tion Program. All courses with All courses tion Program. Special Education (SE) Special Education S-Spring; Su-Summer F-Fall; W-Winter; ( ) Hours Credit: 348. Individuals with Severe and Profound Handicaps (3) F Teaching Admission. SE 332, 343, and TEP Prerequisites: handicaps including special and profound for individuals with severe and training in the curricular areas Teaching and adaptive equipment, techniques and materials, and 25 hours of 435. S F, K-12 (14) Grades in Teaching Student Enhanced Pass/Fail. teaching. student to Admission Prerequisite: student addition to full-day supervision. In K-6 and 7-12 under in Grades of student teaching 15 weeks, semester, A the semester. be taken during other courses may seminars. No in regular students will participate teaching, 437. S (14) F, in Grades PreK-12 Student Teaching Enhanced teaching. Pass/Fail. Admission to student Prerequisite: student to full-day and 7-12. In addition in Grades PreK-6 student teaching of supervised 15 weeks, semester, A may be taken during the semester. seminars. No other courses will participate in regular teaching, students EDUCATION 148 EDUCATION 149 prior to registering. ned and approved fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi x: fi 410. F (3) with Exceptionalities Pupils With Management Behavior Admission. and TEP or 332, SE 331 Prerequisite: practi- given to related tion is ten At exceptionalities. of pupils with managing behavior and techniques for Theories and legal issues. cal, moral, 415. S (4) F, Education Experience in Special Field teaching. Pass/Fail. sion to student mis Ad Prerequisite: seeking an for candidates education classroom teaching in a special student of full time, supervised Four weeks in special education. additional license S F, tion (14) ca u 430. Childhood Special Ed Field Experience in Early Student Teaching/Extended Pass/Fail. Admission to student teaching. Prerequisite: working with infants and young with full-day supervised experience 15 weeks, of student teaching semester, A be taken during the tings. No other courses may childhood education set with exceptionalities in early children seminars. to participate in regular required are Students semester. 435. S F, in Special Education (14) Teaching Enhanced Student Pass/Fail. Admission to student teaching. Prerequisite: student teaching, students will under supervision. In addition to full-day 15 weeks, of student teaching semester, A seminars. No other courses may be taken during the semester. participate in regular in each departmental pre Available Study Programs (1-3) As Needed 179-279-379-479. External Domestic be de All courses and their applications must 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs (1-4) As Needed 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs be de All courses and their application must 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand departmental offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Upper-level Demand 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) On under the guidance of a faculty member(s). Individual research 498-9. Seminar (1-4) On Demand of the department. be used at the discretion To

or elds, sensitivity sensitivity elds, fi ACT (Composite of 22e), or Faith ection and fl transfer through acquired eld experience fi rst semester after transfer. The application to the TEP is submitted during The application to the TEP rst semester after transfer. ection in scholarship and inquiry, motivation of their students' becoming motivation of their students' and inquiry, ection in scholarship fi fl c competencies needed in the teaching profession. fi Effective educators demonstrate knowledge in their respective in their respective educators demonstrate knowledge Effective ed with a course description or syllabus indicating the total hours completed and ed with a course description or syllabus indicating the total hours completed fi eld experience in an approved set ting is also completed. By completing the admission set eld experience in an approved fi Undergraduate students must meet the following re quire ments for admission to the quire students must meet the following re Undergraduate . EDU 150, Foun da tions of American Education, should be taken during the second semes- American Education, should be taken during tions of da . EDU 150, Foun The Teacher Education Program is accredited by the National Council for is accredited Program Education The Teacher (1998). Assistant Professor of Education and Director of Clinical Experiences. B.S., University of of of Education and Director Professor Assistant (1998). ection, and faith. eld and meet speci fl fi (1994). Professor of Education and Assistant Dean for Teacher Ed u ca tion and Accreditation. B.S., Accreditation. tion and ca u Ed Dean for Teacher Assistant of Education and (1994). Professor the placement. credit must be veri credit of 1020). (Combined score SAT(R) learning needs; being sought and adolescents to the learning environment; of children apply content knowledge and knowledge further study; teacher’s as a leader in the community; role 5. Satisfactory scores on the PPST (Reading=174, Math=173, Writ ing=173), 5. (Reading=174, Math=173, Writ on the PPST Satisfactory scores 6. of the School of Education. Approval 7. Education Committee. of the Teacher Approval 1. Minimum of 24 semester hours in general education. 2. of 2.5 in all course work at Union University. Minimum GPA Committee. tion Screening ca 3. u Ed Interview with the Teacher 4. grade level; Field experience in education at the appropriate 1. Understanding of the growth and development of children and adolescents and sen si tiv i ty to their diverse i 1. tiv si and adolescents and sen of children and development Understanding of the growth 2. for the licensure education and in a major appropriate base of general Academic competence in a broad 3. methods and materials which utilize skills that effectively teaching Knowledge of a variety of effective 3. to pursue and desire effective to remain growth that teachers need continuing professional Awareness ing of the stand der 5. un of teachers and an responsibilities and professional Knowledge of the ethical 6. values. to have a lifestyle that demonstrates Christian desire A le of the Teacher Education Program le of the Teacher fi

Application to the TEP Admission to the TEP: To be licensed to teach in the State of Tennessee, prospective teachers must earn a bachelor’s prospective with a major degree be licensed to teach in the State of Tennessee, To Description of the Statement: Description of the students will have developed: Education Program, the Teacher On completion of The mission of the Teacher Education Program is to prepare highly effective educators within an environment environment within an educators highly effective is to prepare Education Program Teacher The mission of the

to students' diverse learning needs, re to students' diverse of the Spirit (Galatians of the fruit of their worldview and integration examination and a careful life-long learners, 5:22-23). Teacher Teacher Ed u ca tion Program: year or during the ter of the freshman this course, and a 20-hour in an academic Student Teaching Admission To And & Continuation In The TEP Admission To NCATE Accreditation: NCATE Program Leadership Dottie Myatt phis. University; Ed.D., University of Mem Lambuth University; M.Ed., Union Melessia Mathis . Additional study, bama; M.Ed., University of Memphis. a Al Goals Mission Statement Mission of sensitivity, re of sensitivity, Conceptual Framework: A Teacher-Student Dynamic of Sensitivity, Re Dynamic of Sensitivity, Teacher-Student A Framework: Conceptual Teacher Education Program ______Program Education Teacher Studies Human and of Education College Pro Ac cred i ta tion of Teacher Education (NCATE) 2010 Massachusetts Ave., N.W., Suite 500, Wash ing ton, ing Suite 500, Wash N.W., Ave., 2010 Massachusetts Education (NCATE) tion of Teacher ta i cred Ac and tion programs ra a covers initial teacher prep accreditation DC 20036; phone 202-466-7496. This advanced educator programs. TEACHER EDUCATION 150 TEACHER EDUCATION 151 . This expense eld experiences eld fi ed in writing of the fi mit ted to student teaching to student teaching ted mit eld experiences fi . eld experiences. eld fi le an application in order to be ad to be in order le an application fi cer with the Tennessee State Department of Education when all State cer with the Tennessee fi ned in the early fi attendance is mandatory dent is able to take courses that require admission to the TEP when they are they are when TEP to the admission require that take courses is able to dent Applications for Tennessee teacher licensure are completed during a student are teacher licensure Tennessee Applications for . Students are required to submit a professional portfolio at 4 stages throughout portfolio at 4 stages throughout to submit a professional required . Students are Students must Minimum GPA’s are listed above. Following ad mis sion to the TEP, if the GPA drops drops GPA if the sion to the TEP, mis listed above. Following ad are Minimum GPA’s es acquisition of knowl edge, skills, and dispositions required by institutional, state edge, skills, and dispositions required es acquisition of knowl fi In order to remain in the TEP following admission, the student must maintain a GPA a GPA must maintain admission, the student following TEP in the to remain In order of led by the licensing fi . As is required by national standards and by the Tennessee State Department of Education State Department of Education the Tennessee and by by national standards As is required . these early at Union. The purpose of a vital part of the TEP eld experiences are fi . The School of Education is charged with the responsibility to follow the established policies for admis- with the responsibility . The School of Education is charged eld experiences eld fi dent must have a degree audit no later than the semester prior to student teaching. dent must have a degree 1. portions of the Praxis II series. on all applicable Minimum scores 2. of 2.5 in all course work. Minimum GPA 3. in the major. GPA a higher minimum departments require of 2.75 in the major; some major Minimum GPA 4. education core. of 2.75 in the professional Minimum GPA 5. completed. stage 3 must be successfully Portfolio assessment 6. core. education professional Completion of the ments. 7. quire completion of the endorsement re than one course for Lack no more 8. the major department. from Recommendation 9. Dean of Students. of the Approval 10. Education Committee. Teacher of the Approval 11. the stu- graduation requirements, to complete student teaching as a part of When the student is required Early Minimum GPA requirements. Minimum GPA Proof of professional liability insurance is required of all students enrolled in courses with of all students enrolled is required liability insurance of professional Proof Appeals Continuation in the TEP. Continuation Admission to student teaching. Admission to student Application for teacher licensure. Assessment of student outcomes While no courses may be taken during the semester of student teaching, student teaching seminars are held on the semester of student teaching, student teaching seminars are While no courses may be taken during below the minimum, the student is removed from the TEP and may not take any courses that require admission to that require and may not take any courses the TEP from removed below the minimum, the student is low to fall be the GPA courses that caused that the student repeat recommended it is strongly In this case the TEP. or above the minimum, the student will be submitted for readmission is at When the GPA the minimum required. to the TEP. guidelines, early edge activities. The knowl and routine tive teacher to a variety of school settings, learners, spec the pro is to introduce in course work will be re and skills introduced Academic Policies is the responsibility of the student. Options for this cov er age include, but are not limited to, membership in Student include, but are age er of the student. Options for this cov is the responsibility Educators of Ten- Association International, or Professional tion, Christian Educators’ a ci so As Education Tennessee Information about each of these options is Union University. nessee. Liability insurance is also available through Education. Assistant Dean for Teacher the available through of the faculty which includes representatives Education Committee, The Teacher sion to and completion of the TEP. for as- policy-making body for the unit and is responsible and coordinating is the TEP the university, across from policy or practice is not being followed. If the student feels that established policies are ing that the established sur the Education Committee is also ed. The Teacher tact Education Committee should be con followed, the Teacher established policy and practice should be presented peals for variance from All ap appeals committee for the TEP. The Dean will consider whether the appeal in writing to the Dean of the College of Education and Human Studies. has been denied by the Dean, the student may choose to be granted. If the appeal within established policy, may, tion Committee. The student should contact the chairman of the TEC and ca u Ed the appeal to the Teacher direct the appeal, the student will be noti After the TEC has considered the appeal in writing. present pro cess early in the college ca reer, a stu a stu reer, college ca in the cess early pro immediately TEP tion to the ca pli make ap should of EDU 150 the equivalent has transferred who student A offered. to Union. upon entrance The portfolio veri the program. on all ap- passing scores be admitted to student teaching, students must also acquire To and national standards. of Education. The Praxis II should State Department ble portions of the Praxis II as determined by the Tennessee ca pli of passing scores. receipt to assure be taken at least one semester prior to the beginning of student teaching of 2.5 in all course work, in the major, and in the pro fes sion al education core. A recommendation from the student’s from recommendation A core. al education sion fes and in the pro the major, course work, in of 2.5 in all complete must successfully Students in the TEP. year for continuation during the junior quired is re major department of the portfolio process. stages 1 and 2 ment sess as teaching seminar and are teaching seminar and are committee’s determination. course work (including student teaching) is completed. course work (including student teaching) Thursday afternoon from 3:30-5:00, and Thursday afternoon from before the posted deadline during the semester prior to stu dent teaching. Applications are available in the Education available are Applications dent teaching. the semester prior to stu the posted deadline during before as follows: are ments for student teaching quire re Department. Other . for for eld fi Cat a - Second- plus the plus the Catalogue Catalogue Catalogue for licensure, for licensure, Catalogue Catalogue Catalogue age ment, or Marketing major as ment, or Marketing major age age ment, or Mar ket ing major as ket or Mar ment, age for licensure plus the Secondary for licensure for licensure, plus the Secondary for licensure, Catalogue Catalogue . . tion of the Catalogue . Cat a logue plus the Secondary Professional Education. plus the Secondary Professional : Complete the Ac count ing, Economics/Finance, Manage- ing, count Ac : Complete the

: Complete the Chemical/Phys ics major as outlined in the ics major as : Complete the Chemical/Phys Catalogue : Complete the Bachelor of Music de gree core with emphasis in Music core gree : Complete the Bachelor of Music de for licensure, for licensure, plus the Secondary Professional Education. This program Education. This program plus the Secondary Professional for licensure, : Complete the TESL major as outlined in the Dept. of Language section : Complete the TESL : Complete the Bachelor of Music degree core with emphasis in Music Edu- with emphasis in Music core : Complete the Bachelor of Music degree for licensure, plus the Secondary Professional Education. plus the Secondary Professional for licensure, Catalogue Catalogue : Complete the Learning Foundations major and the Professional Education tailored Education tailored major and the Professional : Complete the Learning Foundations for licensure, plus the Secondary Pro fes sion al Education. This program leads to dual This program al Education. sion fes Secondary Pro plus the for licensure, Complete the Accounting, Economics/Finance, Man Accounting, Economics/Finance, Complete the : Complete the Accounting, Economics/Finance, Man Accounting, : Complete the consisting of EDU 150, 250, 326, Secondary methods course within the content area, 433 within the content area, 150, 250, 326, Secondary methods course consisting of EDU Teacher Education Teacher Catalogue for licensure, plus the Secondary Professional Education. plus the Secondary Professional for licensure, Complete the Liberal Studies Major and Professional Education tailored for licensure 5-8 as for licensure Education tailored Complete the Liberal Studies Major and Professional Catalogue : Complete the Mathematics major as outlined in the Dept. of Mathematics section of the : Complete the Mathematics major as outlined in the Dept. of Mathematics : Complete the Political Science major as outlined in the Dept. of History & Political Science : Complete the Political Science major as outlined in the Dept. of History for licensure, plus the Secondary Professional Ed u ca tion. This program leads to dual licensure leads to dual licensure tion. This program ca u Ed plus the Secondary Professional for licensure, : Complete the Learning Foundations major and the Professional Education tailored for licensure for licensure Education tailored major and the Professional : Complete the Learning Foundations : Complete the Economics/Finance major as outlined in the McAfee School of Business Adminis- major as outlined in the McAfee School of Business : Complete the Economics/Finance : Complete the Marketing major as outlined in the McAfee School of Business Administration sec- : Complete the Marketing major as outlined in the McAfee School of Business : Complete the Chemistry major as outlined in the Dept. of Chem is try section of the try is outlined in the Dept. of Chem : Complete the Chemistry major as for licensure, plus the Secondary Professional Education. Secondary Professional plus the for licensure, : Complete the History major as outlined in the Dept. of History & Po lit i cal Science section of the i lit : Complete the History major as outlined in the Dept. of History & Po : Complete the Biology major as outlined in the Dept. of Biology section of the : Complete the Biology major as outlined : Complete the English major with either Literature or Writing con cen tra tion as outlined in the Dept. tra cen con or Writing Literature : Complete the English major with either : Complete the Physical Education and Health major as outlined in the Dept. of Physical Education, : Complete the Physical Education and Health major as outlined in the : Complete the French major, Teacher Education track, as outlined in the Dept. of Language section of Education track, as Teacher major, : Complete the French Catalogue plus the Secondary Professional Education. plus the Secondary Professional Catalogue for licensure, plus the Secondary Professional Education. plus the Secondary Professional for licensure, Catalogue for licensure, plus the Secondary Professional Education. plus the Secondary Professional for licensure, Catalogue

Middle Grades 4-8: Mathematics 7-12 Health K-12 History 7-12 Marketing 7-12 Government 7-12 French 7-12 English 7-12 English as a Second Language PreK-12 Elementary K-6 Early Childhood Educ., PreK-3 Economics 7-12 Music Education, Vocal/General Music K-12 Music Education, Vocal/General Biology 7-12 Chemistry 7-12 endorsements Chemistry 7-12 & Physics 7-12 dual Music Education, Instrumental K-12 Programs of study for each endorsement area are as follows: are area of study for each endorsement Programs 7-12: Business Education 7-12 7-12 & Business Technology Business Education 7-12 Business Technology Students seeking licensure in secondary areas must complete the major in the en dorse ment area and the and ment area dorse the major in the en must complete areas in secondary Students seeking licensure In addition to tuition, a fee will be charged all students engaged in enhanced student teaching and extended extended and teaching student in enhanced engaged all students be charged fee will tuition, a to In addition

logue Wellness, and Sport section of the Wellness, in Marketing 7-12, Economics 7-12, and Business Education 7-12. section of the leads to dual endorsements in PE K-12 and Health K-12. Catalogue tion of the the of the of English section of the Education Core. Secondary Professional in K-6 as outlined in the School of Education section of the in K-6 as outlined in the School of Education tration section of the 7-12 and Business 7-12. in Economics licensure for licensure in Early Childhood Education PreK-3 as outlined in the School of Education section of the as outlined in the School Childhood Education PreK-3 in Early for licensure Education Core. Secondary Professional of Music section of the as outlined in the Dept. for General/Choral Instructor Education, Track Dept. of Chem is try section of the is Dept. of Chem Professional Education. This en dorse ment area is offered as dual licensure with Business Education 7-12. with Business Education as dual licensure is offered ment area dorse This en Education. Professional Education. plus the Secondary Professional Education. Professional plus the Secondary licensure as outlined in the Dept. of Music section of the Instructor for Instrumental/Band cation, Track outlined in the School of Education section of the outlined in the McAfee School of Business Administration sec outlined in the McAfee School of Business ary Professional Education 225. 213, 318; SE/PSY or 435; PSY of the tion section tra is min Ad School of Business outlined in the McAfee Education. Professional section of the Administration ness School of Busi major as outlined in the McAfee ment, or Marketing al Education. sion fes plus the Secondary Pro licensure, Programs of Study in Programs Financial Information Financial experience. This is used to meet part of the expenses of the cooperating teacher stipend and travel expenses incurred incurred and travel expenses teacher stipend of the cooperating part of the expenses This is used to meet experience. out through courses and appropriate student teaching for fee is also charged materials A supervisor. by the university experience fees materials and rent Cur to the course or laboratory. related costs directly and to cover the curriculum section of the tion” ma for In in the “Financial indicated are TEACHER EDUCATION 152 TEACHER EDUCATION 153 for licensure, for licensure, for licensure, for licensure, plus the Secondary plus the Secondary Catalogue Catalogue and ed K-12 emphasis, fi eld experiences including fi Catalogue programs ce hours to answer questions regarding fi : Complete the Theatre & Speech major with Teacher with Teacher & Speech major : Complete the Theatre for licensure, plus the Secondary Professional Education. Education. Professional the Secondary plus licensure, for . Catalogue : Complete the major in Special Education, the Comprehensive K-12 in Special Education, the Comprehensive : Complete the major . Students enrolled in practicum ex pe ri enc es and student teaching are are es and student teaching enc ri pe in practicum ex . Students enrolled Catalogue : Complete the major in Special Education, the Modi : Complete the major The Director is responsible for placement of all is responsible The Director Complete the major in Social Work and the pre scribed Human Studies minor scribed Human and the pre Work the major in Social Complete . Courses required for additional endorsements total rough ly the equivalent of a minor for additional endorsements total rough Courses required ed K-12 ed fi : Complete the major in Physical Education and Health as outlined in the Dept. of Physical the Dept. in as outlined and Health Education Physical major in the : Complete Catalogue . Students are assigned an academic advisor within the major de part ment. part an academic advisor within the major de assigned . Students are : Complete the major in Art as outlined in the Dept. of Art section in the Art section the Dept. of Art as outlined in in : Complete the major . The Assistant Dean is available dur ing regular of ing regular is available dur Assistant Dean . The ed courses to focus on knowledge and skills as determined by the Tennessee State Department of focus on knowledge and skills as determined by the Tennessee ed courses to fi : Complete the Spanish major, Teacher Education track, as outlined in the Dept. of Language section the Dept. of Language as outlined in Education track, Teacher the Spanish major, : Complete . To add Elementary K-8, add GEO 215 and 216; PHY 301 or 310, and ART 357. ART 301 or 310, and add GEO 215 and 216; PHY add Elementary K-8, . To plus the Secondary Professional Ed u ca tion. ca u Ed Professional plus the Secondary : Complete the Physics major as outlined in the Dept. of Physics section of the Dept. of Physics as outlined in the the Physics major : Complete Catalogue Catalogue Academic advisor Practicum/Student teaching supervision Assistant Dean Director of Clinical Experiences. Physical Education K-12 Education Physical Physics 7-12 Speech Communication & Theater K-12 dual endorsements Speech Communication Special Education Comprehensive K-12 Special Education Spanish 7-12 Spanish Modi Special Education School Social Worker, PreK-12: Worker, School Social Art K-12 Visual Additional endorsement: Student Services/General Information assigned a university supervisor who observes the student regularly in the teaching environment and provides and provides in the teaching environment observes the student regularly assigned a university supervisor who held with the student teacher meetings are Weekly strengthening. that need and areas strengths feedback regarding and the university supervisor. The to the TEP. topics related employment opportunities, and other teacher licensure, ments, quire testing re of study, Audit during both Assistant Dean for a Graduation for scheduling an appointment with the student is responsible for graduation and licensure. requirements completion of the junior and senior years to assure ing. teach observations, practica, and student Education, Wellness, and Sport section of the section and Sport Wellness, Education, the Professional Education tailored for licensure in Spe cial Education as outlined in the School of Education section as outlined in the School of Education cial Education in Spe for licensure Education tailored the Professional of the Arts section of the Dept. of Communication emphasis as outlined in the Licensure outlined in the Social Work section of the section in the Social Work outlined of the plus the Secondary Professional Education. Professional plus the Secondary outlined in the School of in Special Education as sure cen for li tailored Education Professional emphasis, and the of the Education section Professional Ed u ca tion. Education. Add-on re quire ments are available through the Assistant Dean. Based on in put from P-12 Directors of P-12 Directors put from Assistant Dean. Based on in the available through ments are quire re Add-on Education. encouraged to add endorsement(s) or Physics strongly eas are Chemistry, ment and/or Economics and/or Geography; Biology, in the following ar Personnel, students seeking initial licensure ern ry add-on Gov to as indicated: His cal Education add-on Health and/or another area. i Phys er science area; oth add-on an plus the Secondary Professional Ed u ca tion. ca u Ed plus the Secondary Professional but include speci c knowledge and at- fi cant aspect of education enveloped by via and licensure cation, credentialing, fi fi that require cation Examination and state medical boards fi tness; to cultivate socially desirable characteristics; to offer tness; to cultivate socially desirable characteristics; to offer fi Physical Education, Wellness, and Sport Sport and Wellness, Education, Physical __ (2005). Instructor of Athletic Training. B.S., Union University; M.Ed., Auburn University. B.S., Union University; M.Ed., Athletic Training. of (2005). Instructor (1973). Professor of Physical Education and Director of Athletics. B.S., Union University; M.Ed., Athletics. B.S., Union of and Director of Physical Education (1973). Professor acts. of state practice or title protection ed athletic trainers to meet the standards fi (1980). University Professor of Physical Education and Department Chair. B.S., Union University; Union University; B.S., Chair. and Department of Physical Education Professor (1980). University (1996). Instructor of Physical Education. B.S., David Lipscomb Uni ver si ty; M.Ed., Union Univer- si ver Uni Education. B.S., David Lipscomb of Physical (1996). Instructor (1988). Assistant Professor of Physical Education and Director of Athletic Facilities and Fields. B.S., of of Physical Education and Director Professor Assistant (1988). (1994). Instructor of Physical Education. B.S., David Lipscomb Uni ver si ty; M.S., Tennessee State ty; M.S., Tennessee si ver of Physical Education. B.S., David Lipscomb Uni (1994). Instructor (1994). Associate Professor of Physical Education. B.S., Union University; M.S., University of Memphis; of Physical Education. B.S., Union University; Professor Associate (1994). cally, the Department has as its center the philosophy to develop a great er quality of life for all people. the Department has as its center the philosophy to develop a great cally, (2004). Assistant Professor of Physical Education. B.A., King College; M.A., East Tennessee State Uni- King College; M.A., East Tennessee of Physical Education. B.A., Assistant Professor (2004). fi (2001). Assistant Professor of Athletic Training and Program Director. B.S., Southern Illinois University; Director. and Program Athletic Training of Assistant Professor (2001). (1995). Assistant Professor of Sport Management. B.S. and M.Ed., Union University; Additional study, Additional study, University; of Sport Management. B.S. and M.Ed., Union Professor Assistant (1995).

Aims of the Department are: to develop physical skills for lifetime use; to develop scienti Aims of the Department are: The Department believes physical education to be that part of the total educational program which adds its unique to be that part of the total educational program The Department believes physical education For the entire student body, our task is to introduce them to knowledge and skills in order to develop a healthy to develop in order them to knowledge and skills our task is to introduce body, student For the entire The Department of Physical Education, Wellness, and Sport hopes to instill in its student majors a lifetime desire and Sport hopes to instill in its student majors a lifetime desire Wellness, The Department of Physical Education, More speci More The Athletic Training Education Program at Union University offers to its students an academic environment that to its students an academic environment at Union University offers Education Program Athletic Training The

versity; M.Ed., University of Louisville. versity; M.Ed., University Gary Johnson State University. D.A., Middle Tennessee Pawley Cliff University of Memphis. Additional study, M.Ed., University of Louisiana, Monroe; Julie Powell University of Memphis. Andy Rushing Academy. United States Sports Additional study, of Memphis. ty; M.S., University si ver Union Uni Ralph Turner University. contribution through the medium of activity or move ment. The Department emphasizes the acquisition of motor the medium of activity or move contribution through tudes, ti activities, the development of socially desirable habits and at time physical recreation skills as of value for life and knowledge, which contribute to the overall aims of education. lifestyle for optimum living. Curriculum Mission Statement of human movement. Curriculum is designed accordingly. the medium to help others gain in total health through Kelly Elliott Sarah Davenport titudes for optimum development of health through titudes for optimum development of health through Faculty Stranak Linn M. Sports United States Additional study, University. State Tennessee D.A., Middle of Kentucky; M.S., University Academy. David Blackstock Mississippi. Ed.D., University of Southern University of Memphis; Mark Campbell sity. Department of Department Studies Human and of Education College and devel- Growth affected. each program tion through ca ni mu com leadership and this, the faculty stress ensure To Another signi opment of the individual as exposed to activity should occur. man ag ers for many career channels; and to develop the total person through physical ac tiv i ty. teacher coaches, physical educators, athletic trainers, and sport to prepare to develop ideals; wholesome recreation; i tiv physical ac channels; and to develop the total person through ers for many career ag man fuses the elements of sports medicine and the dynamics of intercollegiate athletics with the values of Christian higher fuses the elements of sports medicine and the dynamics of intercollegiate Athletic for Accreditation on by the Committee is accredited Education Program Athletic Training education. The that demands didactic and sequential education process year, consists of a three and Education (CAATE) Training clinical involvement. Upon completion, the student will be eligible for certi the department is meaningful use of leisure under the concept of wellness. Prescription programs are em pha sized pha em are programs under the concept of wellness. Prescription the department is meaningful use of leisure in the dents includes moral and ethical responsibility Education of sport management stu in exercise/wellness. business of sport. of Certi Association Board Athletic Trainer's the National licensure for certi licensure PHYSICAL EDUCATION, WELLNESS, AND SPORT 154 PHYSICAL EDUCATION, WELLNESS AND SPORT 155 tain an environment through through an environment tain pe ri en tial learning occur; leadership develops; a serving a serving develops; leadership occur; tial learning en ri pe hours ed core—54 fi cation and ex and ex cation fi 350. tness management: PEWS 342,419; ECF 320; MGT 312; MKT 328, fi c Core Science requirements: BIO 221, 222 Science requirements: c Core fi 231, CHR 113, ed: PEWS 201, 342, 343, 419, 421, 435 (4 hours); MGT 312; COM 120, 323; fi 243, 333—39 hours a. 119. 111, PEWS 103, 104, 106, 107, 110, Select 3 courses from: b. (6 hours), 461; SOC 321 PEWS 435 1. PEWS/MKT 340, 425 2. MKT 433 and 3-hour MKT Elective 1. Electives COM 360; PEWS/COM 205; 6 hours of PSY 2. COM 360 and either 220 or 230 1. 328, 330 301, 343, 410, 414, 415, 416; PSY 218, 222, 240, PEWS 113, 2. hours Emphasis requirements—15 2. 114 MAT Prerequisites: 3. Emphasis: PEWS 251, 300, 400 4. Choose one: PEWS 231, 250, 317, 331, 425 1. modi Major core 1. 103, 105, or 203. Select one of: PEWS 2. 119. 111, 104, 110, Select one of: PEWS 3. 416, 419. 201, 222, 316, 324, 350, 410, 414, 415, PEWS 120, 130, 205, 342; MKT 328; COM 120 or 323—39 hours 205, 342; MKT 328; COM 120 or 323—39 A. 461 218, 222, 240, 414, 415, PEWS 113, B. Elective. 265, 275; PSY AT C. 450, 455, 460 360, 361, 370, AT D. 475 365, 375, 465, AT or 213. E. 111 PHY BIO 221-2; 300, 322; CHE 105 or 111; Other requirements: A. ECF 320; MGT or PEWS Elective; PEWS ACC 211; (6 hours); for all majors—PEWS 201, 343, 419, 421, 435 Core hours Sport Marketing Emphasis—12 B. Emphasis—12 hours Sport Communication C. with modi Sport Ministry Emphasis, D. B. recommended. 213 are and PHY BIO 322, CHE 111 Science Emphasis—51 hours Exercise C. D. Recommended electives toward A. 222, 414, 416, 419—15 hours. PEWS 201, B. PEWS. Select 6 Electives hours from A. 130, 201, 222, 316, 410, 414, 416, 419. PEWS 120, B. BIO 221 or 222; EDU 421. C. portions of the Praxis II series. Completion of applicable Accreditation. Education and D. Assistant Dean for Teacher see the For additional information, A. to non-PEWS majors. Open only A. hours Major requirements—33 B. 213, 318; SE 225. 150, 250, 326, 421, 435; PSY Education: EDU Professional C. Praxis II series. of applicable portions of the Completion E. Accreditation. and Education Assistant Dean for Teacher information, see the For additional F. 114 BIO 221 or 222, and MAT Prerequisite: A. General and B.S. Speci The Department offers majors in Physical Education leading to Tennessee Teacher Licensure, Athletic Training, Athletic Training, Licensure, Teacher Tennessee leading to in Physical Education majors offers The Department Knowing education is a continuous process, the program should create and main and create should the program process, a continuous is education Knowing III. Major in Athletic Training—63 hours Athletic Training—63 III. Major in Sport Management—51 hours IV. Major in I. Minor: Physical Education—21 hours II. Minor: Physical Education (add-on teaching endorsement, PE K-12)—23 hours Coaching—21 hours Athletic III. Minor: movement experiences where values clari values where experiences movement exist. opportunities problem-solving and fostered; ment are mit lifestyle, and com attitude, Sport under and Sport Communication Sport Marketing Medicine; and under Sports Science/Wellness Exercise Minor as noted Education of the Professional the completion Major requires tion ca u Ed The Physical Management. ment for a minor. quire the re exempt from are Sport Management Medicine and Sports Training, Athletic below. Sport major in Sport Management with a a also offers with the Department of Christian Studies, The Department, Ministry Emphasis. in PE (Grades K-12) Licensure and Health with Teacher Physical Education I. Major in Sports Medicine II. Major in em- ts of walking are fi tness. fi tness training on the var i ous systems of the body and ous systems i tness training on the var fi eld. To be eligible, a student must have completed at least one semester have completed at least one semester be eligible, a student must eld. To fi tness. Both knowledge and practice of the health bene fi , established by the late Mr. DeLay in memory of his father, is presented to the to the is presented DeLay in memory of his father, , established by the late Mr. tness on each individual, of fi Physical Education, Wellness, and Sport (PEWS) and Physical Education, Wellness, necessary to be a safe and competent of basic strokes ts of swimming. Emphasis is on mastery fi is an academic fraternity that desires to improve scholarship and pro fes sion al development among sion fes and pro scholarship to improve that desires is an academic fraternity Fred DeLay Memorial Award A. 301, 322, 324, 327 222, PEWS 113, B. 421. 318; SE 225; EDU PSY BIO 221 or 222; C. series. of the Praxis II applicable portions Completion of Education. D. of Teacher information, see the Director For additional B. 419, 421. 414, 415, 218, PEWS C. 354. 352, 353, 351, PEWS hours from 6 Choose

The Sigma Delta Physical Education majors are required to take a written exit examination the se mes ter prior to or during the ter prior to or during mes the se to take a written exit examination required majors are Physical Education

Course Offerings in S-Spring; Su-Summer W-Winter; F-Fall; ( ) Hours Credit; 100. S W, Fitness for Health (1) F, of good personal The effects honor athlete of the Senior Class. The recipient must be, in addition to being the outstanding athlete, a person of must recipient honor athlete of the Senior Class. The Athletics 1937-1945 DeLay was Head of Mr. and good character. ic standing, unquestionable loyalty, dem a high ac and 1948-1949. Student Awards physical education students. Membership is open to any student attending Union who is seeking a degree (major is seeking a degree any student attending Union who students. Membership is open to physical education or related tion ca u ed or minor) in physical Student Organization *107. Bowling (1) W techniques, scoring, and etiquette of bowling. to the rules, Introduction On Demand for Fitness (1) *108. Walking to develop as a form of exercise Walking semester of graduation. This will consist of an equivalent form exam with questions furnished by all members of form exam with questions furnished This will consist of an equivalent semester of graduation. major test, covering the The exit exam is a general, broad-based of emphasis. to their area the department according level of 70% correctness. a minimal mastery and requiring preparation of professional areas and 3.25 in physical education. of college work with a 2.75 overall GPA and selected physical activities which sis. Includes lecture pha of em will be areas to exercise how the body responds of total body degree dent in achieving a greater stu designed to aid each are S *103. Beginning Swimming (1) F, to make him/her reason- knowledge in order course to equip the non-swimmer with basic water safety skills and A ably safe while in, on, or about water. S W, *104. Racquetball (1) F, activ- vigorous ment through op vel on health de life-time sport that will focus A and strategy. Beginning skills, rules ity. *105. Intermediate Swimming (1) F PEWS 103. Prerequisite: al possibilities, and ation re and skills, rec For deep-water swimmers to familiarize the student with safety rules, physiological bene swimmer. S (1) F, *106. Tennis Assessment of Majors Assessment of IV. Health Education—21 hours: PEWS 113, 222, 301, 322, 324, 327; and 3 hours from: PSY 330, 328, 421. from: PSY 330, 328, 327; and 3 hours 222, 301, 322, 324, PEWS 113, Education—21 hours: Health IV. V. hours. Health K-12)—18 endorsement, (add-on teaching Health Education 113. Elementary Nutrition (3) S 113. ly. i and the fam Elementary principles of nutrition and their application to the individual *111. Badminton (1) F, W Badminton (1) F, *111. phasized. Course may be repeated once for an additional credit requiring research and a higher level of activity. research requiring once for an additional credit phasized. Course may be repeated (1) W Volleyball *110. PHYSICAL EDUCATION, WELLNESS, AND SPORT 156 PHYSICAL EDUCATION, WELLNESS AND SPORT 157 ts and risks. Taught by and risks. Taught ts fi clude wallyball, golf, horseshoes, eld safety, sur viv al, wildlife man age ment, conservation, skeet age al, wildlife man viv sur eld safety, fi e range. es Stress outdoor ethics and spon si bil i ty. re The nes see Ten Hunter fl cate. eld trip. eld fi fi cation is possible upon com ple tion. ple cation is possible upon com Safety program is included. Safety program 231. Camping and Outdoor Recreation (3) S and techniques will be activities; campcraft skills, safety, students to lead in outdoor recreation course preparing A taught for the beginning camper as well. *126. Advanced Tennis (1) F, S (1) F, *126. Advanced Tennis condition- to teach advanced skills and techniques for tennis as taught through An advanced level course designed ing, drills and match play. 130. Individual-Dual Sports (1) S and strategy of individual-dual activities to in techniques Fundamental skills, rules, demonstration and par tic i pa tion. S *125. Scuba Diving (1) F, Scuba certi- and equipment use and care. technique, diving and snorkeling including safety, to scuba Introduction fi bling, and wrestling. tum table tennis, gymnastics stunts and 201. and Sport (3) S Introduction to Physical Education education and objectives of health and physical general scope, principles, philosophy, The historical background, education as a whole. to in its relationship (1) S *203. Lifeguard Training or the life with the knowledge and skills designed to save his/her own life swimmer the strong course to provide A of another in the event of emergency. 205. Sport Media (3) S tals of sport coverage, broadcast COM 205. credit: Reciprocal men da ic media as well as fun tron The history of event coverage of print and elec stream. on revenue rights, contracts and their effects 218. W Athletic Injuries (3) F, ing; treatment dag sage; ban common injuries in PE and athletics with attention to mas Theory and practice in treating Room lab experience. letes. Training conditioning of ath and wounds; diet; and of sprains, bruises, 222. S, Su W, First Aid (3) F, will be studied as resuscitation bandaging and cardio-pulmonary required: of injury and immediate care The nature al Safety Council Green tion the course will earn the Na Aid practices. Students completing well as all general First ti Cer Cross 230. Outdoor Education and Hunter Safety (3) On Demand Outdoor activities: camping, hunting, backpacking, and ri archery, shooting, compass reading, *115. Snow Skiing (1) On Demand (1) Snow Skiing *115. a through learned of skills application techniques; and conditioning safety, dress, skills, proper to An introduction week-long (1) On Demand Rafting and White Water Canoe *116. of safety. in the areas instruction proper and provide to develop skills An introduction II (1) S S and Karate Karate I (1) F, *117-27. and skill, strength, for execution will be taught to develop punches and necessary stances Blocks, kicks, strikes, general health. Archery (1) W *119. 120. Sports (1) F Team sports. techniques, and strategy of team rules, Fundamental skills, *121. Golf (1) F health as taught for skill development and and etiquette strategies, rules, of golf: basic strokes, The fundamentals by demonstration. primarily values. Instruction (1) S Training *122. Weight bene safety, techniques, proper of gaining strength: Basics of weight training as a method of major sports. This course will prepare cial rules fi Special activi- and recreation. to age levels for playground ed according fi cials’ associations. cials’ and treat- control disease weight control, nutrition, diet and tness, drugs, fi fi nances, publicity, co-recreation, and administrative problems. and administrative co-recreation, nances, publicity, fi the of ciating and interpreting fi ciating Major and Minor Sports (2) S—Even Years fi

240. S (3) Medicine to Sports Introduction sports sis of the ba to with attention topics and contemporary medicine to sports approach the global on Emphasis physiology of activity. medicine, 250. (3) As Needed to Recreation Introduction Baptist study of Southern to include a and philosophy nature students to its introducing in recreation, Foundations of recreation. grams al pro er gen Department and Recreation the Church from literature 251. Sports and Games (3) F Recreational games classi High and low organizational ties and recreation, drama, indoor/out door games, songleading, storytelling, and mixers. In cludes an on-campus and mixers. In door games, songleading, storytelling, indoor/out drama, ties and recreation, practicum. 300. (3) S—Even Years Sport Sociology 300. See SOC 300 for course description. SOC credit: Reciprocal 301. Su (3) F, Drug Education in analysis of the problem rent and their abuse, plus a cur legal, and health aspects of drugs Psycho-social, medical, our society. 316. W Schools (3) F, Physical Education in the Elementary age levels in able for different including selection of materials suit of teaching and curriculum planning Techniques stressed. are Grades 1-8. Movement Education concepts 317. of Intramural/Recreation Sports (3) F Organization and Administration Attention is given to units, a school. within of recreation program a coordinated and directing Planning, organizing, rules, time, activities, points, awards, of you for membership in local and state Techniques and mechanics of of Techniques 319. Of 322. School Health Education (3) F in mental health in Grades 1-12. Includes the study of human relations Aims, methods, and materials for teaching and community relations. hygiene, family relations, 324. S, Su Personal Hygiene (3) F, ing at look of the body health-wise Care ment, along with structure and function. ment, along with structure 327. Health (3) S—Even Years Environmental and Community of milk and foods, tary control i san control, waste disposal, insect and rodent water supply, of sanitation, Problems in house heating, ventilation, es. Emphasis is on problems vic sanitation, and inspection ser school and restaurant problems. ty health ni mu lighting, and other com 331. Methods and Materials for Recreation Leaders (3) F—As Needed Attention will be given to conducting recreational practitioners. for recreation Practical methods and resources projects. and a variety of recreation creativity, programs, 340. Sport Marketing (3) F MKT 340. credit: MKT 328. Reciprocal Prerequisite: fund- sales, promotion, ing, tis ver Fundamental techniques of ad Basic marketing concepts in the sports industry. to sports. in relation raising, and journalism will be explored 342. Sport (3) F alternate years Facilities and Equipment Management in Physical Education and topics and athletics. The course addresses to physical education, recreation, and facilities related Planning of areas ment. equip and maintaining to selecting, purchasing, related 343. Sport Law (3) F for course description. MGT 343. See MGT 343 credit: Reciprocal *350. Rhythms (2) S the use of of movement education through the student in modern methods practical activity course to instruct A activities. rhythmical PHYSICAL EDUCATION, WELLNESS, AND SPORT 158 PHYSICAL EDUCATION, WELLNESS AND SPORT 159 into t teachers going fi nance, management, ethics, sociol- fi clud ing physical intelligence, movement education, rhythms, education, rhythms, ing physical intelligence, movement clud rst aid, national standards, inclusion, diversity, integration with diversity, inclusion, rst aid, national standards, fi eld in eld fi eld. fi the coaching the coaching 353. S—Odd Years Baseball (2) Coaching of baseball. of coaching and training in the sport Modern techniques 354. and Softball (2) S—Even Years Coaching Volleyball and softball. lized in coaching volleyball strategy uti Fundamentals and 359. S Classroom Instruction (2) F, IX: Integrating Movement into Instructional Design to curriculum con- physical education with attention in elementary school of instruction Design and implementation and practices in the problems tent and current 351. Years (2) F—Odd Football Coaching of football. sport in the and training coaching of techniques Modern 352. (2) F—Even Years Basketball Coaching to bene basketball designed men’s and women’s fundamentals of practice in the Theory and health and safety and motor learning, personal other subjects, faith and ethics. other subjects, faith 400. (3) S—Odd Years Ethics in Sport CHR 400. Reciprocal: and rational- of relativism including the effect study of the development of a code of ethics in sport management A of personal ethics on organizational the effects personal moral development levels, and ism on ethical behavior, responsibility. 410. S Adaptive Physical Education (3) typical involved in teaching and procedures course to acquaint the student with physical education techniques A and atypical students. 411. Education (4) As Needed Practicum: Adaptive Physical mum of 140 clock hours, to i min A with special populations. experiences in working course designed to provide A quired. duties deemed necessary by supervisor is re clude orientation, seminars, and other in 414. Kinesiology (3) F skilled motor perfor- and to exercise relationship structural and the body’s study of the human musculature A mances. endocrine, 415. respiratory, ry, Physiology of Exercise (3) S to la cu during and after physical activity including cir Physiological changes which occur and nervous systematic adjustments. 416. and Physical Education (3) F and Measurements in Health Tests and test construc- grading procedures, tests, tests, norms, screening use of standardized Basic statistical procedures, before recommended 114 materials pertaining to health and physical education. MAT tion for skills and lecture taking this course. 419. (3) F Organization and Administration of Physical Education and Sport districts, elementary tem, rural in a department of physical education in the city school sys Administrative problems and high schools and colleges. 421. Sport Psychology (3) S 421. PSY credit: 213. Reciprocal PSY Prerequisite: personnel and performance dealing with issues affecting Examination of psychological factors on sport and exercise include: psychological strategies, coping skills, motivation, burnout, injuries, Topics participants in the industry. team dynamics and behavior. 425. Current Issues in Sport (3) F issues in sport with an emphasis on and controversial Contemporary trends ogy, marketing and legal issues. Includes an ongoing review of sport business journals and publications as well as and legal issues. Includes an ongoing review marketing ogy, event coverage. 431. Church Ministry Internship/Field Experience (3) As Needed a a lock-in, organize or FCA. The student will direct YMCA program, recreation full semester in a local church A etc. The student will keep a log of day, needs, conduct a special recreation survey for recreation day camp program, write a major paper and spend 6 hours per week on site. his/her activity, recommending c basis of fi determined c requirements fi The Union University athletic training The Union University athletic training ed time, with spe ci with spe ed time, fi ed Athletic Trainers and become spiritual leaders Athletic Trainers ed fi cation for the duration of the program. fi of persons, function cardiovascular level, especially the tness fi The Athletic Training Program of Union University is accredited by the Committee on Accredita- by the Committee on Union University is accredited of Program Athletic Training The Christ centered, people focused, excellence driven and future directed focused, excellence driven and future people Christ centered, on the scienti Emphasis will be placed in middle and older age groups. cally those fi 218 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries and complete the course with a grade of B (3.0 on a 4.0 scale) or Athletic Injuries and complete of and Prevention 218 Care Education Program. Athletic Training of the standards better to meet the retention Applications semester. in the following fall April 1 for formal enrollment by the deadline of Education Program space available in the based on the maximum enrollment after this date will be considered received that are Education Program. Athletic Training faculty for a formal interview. ATEP to meet with the complete health history and record of immunizations. complete health history and record Election Form. Student Handbook, and the Hepatitis B Vaccination Athletic Training of the Union University

Program Requirements medical practitioner and submit a a licensed must complete a physical examination from students ATEP All • acknowledgment of the program, standards to the technical in reference students must sign agreements ATEP All • to maintain CPR certi students will be required ATEP All • Accreditation: Program Admission Requirements The mission of Union's Athletic Training Education Program is to challenge its students to become highly effective highly effective is to challenge its students to become Education Program Athletic Training The mission of Union's • All applicants must apply, be accepted and admitted to Union University. apply, All applicants must • to Sports Medicine or PEWS in PEWS 240 Introduction enrolled complete or be currently All applicants must • a 4.0 scale. a cumulative grade point average of 2.5 on present All applicants must • Athletic Training to the a completed application for admission Director submit to the Program All applicants must • attended. institutions that they have previously all transcript from submit a current All applicants must • students will be asked spaces available, the prospective • If the number of applicants outnumbers the program's

Course Offerings in Athletic Training (AT) Athletic Training Course Offerings in S–Spring; Su–Summer F–Fall; W–Winter; ( ) Hours credit; 350. (3) F Administration and Management Strategies in Athletic Training sec- intercollegiate, to the administrative and management strategies incorporated in professional, An introduction legalities include policies and procedures, settings. Topics ondary school and clinical athletic training professional and compliance with care, of reasonable code, ethical codes of conduct and standards in sports medicine, health care in allied health care. and HIPAA OSHA Curriculum tion of Athletic Training Education (CAATE). Athletic Training tion of Athletic Training Major and Program Athletic Training Mission Statement and spiritual incorporating both professional community, and leaders in the Christian professionals allied health care of the equally important components into the foundation of education in their life plans. Union incorporates growth being student will study in a Christ centered atmosphere that challenges students to develop spiritually and intellectu- that challenges students to develop spiritually and atmosphere student will study in a Christ centered as Certi in their community ally so they can serve professionally that a dynamic scholastic environment exposed to University's athletic training students are Union in the church. faith, ethics and accountability in a variety of clinical settings including fuses the medical sciences with Christian and other allied health high school athletics, orthopaedic and general medicine venues, athletics, intercollegiate communities. care 435. S, Su W, F, (1-6) Intern a speci for supervision appropriate under opportunities Internship by the department supervisor(s). 35 hours internship experience (minimum of 140 hours) required for each hour of for hours) required (minimum of 140 experience 35 hours internship supervisor(s). by the department the department. and consent of ior standing Jun Prerequisite: credit. 461. (3) S and Prescription Testing Exercise 415, 416. PEWS Prerequisite: the to evaluate of exercise use of the controlled study A speci will follow the testing and prescription disease. Concepts of exercise of heart prevention as a programs exercise of Sports Medicine. American College guidelines of the * Curriculum to the General Core Activity Courses applicable Physical PHYSICAL EDUCATION, WELLNESS, AND SPORT 160 PHYSICAL EDUCATION, WELLNESS AND SPORT 161 eld experience. eld fi cation, medical assessment, manage- cation, fi thorax, lumbar cation to the abdominal, fi management, treat- cation, medical assessment, fi face, cervical spine, shoulder complex, cation to head and fi ciency in cognitive and phsychomotor competencies that are competencies that are ciency in cognitive and phsychomotor fi rst year clinical skills and their assessment. fi rst year clinical skills and their assessment. fi 265. Clinical I (3) F Athletic Training PEWS 218, 240. Pre/Corequisite: Basic Skills: the development of 275. Clinical II (3) S Athletic Training PEWS 218, 240. Pre/Corequisite: Risk Management: the development of 365. Clinical III (3) F Athletic Training 360. AT Prerequisite: and their assessment. Therapeutic Modalities: the development of second year clinical skills 375. Clinical IV (3) S Athletic Training 361, 370. AT Prerequisites: of second year clinical skills and their assessment. Assessment: the development Evaluation and General Medical 465. Clinical V (3) F Athletic Training 460. AT Prerequisite: year clinical skills and their and Rehabilitation and Senior Practicum: the development of third Therapeutic Exercise assessment. 475. Clinical VI (3) S Athletic Training 350, 455. AT Prerequisites: year and Senior Seminar: the development of third Preparation General Medicine and Pharmacology/Professional clinical skills and their assessment. presented in the prerequisite coursework. Clinical education also requires an evaluation of the also requires coursework. Clinical education in the prerequisite presented Clinical Courses training education to the development of clinical skills for athletic approach Each clinical course carries out a modular Edition. Fourth Education Programs, Athletic Training Competencies for Education Athletic Training per the NATA to demonstrate clinical pro The student is required 360. S (3) Modalities Therapeutic 218. PEWS Prerequisite: used that are agents/modalities and electrical various thermal, mechanical the student to the introduces This course and class consists of lecture The rehabilitation. healing and promote therapy to and physical health care in athletic traction, ultrasound, hydrotherapy, cryo/thermotherapy, the electrical stimulation, of the use instruction lab based therapy. and compression massage, biofeedback, therapeutic 361. (3) F and Extremities Spine I: Upper Body, Evaluation BIO 221 Corequisite: PEWS 218. Prerequisite: identi which includes the to the evaluation process An introduction ment and referral guidelines for athletic injuries of the upper body, cervical and thoracic spine and upper extremities. and thoracic spine and upper extremities. cervical athletic injuries of the upper body, guidelines for ment and referral and classi injury recognition include principles of Topics elbow, wrist and hand. elbow, 370. (3) F Lumbar Spine and Extremities Lower Body, Evaluation II: 221 BIO 218. Corequisite: site: PEWS ui req Pre includes the identi which process the student to the evaluation Introduces spine, hip, knee, ankle and foot. 455. (3) S in Athletic Training General Medicine & Pharmacology and general medicine as they and psychomotor domains of pharmacology cognitive, affective to the An introduction medicine while exploring the various systemic illnesses . apply to athletic injuries and sports 460. (3) S Therapeutic Exercise and Rehabilitation PEWS 218, BIO 221. Prerequisite: process and the rehabilitation the student to the clinical applications of therapeutic exercise This course introduces and lab that focuses on lecture A settings. and physical therapy professional for athletic injuries in sports medicine neuromuscular proprioceptive muscular endurance and muscular speed exercises, the use range of motion, strength, physical therapy/ Off-campus health and wellness following injury. promote facilitation, and joint mobilization to purposes. for instructional clinics rehabilitation ment, treatment and referral guidelines for athletic injuries of the lower body, lumbar spine and lower extremities. and lower extremities. lumbar spine of the lower body, guidelines for athletic injuries and referral ment, treatment and classi principles of injury recognition include the of instruction Topics to registering. prior and approved ned fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi x. fi

Available in each departmental pre in each Available 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed (1-3) As Study Programs External Domestic 179-279-379-479. must be de and their applications All courses As Needed Programs (1-4) Study Abroad 180-280-380-480. application must be de All courses and their (1-4) On Demand 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand 295-6-7. Special Studies departmental offerings. which do not appear in the regular studies group Lower-level (1-3) On Demand 395-6-7. Special Studies departmental offerings. which do not appear in the regular studies group Upper-level Study (1-4) On Demand 495-6-7. Independent the guidance of a faculty member(s). under Individual research On Demand 498-9. Seminar (1-3) the department. of be used a the discretion To PHYSICAL EDUCATION, WELLNESS, AND SPORT 162 SOCIAL WORK 163 mis sion to the pro gram in sion to the pro mis t” with their world and to fi rst semester after admission fi as outlined below: c requirements fi cation fi SOC 211, Language (3 hours), Language or Culture (3 hours, see ICS Major), 9 Language (3 hours), Language or Culture SOC 211, As required by the university but to require inclusion of PSY 213 (prerequisite) and 213 (prerequisite) inclusion of PSY to require by the university but As required Social Work ______Work Social (2003). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., Sam Houston State University; M.S.W. and Ph.D., University; M.S.W. B.S., Sam Houston State of Social Work. Associate Professor (2003). bachelors, the following are considered prerequisites from the core: PSY 213, SOC 211, Language 213, SOC 211, PSY the core: from prerequisites considered bachelors, the following are (2006). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., Florida A&M University; M.S.W. and Ph.D., Barry and Ph.D., A&M University; M.S.W. B.S., Florida of Social Work. Associate Professor (2006). nd (1996). Professor of Social Work, Program Director and Department Chair. B.A., Vanderbilt Univer- B.A., Vanderbilt Chair. and Department Director Program of Social Work, (1996). Professor (1995). Associate Professor of Social Work and Social Work Field Di rec tor. B.S., Tennessee State Uni- B.S., Tennessee tor. rec Field Di and Social Work of Social Work Associate Professor (1995). c Core (18 hours): fi recommendation of BIO 121 from Science group A and MAT 114 for the Mathematics requirements. Social Work Social Work requirements. for the Mathematics 114 and MAT A Science group BIO 121 from of recommendation in the major. covered those skills are or 235 requirement; the COM 112 exempt from majors are (3 hours). (3 hours) and Language or Culture hours of advisor-approved electives from at least 2 disciplines outside Social Work. For the student seeking the outside Social Work. at least 2 disciplines electives from hours of advisor-approved as a 2 B.S.W. A. admission to the program SW 200, 300, 301, 310, 335—do not require B. 305, 315, 400, 401, 402, 421, 423, 490 SW C. SW Elective—6 hours A. as detailed above requirements Complete major and core B. 340 and complete SW 490 in a school setting. SW A. as detailed above requirements Complete major and core B. SW 338 and 348 Complete C. Services Complete SW 490 with the TN Department of Children's See the Department of Continuing Studies for details. Complete an application form. one personal reference. One faculty reference, Have at least 2.25 CUM GPA. in the Complete SW 200 and 310 with at least a grade of “C.” These may be taken A student may declare a major in Social Work upon admission to the university. Prior to the junior year, the student the student Prior to the junior year, upon admission to the university. a major in Social Work student may declare A A student majoring in Social Work will receive the Bachelor of Social Work degree. The student must take the The student must take the degree. the Bachelor of Social Work will receive student majoring in Social Work A Social Work is about helping people-children, families, older adults, and whole com mu ni ties. The social work ni mu com families, older adults, and whole people-children, is about helping Social Work The major also emphasizes preparation for graduate study. Graduates from the BSW program are eligible to apply are the BSW program from Graduates for graduate study. The major also emphasizes preparation • • • • Admission Requirements to the Social Work Program Admission Requirements to the Social Work ments for ad quire re ing are low The fol tion for entry into the program. ca pli makes an ap General Core Requirements: B.S.W. Speci I. Major—51 hours Social Work II. School Social Worker Licensure as a Certi Public Child Welfare III. Tennessee the soph o more year: Curriculum speci and B.S.W. requirements General Core IV. IV. is also available as an Adult Studies Program Social Work The Bachelor of Mission Statement tions in a diversity of public and private settings, includ- si po for entry level professional students prepares program church and youth counseling, school social work, medical social work, children ing child advocacy and welfare, prepares geriatric social work, and mental health. The program and adoptions, social work, missions, foster care vulnerable, to achieve a better “ those who are students to empower people, particularly Barry University, A.C.S.W., L.C.S.W. A.C.S.W., Barry University, Rhonda Hudson of Tennessee. University versity; M.S.S.W., emphasizes the importance of a liberal to the needs of people. The program responsive help the world to be more social and economic justice. social work values that promote tion and of Christian and da arts foun leading to a master’sprograms for advanced standing in graduate MSW. social work degree, in College of Education and Human Studies Human and of Education College Faculty Poe Mary Anne A.C.S.W. Seminary, Baptist Theological ern South M.Div., of Louisville; University sity; M.S.S.W., Theresa L. Blakley University. Roslyn Wilson Department of Department Social Work Field Placement Social Work pe ri ence in a local community ri pe ters high standards of education ters high standards prox i mate ly $25.00, will be charged ly $25.00, will be charged mate i prox pre ci a tion pre of diversity, professional eld ex op er at ing agencies. It may be obtained at er op fi eld education component of the Program of the Program eld education component fi ce of the Director, describes all aspects of the ce of the Director, es the co fi fi schools, and non-accredited accredited c to CSWE fi is for majors in so cial work and those interested in social cial work and those interested is for majors in so , available in the of eld work in an approved agency. These instructors provide on-the-job provide These instructors agency. in an approved eld work c Core preferably prior to program admission. to program prior preferably c Core fi fi eld experiences as part of the re quire ments in social work practice courses quire as part of the re eld experiences fi eld pro cess es and pro ce dures and maintaining effective working re la tion ships with tion la working re and maintaining effective dures ce es and pro cess eld pro fi Social Work Reaches Out, Social Work ing the se mes ter in which he/she is reg is tered for these courses. tered is ter in which he/she is reg mes ing the se ce hours to an swer questions re gard ing the program, employment opportunities, pro fes sion al sion fes employment opportunities, pro ing the program, gard swer questions re ce hours to an fi and identi this experience es expectations regarding , National Honor Society for Social Work Students, Eta Phi Chapter, fos Students, Eta Phi Chapter, , National Honor Society for Social Work fi clari Social Work Program Student Handbook Program Social Work eld in struc tors, and stu dents. tors, and stu struc eld in fi commitment, and a liberal arts base of knowl edge. a liberal arts base of knowl commitment, and Possess these personal qualities: Self-awareness, empathy, objectivity, ap ap objectivity, empathy, Self-awareness, personal qualities: Possess these Association of Ethics of the National and will follow the Code that he/she has read Sign a statement indicating of Social Workers. to the program, though it is advisable to complete them prior to program admission. to program prior them to complete is advisable though it program, to the Speci and B.S.W. General the Complete oral ly making a false ing Know Admissions Committee. Program the Social Work an interview with Complete The Social to the program. in denial of admission can result the admission process statement during or written of pro- and/or opinions assessments, outside evaluations, may require Admissions Committee Program Work as is deemed necessary. als sion fes

The A student who is completing agency A The student organization, Phi Alpha All social work majors are required to obtain professional so cial work so to obtain professional required All social work majors are The Social Work Field Director has primary re spon si bil i ty for the i bil si spon has primary re Field Director The Social Work to senior ing supervision vid gram in social work by pro pro supplement the educational Agency Field Instructors The Director of the Social Work Program is responsible for overall administration of the Program. The director is The director of the Program. for overall administration is responsible Program Work of the Social The Director The Social Work Program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education, 1725 Duke Street, Suite 500, Education, 1725 Duke Street, the Council on Social Work by is accredited Program The Social Work Seniors will take the Area Concentration Achievement Test in Social Work (ACAT) in SW 490. Examination results in SW 490. Examination results (ACAT) in Social Work Achievement Test Concentration Area Seniors will take the Senior SW majors must complete a senior capstone portfolio containing personal assessment statements and portfolio containing personal assessment must complete a senior capstone Senior SW majors Students must complete SW 490 with a minimum of 424 clock hours in an approved social service agency during social service agency during clock hours in an approved SW 490 with a minimum of 424 Students must complete

will be quired re to count dur chase pur dent’s ac fes sion al Pro to the stu Li a bil i ty In sur ance. The an nu al fee, ap and goals, curriculum, admis- objectives Union's program to the profession, an introduction including program policies, transfer policies speci sion and termination/probation The Handbook details, in full, and student rights and responsibilities. student organizations, grievance procedures, if, in the program, the or terminated from under which the student may be placed on probation the circumstances or in the or ethical codes have occurred violations of professional faculty, judgment of the Social Work professional event of unacceptable academic achievement. excellence in scholarship and achievement for social workers and invites into membership those who have attained of 3.7 in social work courses may be con- of 3.4 and a GPA majors with an overall GPA in social work. Social Work instruction and supervision, hold weekly conferences with the student, and assist in the evaluation of student per- with and supervision, hold weekly conferences instruction for mance and learning. Student Organizations an opportunity to be cial work identity and provides al so sion fes assists in developing pro work. The organization nurs- ty social service. Service opportunities include child mentoring and advocacy, ni mu tion gives students regular teer com za un involved in vol ni ga development. The or and resource ing home activities, community organizing, ests. ter lar in i opportunity to interact with others having sim Social Agency Agreements Work students who are completing 424 hours of completing students who are associations and licensures, and other questions related to the social work profession. and other questions related associations and licensures, including im ple men ta tion of sites, the setting for this practicum. The local social service agencies provide Numerous agency. Manual available during of Alexandria, VA 22314-3457. Alexandria, VA are used to compare performance with national norms and to assess strengths and weaknesses in the program. performance with national norms and to assess strengths used to compare are General Information examples of work completed in the program. completed in the program. examples of work Spring of their senior year. Students must have a minimum 2.5 SW GPA to enroll in SW 490 and 423. For graduation, in SW 490 and 423. For to enroll a minimum 2.5 SW GPA Students must have year. Spring of their senior helps the student integrate and SW 423 423 with a B or higher. with a passing grade and SW 490 must be completed coursework. in previous values and skills covered evaluate all the knowledge, Assessment of Majors Assessment of faculty. the Social Work from • • • • SOCIAL WORK 164 SOCIAL WORK 165 crim i na tion with particular attention . This award is given to the graduating senior with high academic achieve- with high academic senior is given to the graduating . This award Social Work (SW) Social Work This award is given to the student who has demonstrated excellence in scholarship, skill in in scholarship, excellence who has demonstrated is given to the student This award Outstanding Social Work Graduate Social Work Outstanding Award. Phoenix ment, outstanding performances in Field Practicum, and faculty and peer recommendation. and faculty in Field Practicum, performances ment, outstanding in Course Offerings S-Spring; Su-Summer F-Fall; W-Winter; ( ) Hours Credit; 200. S (3) F, to Social Welfare Introduction societal problems, and practices that address policies and the constructed history of social welfare study of the A vulnerable populations. such as poverty and 201. Service Experience (3) F Community Social Liability Insurance. Professional Corequisite: of social work within a major to be exposed to the principles students considering a social work An opportunity for seminar spent in an agency in addition to the of 40 minimum clock hours is total A community social service agency. class. 225. S, Su (3) F, Relationships, Marriage and Families SOC 225. See SOC 225 for description. credit: Reciprocal 300. Environment I (3) F Human Behavior and the Social birth of human bio-psycho-social-spiritual-cultural development from An exploration of the theories and knowledge live: families, groups, in the context of the range of social systems in which individuals young adulthood through development will be explored on human ties. The impact of social and economic forces ni mu and com organizations, man diversity. theory and its application to issues of hu with special attention to evaluating 301. Environment II (3) S Human Behavior and the Social concepts as human orientation and related of the people-in-systems theoretical This course continues to make use adulthood to old age. studied from development and diversity are 305. Psychopathology (3) F and bio-psycho-social factors impacting client study of mental health in light of dynamic ethno-cultural, spiritual, A integrated into practice paradigms. systems and how this knowledge is 307. F—Odd Years Faith-Based Social Services (3) related basis for faith-based social services, various models, and recent An exploration of the biblical and theological government initiatives and policies. 310. S Social and Economic Justice (3) F, SOC 310. credit: Reciprocal or 112. CHR 111 Prerequisite: poverty and dis Dynamics and consequences of injustice including oppression, gies to alleviate poverty and for intervention in all forms e to biblical and theological teachings about justice. Strat change and students with skill to promote and discrimination will be examined to provide of human oppression advance the causes of social and economic justice. 315. Practice (3) F Foundations for Social Work Liability Insurance. SW 300 and Professional Admission. Corequisite: SW Program Prerequisite: social work practice will be practice framework utilized in generalist skills and the theoretical processes, Various for working with individuals, families, examined. Beginning skills in assessment, interviewing and problem-solving within the context of social work values, knowledge and ties will be introduced ni mu and com organizations groups, for human diversity. with appreciation 321. Social Gerontology (3) F 321. See SOC 321 for description. SOC credit: Reciprocal SOC 211. Prerequisite: 324. Social Deviance (3) S 324. See SOC 324 for description. SOC credit: Reciprocal SOC 211. Prerequisite: 325. Families Across Cultures (3) F for description. SOC 325. See SOC 325 credit: Reciprocal Student Awards Student in adversity. and strength practice, sidered for membership. Students become eligible to be invited for membership at the end of their Junior year in year their Junior end of at the membership for to be invited eligible become Students for membership. sidered Program. Work the Social ment must be submitted vate, with supervision by an eld place eld fi for one hour/week in a face-to-face eld instructor fi cation. fi mis sion, SW 315, Professional Liability Insurance. sion, SW 315, Professional mis eld instructor. Students must meet with the eld instructor. fi eld experience in a faculty-approved community agency; public or pri eld experience in a faculty-approved fi

for ap prov al of the Social Work Field Director no later than mid-term of the preceding Fall semester. Pass/Fail. Fall semester. later than mid-term of the preceding no Field Director al of the Social Work prov for ap on-site approved on-site approved plete a minimum of 424 clock dent will com The stu cuss cases and student progress. to dis supervisory conference ly log and a journal. The application for documented on a week hours in the agency, 335. (3) S Policy Social as well as structure, and basic elements its major on focusing and currently, both historically policy, welfare Social and services. policies, programs, of social welfare basis for evaluation a providing 338. at Risk (3) S and Families Children with attention to those needs, that address and policies and programs families at risk and needs of Characteristics and poverty. mental illness use and abuse, of abuse, substance risk patterns 340. Years Services in Schools (3) F—Even Social Work SW 200 Pre/Corequisite: a link The school social worker provides social work practice in a school setting. for effective Knowledge and skills skills. ly using case management and advocacy ri ma pri home, and community, between school, student, 348. Practice (3) F Child Welfare SW 338 Prerequisite: Completion of this and practice with families at risk. and skills for culturally competent Development of knowledge Certi Public Child Welfare BSW leads to a Tennessee 370. (3) S Gender and Sexuality 370 for description. SOC 370. See SOC credit: Reciprocal SOC 211. Prerequisite: 400. Populations-at-Risk (3) F SW 301, 310 and 401. Admission and gram SW Pro Prerequisites: will be presented. of discrimination, economic deprivation, and oppression Patterns, dynamics, and consequences ethnic- gay and lesbian persons, those distinguished by age, people of color, The curriculum includes content on mezzo, and macro strategies for micro, Course content includes and mental ability. class, and physical culture, ity, and individuals. these groups tions designed to empower ven ter in 401. (3) S Practice with Individuals, Families and Groups Social Work groups als, families and Ad SW Program Prerequisites: u vid di with in continuation of SW 315 with further development of skills for working A using various approaches. 402. Government (3) F Practice with Organizations, Communities, & Social Work Liability Insurance. 401, Professional Admission, SW sites: SW Program ui req Pre Practice in SW 315 and 401. framework introduced to use the theoretical The last of the practice sequence continues and governments. Knowledge, values and skills for building communities methods for work with organizations, develop- and community and working to enhance human well-being by organizational relationships professional examined. and advocacy strategies will be problem-solving assessment, ment through (3) S 419. Social Diversity and Inequality SOC 419. See SOC 419 for description. credit: Reciprocal SOC 211. Prerequisite: 420. Death and Dying (3) S—Even Years 420. See SOC 420 for description. SOC credit: Reciprocal SOC 211. Prerequisite: 421. (3) F Research and Statistical Methods in Social Work and qualitative methods to build knowledge for practice; the use of of quantitative to the processes An introduction of service delivery; and the development, use and communication and evaluation statistics in social work research of empirically based knowledge. 423. Practice (3) S Senior Seminar in Social Work SW 490. to SW Field Practicum. Corequisite: Admission Prerequisites: contact and contract phases of ry, o including ecological systems the various social work processes, Students review and and methods. Class presentations roles social work intervention, social work values and ethics, and interventive tent. con to classroom as they relate processed Field Practicum experiences are quired. re a case study paper are 490. (1-9) Field Practicum Social Work Liability Insurance. SW 423; Professional Corequisite: 2.5 or higher. SW GPA Admission; Prerequisites: Professional SOCIAL WORK 166 SOCIAL WORK 167 to registering. prior and approved ned fi to travel. prior and approved ned fi x: fi Available in each de part men tal pre tal men part each de in Available Needed (1-3) As Study Programs External Domestic 179-279-379-479. must be de and their applications All courses 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs (1-4) As Needed Programs (1-4) Study Abroad 180-280-380-480. must be de and their application All courses 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand 295-6-7. Special Studies departmental offerings. which do not appear in the regular studies group Lower-level (1-4) On Demand 395-6-7. Special Studies departmental offerings. which do not appear in the regular studies group Upper-level Study (1-4) On Demand 495-6-7. Independent the guidance of a faculty member(s). under Individual research F On Demand 498-9. Seminar (1-3) for majors only. of the department be used at the discretion To Continuing Studies Studies Continuing ______Department Chair, Director of LAUNCH Program, and Assistant Professor of Business. B.S. of Business. B.S. Assistant Professor and Program, of LAUNCH Director Department Chair,

Assistant Professor of Communications and Organizational Leadership and Director of Extended Leadership and Director and Organizational of Communications Assistant Professor

(2004). (1999). (1987). Professor of Education, Assistant Registrar and Director of Academic Services for the Department Academic Services of and Director Assistant Registrar of Education, (1987). Professor

Bachelor of Social Work Bachelor of Science in Organizational Leadership Programs Offered Faculty Beverly Absher and M.B.A., University of North Alabama. of North and M.B.A., University Ashley Blair Department of Department Studies Human and of Education College Learning. B.A., Union University; M.A., University of Memphis. University; M.A., University of Learning. B.A., Union Sam Myatt M.Ed and Ed.D., University of Memphis. and. B.S., Lambuth University; of Continuing Studies CONTINUING STUDIES 168 CONTINUING STUD IES 169 is a degree is a degree for additional LAUNCH Catalogue cial transcripts documenting fi program is to de liv er con tem po rary ed for a cohort to focus on a particular fi LAUNCH ce for details. fi education initiatives at the and continuing cate programs, fi Of c to Adult Studies Programs are detailed in the "Adult Studies" are Adult Studies Programs c to fi LAUNCH . . Catalogue c Policies c fi Check with the eld of interest. fi section of the 1. General: BSOL 339, 355, 402, 410, 415, 421, 425, 432, 455—25 hours 339, 355, 402, 410, 415, 421, 425, 432, 1. General: BSOL 410, 421, 432, 456—25 hours 323, 325, 341, 356, 403, 2. Health Management: BSOL 336, 402, 410, 415, 420, 428, 432, 443, 457 —25 hours Leadership: BSOL 3. Church 330, 339, 402, 415, 425, 430, 433, 438, 458—25 hours Management: BSOL 4. Project uu.edu/coehs/continuingstudies A. and transfer policies speci General Core B. higher or 111 include MAT Must A. 401, 413, 418, 435, 448, and 451—15 hours BSOL Core: BSOL B. select one: Emphasis, Pre-BSOL Program Admission allows transfer students who have not met Program Admission Requirements to Admission Requirements met Program Admission allows transfer students who have not Program Pre-BSOL portfolio-style documentation for experiential learning using CPL, may be awarded for Prior Learning, Credit American following the guidelines of the by examination programs credit Union University participates in several In addition to university admission requirements the BSOL applicant must provide of applicant must provide the BSOL In addition to university admission requirements Union University awards credit for non-collegiate sponsored education in accordance with ACE guidelines. Tran- with education in accordance sponsored for non-collegiate credit Union University awards The Department seeks to serve the social and economic needs of the West Tennessee community in the context in the context community Tennessee of the West economic needs the social and seeks to serve The Department The Bachelor of Science in Organizational Leadership for Adult Un der grad u ate Cohorts, ate Cohorts, u grad der Adult Un Leadership for in Organizational The Bachelor of Science Leader- General, Health Management, Church major may be completed with either of four emphases: The BSOL For additional inofrmation, including direct contact information to program personnel, please check personnel, please check contact information to program direct For additional inofrmation, including Program Speci in the Courses will be offered Admission requirements. Electives by meeting only University and take General Core formats. evenings in both full semester and accelerated A submitting the portfolio. before Program in the BSOL and registered of learning. Students must be fully accepted for applica- Director CPL. Check with the CPL through the BSOL towards maximum of 15 hours may be awarded tion and full details. including the maximum of by examination, maximum of 32 semester hours of credit A ACE. Council on Education, See the "Admissions" section of the degree. the BSOL hours, may be applied toward 15 CPL Program Admission elor of Science in Or ga ni za tion al Lead er ship, BSOL, degree in as little as 18 months. The pro gram is for adults with gram is for adults months. The pro in as little as 18 degree ship, BSOL, er the completion of the Bach- allows The program meet the needs of working adults. designed to completion program al Lead tion za ni ga elor of Science in Or Each student becomes a member ence. ri pe work ex least 2 years of relevant and at lege credit years of col 2 or more students to signed to enable adult is de The BSOL for the 16 courses of the major. together of a cohort that remains of the ers. The mission tive managers and lead fec ef become more and 18 additional hours including ENG 111 hours of acceptable college credit completion of a minimum of 60 semester The applicant of 2.0 or higher. attempted must document a CUM GPA All coursework applicable to the General Core. work experience. documentation of at least two years of relevant provide must be at least 24 years for age and information. for learning experiences in all branches is available to matriculated students. It includes credit scription of this credit participating industry education programs. of the military and through Bachelor of Science in Organizational Leadership Organizational in of Science Bachelor Statement Mission It is the and future-directed. Christ-centered, people-focused, being excellence-driven, goals of of the university's of a variety of thriving aimed at stimulation university-wide effort for a multidisciplinary, administrative unit in degree- non-traditional adult students serves all undergraduate The Department of high quality. adult programs certi and graduate undergraduate completion programs, Adult Studies ______Studies Adult university except those of the School of Nursing. It focuses, as well, on community continuing education efforts. as well, on community continuing those of the School of Nursing. It focuses, university except learners. within a Christian context for adult tion ca u business ed major may be modi On occasion, the BSOL Management. ship, or Project profession or profession www. I. General Education Requirements Degree Requirements II. Major Requirements—40 hours BSOL III. to meet 128 minimum hours Electives . cation fi nancial fi www.uu.edu/academics/adultstudies/bsol/ nancial matters. Topics include personal accounting include personal nancial matters. Topics cally to the realm of engineering and construction; of engineering and construction; cally to the realm fi fi cohort groups, the major courses, do not parallel those shown in the parallel those shown courses, do not the major cohort groups, eld. fi LAUNCH cant overlap with cor po rate po cant overlap with cor fi com- increasingly nancial concepts and skills necessary to success as managers in an fi the accelerated it begins. Due to as program for the 18-month available cohort, are c to each fi students will follow the traditional calendars if needing General Core or elective courses. or elective Core if needing General calendars will follow the traditional students BSOL LAUNCH nances but with signi calendars, speci calendars, . The fi ing the minor. ing the

Students will be tested to determine if program learning outcomes have been met. The ability to analyze data, been met. The ability to analyze data, learning outcomes have to determine if program Students will be tested The academic calendars for the calendars for The academic

nature of the cohort program, students must spend 4 hours/week outside class in group study at a site approved by study at a site approved class in group 4 hours/week outside must spend students cohort program, of the nature available at are calendars of this program The major/cohort the university. and decison-making in the medical and decison-making in the medical 330. Engineering Economy (3) speci of economic analysis related basic principles Presents economic and using alternatives to capital investment projects covers methods of developing engineering investment vehicles, and insurance products, and housing decisions, credit and budgeting, time value of money, ment and estate planning. tire re 355. Quality Management (3) ment. The uniqueness of qual- ron vi to the manufacturing and service en Quality as they relate The concepts of Total The principles customer satisfaction. that improves to a systematic management process ity is analyzed in relation An assessment tool is process. integrated with the phases of a continuous improvement of quality management are process. to evaluate how well a company is doing in pursuing a quality improvement presented 356. Quality Improvement in Health Care Settings (3) to physician services, hospitals, medi- History and theory of quality management as well as TQM principles applied to improving and analysis of data as it relates and the utilization management function. Interpretation cal staffs performance is examined and practiced. organization 401. Personal Assessment and Development (2) priorities. Includes behavioral style interaction skills and the management of individual and professional Group goal with supervisors and subordinates, versatility in dealing within groups, analysis, communication processes setting, setting priorities and time management. petitive healthcare environment. petitive healthcare 350. Personal and Managerial Finance (2) to one’s laws and assessment tools principally relating Financial planning and management techniques, procedures, personal Course Offerings in Course Offerings 323. Concepts (2) Medical Legal statutes regulations, to examine laws, rules, administrators, designed healthcare issues confronting Overview of legal faced on a day-to-day basis. and legal liabilities 325. Medical Ethics (3) to values clari case studies giving application of Christian ethical principles Theories, principles and relevant Assessment of Majors Assessment of 418 in BSOL in oral and written form will be evaluated effectively think critically and communicate solve problems, 455, 456, 457, 458). for each concentration (BSOL and the capstone course principles. 336. Leaders (2) Leadership and Change for Church implementation of cultural needs as- The development and culture. a church Study of change and its impact on communities will be to meet the changing needs of church of building cultural bridges sessment and the process discussed. 339. Leadership and Change (2) strategies for management and leadership of change to include an examina- An overview of issues, techniques and change in complex organizations, promote change, discussion of how managers can effectively of tion of the process to change management. and successful leadership approaches barriers organizational 341. Healthcare Finance (3) to fundamental Introduction Academic Calendars Academic LAUNCH IV. IV. award- by the department stated to requirements according be met but may required minor is No Minor: Catalogue CONTINUING STUDIES 170 CONTINUING STUD IES 171 ng, direct- ng, fi cation and decision- rmative action, man- fi fi ef- rms to assess and improve fi cations will be discussed. fi than ac- rather user-oriented, t entities. This fi techniques and control nancial statements, reports fi ed and discussed. fi rm’s op er a tions and use of assets. a er rm’s op fi ts and challenges of diversity. Topics include: valuing diversity, barriers to diversity, af barriers to diversity, diversity, include: valuing Topics ts and challenges of diversity. fi ciency in the sh diagram, Gantt chart, process chart, worker machine relationship, lean manufacturing, plant layout, motion chart, worker machine relationship, sh diagram, Gantt chart, process aging diversity, and future trends. and future aging diversity, 415. Managers (3) Accounting for to business and non-pro accounting related Financial and managerial 402. (3) Practices and Principles Leadership ef- managerial of improved to the development their application and leadership and management of Techniques fectiveness. 403. (3) and Leadership Management Healthcare man- the basics of day-to-day understanding of an toward and administration management of healthcare Overview private sector. in the public and agement (2) Systems for the Workplace 410. Information and common software information system, principles to develop understanding of essential An integrated approach the organization. and practical applications within emphasizing the use of technology applications while 413. (2) Workplace Diversity in the American context contemporary in the present of the workplace realities sociological analysis An introductory as well as the various and workforce, about the changing society which the student will gain knowledge through bene countant-oriented, course will focus on the accounting pro cess, on the accounting pro countant-oriented, course will focus by accountants. The course created reports analyze and interpret to read, to give perspective and skill necessary techniques, and operational budgeting, used by is aimed at understanding control fi tion communication systems. 418. za The Art of Communication (3) ni ga or students will learn to develop effective Drawing on communication theory, tion patterns. Students will learn the positive and nega- ca ni mu needs and com Emphasis on diagnosing information manipulation and transmission methods. storage, retrieval, tive aspects of all types of information 420. (3) Church Finance and Budgeting challenges, tax implications, and rami process, Budgeting for churches: 421. Principles of Marketing (3) An examination will be made of the factors of marketing within an organization. An integrated analysis of the role marketing variables. the development of marketing strategies, and the cognition of consumer behavior, affecting 425. Ethical Leadership (3) lems in management. Special to various contemporary prob as they relate ethical theories study of representative A application of Christian ethical principles to values clari consideration will be given to the making in the business world. 428. Growth (3) Ministry Marketing and Church members, the of factors affecting and an examination of marketing within a church Integrated analysis of the role and growth variables to enable church development of marketing strategies, and the understanding of marketing evangelism. 430. Project Management (3) management including customers, planning, scheduling, cost estimation, humar- Fundamental principles of project strategies and challenges, management and change management. Current communications systems, risk resources, management will be identi innovations of project 432. Organizational Theory (3) staf ning, controlling, theory and application. The managerial functions of plan study of organizational A analysis, NIOSH, OSHA, and time study. ing and motivating are explored in the contexts of both individual and group behavior. of both individual and group in the contexts explored ing and motivating are 433. (3) Design and Measurement Work and ser- applied to manufacturing and work design as they are work measurement method improvement, Teaches analysis, will include Pareto Topics worker health and safety. improve and productivity vice industries to increase fi ict situations involving both labor and fl eld work assignments, this course focuses on the development of the com- focuses on the development eld work assignments, this course fi (2) ict Resolution fl

195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Upper-level 435. (3) Management Resource Human organiza- within complex management effective ensure to necessary techniques and of policies development The develop- training and and organizational vate sectors, and pri unions in the public Service regulations, tions. Civil be examined. ment will 438. (3) Management Environmental Clear Act, and Recovery Conservation Resource among them apply to the workplace, as they regulations Rules and and Compensation Response, Environmental Act, Comprehensive Water Act, Safe Drinking Clean Water Act, Air be discussed. for compliance will Act. Requirements Planning and Right to Know Act, Emergency Liability 443. Ethics (3) Issues in Christian is Attention daily. and moral issues facing ministers moral dimensions of Christian ministry Examination of the and moral responsibilities. and collegial relationships personal, professional given to the minister's 448. Research and Planning (3) Organizational process and managing the planning research organizational of applied areas skills in the critical Develop or improve and operational planning. with a focus on strategic Con 451. Interpersonal Using simulation, case studies and Using simulation, con essential for successfully resolving munication and management skills management practices and the structural dysfunctions of organizations. management practices and the structural 455. Leadership (3) Current Issues in Organizational courses into an applied is designed to integrate the content of the core This capstone course in business administration on advanced in a wide variety of areas clude decision-making of this course in management framework. Elements tives spec and applications of those per of various managerial perspectives tial reading stan level case analyses. Sub to the student’s work setting is required. 456. (3) Current Issues in Healthcare Leadership to topics related to allow synthesis and application of concepts to a variety of healthcare course Comprehensive in health services. and administration organization 457. (3) Current Issues in Church Leadership topics to the a variety of related opportunities to synthesize and apply elements from Capstone course providing in particular to globalization. of the local church, and administration organization 458. (3) Current Issues in Project Management a variety of and apply elements from opportunities to synthesize capstone course provides This comprehensive on in a wide variety of areas management. Elements of this course include decision-making topics to project related and applica- of various leadership and managerial perspectives reading advanced level case analyses. Substantial work setting is required. tions of those perspectives to the student's CONTINUING STUDIES 172 CONTINUING STUD IES 173 eld practicum with a minimum fi bachelors degree, the following are considered prerequisites and prerequisites considered following are the bachelors degree, c to Adult Studies programs are detailed in the "Adult Studies" are Adult Studies programs c to fi nd . cation fi c Core Requirements fi . as outlined below: c requirements fi Catalogue (2003). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., Sam Houston State University; M.S.W. and Ph.D., University; M.S.W. B.S., Sam Houston State of Social Work. Associate Professor (2003). (2006). Associate Professor of Social Work. B.S., Florida A&M University; M.S.W. and Ph.D., Barry and Ph.D., A&M University; M.S.W. B.S., Florida of Social Work. Associate Professor (2006). (1996). Associate Professor of Social Work, Program Director and Department Chair. B.A., Vanderbilt B.A., Vanderbilt Chair. and Department Director Program Social Work, of Professor Associate (1996). (1995). Associate Professor of Social Work and Social Work Field Director. B.S., Tennessee State Uni- State B.S., Tennessee Field Director. and Social Work of Social Work Associate Professor (1995). only requirements from the core: PSY 213, SOC 211, Language (3 hours), Language or Culture (3 hours). (3 hours), Language or Culture Language 213, SOC 211, PSY the core: from only requirements section of the www.uu.edu/academics/adultstudies/bsw/ A. SW 200, 300, 301, 305, 310, 315, 335, 400, 401 402, 421 B. SW elective—6 hours C. 490 and 423—Field Practicum and Senior Seminar SW A. as detailed above requirements Complete major and core B. SW 338 and 348 Complete C. Services Complete SW 490 with the TN Department of Children's for details. See the Department of Social Work A. policies speci and transfer General Core B. or 235 COM 112 Exempt from C. 213 and SOC 211 Sciences must include PSY Social D. language. of foreign classes. Must include at least 3 hours language/culture hours of foreign Six E. as a 2 For the student seeking the B.S.W. Other general information about the Adult Studies Program and descriptions of course offerings parallel that in and descriptions of course offerings Adult Studies Program Other general information about the Students in the Adult Studies BSW Program are assessed through completion of a completion of assessed through are BSW Program Adult Studies Students in the The academic calendars for the Bachelor of Science in Social Work—Adult Studies Program do not parallel those Program Studies The academic calendars for the Bachelor of Science in Social Work—Adult A student receiving a Bachelor of Social Work degree in the Adult Studies Program must take the General Core must take the General Core Adult Studies Program in the degree a Bachelor of Social Work student receiving A An applicant must meet university admission requirements, must have at least 60 hours earned toward a bachelor's toward must have at least 60 hours earned meet university admission requirements, An applicant must personnel, check to program contact information information, including direct For additional program General Information and Course Offerings as detailed above. the traditional program Assessment of Majors The Cohort Approach and Calendar The Cohort courses will follow the traditional calendars; however, shown in the Catalogue. General Education and prerequisite avail- unique to each and are in an accelerated format. Calendars for the cohorts are the major/cohort is delivered able at of 424 hours in an approved social service agency, successful completion of senior seminar with at least a grade of social service agency, of 424 hours in an approved (ACAT). Test Achievement Concentration Area "B," a capstone portfolio, and the Curriculum speci and B.S.W. requirements I. General Core and BSW Speci II. Requirements—51 hours Social Work Certi Public Child Welfare III. Tennessee Program Admission Admission to the Social Studies Program. at least 24 years of age to qualify for the BSW-Adult and must be degree, as detailed above. in the traditional program parallels that Program Work www.uu.edu/coehs/continuingstudies. Barry University,, A.C.S.W., L.C.S.W. A.C.S.W., Barry University,, Rhonda Hudson of Tennessee. University versity; M.S.S.W., Bachelor of Social Work of Social Bachelor Faculty Poe Mary Anne A.C.S.W. Seminary; Baptist Theological Southern Louisville; M.Div., University of M.S.S.W., University; Theresa L. Blakely University. Roslyn Wilson Adult Studies ______Studies Adult IV. IV. program is also available as a traditional/day course offerings Social Work The Bachelor of ver si ty; B.S.N., ver si ty of Memphis. (1995-2004, 2007). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., Harding University; M.S.N., Uni- University; M.S.N., of Nursing. B.S.N., Harding Assistant Professor (1995-2004, 2007). (2005). Associate Professor of Nursing and Chair of Nursing Graduate Programs. B.S.N., St. Graduate Programs. of Nursing and Chair of Nursing Associate Professor (2005). (2006). Instructor of Nursing. B.S.N., Baptist College of Health Sciences; M.S.N., University (2006). Instructor (2005). Assistant Professor of Nursing and Assistant Director, MSN–Nurse Anesthesia Program. Program. Anesthesia MSN–Nurse Director, Assistant of Nursing and Assistant Professor (2005). (1976). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., University of Mis sis sip pi; M.S.N., The University sip sis of Nursing. B.S.N., University of Mis Associate Professor (1976). (2005). Instructor of Nursing. B.S., University of Tennessee–Martin; B.S.N. and M.S.N., Union of Nursing. B.S., University of Tennessee–Martin; (2005). Instructor (2005). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., Memphis State University; M.S., University of of Nursing. B.S.N., Memphis State University; Professor Assistant (2005). (2005). Professor of Nursing and Program Director of Nurse Anesthesia. A.A., Kent State Univer- Anesthesia. of Nurse Director of Nursing and Program (2005). Professor Nursing ______Nursing (2006). Assistant Professor of Nursing and Undergraduate Programs Chair. B.S.N., M.B.A., Union B.S.N., M.B.A., Chair. Programs of Nursing and Undergraduate Assistant Professor (2006). (2007). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., Oral Roberts University; M.S.N. and Ph.D., St. Louis of Nursing. B.S.N., Assistant Professor (2007). (2006). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., Union University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, Union University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee, of Nursing. B.S.N., Assistant Professor (2006). (2005). Dean of the School of Nursing and Professor of Nursing. Diploma, Baptist College for the Diploma, Baptist of Nursing. of Nursing and Professor of the School (2005). Dean (2007). Associate Professor of Nursing, Diploma, Baptist Memorial Hospital School of Nursing, B.A., of Nursing, Diploma, Baptist Memorial Hospital Professor Associate (2007). (1974). Georgia Wilson Distinguished Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.A., Union Uni of Nursing. Assistant Professor Distinguished Wilson (1974). Georgia (1979). Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., Duke University; M.S.N., The University of Tennessee, Health M.S.N., The University of Tennessee, of Nursing. B.S.N., Duke University; (1979). Professor (1989). Professor of Nursing. B.S.N. and M.N.Sc., University of Ar kan sas; Ed.D., University of Mem- kan Ar University of of Nursing. B.S.N. and M.N.Sc., (1989). Professor (1972-89; 1991). Associate Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., University of Tennessee College of Nursing, of Nursing. B.S.N., University of Tennessee Professor Associate (1972-89; 1991). (2003). Germantown Chair and Professor of Nursing. Diploma, Baptist Memorial Hospital School of of Nursing. Diploma, Baptist Memorial Chair and Professor (2003). Germantown (2007). Assistant Professor of Nursing, A.D.N., Mississippi County Community College, B.S.N., RegentsA.D.N., Mississippi County of Nursing, Assistant Professor (2007). (2006). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., Union University; M.S.N., Vanderbilt University. of Nursing. B.S.N., Union University; M.S.N., Vanderbilt Assistant Professor (2006). eld fi (2004). Associate Professor of Nursing. A.S.N., University of Memphis; B.S.N. and M.S.N., The University A.S.N., University of Memphis; B.S.N. and M.S.N., of Nursing. Associate Professor (2004).

Stephens College, B.S.N., Memphis State University, M.S.N., University of Tennessee Health Science Center, Post Health Science Center, M.S.N., University of Tennessee State University, Stephens College, B.S.N., Memphis Master's, University of Missouri. Connie Cupples Memphis; M.S.N., Union University. Nancy Dayton phis. ty of Mem si ver Science Center; M.S., Ed.D., Uni Sharon Edwards University. Kelly Harden M.S., University of Kansas; D.N.Sc., University of Tennessee, University; Ashtabula Campus; B.S., Edinboro sity, Memphis. Donna Latham Arkansas for Medical Sciences. versity of Lisa Medlin Stephanie Nikbakht University, M.S.M., University of Missouri, D.N.Sc., University of Tennessee Health Science Center. D.N.Sc., University of Tennessee M.S.M., University of Missouri, University, Sherry Hickey Health Science Center. of Tennessee Mark A. Kossick phis. Pat Keene as Tex Chris tian Uni ver si ty; M.S.N., University of Al a bama at ham. Bir ming Melanie Matthews Uni Health Science Center; additional study, of Tennessee, Gwen McCartney University. Rosemary McLaughlin University; M.S.N., University of Memphis. University; M.S.N., Donna Sachse Science Center. Health Ph.D., The University of Tennessee of Memphis; M.S.N. and Nursing; B.S.N., University Watters-Burke Valerie Health Science Center. of Tennessee, University; D.N.Sc., University M.S.N., Vanderbilt Louis University; Pamela Binns-Turner Birmingham. Alabama, University of B.S.N. and M.N.A., Sandra Brown Health Science Center. M.S.N., The University of Tennessee, Memphis; M.Ed., University of Memphis; Kathryn Cooper Health Science Center. Patsy Crih Faculty Kathy O'Connor Timothy Smith Timothy Gradu- Knoxville of Tennessee, University Anesthesia, Diploma in of Memphis; B.S.N., University Health Sciences; Sciences Center. Health of Tennessee and Ph.D., University of Medicine; M.S.N. ate School School of of School Dean SCHOOL OF NURSING 174 SCHOOL OF NURSING 175 rst nursing rst fi a curriculum of eld. The 14-month track offers fi tact ed at One Dupont Circle, NW Suite 530, Wash- Dupont Circle, ed at One tact in nursing, to students who have completed degree rst professional fi a curriculum of intensive ed LPNs. The BSN-accelerated track offers fi of nursing. teaching profession in the caring, therapeutic, ed individuals for a career arts college. Students es as a full participant in the intellectual community of the liberal fi fi ecting change based on an ever-expanding body of knowledge. Through application of application of body of knowledge. Through ecting change based on an ever-expanding fl (1982). Professor of Nursing, Provost. Diploma, Baptist Memorial Hospital School of Nursing; B.S.N., School of Nursing; Hospital Baptist Memorial Diploma, of Nursing, Provost. (1982). Professor (2004). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of South Alabama; M.S.N., Union Univer- Union M.S.N., Alabama; South of University B.S., of Nursing. Professor Assistant (2004). (2005). Instructor of Nursing. B.S.N., Union University; M.S.N., Northern Illinois University. M.S.N., Northern Union University; of Nursing. B.S.N., (2005). Instructor (2006). Assistant Professor of Nursing. B.S., University of St. Francis; M.S., Middle Tennessee School School of St. Francis; M.S., Middle Tennessee of Nursing. B.S., University Assistant Professor (2006). (1983-90; 92). Assistant Professor of Nursing. A.S.N., Union University; M.S.M., University of Tennessee of Tennessee University; M.S.M., University A.S.N., Union of Nursing. Assistant Professor (1983-90; 92). (1987). Professor of Nursing. B.S.N., Murray State University; M.S.N., University of Evansville; Ph.D., Murray State University; M.S.N., University of Nursing. B.S.N., (1987). Professor ndings. To this end, the BSN student’s curriculum provides a professional practice base and preparation for practice base and preparation a professional this end, the BSN student’s curriculum provides ndings. To fi class in the Fall Semester. A minimum of a 2.8 cumulative GPA and a 2.8 science GPA is required for acceptance. is required and a 2.8 science GPA minimum of a 2.8 cumulative GPA A class in the Fall Semester. natural science, social science, math to have a “C” grade or better in all prerequisite Applicants will be required A courses). a C grade in other prenursing hours accepted below than 7 credit and English courses (with no more college. A minimum of 65 prescribed semester hours must be completed before enrollment in the enrollment semester hours must be completed before minimum of 65 prescribed A college. The School of Nursing maintains a contractual relationship with many clinical and health care agencies throughout agencies throughout with many clinical and health care The School of Nursing maintains a contractual relationship The program leads to the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree (RN to BSN, Basic BSN, Accelerated and 14-month (RN to BSN, Basic BSN, the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree leads to The program The programs of the School of Nursing are approved by the Tennessee Board of Nurs ing and accredited by the ing and accredited of Nurs Board Tennessee by the approved of the School of Nursing are The programs The mission of the School of Nursing is to be excellence-driven, Christ-centered, people-focused, and future-di- people-focused, is to be excellence-driven, Christ-centered, The mission of the School of Nursing The nursing student quali Admission to the Basic BSN Track 1. year in in the Fall or early Spring of their sophomore Applicants to the School of Nursing (SON) should apply West Tennessee. These consist of hos pi tals, including Jackson-Madison County General Hospital and other regional regional tals, including Jackson-Madison County General Hospital and other pi These consist of hos Tennessee. West ties, i cil and developmental fa child-care health departments, facilities, public and regional hospitals, long-term care agencies. Contracts detail tute, and home health care sti tal Health In ern Men mental health agencies including West spon si bil i ty re for each party agen cy. regarding place ment, su per vi sion, and eval u a tion of stu dents while in the clinical Clinical Agencies Agreements for Nursing Students Agencies Clinical ington, DC 20036-1120 or 202.887.6791. ington, DC 20036-1120 nurses who have gradu- study leading to the BSN for registered a curriculum of tracks). The RN to BSN track offers the Basic BSN track, a curricu- of Nursing also offers The School or diploma programs. degree associate ated from as the lum of study leading to the BSN degree Curriculum Education. CCNE may be con Commission on Collegiate Nursing Mission Statement quali while preparing rected two years of pre-nursing study and to quali two years of pre-nursing of Memphis. Pawley Christy in another a baccalaureate study for students who have completed specialized graduate studies. future sity. Saddler Tracy helping to meet society’s health needs. ed toward rect and social sciences, nursing is di the physical principles from to the science of a diverse supporting curriculum applies principles from with a BSN degree nurse The professional change agent. In addition to learning advocate, and teacher, health manager, provider, nursing and functions as a care the BSN student learns to practice for hospitalized clients, and delivering nursing care alternate ways of organizing tracks All BSN program concern. tion and maintenance is the principal mo health pro in community settings where innovation, non-traditional nursing knowledge and clinical experiences which encourage expanded roles, provide process planning, and use of the research practice opportunities, use of independent nursing judgment in health care and Carla Sanderson University of Florida. Center; Ph.D., see, Health Science nes Ten The University of M.S.N., Union University; Jill Webb Memphis. University of Tennessee, Nelda Webb Memphis. University of Tennessee, study, at Knoxville; additional Molly Wright hours. completed 69 credit intensive study for students who have the social and physical with other students at Union University a basic foundation in majoring in nursing share belief that nursing is the The faculty of the School of Nursing expresses sciences, as well as in general knowledge. a dynamic discipline re of Anesthesia. student in the result le will fi an old must either take ve years fi c situation and concern. fi must include documen- This form rst semester. fi c violation?” A reported conviction (and/or any license reported A c violation?” fi den tial discussion of the speci den fi cation must be maintained throughout the nurs ing pro gram of study. ing pro the nurs cation must be maintained throughout fi ce prior to beginning the fi attend length of time to indicate a commitment to ed and given a reasonable fi nal grade less than C in two Nursing courses will not be readmitted to the Nursing nal grade less than C in two Nursing courses will not be readmitted fi nal year of the pro gram, a student must have a minimum GPA of 2.0. minimum GPA gram, a student must have a nal year of the pro fi be must only once. Permission to progress nal grade of C or above. Nursing courses may be repeated fi cial transcripts must be submitted to Enrollment Services from all institutions of higher learning. Any ap- of higher learning. all institutions Services from to Enrollment must be submitted cial transcripts fi being asked to withdraw from clinical nursing courses. The SON follows guidelines of the Southern Regional guidelines of the Southern Regional nursing courses. The SON follows clinical from being asked to withdraw Education for Nursing Education. Council on Collegiate Education Board evaluate committee an opportunity to lows the interview with the School of Nursing and al become acquainted the student’s potential for nursing education. non-refundable accompanied with a $200.00 an acceptance reply The student must submit Union University. deposit. than a minor traf victed of a violation of the law other nursing school applicant Any necessarily mean that the graduate will be denied licensure. does not revocation) to schedule an appointment with the is recommended requirement by this disclosure who would be affected con Dean of the School of Nursing for a NLN A&P Achievement Test and achieve a set passing score or retake the A&P courses for credit. A&P the or retake score a set passing and achieve Achievement Test A&P NLN of Nursing of submitted to the School B within the past 10 years; Hepatitis the following: tetanus booster immunizations, including tation of current within the (skin test or chest x-ray) for tuberculosis titer and negative screen The student screening. for tuberculosis of compliance with CDC guidelines tion MMR; Varicella vaccination series; ta men u doc past 12 months or information on health to have current Failure annually. must update this information plicant with Anatomy and Physiology (A&P) course credit that is more than is more that course credit Physiology (A&P) Anatomy and plicant with transfer student may be allowed to take the religion requirements (6 hours of the 65 prescribed semester hours) semester the 65 prescribed hours of (6 requirements the religion to take allowed may be student transfer Nursing. School of to the admission after

Students will be charged for the school’s group policy liability insurance when par tic i pat ing in a nursing course pat i tic policy liability insurance when par for the school’s group Students will be charged Students readmitted to the program may be asked to repeat courses in which they previously earned a C in con- courses in which they previously may be asked to repeat to the program Students readmitted for ordering necessary forms The School of Nursing will provide uniforms. appropriate Students must purchase A student who receives a student who receives A A student who wishes to reenter the nursing pro gram should submit a letter to the Dean of the School of Nursing the nursing pro student who wishes to reenter A Continuation in the program is also contingent upon compliance with ethical and professional standards of con- standards is also contingent upon compliance with ethical and professional Continuation in the program The student enrolls in the courses in nursing education according to the prescribed sequence. At least a C grade sequence. to the prescribed in the courses in nursing education according The student enrolls

10. Current health care provider CPR certi provider health care Current 10. Degree Requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing, initial RN licensure tracks: Degree Requirements for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing, A. for both tracks Non-nursing courses required that requires clinical experience. that requires sideration of the length of absence or change in cur ric u lum. u ric sideration of the length of absence or change in cur Uniforms and Insurance Requirements the uniforms. Program but will be advised to seek another major. With draw al from a nursing course does not guarantee readmis- a nursing al from draw With but will be advised to seek another major. Program sion Readmission to the BSN Program Their of Nursing well in advance of the semester in which they wish to enroll. sion to the School mis ad re requesting along with other applicants to the program. will be considered for readmission request 6. screen. check and a clean urine drug background have documentation of a clear criminal The student must 7. opportunity to The interview allows the student an may be requested. interview with a nursing applicant An 8. will be noti Each accepted applicant 9. tion, “Have you ever been con- asks the ques Application, which is completed prior to graduation, The Licensure sites and corequisites. ui req dent upon meeting course pre pen School of Nursing faculty and will be de tained from ob a grade of D or below will student who receives A is required. es, a grade of C or above ing cours In non-clinical nurs student A of courses. uled sequence in the sched the non-clinical course the next time it is offered be allowed to repeat To in the Nursing Program. ing courses will not be allowed to progress less than C in two nurs a grade who receives to the progress will be subject to immediate disciplinary without permission school or hospital property duct. Students who remove the guidelines of Union University. ments follow quire action. Graduation re Requirements for Progression in the BSN Program Requirements for Progression a grade Students who receive in the nursing curriculum. for progression in each clinical nursing course is required to the next clinical course until the failed course has been re- may not proceed of less than C in any clinical course peat ed with a 4. entrance exam. the TEAS Take 5. School of Nursing), must be Examination Form (obtained in the Health History and Physical Fully completed 2. of 20. score ACT composite a minimum Enhanced must make An applicant 3. Of SCHOOL OF NURSING 176 SCHOOL OF NURSING 177 traor di nary degree of motiva- nary degree di traor c points through out the pro gram of gram pro out the through c points fi tive—Cur ric u lum tive—Cur ric u lum Model Year 3. tive—Cur ric u lum tive—Cur Model Year 3. the Nursing Honor So ci ety. Its purposes are to recognize to recognize Its purposes are ety. ci the Nursing Honor So sess ments include, but are not limited to, communication but are ments include, sess ul ty to have been the most outstanding in clinical nursing. ul is presented to the grad u at ing RN-BSN student at each program ing RN-BSN student at each program at u to the grad is presented is to be presented to the basic nursing student who has demon- is to be presented International,

(NSNA) is the largest health professional student organization in the student organization health professional (NSNA) is the largest is open to all nursing and pre-nursing stu dents. It provides Christian dents. It provides stu is open to all nursing and pre-nursing is presented to the student who has ev i denced an ex i to the student who has ev is presented is established in memory of Emily, born with a congenital heart defect resistant to born with a congenital heart defect resistant is established in memory of Emily, mit ment to the ideals and purposes of the profession. Membership is by invitation to Membership is by invitation and purposes of the profession. ment to the ideals mit Sigma Theta Tau Nursing (NUR) is presented to the outstanding graduating stu dent who has demonstrated an above aver- dent who has demonstrated to the outstanding graduating stu is presented si tiv i ty to the psycho-social needs of patients and has shown potential for making a se ri ous ri ty to the psycho-social needs of patients and has shown potential for making a se i tiv si was established by Miss Georgia Wilson to be presented to the member of the BSN (basic) to be presented Wilson was established by Miss Georgia enrollment in NUR 302 & 308. enrollment Model Year 1. Year Model 2. Year riculum Model Emily Saffel Nursing Emily Saffel Fannie J. Watt, R.N., Psychiatric Nursing R.N., Psychiatric Fannie J. Watt, Nursing Faculty Wilson Nursing Wilson Terry Robinson Nursing Terry Fannie J. Watt, R.N., Professional Nursing R.N., Professional Fannie J. Watt, National Student Nurses Association Baptist Student Nursing Fellowship 2. 4. Year Model 430, 440, 499—Curriculum 418, 419, 421, 425, NUR 330, 1. (if unsuccessful in challenge) challenge of NUR 302 & 308 or course) after successful (Transition NUR 322 2. Upper level Elec 303, 309, 310, 318*, 410, 423, Elective, NUR 3. 4. Year 499—Curriculum Model 330, 418*, 419, 421, 425, 430, 440, NUR LPN. available for challenge by testing for the 318 and 418 are *NUR 1. CLU 111, 112; ENG 111, 112; CHE 105; PSY 213, 219; PEWS 100; CHR 111, 112; BIO 211; SOC 211—Curriculum 211—Curriculum SOC BIO 211; 112; 1. 111, CHR PEWS 100; 213, 219; 105; PSY CHE 112; ENG 111, 112; CLU 111, 2. Activity Elective—Cur- BIO 300; PEWS 210; ART (3 hrs.); MAT 222; HIS 101, 102; 201, 202; BIO 221, ENG 1. level Elec 318, 410, 423, Upper 303, 308, 309, 310, NUR 302, The The The Nu Lambda is a chapter of The The The The The Nursing majors are required to take standardized nursing tests at speci nursing tests to take standardized required Nursing majors are Course Offerings in S-Spring; Su-Summer F-Fall; W-Winter; ( ) Hours Credit: site who has shown sen con tri bu tion to nursing. of of skill in clinical thus showing promise and a high degree cal knowledge in the classroom i ret o age level of the achievement in nursing. fellowship, professional educational programs, and service activities; it encourages nursing practice evolving from nursing practice evolving from and service activities; it encourages educational programs, fellowship, professional monthly. Meetings are a personal commitment to Jesus Christ. encouraged to participate. The or- BSN students are All basic students. United States and the only one for nursing interest of professional programs contributing to nursing education, to provide ty for ni tu por op ganization provides The chapter highest quality health care. for the providing whole person, thereby and to aid in the development of the strongly state and national meetings. In addition, RN to BSN students are meets monthly; members may also attend Association (TNA). Nurses Tennessee encouraged to hold membership in creative to encourage standards, qualities, to foster high professional superior achievement, to develop leadership com work, and to strengthen Student Awards ric setting. at chi tice in a psy prac potential for effective strated the greatest their goal. geous persistence toward ra nursing with a quiet, steady and cou tion toward students who have completed one-half of the upper division nursing curriculum, achieved a 3.0 GPA, and rank in the and rank in the of the upper division nursing curriculum, achieved a 3.0 GPA, students who have completed one-half membership in the society as alumni. After graduation, students continue their their class. of highest 35 percent Student Organizations and surviving 2 1/2 weeks. Her only contact with God’s world was the caring voices and touch of her treatment, characteristics of the kind of nursing that her family hopes is to recognize doctors, and nurses. This award family, during her brief life. she received ing fac graduating class who is deemed by the nurs Assessment of Majors Assessment of ized test is given dard to take to evaluate readiness exam comprehensive take a standardized As a part of NUR 499, students will stan ate study. re lau national passing stan- scoring at least the current ful completion of 499 includes ca cess exam. Suc bac the NCLEX licensure ty Health Nursing, the comprehensive ni mu During NUR 440, Com dard. Student as level knowledge. baccalaureate which measures expected to take the students are tions and critical thinking skills. Basic Nursing ven ter skills, therapeutic nursing in es. nurs of nursing to become registered program NCLEX-RN after completion of the C. Nurse to BSN Track Licensed Practical B. Basic BSN Track c clinical skills using fi ca tions and principles of pharma- tions and principles ca fi cally accurate information of wellness and helps students identify realistic options information of wellness and helps students identify realistic cally accurate fi c inquiry are applied to develop a research project. project. applied to develop a research c inquiry are fi c principles basic to nursing knowledge and application. fi ning the changing role of the R.N. case manager. A nursing process approach is used to explore the skills of prob- is used to explore approach process nursing A of the R.N. case manager. the changing role ning

fi

cology. Legal and ethical responsibilities of the pro fes sion al nurse for the well or ill person are emphasized. are the well or ill person al nurse for sion fes of the pro ethical responsibilities Legal and cology. 303. to Professional Nursing (3) F Introduction Admission to Basic BSN track. Prerequisite: health pro- health, and nursing; basic person, environment, and the four main concepts of Philosophy of nursing families of individuals and to wholistic care the concepts related sized as are pha em are motion and maintenance in the community. 308. for Nursing Practice (6) F Foundations Admission to Basic BSN track. Prerequisite: in diverse individuals of all age groups of in the care and skills necessary for basic practice Nursing interventions think- of decision-making and critical a basis for development provides of the nursing process settings. Introduction of nursing diagnosis. ing skills in the formation 309. Skills Practicum (1) S NUR 308. Prerequisite: speci form faculty to per practical hands-on experience in nursing skills. Students work with A 200. As Needed (3) Nursing Professional of Survey broad to the introduced will be Students profession. nursing in the interested for the student course An exploratory and specialities. settings nursing roles, scope of 302. (2) F of Pharmacology Foundations si clas to basic drug and introduction and solutions of arithmetic dosages study A for a healthy lifestyle. The course utilizes the tools for in te grat ing change into everyday lives and uses the nursing grat te for a healthy lifestyle. The course utilizes the tools for in as a guide for enabling persons to achieve and maintain optimal wellness. process 354. Parish Nursing (3) As Needed when caring for the and disease prevention on health promotion nursing, focusing unique practice of professional A personal health counselor, health educator, whole person, encompasses 7 functions: integrator of faith and health, health advocate. and agent, trainer of volunteers, developer of support groups, referral 310. Health Assessment (3) F of the faculty. Admission to the School of Nursing or by permission Prerequisite: health status, and to history taking, assessing skills and knowledge related Use of the nursing model in developing sis on interview- pha developed by em the normal. Communication technique is further from deviations recognizing out the life span. health patterns through ing skills. Emphasis will be on functional 318. Families (5) S Nursing Care of Childbearing 410, 423. 302, 303, 308, 310. Corequisite: Prerequisites: continuum. for members of childbearing families along the wellness-illness health care and preventive Promotive lies and on high-risk families. i aspect of fam Emphasis is placed on the developmental 322. Su Course (1) W, LPN Transition Successful challenge of NUR 302 & 308. Prerequisite: stu- and prepares nurse and the nursing process of professional the licensed practical nurse to the role Transitions outcomes. Includes validation of nursing knowledge and skills. dents to meet program 330. (3) F Introduction to Research in Nursing of Nursing. Admission to the School 114; MAT Prerequisite: Critical thinking skills ture. a er lit and in utilizing nursing research nurse in critiquing of the professional The role and the steps of scienti scienti 345. Case Management (3) As Needed Emphasis is placed on for persons of all ages and cultures. health care Case management as a model for organizing de negotiation, networking and creativity. lem solving, interpersonal communication, critical thinking, organization, 350. Philosophical and Ethical Foundations in Health Care (3) TBA to perform study of the foundations of philosophy and ethics with emphasis on developing the student’s ability A to ethical issues and concerns in health care. ments related gu philosophical inquiry and generate philosophical ar 353. Health Promotion (3) As Needed Focuses on in-depth, scienti SCHOOL OF NURSING 178 SCHOOL OF NURSING 179 ed. fi cul tur al ed as a management tool to test fi si tion on the health continuum the student will si cations of drugs is em pha sized. Historical, economic, legal, and ethical issues are identi legal, and ethical issues are sized. Historical, economic, pha is em drugs cations of fi

populations. 499. Senior Seminar (1) S NUR 425, 430, 440. NUR 419. Corequisites: Prerequisite: the new graduate for entry into the nursing profession. to prepare This course focuses on concept synthesis in order dilemmas. health care address Emphasis is placed on critical thinking skills needed by the generalist to 355. (3) As Needed Nursing Care in Spiritual of role of the exploration and to clients care spiritual providing basis for as a values of Christian An examination and community clergy, nursing literature, include the Bible, will Resources nurse in its provision. the professional spiritual resources. personal 410. (3) S in Nursing Practice Pharmacotherapeutics 302, 303, 310. NUR Prerequisite: Nursing process society. in a multicultural on the wholistic person of drugs effects and psychological The biochemical classi with different alternative solutions on which to base decision-making. 440. Community Health Nursing (5) S courses. BIO 300 and all other nursing Pre/Corequisite: using addressed in diverse settings. Health needs are culminating experience in population-focused health care A ties, biological and social sciences. i man the hu from with knowledge nursing theory and research 452. Intercultural Issues (3) As Needed of persons in our pluralistic global society. nursing care and wholistic professional Study of culturally appropriate communication, critical thinking, cultural assessment, al diversity, tur for cul Emphasis on sensitivity to and respect ter outcomes for in in positive health care which will result and strategic planning for competent nursing care 418. of Childrearing Families (5) F Nursing Care 410, 423. NUR 318, Prerequisite: continuum. families along the wellness-illness for members of childrearing health care and preventive Promotive with spe- to adolescence and on children infancy from dren on the developmental aspect of chil Emphasis is placed cial problems. 419. S Nursing (3) F, Issues in Professional and health ing the profession pact im issues and current evaluation of historical in change through The nurses’s role development of professional ing theory in the continued of nurs the role delivery systems. Students explore care nursing. 421. and Illness I (6) F Nursing Care of Adults in Health NUR 318, 410, 423. Prerequisites: multicultural backgrounds practice and further development in its application with adults from nursing Professional and emphasis on integration of pathophysiology and psychosocial dynamics along the wellness-illness continuum mak- setting. Use of critical thinking, decision patterns in the acute care with complex illnesses and human response nurse. of the role will be incorporated into the teaching, caring, and collaborative ing, and research 423. (5) S Mental Health-Psychiatric Nursing NUR 303/308, 310. Prerequisites: at any po community groups Considering individuals, families, and ob- modes are in applying mental health concepts in a variety of settings. Intervention utilize the nursing process use of therapeutic and milieu settings. Emphasis is placed on family, group, served or practiced in one-to-one, small and economic context of practice is considered. communication and the social, political, 425. and Illness II (6) S Nursing Care of Adults in Health NUR 430. or Corequisite: site ui req NUR 419, 421; Pre Prerequisites: nurse as a health of the professional development of the role will be additional continuation of NUR 421. There A teacher and advocate. 430. Nursing (4) S Leadership and Management in NUR 330, 418, 421. Prerequisites: man- as a patient advocate, leader, nurse’s role and the professional structures organizational Study of health care is on the application of the theories principles of leadership and management in and change agent. Emphasis ager, is identi process delivery system. Use of the research the context of the health care registering. prior to approved ned and fi to travel. prior and approved ned fi

179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed (1-3) Programs Study Domestic External 179-279-379-479. be de must their applications and All courses 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs (1-4) As Needed Programs (1-4) Study Abroad 180-280-380-480. must be de and their application All courses On Demand Studies (1-4) 195-6-7. Special On Demand Studies (1-4) 295-6-7. Special departmental offerings. which do not appear in the regular studies group Lower-level (1-4) On Demand 395-6-7. Special Studies departmental offerings. which do not appear in the regular studies group Upper-level Study (1-4) On Demand 495-6-7. Independent the guidance of a faculty member(s). under Individual research SCHOOL OF NURSING 180 SCHOOL OF NURSING 181 of study. the nursing program cation throughout fi c to Adult Studies are detailed in the "Adult Studies" section of detailed Adult Studies are c to fi RN to BSN Track RN to . . Catalogue the cals B. Math requirement as the 114 Must include MAT C. clini- met within the oral communication components of nursing is considered Speech requirement The D. must include BIO 300. Sciences tion of NUR 333 A. ple until successful com Basic Nursing Education—37 hours held in escrow B. 310, 330, 333, 410, 419, 430, 440—24 hours NUR C. NUR Upper Level Electives—5 hours qualifying the applicant for nursing ed u ca tion. Provide documentation of current immunizations, including documentation of current tion. Provide ca u ed qualifying the applicant for nursing an acceptable Hepatitis B titer and Rubella immunization. Documen- tetanus booster within the past 10 years, This (skin test or chest x-ray) within the past 12 months is required. for tuberculosis tation of a negative screen supplied by School of Nursing. data should be submitted on the form A. and transfer policies speci General Core through the school. through All descriptions are found in the basic program except the following course tailored for the RN-BSN Track: except the following course tailored found in the basic program All descriptions are Registered Nurses may be admitted as non-degree seeking students to renew their Tennessee Nursing License. their Tennessee seeking students to renew Nurses may be admitted as non-degree Registered nursing tests throughout to take the National League of Nursing (NLN), or other standardized required Majors are The School of Nursing encourages the educational mobility of registered nurses hold ing the associate degree or ing the associate degree nurses hold of registered encourages the educational mobility The School of Nursing Association (TNA). Nurses in the Tennessee encouraged to hold membership strongly are RN to BSN students as: as well University admission requirements apply to the University and meet An applicant must The Union University School of Nursing offers its program leading to the Bachelor of Science in Nursing (Basic of Science in Nursing to the Bachelor leading its program of Nursing offers University School The Union personnel, check to program contact information information, including direct For additional II. hours Upper level (300/400 level) Electives—6 III. nursing education hours hours plus 37 basic Nursing Major Requirements—30 Form signed by a practitioner tion na 5. i am Health History Form and a Physical Ex Fully complete a University 333. Concepts of Professional Nursing (4) nursing concepts found in RN student to the professional The focus of this course is to acclimate the returning and include critical thinking and communication. This course theory or research wholistic nursing as derived from writing, portfolio development and life-long learning. an emphasis on elements of professional also provides Course Offerings in Nursing (NUR) ( ) Hours Credit License Renewal See the Department Chair for details. Assessment of Majors of study. the program Degree Requirements I. Requirements General Core diploma in nursing. All registered nurse students take NUR 333 upon entering the B.S.N. program. Upon successful the B.S.N. program. students take NUR 333 upon entering nurse All registered diploma in nursing. 37 hours of Nursing credit. 333, the student is awarded completion of NUR Program Admission 1. R.N. licensure. of nursing and hold current school a state-approved of graduation from evidence Provide 2. Program. Make application to the RN-BSN 3. malpractice insurance liability insurance coverage. Students may elect to purchase professional Demonstrate 4. certi Provider CPR for Health Care Maintain current Bachelor of Science, of Science, Bachelor the Jackson and on both is offered Nurses BSN track for Registered track). The RN to and RN to BSN BSN track by the Com- accredited of Nursing and Board the Tennessee by is approved gram pro Campuses. The Germantown 530, Washington, NW Suite Circle, at One Dupont may be contacted Education. CCNE Collegiate Nursing sion on mis or 202-887-6791. DC 20036-1120 www.uu.edu/academics/son Adult Studies ______Studies Adult Cata- eld. fi . . Prerequisite courses will follow the traditional calendars; however, the major/co- courses will follow the traditional calendars; however, . Prerequisite . prerequisite the required attempted including those documenting cial transcripts of all coursework fi nal year of the pro gram, a student must have a minimum GPA of 2.0. gram, a student must have a minimum GPA nal year of the pro fi Catalogue must be only once. Permission to progress nal grade of C or above. Nursing courses may be repeated fi . logue requirements of Union University except as they appear as prerequisites to their new program. See Program See Program their new program. to of Union University except as they appear as prerequisites requirements to BSN-A. Admission 2. for the prerequisites 499. courses with a grade of C or higher; BIO 190 or 211 (4 hours), BIO 221-2, (8), BIO 300 (3), MAT 114 (3), PSY 213 (3), PSY 114 (3), MAT (4 hours), BIO 221-2, (8), BIO 300 of C or higher; BIO 190 or 211 courses with a grade 219 (3). (3), PSY tion. opportunity to evaluate the student's potential for nursing education. opportunity to evaluate the student's

Readmission to the Accelerated BSN Program is not allowed. Students who are un suc cess ful with the accelerated cess suc un is not allowed. Students who are Accelerated BSN Program Readmission to the Continuation in the program is also contingent upon compliance with ethical and professional standards of con- standards is also contingent upon compliance with ethical and professional Continuation in the program The student enrolls in the courses in nursing education according to the prescribed sequence. At least a C grade sequence. to the prescribed in the courses in nursing education according The student enrolls The academic calendars for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing—Accelerated Track do not parallel those do not parallel those of Science in Nursing—Accelerated Track The academic calendars for the Bachelor The applicant must hold a bachelors degree from a regionally accredited college or university with a minimum college or university accredited regionally a from hold a bachelors degree The applicant must This track offers the BSN in an intensive one year option beginning each January and culminating with Decem- and culminating each January one year option beginning in an intensive the BSN offers This track For additional information, including direct contact information to program personnel, check personnel, check to program contact information information, including direct For additional Applicants to the BSNA program may be admitted to the Pre-BSNA program to take prerequisite math, science prerequisite to take program may be admitted to the Pre-BSNA program Applicants to the BSNA

Course Descriptions ( ) Hours Credit Readmission to the BSN Program traditional pace. more that moves at the may apply to enter the Basic BSN Program program ob tained from School of Nursing faculty and will be de pen dent upon meeting course pre req ui sites and corequisites. sites and corequisites. ui req dent upon meeting course pre pen and will be de School of Nursing faculty tained from ob a grade of D or below will student who receives A es, a grade of C or above is required. ing cours In non-clinical nurs student A uled sequence of courses. in the sched the non-clinical course the next time it is offered be allowed to repeat To in the Nursing Program. ing courses will not be allowed to progress a grade less than C in two nurs who receives to the progress will be subject to immediate disciplinary without permission school or hospital property duct. Students who remove the guidelines of Union University. ments follow quire action. Graduation re in each clinical nursing course is required for progression in the nursing curriculum. Students who receive a grade in the nursing curriculum. Students who receive for progression in each clinical nursing course is required to the next clinical course until the failed course has been re- of less than C in any clinical course may not proceed peat ed with a Requirements for Progression in the BSN Program The Cohort Approach and Calendar The Cohort shown in the available at unique to each and are an accelerated format. Calendars for the cohorts are in hort is delivered www.uu.edu/academics/adultstudies/acceleratedbsn/ Degree Requirements I. to meet General Education not required students are Second Bachelors General Education Requirements: II. 421, 423, 425, 430, 440 and (59 hours): NUR 303, 304, 307, 310, 318, 330, 410, 418, 419, Major Requirements III. none Minor Requirements: Program Admission the applicant will: to university admission requirements, In addition 2.8 CUM GPA. of 1. Provide 2. BSN-Accelerated Program. to the School of Nursing, Make special application 3. and prior to matricula- acceptance into program Successful passing of a dosage calculation exam, taken after 4. in 4-9 in the Basic BSN Track:" all conditions stated under School of Nursing, "Admission to the Meet ber graduation. It is offered on both the Jackson and Ger man town campuses to students who have already proven proven have already to students who town campuses man Ger both the Jackson and on It is offered ber graduation. in another degree of a bachelors with the completion success and maturity academic Adult Studies ______Studies Adult Degree Bachelors Second in Nursing, of Science Bachelor Track Accelerated www.uu.edu/academics/son and social science courses. See #2 above. 5. committee student to become acquainted with the School of Nursing and the interview Interview allowing the 6. for "Uniforms and Insurance Requirements." See the Basic BSN program SCHOOL OF NURSING 182 SCHOOL OF NURSING 183 skills using c clinical fi and application. nursing knowledge principles basic to c fi All descriptions are found in the basic program except for the following tailored for the BSN-Accelerated: for the tailored following for the except basic program in the found are All descriptions 304. NUR Practicum (2) Accelerated Skills BSN Track 2nd Bachelors/Accelerated Admission to the Prerequisite: of in the care ing practice for nurs skills necessary to teach the nursing designed hands-on experience practical A speci faculty to perform Student work with in diverse settings. of all age groups individuals scienti NUR 307. for Nursing Practice (5) Accelerated Foundations BSN Track Admission to 2nd Bachelors/Accelerated Prerequisite: of all age of individuals for nursing practice in the care interventions and skills necessary Focus on the nursing of decision-making a basis for development provides process of the nursing in diverse settings. Introduction groups diagnosis. skills in the formation of nursing and critical thinking Cata- . c admission requirements: fi . prerequisite the required attempted including those documenting cial transcripts of all coursework fi nal year of the pro gram, a student must have a minimum GPA of 2.0. gram, a student must have a minimum GPA nal year of the pro fi must be only once. Permission to progress nal grade of C or above. Nursing courses may be repeated fi . General Education and prerequisite courses will follow the traditional calendars; however, the ma- will follow the traditional calendars; however, courses . General Education and prerequisite . (9 hours) Have completed the Adult Studies Core Curriculum (See below). Curriculum Adult Studies Core Have completed the C. 300 (14 hours minimum) BIO 221, 222, 190 or 211, Science: D. 219 (9 hours) 213, PSY Science: HIS 101 or 102; PSY Social E. (3 hours) 114 MAT F. (6 hours) and 112 CHR 111 G. hours on the junior/senior level Electives: 6 Upper-Level H. Computer Science (2 hours) 499. A. (6 hours) & 112 ENG 111 B. Christian Studies Art, Theatre, Language, Music, Philosophy, Literature, ENG 201 or 202 and Humanities: courses with a grade of C or higher; BIO 190 or 211 (4 hours), BIO 221-2, (8), BIO 300 (3), MAT 114 (3), PSY 213 (3), PSY 114 (3), MAT (4 hours), BIO 221-2, (8), BIO 300 of C or higher; BIO 190 or 211 courses with a grade 219 (3). (3), PSY this requirement. exempt from logue potential for nursing education. opportunity to evaluate the student's Catalogue

The student enrolls in the courses in nursing education according to the prescribed sequence. At least a C grade sequence. to the prescribed in the courses in nursing education according The student enrolls The academic calendars for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing—14-month Track do not parallel those shown in Track The academic calendars for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing—14-month In addition to university admission requirements, the applicant must be 24 years of age or older upon enrollment upon enrollment must be 24 years of age or older the applicant admission requirements, In addition to university For additional information, including direct contact information to program personnel, check personnel, check to program contact information information, including direct For additional This track offers the BSN in an intensive 14-month option beginning each June and culminating with December culminating with each June and option beginning intensive 14-month the BSN in an offers This track

jor/cohort is delivered in an accelerated format. Calendars for the cohorts are unique to each and are available at unique to each and are in an accelerated format. Calendars for the cohorts are jor/cohort is delivered www.uu.edu/academics/adultstudies/14-monthbsn/ Requirements for Progression in the BSN Program a grade in the nursing curriculum. Students who receive for progression in each clinical nursing course is required to the next clinical course until the failed course has been re- of less than C in any clinical course may not proceed sites and corequisites. peat ed ui with req a dent upon meeting course pre pen and will be de School of Nursing faculty tained from ob a grade of D or below will student who receives A es, a grade of C or above is required. ing cours In non-clinical nurs student A uled sequence of courses. in the sched the non-clinical course the next time it is offered be allowed to repeat To in the Nursing Program. ing courses will not be allowed to progress a grade less than C in two nurs who receives to the progress The Cohort Approach and Calendar The Cohort the 5. and a 2.8 science GPA. Minimum cumulative 2.8 GPA 6. in 4-9 in the of Nursing "Admission to the Basic BSN Track" Meet all conditions stated under School II. (59 hours): NUR 303, 304, 307, 310, 318, 330, 410, 418, 419, 421, 423, 425, 430, 440 and Major Requirements III. none Minor Requirements: IV. Minimum hours for graduation: 128 I. Curriculum Adult Studies Core Program Admission program-speci and meet the following of 1. Provide 2. BSN-14 Month Program. to the School of Nursing, Make special application 3. institutions are accredited from degrees 1030. Students with baccalaureate ACT of 20 or SAT minimum A 4. 7. committee to become acquainted with the School of Nursing and the interview Interview allowing the student 8. test after acceptance into but prior to enrollment. Successful passing of dosage calculation 9. for "uniforms and Insurance Requirements." See the Basic BSN Track www.uu.edu/academics/son graduation. It is offered on both the Jackson and Ger man town campuses to students who have already proven aca- proven who have already to students town campuses man the Jackson and Ger on both It is offered graduation. hours. of 69 semester with the completion and maturity demic success Adult Studies ______Studies Adult Degree Completion Month Fourteen in Nursing, of Science Bachelor Track SCHOOL OF NURSING 184 SCHOOL OF NURSING 185 c clinical skills using fi basic to nursing knowledge and application. c principles fi Readmission to the BSN 14-month Program is not allowed. Students who are un suc cess ful with the 14-month ful with cess suc un who are not allowed. Students is Program to the BSN 14-month Readmission Continuation in the program is also contingent upon compliance with ethical and professional standards of con- standards and professional ethical with compliance upon contingent is also in the program Continuation ( ) Hours Credit for the BSN-Accelerated: the following tailored except for program found in the basic All descriptions are NUR 304. (2) Accelerated Skills Practicum Admission to BSN-14 Prerequisite: of care ing practice in the nurs the nursing skills necessary for experience designed to teach practical hands-on A to perform speci settings. Student work with faculty in diverse age groups individuals of all Readmission to the BSN Program to the BSN Readmission pace. traditional at the more that moves the Basic BSN Program apply to enter may program Course Descriptions duct. Students who remove school or hospital property without permission will be subject to immediate disciplinary disciplinary immediate to will be subject permission without property or hospital school who remove Students duct. University. of Union guidelines the ments follow quire re action. Graduation scienti NUR 307. for Nursing Practice (5) Accelerated Foundations Admission to BSN-14 Prerequisite: of individuals of all age and skills necessary for nursing practice in the care Focus on the nursing interventions for development of decision-making a basis provides of the nursing process Introduction in diverse settings. groups of nursing diagnosis. and critical thinking skills in the formation cially fi nancial fi . Courses c fi nancial aid nancial fi le fi vice to the adult vice to the Catalogue tian Min is try fers of le the following infor- fi making application to the poli- c rate.University refund fi Catalogue, . Questions regarding program speci program . Questions regarding Cat a logue rst bachelors. The R.G. Lee Cen ter for Chris rst bachelors. The R.G. Lee Cen fi plo ma in tian Chris Min is try and the As so ci ate of Di vin i ty degree. c; see the program director/co or di na tor of your program. Union tor of your program. na di or director/co c; see the program fi c program admission processes and unique requirements for entry. unique requirements and admission processes c program fi ), or admitted in good standing. The determination of the above decision ), or admitted in good standing. The le. By federal guide lines, the Uni ver si ty is not allowed to si ver lines, the Uni le. By federal guide fi ce, Union University hopes to provide better, simpler ser simpler better, hopes to provide Union University ce, fi le of a student hav ing less than a 2.0 cumulative GPA will be presented to the will be presented than a 2.0 cumulative GPA ing less le of a student hav fi Catalogue attended. all institutions of higher learning cial transcript from fi admitted students. forms on provisionally ts enrollment fi cial documents to register for classes. A student may be admitted to any course(s) for which he/she student may be admitted A for classes. cial documents to register fi 1. completed admissions application. A 2. $25. Application fee (non-refundable), 3. completed of A ed to enter but not admitted to a formal degree program and not eligible to graduate in this status. Any and not eligible to graduate in this status. program degree ed to enter but not admitted to a formal fi ce of Admissions. Programs have speci have Admissions. Programs ce of ce provides central service for admissions, reg is tra tion, academic counseling and a variety of other services. By of other services. and a variety academic counseling tion, tra is reg service for admissions, central ce provides fi A student may remain on provisional status for only one semester and the sub se quent short term unless special se the sub status for only one semester and on provisional student may remain A Tuition and payment plans are program-speci and payment plans are Tuition The School of Nurs ing offers a program for Reg is tered Nurses to complete the Bachelor of Science in Nurs ing in Nurs Bachelor of Science complete the Nurses to tered is for Reg a program ing offers The School of Nurs Students may be admitted on a provisional basis to allow those with acceptable cre den tials but without immedi- den basis to allow those with acceptable cre Students may be admitted on a provisional Before admission into Union University may be granted, an adult transfer student must admission into Before The academic status of a transfer student will be based on his/her cumulative GPA of all accredited post-second- of all accredited will be based on his/her cumulative GPA The academic status of a transfer student Before registration for courses, a student must be admitted to the Uni ver si ty or be granted status as a “provisional ty or be granted status as a “provisional si ver for courses, a student must be admitted to the Uni registration Before quest those docu- ty to re si ver Union Uni For admission the student will sign a contract and sign a waiver allowing Adult students will normally apply to the University as transfer students from another college or uni ver si ty or as si ver another college or uni as transfer students from normally apply to the University Adult students will ments imposed upon those fully ma- quire admitted student will be bound by all academic re The provisionally Union University provides non-traditional programs and services aimed toward the adult student. Each program student. Each program the adult toward and services aimed programs non-traditional provides Union University fi cies are printed in the Financial Information section of the cies are Coordinator. or FACTS director/coordinator to the program policies should be directed University reserves the right to change the tuition and fees without notice. Student Service fees for students in non- University reserves ry an June, July). Certain courses will car Spring) and $10/term (January, $20/semester (Fall, are traditional programs tion section of this ma for additional fee. For a listing of fees for materials, etc., see the Financial In taken through Cross-Campus Agreement will be billed at the Union program-speci Agreement Cross-Campus taken through and Veterans bene and Veterans Admission Admissions Committee. exist and permission for an extension is given in writing by the circumstances al basis. with the Program personal conference A status does not guarantee admission later as matriculated. to a provisional sion vi sion on a pro mis the student is accepted for ad before is required Director Financial Policies degree. The School of Nursing also offers an accelerated initial licensure program as a second bachelors degree and and second bachelors degree as a program initial licensure an accelerated The School of Nursing also offers degree. for adults seeking the completion programs degree until the status has of matriculated credit as regular this status will not be transferred taken while in credit learner. ing to the Di try lead is min grams in church two pro which is described exception of the BSOL departments with the in full in their parent described are These programs of Continuing Studies. in the Department Provisional Students ate access to of is quali ary work attempted. The admission ary work attempted. The admission may be denied admission, admitted on probation- sions/Readmissions Committee. The student mis Ad Undergraduate Academic ary status (as stated in the explanation of any extenuating circumstances. tions, and da men om rec shall be the full academic record, Transfer Students Transfer student” (as stated below). sion mis ments needed to complete the ad Admissions Policies to Union as transfer students if es will apply taken college cours Adults who have already Union students. readmitted details. Otherwise, See below for additional hours of transferable credit. than 24 semester more they have completed as detailed in the admission requirements the applicant must meet freshman All work attempted will be fully documented in the quantity and quality of work. triculated so far as prerequisites, ac a dem ic record. Of director/coordinator: program mation with the appropriate will be marked “non-matriculated, non-transferable.” been changed; credit of in one of these services concentrating Adult Studies ______Studies Adult

IES ADULT STUD 186 ADULT STUDIES 187 - fi c to c ours ours fi hours hours ...... 3 hours ...... 6 hours ...... 3 hours and nancial assistance fi napp.cfm?Type=graduate. fi c policies and evaluations of course credit of course credit c policies and evaluations fi nancialaid/2006-2007/ fi nancial assistance to attend Union University. Ac- University. attend Union to assistance nancial fi nancialaid/2005-2006/forms/LoanRequestFormAddFunds.pdf. fi for application le an institutional fi . The pattern outlined below may be followed as a guide for . The pattern outlined below may be www.uu.edu/ www.uu.edu/ Catalogue . These requirements are to be followed to the fullest extent possible for students to be followed to the fullest extent are . These requirements nancial arrangements for students employed by com pa nies with tuition reimburse- pa students employed by com nancial arrangements for fi Catalogue Business Communication will apply) ...... Business Communication will apply) Christian Studies will apply).Art, Theatre, ...... Language, Music, 6 Earth Science, Astronomy, Environmental Science, Geology will apply) Environmental Astronomy, Earth Science, ...... 8 hours ...... 6 h will apply) Anthropology Geography, Psychology, Sociology, A. Composition/Speech, 9 hours: ...... (Composition I & II) & 112 ENG 111 Speech or in Oral Communication, earned credits or 235 (previously COM 112 B. Humanities, 9 hours: ...... will apply) in literature earned credits ENG 201 or 202 (previously 3 h in English, Humanities, Philosophy, earned credits Humanities Electives (previously C. BIO 100 & PHY 111 (previously earned credits in Biology, Chemistry, Physics, Physical Science, Chemistry, in Biology, credits earned (previously C. 111 100 & PHY BIO D. Science, 9 hours: Social in History will apply). earned credits HIS 101 or 102 (previously ...... 3 Economics, Political Science, in History, earned credits Social Science (previously E...... will apply) in Christian Studies, Bible earned credits (previously & 112 6 hours 111 CHR F. 101 or higher) Mathematics (MAT ...... G. 2 hours Computer Science, Natural Science, or Social Science will apply) Elective (additional Mathematics, Students enrolled in non-traditional programs may apply for may apply programs in non-traditional enrolled Students Instructions on "How to Apply for Scholarships, Financial Assistance and/or Loans" and information speci Loans" and Assistance and/or Financial Apply for Scholarships, on "How to Instructions The Post-Baccalaureate Teacher Licensure Program is designed to provide initial teach er licensure or additional er licensure initial teach is designed to provide Program Licensure Teacher The Post-Baccalaureate Students who have earned a bachelors degree through a regionally accredited col lege or university may complete lege or university may complete col accredited a regionally through Students who have earned a bachelors degree Academic policies of the University are considered in force throughout the Adult Studies programs unless speci Adult Studies programs the throughout in force considered of the University are Academic policies Union University offers offers Union University The General Core Curriculum requirements for Union University degrees are out lined in the “Academic Pro- out are for Union University degrees Curriculum requirements The General Core Loan request forms may be downloaded from from forms may be downloaded Loan request Financial Aid Financial ceptance to the program is required. The student must The student is required. to the program ceptance can be found at graduate programs adult studies and the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). Undergraduate students will be awarded Pell Grant based Pell Grant be awarded students will Undergraduate Aid (FAFSA). forms and tor for for Federal Student Application the Free na di or director/co program Check with your Loans. for Stafford and may apply upon eligibility details. Post-Baccalaureate Teacher Licensure Post-Baccalaureate Teacher college or university. an accredited from for students with a bachelors degree endorsements to teach in Tennessee Education. of Teacher Candidates for admission should contact the Director Second Bachelors Degree for the second The new hours presented by completing a new major and its prerequisites. a second bachelors degree must total no less than 30 hours and include 15 upper level hours earned in the major in residence. degree cally noted otherwise within the program description. Program-speci within the program cally noted otherwise ment programs. Forms and instructions are available through program director. Forms must be submitted each Forms must be submitted director. program available through are Forms and instructions ment programs. semester/term. Academic Policies Employee Reimbursement Employee Reimbursement toward graduation are not automatically transferable between programs; reevaluation is required with a change of is required reevaluation not automatically transferable between programs; graduation are toward program. gram” section of this lacking general education credits. Course descriptions of core curriculum and prerequisites courses are found in courses are and prerequisites curriculum Course descriptions of core lacking general education credits. departments of the academic their respective when substitutions for the General and for completing general education credits credits transfer accepting previous necessary. Curriculum are Core Campus Life , and the in a strong Christian environ- in a strong Catalogue and transfers rst-time” freshmen fi Baptists as well liation with Southern fi . B.S., Union University; M.A.T., University of Mem- University University; M.A.T., . B.S., Union B.S., Union University; M.Ed., University of Mem phis; Mem University of University; M.Ed., B.S., Union quired of all full-time “ of all full-time quired with other freshmen. cant relationships fi rst semester and CLU 112 during their second semester. during their second and CLU 112 rst semester fi ce of Academic Advocacy Support. ce of Academic fi fi Director, Of Director, Director, Of Director, dence is gained through a process which allows students to recognize their strengths and en able and en their strengths which allows students to recognize a process dence is gained through fi (1989) (1996). .

phis; Additional study, University of Memphis. University study, Additional phis; Additional study, University of Memphis. University Additional study, The Transfer Orientation Program, administered by Retention, is an introduction to activities and services avail- to activities by Retention, is an introduction administered Orientation Program, The Transfer Students in CLU 111 discuss Union’s academic programs and how to plan effectively for successful completion and how to plan effectively Union’s academic programs discuss Students in CLU 111 Application uniquely gifted. how they are is designed to assist students in discovering and understanding CLU 112 College Life at Union consists of two one-hour courses which foster student success at Union. Freshmen are re- are Freshmen which foster student success at Union. consists of two one-hour courses College Life at Union Union University is committed to the two-fold purpose of academic excellence with is committed to the two-fold purpose Union University

( ) Hours Credit 111. College Life at Union I (1) adjustment to academic de- experiences of college life at Union University which promotes to the An introduction Re and spiritual growth. velopment, cultural appreciation Course Offering in College Life at Union (CLU) Course Offering in College able to transfers. The no-cost, no-credit voluntary pro gram is offered as a half-day informal seminar at the be gin ning gin at the be as a half-day informal seminar gram is offered ments, voluntary pro able to transfers. The no-cost, no-credit quire grams such as academic re information about Union’s pro ters. It provides mes of the Fall and Spring Se es, the vic counseling, library ser career tutoring, social opportunities and regulations, of the requirements for graduation. CLU 111 not only aids in the understanding of the Union community and its not only aids in the understanding for graduation. CLU 111 of the requirements ment of signi op vel traditions but also allows the de work, community at school, tool as students impact people and circumstances of these gifts will be an invaluable Con and church. decisions. make academic and career effectively them to more quired to take CLU 111 during their during to take CLU 111 quired Sherry Tignor Using a wide range of brace both aspects of this purpose. em the College Life at Union Program ment. The goals of to develop his/her full to give each student the tools is coordinated es, the program enc ri pe ex cultural and academic af discuss Union’s heritage and potential. Freshmen academic and spiritual program achievement. Integrated in this as an integral part of scholastic spiritual growth as the need for ongoing to in each student according entrusted patterns which have been of discovering motivational is a unique process his/her life. God’s purpose for Susan Hopper College Life at Union ______Union Life at College 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) As Needed departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not group Lower-level Handbook Pass/Fail. with fewer than 12 hours earned. Graded 112. College Life at Union II (1) tion to the student’s decisions ca pli with ap An opportunity for the discovery of personal gifts, talents and strengths Graded Pass/Fail. in their second semester. of all freshmen choices. Required in academic and career COLLEGE LIFE AT UNION 188 INTER DIS CI PLINARY STUDIES 189 eld— fi dards, the IHC dards, culty looking beyond the fi sess ideas and situations critically cially accepted into the Honors Program. fi cour age stu dents to think freely and constructively across academic across and constructively dents to think freely age stu cour nal decision to admit any stu dent rests with the In ter dis ci pli nary Honors Council (IHC), nary Honors Council pli ci dis ter with the In dent rests to admit any stu nal decision fi (1991). Interdisciplinary Honors Director, Professor of Chris tian Stud ies and Philosophy. B.A., ies and Philosophy. tian Stud Chris of Professor Honors Director, (1991). Interdisciplinary t together. As a result, they suffer the debilitating symptoms of de hu man iza tion, social frag men ta tion tion ta men tion, social frag iza man hu of de the debilitating symptoms they suffer As a result, t together. fi nes of their par tic u lar area of interest and expertise to comprehend how the pieces of the puz zle of hu- pieces of the puz how the and expertise to comprehend of interest lar area u tic par nes of their fi elds of ic ac a dem inquiry interrelate, the Interdisciplinary Honors gram Pro en rich es them tu al ly in tel lec fi proved courses across the University—2 hours the University—2 courses across proved is expected to be of the highest quality. interdisciplinary courses across the University. courses across interdisciplinary A. year HON 210 and 220—Freshmen B. year 320 and 340—Sophomore HON A. year HON 210 and 220—Freshmen B. year 320 and 340—Sophomore HON The Interdisciplinary Studies minor was designed for students who determine in the course of pursuing the In- The Interdisciplinary Students admitted into the program are expected to maintain a grade average of “B” or better in all Honors courses. expected to maintain a grade average are Students admitted into the program Members of departments across the University serve as faculty and mentors for stu dents in the Interdisciplinary dents in the Interdisciplinary the University serve as faculty and mentors for stu Members of departments across The Interdisciplinary Honors Program combines methods of teaching such as the Socratic method, logic and of teaching such as the Socratic combines methods Honors Program The Interdisciplinary seeks to sharpen the student’s ability to as Honors Program The Interdisciplinary In contemporary society, over-specialization has forced blinders upon many in di vid u als. In almost every u vid di upon many in blinders has forced over-specialization In contemporary society, I. hours Requirements—12 Core Interdisciplinary II. and ap- study with the Scholar-in-Residence, Electives Include: opportunities for travel and study abroad, III. hours HON 411—4 that a major project is the writing of the Honors thesis, Honors Program The capstone of the Interdisciplinary I. hours Requirements—12 Core Interdisciplinary II. approved and study with the Scholar-in-Residence, Electives: Opportunities for overseas travel and study, Minor in Interdisciplinary Studies—18 semester hours to undertake or complete the writing of a er reason, ev unable, for what Honors minor that they are terdisciplinary tive open only to students of na ter thesis. This minor is an al Minor in Interdisciplinary Honors—18 hours and to think about these creatively and to en and to think about these creatively cause Be is God’s truth. stand how all truth der dents un and all-encompassing goal is to help stu third A disciplines. of hu- verse as well as the redeemer and sustainer of the uni God is the creator our Christian confession holds that sion. fes the context of this con will always be governed by of truth kind, this means that our pursuit man guidelines, cies, standards, i gram’s pol the pro ing min ter vost for the purpose of de which is appointed by the Pro and goals. will be subject program and their status in the will be placed on probation, Students who fall below this expectation ies Minor (see below) as an alternative to the Minor stan gram’s nary Stud If the IHC determines that a student’s work fails to satisfy the pro by the IHC. to review pli ci dis ter the In may suggest that the student pursue Honors. in Interdisciplinary Studies Program. The program is designed to be chal leng ing and intensive. For this reason, only select persons are only select persons are this reason, ing and intensive. For leng to be chal is designed program The Studies Program. in academic of excellence of 25 or higher or a record ACT(e) with an men students invited to participate: 1) Fresh sion must mis ad desire dents who or other stu Transfer a 3.5 GPA. who have work, and 2) second semester freshmen pe ti tion the tor. Di rec The and spiritually and helps them avoid the pitfalls and con se quenc es of tunnel vision. quenc se con helps them avoid the pitfalls and and spiritually and the highest degree to produce in order groups sion cus seminars, and dis mentoring, lectures, dialectic, tutorials, development of the years in length to encourage a solid gram is designed to be four The pro of academic success. thinking apparatus. student’s knowledge base and critical and Standards Acceptance Requirements Program man existence of how picture a broader to perceive of purpose in life. By enabling students and the general loss and misdirection, var i ous Mission Statement medicine, education, business, politics, and eco nom ics—the majority of people have dif ics—the nom business, politics, and eco medicine, education, con narrow ; M.Div., and Ph.D., South west ern Baptist Theological Sem i nary; D.Phil., University of nary; D.Phil., University B. Bush Randall i Sem ern Baptist Theological west and Ph.D., South University; M.Div., Payne Howard Oxford. Interdisciplinary Honors Studies ______Studies Honors Interdisciplinary the from cers fi whose purpose whose purpose ing concluding in a pre sen ta tion pa per tion pa ta sen ing concluding in a pre ing. Students will sign up for the thesis eld of study, in clud ing those that will help clud in eld of study, fi Honors Student so ci a tion As (HSA) ll the requirements of the program. All are subject to subject All are of the program. ll the requirements fi cen tu ry. st ter re la tion between the disciplines of the uni ver si ty, and ty, si ver uni tion between the disciplines of the la re ter situations, philosophical ideas, political historical trends, ect fl cant books related to their major to their cant books related fi Awards are presented to the students active in the Program who have shown the who have the Program to the students active in presented are Awards elds of human inquiry for Christian faith and practice, will help students to de vel op vel will help students to de elds of human inquiry for Christian faith and practice, fi elds of philosophy, theology, history, literature, the natural sciences, or the social sciences literature, history, theology, elds of philosophy, fi Honors (HON) rst se mes ter of their senior year. The thesis may be done in con junc tion with senior per for mance re- for tion with senior per junc The thesis may be done in con ter of their senior year. mes rst se fi Honors Student of the Year Honors Student of uences and processes contributing to the formation of worldviews and their al ter ation through time. Students ation through ter formation of worldviews and their al contributing to the uences and processes One or more of the following courses must be chosen to ful One or more The Incorporated into the Interdisciplinary Honors Program is the Program Honors into the Interdisciplinary Incorporated A scholar of worldwide reputation is invited each year to deliver a series of lectures at the University. Students Students at the University. of lectures a series deliver year to each is invited reputation of worldwide scholar A fl about the implications of the taking their place as leaders in the 21 a worldview toward these works re will be studied with attention to ways ly and cal i conditions. Students will be encouraged to think crit tions, and socioeconomic di tra cultural and religious that lie outside the al perspectives tur intellectual and cul works by considering them from about these creatively long. framework to which they be 340. Great Books II (3) S HON 320 Prerequisite: Students will critically assess signi ( ) Hours Credit; F-Fall; W-Winter; S-Spring; Su-Summer F-Fall; W-Winter; ( ) Hours Credit; 210. Studies (3) F Introduction to Interdisciplinary In evaluate these perspectives and to al and theoretical tur given cul within will be taught how to live appreciatively about the in think creatively ment to age cour En critically. Chemistry and others at the discretion Art, Biology, ments as Music, part by such de established ready al quirements ment. part of the IHC and the de Course Offerings in Course Offerings Student Awards in the year’s growth perceptive most intellectual and determined by the Honors Council. are time. The awards 220. Great Ideas (3) S HON 210. Prerequisite: of many of the by examination along with the way ideas culture of the ideas, thoughts, and theories of human will be considered dence of ideas nature The interdisciplinary and social ral pen u ties, nat de i ter man al studies. The in hu important for the and intellectual heritage that are cultural ideas of the Western great sion fes ern es, arts, and pro enc a survey of West from cultural contexts. This course will progress cal and sci i tor ion. tion of papers by students in a seminar fash ate in a variety of unique his ta er sen op pre al history to tu lec tel cultural and in 320. Great Books I (3) F HON 220. Prerequisite: the Seminal works from mine the ing the early ter dur dents will meet for lectures will de The Director profession. them formulate ethical principles to aid them in the practice of their ment. Stu part ing with his/her de sult book list for each student by con and writ but for the most part they engage in research ter, mes part of the se ing upon one book. cus fo 411. Thesis (4) On Demand hours. Core—12 Interdisciplinary Prerequisite: bers appointed by the IHC. ning of their faculty mem a committee of three and defended before The thesis shall be presented gin al by the be pos year and submit a pro more o Students should choose a topic by the end of their soph and writ ior and senior years open for research leaving the jun junior year, during the Student Organization Student Scholar-in-Residence Program Scholar-in-Residence HON 210 tutorials. Prerequisites: writing, and involves research, course which the Scholar-in-Residence may take and 220. student par tic i pants and organizing functions to further the academic programs of the minor. Any par tic i pant in pant i of does, choosing organization tions as any social tic It func of the program. as the social arm is to serve Any par the minor. of programs the academic functions to further and organizing pants i tic student par invited is the program in interested in HSA; additionally any student ship ber eligible for mem an Honors class is member. to attend as a non-voting of the IHC unless otherwise stated in the published schedule of class offerings. the approval

DIS CI PLINARY STUDIES INTER 190 INTER DIS CI PLINARY STUDIES 191 to registering. prior and approved ned fi to travel. prior and approved ned fi 179-279-379-479. External Domestic Study Programs (1-3) As Needed (1-3) Programs Study Domestic External 179-279-379-479. must be de and their applications All courses 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs (1-4) As Needed Programs (1-4) Study Abroad 180-280-380-480. must be de and their application All courses 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand Studies (1-4) 195-6-7. Special (1-4) On Demand 295-6-7. Special Studies departmental offerings. which do not appear in the regular studies group Lower-level (2 or 3) 395-6-7. Special Studies Includes, but not restricted departmental offerings. appear in the regular studies which do not Upper level group Program. of the Scholar-in-Residence to, offerings Studies (2-4) 495-6-7. Independent the guidance of a faculty member(s). under Individual research edge needed to live and work effectively in culturally complex en vi ron ments. ron vi in culturally complex en edge needed to live and work effectively liated or ga ni za tions such as the Coun cil of Chris tian Colleges and Universities and the tian Colleges and Universities cil of Chris tions such as the Coun za ni ga liated or fi . (1976). University Professor of Language, and Associate Provost for International and Inter- for International Associate Provost and of Language, Professor (1976). University (1997). Associate Professor of Language and Coordinator of the ESL Pro gram. B.A., Union Univer- gram. B.A., Union Pro of the ESL of Language and Coordinator Associate Professor (1997). 355, 365, 400, 414; SOC 319, 417; SOC/SW 370, 310; SOC 400, SW 405; TESL 220, 315, 350, 395/495 (as 370, 310; SOC 400, SW 405; TESL 355, 365, 400, 414; SOC 319, 417; SOC/SW 440. approved), Pro- Associate by the Courses as approved or Literature/Genre 395/495. Special Topics 419; SPA/FRE vost. the Director. 1. hours. Modern Language 200 or above—6 2. PSC 214; GEO 215 or 216; SOC 355. 3. Emphasis, and 320. prior to beginning required ICS 110, 4. ICS 245 and 498—6 hours. 1. 333, 212, 425; MGT 327, 420; MKT 433; PSC 324, 332, 243, 349; ECF 211, CHR/PHL Global Emphasis: 2. 319, SOC/SW 419; SPA/FRE 411; Regional Emphasis: HIS 317, 320, 322, 420; PSC 322, 323, 325, 350, 360, 1. Modern Language 200 or above—6 hours 2. and 320—15 hours PSC 214; GEO 215 or 216; SOC 355, ICS 110 3. hour ICS 498 (last semester enrolled)—1 1. 349, CHR 265. CHR 243, CHR/PHL 2. HIS 317, 320, 322, 420. 3. PSC 322, 323, 324, 325, 332, 333, 355, 360, 365, 400, 411. 4. by Courses as approved or Genre Literature, Culture, in Literature, 419, 499 or Special Topics SPA/FRE 5. SOC 370, 417, 419; SW 200, 310, 325. 6. 212, 425, MGT 327, 420; MKT 433. ECF 211, 7. by the Director. hours as pre-approved Abroad—6 Study in the department of concentration, ser vice learning project, or in ter na tion al experience. If no appropriate al experience. If no appropriate tion na ter or in project, vice learning in the department of concentration, ser for ICS 445. experiential course is available, the student may register A. hours Core—27 Required B. the other—27 hours one Emphasis and 9 from Select 18 hours from C. Experience; see below—3 hours Intercultural ing internship ist is to be taken as an ex Associate Provost, by the Experience, pre-approved The Intercultural A. hours Core—22 Required B. one of the following seven groups: Select 6 hours from The Institute offers two programs in Intercultural Studies, a comprehensive major that does not require a minor, a minor, major that does not require Studies, a comprehensive in Intercultural programs two The Institute offers personnel, see contact information with program direct For additional information including Through the Institute students and faculty are supported in their efforts to engage in intercultural and inter- and engage in intercultural to in their efforts supported are the Institute students and faculty Through The mission of the Institute is to advance intercultural initiatives, promote international ed u ca tion, coordinate tion, coordinate ca u international ed initiatives, promote Institute is to advance intercultural The mission of the and the minor for students majoring in an oth er area. Both programs are designed to enable students to develop are Both programs er area. oth in an and the minor for students majoring knowl and practical theoretical www.uu.edu/academics/iiis I. hours Major in Intercultural Studies—57 II. Minor in Intercultural Studies—28 hours Curriculum Con sor tium for Glo bal Ed u ca tion. On cam pus, the Institute de vel ops programs and services that en hance the in- services that en and ops programs vel pus, the Institute de interdisciplinary cus on tion. On cam lar fo ca u u tic bal Ed with par ty, tium for Glo ni sor mu pus com Con cam of the entire awareness al and intercultural tion na ter ors. deav and global service-learning en disciplinary learning opportunities both in the U.S. and abroad. The In sti tute sup ports a num ber of study-abroad ber of study-abroad ports a num tute sup sti The In abroad. opportunities both in the U.S. and disciplinary learning af by sponsored programs cultural Studies. B.A., Mississippi College; M.A. and Ph.D., Louisiana State Uni ver si ty; Additional study, Vanderbilt Vanderbilt Additional study, ty; si ver State Uni and Ph.D., ; M.A. B.A., Mississippi cultural Studies. Communication. of Intercultural mer Institute Sum Kentucky and The ty of si ver Uni University, Phillip G. Ryan ty of Pennsylvania. si ver ana Uni di of Memphis; Ph.D., In sity; M.A., University Mission Statement initia- ESL and coordinate studies, and promote services, develop international/intercultural international student tives. Faculty Powell Jayne Cynthia Institute for International and Intercultural Studies ______Studies Intercultural and for International Institute

IES INTERNATIONAL AND INTERCULTURAL STUD 192 INTERNATIONAL AND INTERCULTURAL STUD IES 193 cially notify the fi prior to travel. ned and approved fi c expenditures required for studying in a particular program. Examples of external study program. for studying in a particular required c expenditures fi 8. 440 as pre-approved, 395/495 315, 350, 220, TESL The Institute coordinates student participation in CCCU-sponsored programs: student participation in CCCU-sponsored The Institute coordinates American Studies Program Australian Studies Centre China Studies Program Contemporary Music Program Middle East Studies Program Honors Program Oxford Uganda Studies Program Russian Studies Program Academic departments of the university regularly offer study tours which integrate travel and course work. Recent study tours which offer Academic departments of the university regularly All students participating in external academic programs in the United States or abroad must of in the United States or abroad All students participating in external academic programs Council for Christian Colleges and Universities Department Sponsored International and Domestic Programs DC (CHR). (HIS, CHR), Washington, tours include travel to Italy (Art 210, ENG), England (HON, ENG), Poland Contact the Institute for additional information. Programs Sponsored Through External Consortia Study Abroad/External Academic Programs appropriate to do so may jeopardize Failure for the program. process University prior to beginning the registration pay an external academic program All students who participate in an and/or applicable funding. transfer of credits Additional fees may be assessed as program. external study fee to cover administrative costs involved in the external necessary to cover speci contact the Institute. For additional information, described below. are programs Course Offerings in Intercultural Studies (ICS) Studies in Intercultural Offerings Course Su-Summer S-Spring; F-Fall; W-Winter; Credit: ( ) Hours using the United ry 105. o (3) As Needed International Students Studies for to Intercultural Introduction the al tur cul ter basics of in some of the examining communication to cross-cultural Introduction work. a conceptual frame for developing as a point of reference States culture 110. to Intercultural Studies (3) As Needed Introduction manag- and the effective tion ca ni mu com to cross-cultural and practical issues related to the theoretical Introduction tures. cul of knowledge within different ing and transferring 245. (3) As Needed for Intercultural Study Research Methodologies ies. stud used in intercultural methodologies research to representative Introduction 320. Communications (3) S Intercultural dynamics tions and intercultural ca ni mu com to cross-cultural issues related and practical Examination of theoretical tic, political and economic environments. guis social, cultural, lin in the context of contemporary 445. Needed Intercultural Experience (1-3) As or international experience. learning project service An intercultural 498. Seminar (1 or 3) As Needed Intercultural Studies Capstone Must be taken in the student’s last semester of major/minor coursework. Prerequisite: their ability to integrate knowledge and experiences a paper which demonstrates and present Students will prepare minors, for 1 hour. take the course for 3 hours credit; Majors of the program. (1-4) As Needed 180-280-380-480. Study Abroad Programs be de All courses and their application must 195-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand 295-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Lower-level 395-6-7. Special Studies (1-4) On Demand offerings. studies which do not appear in the regular group Upper-level Demand 495-6-7. Independent Study (1-4) On under the guidance of a faculty member(s). Individual research ll their student teaching requirement abroad. abroad. student teaching requirement ll their fi University of Georgia, Cortona, Italy University of Georgia, Austria College, Salzburg, Salzburg Colorado Focus on the Family , Colorado Springs, Union has established partnerships with a limited number of organizations or institutions to provide external to provide or institutions with a limited number of organizations Union has established partnerships Students in the Teacher Education Program may apply to ful Education Program Teacher Students in the Member institutions have established more than 300 partnerships with some of the world’s most prestigious some of the world’s most prestigious than 300 partnerships with have established more Member institutions University of Quebec at Chicoutimi, Canada-French, Canadian Studies Canadian Canada-French, of Quebec at Chicoutimi, University Mexico-Spanish of Guanajuato, University The Mid-Continent Consortium is an association of regional institutions that collaborate to develop international to develop that collaborate institutions of regional is an association Consortium The Mid-Continent Latin American Studies Program Program Studies American Latin Center Film Studies Angeles Los in Oxford The Scholars’ Semester Center Journalism Washington Institutional Agreements Institutional Agreements study experience. These include: Christian College Teacher Education Coordinating Council Education Coordinating Teacher Christian College universities. The wide range of programs includes student and faculty exchanges, summer study programs, confer- summer study programs, includes student and faculty exchanges, range of programs universities. The wide special projects. ences, seminars, and information. for more Accreditation and Education Assistant Dean for Teacher Contact the Consortium for Global Education (CGE) Consortium for Mid-Continent Consortium Mid-Continent language programs: the following Examples include study programs.

IES INTERNATIONAL AND INTERCULTURAL STUD 194 UNIVERSITY CENTERS 195 (a) and innovative teaching; Effective (b) growth; Pursuit of scholarship and professional (c) interactions; Integration of faith in casual and classroom (d) spiritual formation. Integration of faith and learning through (a) Encourage and edify con tem po rary practice in education po (a) tem Encourage and edify con (b) Foster scholarship in education among faculty at Union University; (c) for students, faculty and the community; forum journal as a Research Publish a CEP (d) Bring scholars and events in education to the Union University campus. The Centers of the University were established to promote the ideals of different academic departments to deal departments academic ideals of different the to promote established were of the University The Centers and directors. purpose statements along with their a list of the Centers Below is Center for Faculty Development Director: Barbara McMillin Associate Director: Nan Thomas in: The mission of the Center for Faculty Development is to encourage faculty Center for Educational Practice Director: Melinda Clarke The purpose of the Center for Educational Practice is to: gradu- grams and burgeoning education pro of the University’s teacher and accreditation national recognition With the to promote internally and externally efforts for teachers, the Center exists to assist and coordinate ate programs excellence of new ideas in education. R. G. Lee Center for Christian Ministry R. G. Lee Center for Christian Director: Jerry Tidwell and laity for Chris- tors, staff, for Christian Ministry is to equip bi-vocational pas The purpose of the R. G. Lee Center of these programs Details Associate of Divinity. try and the is the Diploma in Christian Min tian service by offering Adult and Evening Studies. can be found under Special Programs, and encourage pose is to enhance whose pur G. Lee Society of Fellows Program An integral part of the Center is the R. of the R. G. the resources pastor builds a sermon from tion, a ta vi Gospel of Jesus Christ. Upon in of the the preaching ern Baptist pastors. an anthology by the Center and distributed to South The sermon is published in Lee Library. Carl F.H. Henry Center for Christian Leadership Henry Carl F.H. Director: Gregory A. Thornbury is designed to equip Christians serving in various vocations with the worldview The Center for Christian Leadership servant leaders and change agents in the 21st century. and skills necessary to be high impact Center for Business and Economic Development Center for Business Holt Director: M. Kenneth tion to Jackson and West ma for ness in economic and busi of provider Center is to be the premier The purpose of this and practice of Christian business principles. The Center avenues that enhance the study and to promote Tennessee other services and provides sponsors conferences of Commerce, Chambers dates” for area publishes “Economic Up as seminars and employee training. businesses such to area R. C. Ryan Center for Biblical Studies R. C. Ryan Center Neste Van Director: Ray F. among students and the art of biblical interpretation Bible study of effective the skills to promote The Center exists induc- Center houses a model library for Body of Christ. The as well as members of the broader at Union University for local churches resources provides and interpretation on conference hosts an annual tive study of the Scriptures, training in Bible study. in pursuit of ongoing Christianly with issues. Each Center is headed by a Di rec tor, who also serves the University as a faculty member as a faculty member the University who also serves tor, rec by a Di Center is headed with issues. Each Christianly capacities. or in other Centers of the University University of the Centers ______eld fi ict with revealed truth truth ict with revealed fl plo ra tion of the nature of the universe, in order to afford to afford of the universe, in order tion of the nature ra plo c Studies c fi c Studies was formed to show, by ex am ple, how science and Christian- ple, how am by ex c Studies was formed to show, fi

ity are not only compatible, but also synergistic. Science at Union University is seen from a Christian vantage point. is seen from Science at Union University but also synergistic. not only compatible, ity are need not con that science as observed truth The Center operates with the presupposition the Accordingly, universe. an orderly that God has created the recognition from and that science is impossible apart for the ex a fertile environment Center strives to provide The Center seeks to accomplish this by the ty and glory of God’s creation. i plex of the com appreciation a greater lectures by sponsorship of conferences, and publication by our faculty and ment of excellence in research age cour en programs. outreach by outstanding scholars, and community Edward P. Hammons Center for Scienti Edward P. Director: James A. Huggins Hammons Center for Scienti P. The Edward Center for Politics and Religion Director: Micah J. Watson about the and discussion for teaching, research, a forum is meant to provide The Center for Politics and Religion encourages and research, promotes The Center sponsors conferences, intersection between politics and religion. in of religion the role their politics by analyzing how their faith should affect students to "think Christianly" about Union students to impact the political world winsomely aims not only to prepare America and the world. The Center conversation about faith and politics taking place Union in the larger but also to represent for Christ, and effectively alike. among fellow believers and non-believers Center for Media, Faith and Culture Center for Media, D. Chute Director: Michael mediums in the Christians serving in various is designed to provide Faith and Culture The Center for Media, Center for Excellence in Health Care Practice in Health Care for Excellence Center Smith Director: Tim of hu- the Christian worldview Practice is to demonstrate Center of Excellence in Health Care The purpose of the seeks to practitioners. The Center and existing health care the skills and knowledge of students manity in enhancing continuing education, information simulation education, worldview of humanity through demonstrate the Christian and excellence in clinical research. services to the community, The Center conducts the new faculty orientation program (Fresh Start), the new faculty mentoring program (Mentor (Mentor program mentoring new faculty the Start), (Fresh program orientation new faculty the conducts The Center Innovative the Newell sponsors also The Center my). e Acad the faculty (In for all training continual and Network) hosts the Center a year Twice scholarship. and teaching innovative for Awards Grant and the Teagle Awards Teaching their disciplines Christianly about how to think for faculty to learn learning collegium of faith and an integration each year. faith chapel speakers two integration of and hosts of communications with worldview and skills needed for them to engage the culture as change agents in the 21st as change agents in the for them to engage the culture with worldview and skills needed of communications century.

TERS

UNIVERSITY CEN 196 GRADUATE STUDIES 197 man town The Master of Christian Studies, M.C.S. The Master of Christian Institute for International and Intercultural Studies and Intercultural Institute for International School of Christian Studies School of Christian

ce of Graduate Studies in Education/Germantown ce of Graduate Studies in Education/Jackson fi fi

Graduate degrees available at Union University include the: Union University available at degrees Graduate Administration ness School of Busi McAfee M.B.A. Administration, Master of Business The Studies of Education and Human School Arts in Education, M.A.Ed. The Master of The Master of Education, M.Ed. The Education Specialist, Ed.S. The Doctor of Education, Ed.D. School of Nursing M.S.N. The Master of Science in Nursing, Studies, M.A.I.S. Arts in Intercultural The Master of 2745 Hacks Cross Road 2745 Hacks Cross Germantown, TN 38138-7507 901.759.0029 & Ger M.S.N. Director/Jackson 1050 Union University Drive Jackson, TN 38305-3697 731.661.5374 Of 1050 Union University Drive Jackson, TN 38305-3697 731.661.5124 al Studies/Jackson tur cul ter The Institute for International and In 1050 Union University Drive Jackson, TN 38305-3697 731.661.5057 M.C.S. Director/Jackson 1050 Union University Drive Jackson, TN 38305-3697 731.661.5162 For an application or information, please direct inquiries to: direct For an application or information, please M.B.A. Director/Jackson 1050 Union University Drive Jackson, TN 38305-3697 731.661.5363 M.B.A. Director/Germantown Road 2745 Hacks Cross Germantown, TN 38138-7507 901.759.0029 Of Graduate Studies ______Studies Graduate (honorary) (2009) (2008) (2009) (2008) (2008) Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Louisville, Kentucky , Louisville, Kentucky Collierville, Tennessee Collierville, Tennessee Louisville, Kentucky Palm City, Florida Palm City, Hoover, Alabama Hoover, Halls, Tennessee Bells, Tennessee Collierville, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Corinth, Mississippi Jackson, Tennessee Pensacola, Florida Nashville, Tennessee Memphis, Tennessee Memphis, Tennessee eld, Nashville, Tennessee Newbern, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee fi Greenville, Tennessee Greenville, Memphis, Tennessee Huntingdon, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Memphis, Tennessee Humboldt, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Mike Weeks John Drinnon Charles Perkins Jim Ayers Charles Campbell Jack Porter John White Nunn Warren Peggy Graves Trustees Emeritus Trustees Bill Adcock, Benny D. Fesmire, McLemore, Brooks John McRee, J. H. Patrick, Lealice Dehoney Dehoney, Wayne David Q. Byrd, Shelby Massey, Jack Porter, Lloyd Hansen, Dennis Henderson, Jack Holmes, Paul Huckeba, Rex Jones, Jones, Ted Carl Kirkland, Lake, Vicki Becky Land, Little, Carroll Curtis Mans Shelby Massey, Jim Moss, Nelson, Ted Nunn, Warren Len Register, Fred Ward, Ward, Fred Gary Watkins, Catherine Via, Catherine Via, Mike Weeks, Roy White, (2007) (2009) (2008) (2009) (2007) (2007) (2008) (2009) (2007) (2007) (2005) (2009) Chairman of the Board (2009) Chairman (2009) (2009) (2008) (2009) ______(2008) (2008) Secretary (2008) (2009) (2007) Vice Chairman (2007) Vice (2008) ackson, Tennessee Memphis, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Nashville, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Huntsville, Alabama Atwood, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Medon, Tennessee Memphis, Tennessee Memphis, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Ridgely, Tennessee Ridgely, Millington, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee eld, Germantown, Tennessee Nashville, Tennessee Nashville, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee fi , Jackson, Tennessee Memphis, Tennessee Memphis, Jackson, Tennessee Tullahoma, Tennessee Tullahoma, Horn Lake, Mississippi Jackson, Tennessee Obion, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Parsons, Tennessee Humboldt, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Memphis, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Foundation Board Members ______Foundation Board Members Board of Regents J Alderson, Chair, Robert Allison, James Ray Atwood, George Bledsoe, Bruce Robert Caldwell, James Campbell, Jim Campbell Charles Campbell, Jim Campbell, Elzie Danley, James Dusenberry, Charles Farmer, Mack Forrester, Jerry Gist, Gary Grisham, Anita Hamilton, Bill Adcock Jane Alderson John Dickinson Ed Graves Harry Smith Rod Parker - Chairman Chairman Roy White - Vice Robert Caldwell - Secretary Ray Newcomb, Rod Parker, Charles Perkins, Lisa Rogers, Harry Smith, Harry Smith, Board of Trustees Trustees of Board ______Expire) When Terms Year with Alphabetically Ed Graves, Ed Graves, Bill Dement, Gil Fletcher, Gil Fletcher, Polk Glover, Herb Hester, Norm Hill, Sammie Arnold, Bob Campbell, Morris Chapman, Craig Christina, John Drinnon, Edmonson, Lynn Bob Hundley, James Ayers, Kevin Shrum, Kevin Shrum, Linda Shoaf, Danny Sinque

EES/ADVISORY BOARDS BOARD OF TRUST 198 BOARD OF TRUSTEES/ADVISORY BOARDS 199 Waynesboro, Mississippi Waynesboro, Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Jackson, Tennessee South Hamilton, Massachusetts Lexington, Kentucky Memphis, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Naples, Florida Jackson, Tennessee South Hamilton, Massachusetts Cincinnati, Ohio Nashville, Tennessee Nashville, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Memphis, Tennessee Jerome Teel, Teel, Jerome Wallace, Jimmy Bettye Whiteaker-Hurt, Laura Williams, Chad Wilson, Melvin Wright, Bob Pitman, Thom Rainer, Robert Smith, Jerry Sutton, James E. White, Hayes Wicker, Sandy Willson, Walter Kaiser, Kaiser, Walter Lang, Wendell Craig Loscalzo, Arlington, Texas Arlington, Memphis, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Nashville, Tennessee Nashville, Atlanta, Georgia Nashville, Tennessee Alamo, Tennessee Alamo, Plano, Texas Memphis, Tennessee Jackson, Tennessee Jackson, Dallas, Texas Birmingham, Alabama Washington, DC Washington, Louisville, Kentucky Jackson, Tennessee Spring, Texas Orlando, Florida Auburn, Alabama Jackson, Tennessee University Relations: Advancement and Enrollment Services University Relations: Barnes and Mrs. Roger (Christine) Mr. Haywood and Mrs. Ron (Terrina) Mr. White, III and Mrs. John (Trudy) Mr. and Mrs. Bob (Sara) Starnes Mr. and Mrs. Johnny (Pam) Burleson Mr. and Mrs. Mike (Dana) Nolen Dr. Al Jackson, Phil Jett, Missions Campus Ministry and World Kuhlman (Christine) and Mrs. Timothy Mr. (Pam) Hawley and Mrs. Brett Mr. (Penny) Lay and Mrs. Brent Mr. (Pam) Messer and Mrs. Wade Mr. and Mrs. Gene (Ginger) Smith Mr. and Mrs. Butch (Kathy) Williams Mr. Jim Henry, Jim Henry, Hunt, W. T. Parents' Council ______Academics Life and Learning Community: Student and Mrs. Charles (Amy) Cherry Mr. and Mrs. Paul (Ebbie) Clark Rev. and Mrs. Ron (Susan) Powell Mr. Walker and Mrs. Doug (Virginia) Dr. and Mrs. Don (Jana) West Mr. Buddy Gray, Buddy Gray, Hudson, Lawrence Kevin Ezell, , Jack Graham, Jim Starkweather, Jim Starkweather, Laquita Stribling, Gary Taylor, ______Board of Reference Henry Blackaby, Mark Dever, Jimmy Draper, Thad and Alicia Smotherman, Alicia Thad and Norm Sonju, Wayne Rhear, Rhear, Wayne Junior Roper, Roper, Junior ver si ty. ver si ty. mer Institute of Intercultural Communication. mer Institute of Intercultural ce of the Provost. B.S., Union Uni ver si ty. si ver B.S., Union Uni ce of the Provost. fi ce of Academic Advocacy. B.S., Union University; M.A.T., University of Memphis; B.S., Union University; M.A.T., Advocacy. Academic ce of fi ce Supervisor. ce fi (1976). University Professor of Language, and Associate Provost for International and Provost Associate of Language, and (1976). University Professor ce ce (2004) Director of Research and Associate Professor of Family Studies. B.S., Union University; of Family Associate Professor and of Research (2004) Director (1984) Associate Vice President for Information Systems. B.S., Union University; M.S., Georgia Systems. B.S., Union University; M.S., Georgia for Information President Associate Vice (1984) (1982) Provost and Vice President for Academic Administration and Professor of Nursing. Administration and Professor Academic for President and Vice (1982) Provost fi fi (2007) Assistant Registrar. B.B.A., University of Mississippi; M.B.A., University of Tennessee, Martin. B.B.A., University of Mississippi; M.B.A., University of Tennessee, Assistant Registrar. (2007) (1981) Director of Computing Services and Administrative Computing Support. B.S., Union Administrative Computing Support. B.S., Union of Computing Services and (1981) Director (1992) Associate Provost, Dean of Instruction and Professor of English. A.A., Northeast Mississippi of English. and Professor Dean of Instruction Associate Provost, (1992) (1998) Executive Secretary to the President. to (1998) Executive Secretary (1996) President and Professor of Christian Studies. B.S., University of Alabama at Birmingham; at Birmingham; Alabama of B.S., University of Christian Studies. Professor and (1996) President (1973) Director of Athletics and Professor of Physical Education. B.S., Union University; M.Ed., Athletics and Professor of (1973) Director (1987) Project Coordinator, Of Coordinator, (1987) Project (1989) Director, Of (1989) Director, (1974) Registrar. B.A., Union University; M.Ed., University of Memphis; Additional study, University Additional study, B.A., Union University; M.Ed., University of Memphis; (1974) Registrar. (1996) Executive Assistant to the President. Assistant (1996) Executive (2000) Sports Information Director. B.S., Union University. (2000) Sports Information Director. (2004) Director of Student Ministries. B.A., Union University. Additional study, Southern Baptist Additional study, B.A., Union University. of Student Ministries. (2004) Director (1981) Systems Analyst. B.S., Union University. (1981) Systems (2005) Campus Ministry Associate. (2005) Campus Ministry (2002) Administrative Assistant to the Director of Athletics. of Assistant to the Director Administrative (2002) (1986) Associate Athletic Director. B.A., Union University; M.Ed., University of Memphis. Athletic Director. Associate (1986) (1997) Program Coordinator, Institute for International and Intercultural Studies. B.A., Union University. for International and Intercultural Institute Coordinator, (1997) Program (1996) Minister to the University and Instructor of Christian Studies. B.S., Union Uni ver si ty; M.Div., ty; M.Div., si ver Uni of Christian Studies. B.S., Union the University and Instructor (1996) Minister to (2006). Coordinator of Instructional Technology and Campus Media. B.S., Southern Illinois University. Technology of Instructional (2006). Coordinator (2001) Director of PC Support. (2001) Director (2002) Academic Records. B.A., Union University.. Academic Records. (2002) (1986) Director of Data Management. B.S., and M.B.A., Union Uni (1986) Director (2006). Of (2006) Ministry Coordinator and Administrative Assistant. B.A., Union University. Administrative and (2006) Ministry Coordinator (1997) Secretary. A.S., Jackson State Community College (1997) Secretary. (1990) Administrative Assistant to the Provost. B.S.O.L., Union University. Assistant to the Provost. Administrative (1990) (2000) Assistant Registrar. A.S., Jackson State Community College; B.S. and M.A.Ed., Union Uni Assistant Registrar. (2000) eld fi ce of the Provost the President ce of fi fi Additional study, University of Memphis. Additional study, Institute of Technology. University. of Memphis. University of Memphis; Ed.D., University of Southern Mississippi. University of Memphis; Ed.D., University School of Nursing; B.S.N., Union University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee Diploma, Baptist Memorial Hospital of Florida. Health Sciences Center; Ph.D., University Theological Seminary. Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary. Southwestern Baptist M.Div., Grace Theological Seminary; M.Div., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Texas Christian M.A., Texas Baptist Theological Seminary; Southwestern M.Div., Grace Theological Seminary; M.Div., University. Drew Additional study, Arlington; at University of Texas University; Ph.D., M.A., Phillips Graduate Institute; Ph.D., Southern Illinois University-Carbondale. M.A., Phillips Graduate Institute; Ph.D., Intercultural Studies. B.A., Mississippi College; M.A. and Ph.D., Louisiana State Uni ver si ty; Additional study, Additional study, ty; si ver Studies. B.A., Mississippi College; M.A. and Ph.D., Louisiana State Uni Intercultural ty of Kentucky and The Sum si ver Uni University, Vanderbilt Community College; B.A., Union University; M.A. and D.A., University of Mississippi. Additional study, Harvard Harvard Additional study, M.A. and D.A., University of Mississippi. Community College; B.A., Union University; University. Alice Farrar Judy Thomas Nita Maxcy Pearce Anita Todd Computing Services John David Barham Molly Hope Connie Magers Karen McWherter Michael Hale Leland Lyerla Academic Center Jane Barber Betts Susan H. Hopper Of Administrative Of Carla D. Sanderson Tommy Sadler Tommy Steven Aldridge Thomas Teresa Barbara McMillin Athletics David Blackstock Andy Pettigrew Stacy Storey Todd E. Brady Todd Julie Brad Campus Ministries David S. Dockery David S. Of Of Administrative Cindy Meredith Melanie Rickman Personnel ______Personnel of Employment ( ) Date Randall W. Phillips David Porter Cynthia Powell Jayne Linda Baker Suzanne Barham Carol Johnson

SON NEL PER 200 PER SON NEL 201 west ern Theological ver si ty of Lou is ville; Ph.D. Regent (1995) Associate Di rec tor of Safety and Security. Tennessee Law En force ment Training Training ment force Law En Tennessee tor of Safety and Security. rec Associate Di (1995) (1999) Dean of Stu dents. B.A., Messiah College; M.A., Uni dents. B.A., Messiah College; M.A., Uni (1999) Dean of Stu (2005) Director of Continuing Studies. (2005) Director (2003) Recruiter. B.S., Southern Illinois University; M.B.A., Union University. (2003) Recruiter. (1984) Coordinator of Campus Events/Chapel Facilitator. of Campus (1984) Coordinator (2006) Receptionist/Financial Aid. B.A., Union University. (2006) Receptionist/Financial (2006) Administrative Assistant. B.S., Union University. Administrative (2006) (2005) Receptionist/Financial Aid Secretary. (2005) Receptionist/Financial (2000) Assistant Dean of Students and Director of Career Services. B.A. and M.A.Ed., Union Services. B.A. and M.A.Ed., of Career of Students and Director Assistant Dean (2000) (1989) Director of Residence Life. B.A., Mississippi College; M.R.E., South (1989) Director (2001) Associate Network Engineer. B.S., Union University. B.S., Union Network Engineer. Associate (2001) (1978) Vice President for the Germantown Campus and Director of Institutional Effectiveness and of Institutional Effectiveness for the Germantown Campus and Director President (1978) Vice (2005) Assistant Registrar. B.B.A., University of Memphis. Assistant Registrar. (2005) (2004) Secretary, Health Services. (2004) Secretary, (2002) Associate Director of Wellness. B.S., Union University. of Wellness. Associate Director (2002) (2007) Assistant Librarian. M.I.S., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. Assistant Librarian. M.I.S., University of Tennessee, (2007) (2006) Coordinator, Graduate Nursing Program. (2006) Coordinator, (2002) Secretary. B.S.O.L., Union University. (2002) Secretary. (2006) Secretary. (2000) Director of Counseling Services and Associate Professor of Psy chol o gy. B.A., University of gy. o chol of Psy Associate Professor of Counseling Services and (2000) Director (2005) Media Support Specialist. B.A., Union University. Support Specialist. (2005) Media (2001) Systems Analyst. B.S., University of North Alabama-Florence. of North Analyst. B.S., University (2001) Systems (2005) Director of Student Programs. B.A., Union University; M.Div., Duke University. M.Div., B.A., Union University; of Student Programs. (2005) Director (2002) PC Support Specialist—PC Labs Coordinator. B.A., Union University. Labs Coordinator. Support Specialist—PC (2002) PC (2005) Librarian. B.S., University of Memphis, M.L.S., Texas Women's University. Women's (2005) Librarian. B.S., University of Memphis, M.L.S., Texas (2002) Assistant Director of Career Planning and Development. B.A., Union University. Planning of Career Assistant Director (2002) eld (2004) Resident Life Director, Hurt., B.A., Union University. (2004) Resident Life Director, (2005) Administrative Assistant. (2005) Administrative B.S.B.A., Union University. fi (2006) Secretary, MAEd. (2006) Secretary, (2006) Coordinator of Marketing and Enrollment, Continuing Education. B.A., Union University. of Marketing and Enrollment, (2006) Coordinator (2000) Director of On-Line Training and Instruction. B.S.E., and M.Ed., University of Mem phis. of Mem University M.Ed., B.S.E., and Instruction. and Training of On-Line Director (2000) (2004) Director of the Wellness Center. M.S.A., Wayne State University. M.S.A., Wayne Center. of the Wellness (2004) Director (2002) Assistant Director of Recruitment and Information Technology. B.S., Union University. Technology. and Information of Recruitment Assistant Director (2002) (1999) Network Engineer. B.S., Union University. B.S., Union Engineer. (1999) Network (1997) Security Supervisor. (2004) ITCM Technician. (2004) ITCM (2005) Director of Health Services. (2005) Director (1992) Director of Network Support. B.S., Union University. B.S., Union Support. of Network Director (1992) (2002) Coordinator, Student Lead er ship Development. B.S., Union University. ship Development. B.S., Union University. er Lead Student (2002) Coordinator, (1995) Assistant Dean of Students and Director of Safety and Security. Ten nes see Law Enforcement Training Training see Law Enforcement nes Ten and Security. of Safety Assistant Dean of Students and Director (1995) ce of the Dean of Students fi University Professor of Chemistry. B.S., Union Uni ver si ty; Ph.D., University of Illinois; Additional study, University Additional study, and Oxford ty; Ph.D., University of Illinois; University, Harvard National Laboratory, si Argonne ties, ver si B.S., Union Uni ver of Chemistry. University Professor ed Uni at ci so As of Florida, Oak Ridge gland. En University, Academy; A.A.S., Shelby State Community College. Academy; University. University. Seminary. Florida; Psy.D., Rosemead School of Psychology. Florida; Psy.D., Academy, Basic, Crim i nal Investigation. i Crim Basic, Academy, Keelan Cook Germantown Campus Jimmy H. Davis Hataway Teresa Michelle Brown Jennifer Hall Mykle Harch Shirley Harris Donald Holsinger Rachel Kuykendall Stephanie Morris Student Programs Justin Phillips Services Wellness Paul Mayer Matt Brunet Brandon Boylan Paul Deschenes Marjorie Mitchell Deborah Powell George “Butch” Blanton Student Leadership Development Neal Rager Safety and Security Larry Ross Jacqueline Taylor Ashley Guinn Residence Life Kathryn Southall Chris Johnson Of Kimberly C. Thornbury Career Services Reneé Jones Michael Smith Teague Jonathan Paul Simer Phyllis Davenport Robin Navel Robin Parish Curt Brad Seaton Josh Simmons Karen Taylor Amanda Wall Ashley Murphy Cheryl Mercker Bob Gibson Melissa Hopper ern ver si ty. log i cal Sem i nary; Ph.D., Princeton Theological Sem i nary. (1999). Dean of the School of Christian Studies, Associate Professor of Christian Studies and of Christian Associate Professor (1999). Dean of the School of Christian Studies, (2005) Associate Professor of Library Services. B.S.E., University of Memphis; M.L.S., Texas Texas University of Memphis; M.L.S., of Library Services. B.S.E., Associate Professor (2005) (1999) Professor of Christian Studies and Associate Dean of the School of Christian Studies. B.A., Associate Dean of the School of Christian of Christian Studies and (1999) Professor (1997) Administrative Assistant to the Dean. A.A., Southern Ar kan sas. kan Ar A.A., Southern Assistant to the Dean. Administrative (1997) (2004) Technology Support Coordinator, Germantown. Support Coordinator, (2004) Technology (2005) Art Secretary. B.A., Union University. B.A., Union Art Secretary. (2005) (2006) Circulation Manager. M.A., Idaho State University. M.A., Idaho Manager. (2006) Circulation (2004) Coordinator of Nursing Programs. of (2004) Coordinator (2006) Circulation Supervisor. B.A., . Supervisor. (2006) Circulation (2004) Dean of the McAfee School of Busi ness Administration and Professor of Marketing. B.A. and of Marketing. Administration and Professor ness (2004) Dean of the McAfee School of Busi (2004) Coordinator of Continuing Studies. of Continuing Coordinator (2004) (2000) Cataloging Associate. B.S., University of Tennessee at Martin. Associate. B.S., University of Tennessee (2000) Cataloging (1990) Associate Vice President for Academic Resources, Director of the Library, and Professor of and Professor of the Library, Director Academic Resources, for President Associate Vice (1990) (2004) Biology/Chemistry and Communications Arts Secretary. (2004) Biology/Chemistry and Communications (2002) Circulation Coordinator/Serials Assistant. Coordinator/Serials (2002) Circulation (2000) Information Services Coordinator. B.A., Union University; M.A., Uni ver si ty of Memphis. si ver B.A., Union University; M.A., Uni Services Coordinator. (2000) Information (1984-87; 1999) M.B.A. and P.P.A. Director. B.A., and M.B.A., Union University. Director. (1984-87; 1999) M.B.A. and P.P.A. (2003) Director of the MCS Program and Professor of Christian Studies. B.A., John ; of Christian Studies. B.A., John Brown and Professor of the MCS Program (2003) Director (2006) Administrative Assistant to the Dean. Administrative (2006) (1992) Reference Librarian, Team Leader for Public Services, Professor of Library Services. B.A., Wake of Library Services. B.A., Wake Leader for Public Services, Professor Librarian, Team (1992) Reference (2001) Music Secretary. (2004) Secretary. (1986) Administrative Assistant to the Dean. Administrative (1986) (2003). Assistant Professor of Library Services. B.B.A., The University of Kentucky; M.L.S., Indiana Services. B.B.A., The University of Library Assistant Professor (2003). (2005) Program Coordinator, MCS–Germantown. Coordinator, (2005) Program (2001) SIFE Program Director. B.S., Freed-Hardeman University. B.S., Freed-Hardeman Director. (2001) SIFE Program (2004) Chemistry and Physics Stock room Coordinator. B.S., Union Uni B.S., Union Uni Coordinator. room (2004) Chemistry and Physics Stock (1995) Assistant Professor of Library Services. B.A., Union University; M.A., University of Mississippi; Services. B.A., Union University; of Library Assistant Professor (1995) (2000) Interlibrary Loan and Circulation Assistant. B.S., Union University. Assistant. B.S., (2000) Interlibrary Loan and Circulation (1984, 2001) Co or di na tor of M.Ed., Ed.S., and Ed.D. Programs. and Ed.D. Ed.S., tor of M.Ed., na di or 2001) Co (1984, (2006) English, History, Political Science and Language Secretary. (2006) English, History, (2003) Coordinator of M.A.Ed. Program. (2003) Coordinator Assistant. (1987) Administrative (1999) Coordinator of Graduate Busi ness Programs. Graduate Busi of (1999) Coordinator (2002). Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences and Professor of English. B.S., James Madison University; Arts and Sciences and Professor (2002). Dean of the College of (2006) Math, Computer Science, Engineering and Physics Secretary. B.A. and B.S., University of Tennessee at B.A. and B.S., University of Tennessee and Physics Secretary. (2006) Math, Computer Science, Engineering (1992) Cataloging/Authority Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Services. B.A., ; Associate Professor and (1992) Cataloging/Authority Librarian (1993) Acquisitions Paraprofessional. B.S.O.L., Union University. Acquisitions Paraprofessional. (1993) M.B.A., Jacksonville State University' M.A.S., University of Alabama-Huntsville; Ph.D., University of Arkansas. Alabama-Huntsville; Ph.D., University of M.B.A., Jacksonville State University' M.A.S., University of M.A., Old Dominion University; M.Div., New Orleans Baptist Theological Seminary; M.Ed., and Ph.D., University of New Orleans Baptist Theological Seminary; M.Ed., M.A., Old Dominion University; M.Div., Southern Mississippi. Director of the Carl F. H. Henry Cen ter for Christian Leadership. B.A., Messiah College; M.Div. and Ph.D., South ter for Christian Leadership. B.A., Messiah College; M.Div. H. Henry Cen of the Carl F. Director Baptist Theo log i cal Seminary; Additional study, Oxford University. Oxford Additional study, cal Seminary; i log Baptist Theo Martin. M.S., University of Tennessee. M.S., University of Library Services. B.A., Samford University; M.Div., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., University of Theological Seminary; M.A., University Southern Baptist University; M.Div., Samford Library Services. B.A., and University of Memphis. of South Carolina University al study, tion di Ad tucky; Ken Rutgers University; M.Div., Gordon-Conwell Theo Gordon-Conwell Rutgers University; M.Div., Forest Forest si ty; Uni ver M.L.S., Uni ver si ty of Ken tucky; Ad di tion al Study, Union Uni ver si ty. Alabama. M.L.S., University of University of Purdue University; M.Div., and Ph.D., The Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. and Ph.D., The Southern Baptist Theological M.Div., University; University of Purdue Woman's University. Woman's Evangelical Divinity School; Ph.D., Southwestern Baptist Theological Seminary. Trinity M.Div., School of Christian Studies Gregory A. Thornbury Luanne Powell McAfee School of Business Administration McAfee School of Business R. Keith Absher Paige Holmes Judy Leforgee Gene Fant Suzanne Nadaskay Kate Allen College of Arts and Sciences College of Library Services Library Steven L. Baker Sue Taylor Sue Taylor Linda Tittle Dana Wilkinson Washburn Tabitha Beth Poyner Beth Richmond Terri Deena DeCourt Gloria Duncan Angela McDaniel Giley Wright James A. Patterson Lisa Cooper Shirley Sykes Harris Lori Haney Margaret Duncan Jeannie Byrd Louella Stewart Stephen Mount Mary Platt Paul Sorrell Paula Westbrook Beth Lynn Melissa Moore Valerie Howell Valerie Jenny Lowery Kendall Easley Christy Young Marilyn Joiner Evelyn Taylor

SON NEL PER 202 PER SON NEL 203 sis sip pi State (1995) Web Development Agent. B.S., Union University; M.S., Florida State University. Development (1995) Web ce (2006) Psychology/Sociology/Family Studies Secretary. (2006) Psychology/Sociology/Family fi (2006) Director of Annual Support and Alumni Relations. B.A., Union University. Annual Support and of (2006) Director (2004) University Photographer. (1995) Senior Vice President for University Relations and As sociate Pro fes sor of Christian Ministries fes sociate Pro As Relations and for University President (1995) Senior Vice (2005) Project Manager, Social Work Department. B.P.S., University of Memphis. M.S.W., University University of Memphis. M.S.W., B.P.S., Department. Social Work Manager, (2005) Project (2007) University Relations Assistant. (2007) University Relations (2005) Project Coordinator, Social Work. B.S., Union University; M.S.W., University of Tennessee, University of Tennessee, B.S., Union University; M.S.W., Social Work. Coordinator, (2005) Project (1984) Director of Development Services. B.S., Union University. (1984) Director (2003) Director of Donor Relations. B. A., Union University. of Donor Relations. B. (2003) Director (1996) Dean of the College of Education and Human Studies and Professor of Education. B.A., M.A., B.A., M.A., of Education. and Professor Studies Human and of Education the College Dean of (1996) (2005) Project Manager, Social Work Department; A.S., College of DuPage; B.A., Governors State College of DuPage; B.A., Governors A.S., Department; Work Social Manager, (2005) Project (1998) Coordinator of MSN Programs. (1998) Coordinator (2005) Dean of the School of Nursing and Professor of Nursing. Diploma, Baptist College for the Health of Nursing. Diploma, Baptist College and Professor (2005) Dean of the School of Nursing (1997) Social Work Secretary. (1997) Social Work (1992) Director of Production Services. of Production (1992) Director (1985) Associate Dean of Education and Professor of Special Education. B.S., Union University; M.Ed. University; M.Ed. Education. B.S., Union of Special and Professor Dean of Education Associate (1985) (2001) Administrative Assistant. Administrative (2001) (1998) Associate Vice President for Advancement and Alum ni Services. B.S., Union Uni ver si ty; M.R.E., si ver Union Uni ni Services. B.S., Alum Advancement and for President Associate Vice (1998) (1992) Assistant Director of University Communications. Assistant Director (1992) (2006). Graphic Design Specialist. B.A., Union University. (2004) Director of News and Media Relations. B.A., Union University. of News and Media Relations. B.A., (2004) Director (1993) Secretary, Alumni/Annual Giving. (1993) Secretary, (1998) Director of Credit for Prior Learning and Testing. B.S., and M.A., Trevecca Nazarene University. Nazarene M.A., Trevecca B.S., and and Testing. for Prior Learning of Credit (1998) Director (1998) Coordinator, Graduate Studies in Education. Graduate (1998) Coordinator, (2003) Coordinator, Undergraduate Nursing Program. B.S., University of Tennessee at Martin. B.S., University of Tennessee Nursing Program. Undergraduate (2003) Coordinator, (2002) Director of Creative Services. B.F.A., Harding University. Harding Services. B.F.A., of Creative (2002) Director (1992) Assistant to the Dean. B.S., Union University; M.A.Ed., Union University. M.A.Ed., Union Union University; to the Dean. B.S., Assistant (1992) (2005) Project Coordinator, Social Work. B.S., Union University; M.S., Walden University. M.S., Walden B.S., Union University; Social Work. Coordinator, (2005) Project eld (2005) Project Manager, Social Work Department. B.S., Union University; M.S.W., University of Tennessee, of Tennessee, University University; M.S.W., Department. B.S., Union Social Work Manager, (2005) Project (2004). Associate Vice President for University Communications. B.A., Samford; M.A., Northwestern for University Communications. B.A., Samford; President Associate Vice (2004). (2004) Gifts Processing Coordinator. B.S., Murray State University. Coordinator. (2004) Gifts Processing (1988) Coordinator of Continuing Studies, Jackson. of Continuing (1988) Coordinator fi (1994) Assistant Dean for Teacher Education and Accreditation and Assistant Professor of Elementary of Elementary Professor Assistant and Accreditation Education and Dean for Teacher Assistant (1994) (2001-2004, 2007) Director of Development. B.S.B.A., Union University. of Development. B.S.B.A., (2001-2004, 2007) Director (1995) Director of University Promotional Strategies. B.S.O.L., Union University. of University Promotional (1995) Director (1996) Secretary/Receptionist, School of Education. B.S.O.L., Union University. (1996) Secretary/Receptionist, Relations ce of University ce of University Communications ce of Development fi fi fi and Education. B.M., Union University; M.C.M., New Orleans Theological Sem i nary; Ph.D., Mis i M.C.M., New Orleans Theological Sem and Education. B.M., Union University; University. Sciences; B.S.N., University of Memphis; Diploma in Anesthesia, University of Tennessee, Knoxville Graduate School University of Tennessee, Anesthesia, Diploma in Sciences; B.S.N., University of Memphis; Health Sciences Center. of Tennessee of Medicine; M.S.N. and Ph.D., University and Ph.D., Ohio State University. and Ph.D., Memphis. Ed.D., University of University; University; M.Ed., Union B.S., Lambuth tion. ca u Ed and Ed.D., University of Memphis. and Ed.D., University. South west ern Baptist Theological Seminary. west South Health Science Center. Health Sciences Center. Health Science Center. of Tennessee, University; M.S.W., Aurora University. Aurora University; M.S.W., Sarah Belcher Creative Services Mullins Todd University Services Calvert Wanda Mark Kahler Of Of Gary Williams Of Administrative Of Charles A. Fowler School of Nursing Smith Timothy Elsie Cressman Paula Karnes Karen Miller Miller Twana Julie Patterson Ann Singleton Dottie Myatt Cindy Shirley College of Education and Human Studies Human and Education of College Rosebrough Tom Helen Fowler Tim Ellsworth Tim Beverly Vos Morris Abernathy Juanita Cotner Michael Camden Tracy Katrina Brad Kay Montgomery Allison Campbell Jason Tipton Trautman Valerie Aubry Harris Belinda Moss Stephanie Kesner Patti Todd Patti Todd Christy Wyatt Erica Thomas Juanita Williams Brenda Mercer Christine Rowland Yolanda Woodard Yolanda B.A., Union University. . cer/Loan Coordinator. cer/Loan fi cer/Grant Coordinator. Coordinator. cer/Grant ts Manager. ts fi fi Director of Human Resources. B.A., Florida State University. of Human Resources. Director

ce Assistant and Special Events Coordinator. B.S.B.A ., Union University. B.S.B.A Assistant and Special Events Coordinator. ce fi (1983) Associate Vice President for Business Services. B.S., Union Uni ver si ty; M.B.A., University si ver for Business Services. B.S., Union Uni President Associate Vice (1983) ce ce (2006) fi fi (2006) Secretary/Receptonist. (2003) Staff Assistant. (2003) Staff (1992) Associate. (1992) (1999) Mailing Services Specialist. (1999) Mailing (2007) Senior Vice President for Church Relations, Assistant Professor of Pastoral Ministry, and and Ministry, of Pastoral Assistant Professor Relations, Church for President Vice (2007) Senior (2004) Enrollment Counselor. B.S.B.A., Union University. Counselor. (2004) Enrollment (1999) Assistant Director of Undergraduate Admissions & Recruitment. B.A., Union University. Admissions & Recruitment. of Undergraduate Assistant Director (1999) (2004) Administrative Assistant to the Vice President for Enrollment Services. for Enrollment President Assistant to the Vice Administrative (2004) (2007) Administrative Ministry Assistant. Administrative Ministry (2007) (2006) Production Specialist. Production (2006) (1990) Financial Aid Of (1990) Financial (1983) Administrative Assistant to the Senior Vice President for Business and Fi nan cial Services. nan and Fi for Business President Assistant to the Senior Vice Administrative (1983) (2006) Production Specialist. Production (2006) (1989) Director of Undergraduate Admissions & Recruitment. B.S. and M.Ed., Union University. B.S. and M.Ed., Union Admissions & Recruitment. of Undergraduate (1989) Director (1991) Senior Vice President for Business and Financial Services. B.S., Union Uni ver si ty; C.P.A., State of ty; C.P.A., si ver for Business and Financial Services. B.S., Union Uni President (1991) Senior Vice (2006) Transfer Enrollment Counselor. B.S., Lambuth University. Counselor. Enrollment (2006) Transfer ce (2005) Nursing Admissions Coordinator. B.S.N., University of Memphis; M.S.N., University of Tennessee Memphis; M.S.N., University of Tennessee B.S.N., University of Admissions Coordinator. (2005) Nursing (1996) Director of Academic Support. B.S., Union University; M.Ed., University of Memphis; Additional Academic Support. B.S., Union University; M.Ed., University of Memphis; of (1996) Director (1998, 2000) Senior Enrollment Counselor. B.S.B.A., Union University. Counselor. (1998, 2000) Senior Enrollment (1990) Financial Aid Of (1990) Financial (2001) Of (2004) Vice President for Enrollment Services. B.A., Palm Beach Atlantic College; M.Div., Southwestern Atlantic College; M.Div., Services. B.A., Palm Beach Enrollment for President (2004) Vice fi (2006) Enrollment Counselor. B.S., Union University. Counselor. (2006) Enrollment (1989) Assistant Data Coordinator. (1989) (1997) Enrollment Systems Project Manager and Data Coordinator. Systems Project (1997) Enrollment (2004) Enrollment Counselor (2004) Enrollment (1996) Associate. B.S., Arkansas State University. Associate. B.S., (1996) (1998) Payroll and Bene (1998) Payroll (1994) Director of Mailing Services. of Mailing (1994) Director (2004) Staff Assistant. B.S., Union University. (2004) Staff (2006) Enrollment Counselor. B.A., Union University. Counselor. (2006) Enrollment (2005) Director of Student Financial Planning. B.S.B.A., Truman State University; M.B.A., William Woods Woods State University; M.B.A., William of Student Financial Planning. B.S.B.A., Truman (2005) Director (2006) Enrollment Counselor. B.S.B.A., Union University Counselor. (2006) Enrollment (2004) Enrollment Counselor. B.A., Union University. Counselor. (2004) Enrollment (1975-1981, 2005) Small Church Focus and Professor of Educational Leadership. B.A., Union University; of Educational Leadership. Focus and Professor Small Church (1975-1981, 2005) ce of Business Services ce of Enrollment Services Chruch Relations ce of ce of Academic Support ce of Planning ce of Student Financial ce of Undergraduate Admissions ce of Undergraduate fi fi fi fi fi fi Tennessee. study, University of Memphis. study, Baptist Theological Seminary. Baptist Theological Director of the R.G.Lee Center. B.S., University of North Alabama; M. Div. and D. Min., Southwestern Baptist Baptist and D. Min., Southwestern Alabama; M. Div. North B.S., University of Center. of the R.G.Lee Director Theological Seminary. University. Vanderbilt Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., and D.Min., Southern B.D., M.Div. of Memphis; C.P.A., State of Ten nes see. nes State of Ten of Memphis; C.P.A., University. Health Science Center. Business Of Robert Louis Simpson Gary L. Carter Beverly Fisher Mary Beth Daniel Amy Miller Betty Pennington Becky Wilson Debbie Wheatley Of Administrative Of Union Station Lana Massey Suzzie Smith Of Sherry Tignor John Brandt Of John Windham Ronnie Smith Laura Bush Joe Garner Patricia Porter Luke Pruett Crystal Skelton Penney Smith Robert Graves Of Of Administrative Of Rich Grimm Carol Courtner Larry Vaughan Of Jerry N. Tidwell Bob Agee Veronica Jones Veronica Timothy Moss Timothy Linda Taylor Jackson Vanessa Ramona Bell John Carbonell, IV Sheri Barden Nikki Castles Bobbie Bishop Brad Spencer Lisa Whiffen

SON NEL PER 204 PER SON NEL 205 son State Community College. Community son State Sport and Sport Kristy Johnson (2006) Athletic Training Athletic Kristy Johnson (2006) Latham (2001) Christian Studies Tony (1990) Music Leach Troy (2003) Music McClure Carol McKeen (2004) Engineering Richard ness and Physical Education, Well David Niven (1999) Christian Studies Alan Odiam (2005) Parades-Kurth (2003) Spanish Veronica (1999) Music Mary E. Poore Dwight Porter (1996) Music Administration Luanne Powell (1984-87, 1999) Business (1992) Languages C. Schock Irene Athletic Training Simmons (2001) Ann Lee Kenneth Story (1998) Christian Studies (1999) Social Work A. Taylor Patricia Arts Communication (1995) Cam Tracy (1997) Psychology Venable Carol (2005) Nursing Susie Walker (1983) Physical Education, Wellness Sandra Williams (2003) Engineering Winterbottom Walt ci ol o gy. (1965) Professor Emer i tus of Nursing. i Emer (1965) Professor (1975) Assistant Professor Emeritus of Nursing. Assistant Professor (1975) (1977) Dean Emeritus, Col lege of Arts and Sciences and Professor Emer i tus of History. i Emer Arts and Sciences and Professor lege of (1977) Dean Emeritus, Col (1982-2003) Professor Emer i tus of Education. i Emer (1982-2003) Professor (1969) Assistant Professor Emeritus of English. Assistant Professor (1969) (1969) Professor Emeritus of Psychology. (1969) Professor (1957) Chancellor Emeritus and Professor Emeritus of Christian Stud ies. Emeritus of Christian Stud (1957) Chancellor Emeritus and Professor (1983) Associate Professor Emeritus of Physical Education. Associate Professor (1983) (1969) University Professor Emeritus of English. (1969) University Professor (2003) FACTS and Adult Accounts Bookkeeper. Accounts Adult and (2003) FACTS (1962) Professor Emeritus of English. (1962) Professor (1995) Director of Facilities. (1995) Director (1965) Professor Emeritus of Business Administration. Emeritus of Business (1965) Professor (1998) Accounts Payable. Accounts (1998) (1981) Professor Emeritus of English. (1981) Professor (1969) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics. (1969) Professor (1989) Professor Emeritus of Education. (1989) Professor (1983) General Ledger Book keep er, Accounts Receivable Clerk. A.S., Jack A.S., Jack Clerk. Receivable Accounts er, keep Book Ledger General (1983) (1977) Associate Professor Emer i tus of Nursing. i Emer Associate Professor (1977) (1985) Student Accounts Book keep er. B.S., Union University. Union B.S., er. keep Book Accounts Student (1985) (1971) Professor Emeritus of Music. (1971) Professor (1965) Professor Emeritus of Chris tian Studies. Emeritus of Chris (1965) Professor (1978) Professor Emeritus of So (1978) Professor (2004) Secretary. (1959) Professor Emeritus of Music. (1959) Professor and Sport and Sport Sport Max W. Pugh Curtiss E. Scott Regina Saffel Emeritus Professors James Alex Baggett George E. Clark Givens Lytle Hedspeth William David J. Irby Ernest R. Pinson Marilyn Smothers Benny Tucker Joseph Tucker Sandra Williams Linda Feeley Barber Hyran E. Barefoot Louise Bentley Joseph Blass Bill G. Bouchillon Mable Pauline Bridger Timothy D. Britt (1997) Mathematics Timothy (2005) English Ellen Broussard (1999) Biology Cynthia Carruth (1997) Music Kathie Cepparulo Charles Clark (2004) Education John Cole (2004) Engineering Robert Duncan (2004) Physics Arts Kimberli Easley (2002) Communication Art Marilyn Eblen (1999) Kay Flippo (1998) English Barbara Fowler (2001) German Education, Wellness (1999) Physical Fronabarger Brent and (2005) Physical Education, Wellness Steven Gream Sandra Hathcox (1986-88; 1994) Education Nursing Joyce Montgomery Henderson (1981) Part-time Faculty Music Charles Baker (2003) English Lisa Bennett (1999) Physical Education, Wellness Brandon Boylan (2002) Facilities Management Facilities David McBride Mary Brown Shari Douglas Shari Tina Giddens Tina Jennifer Howell Diane Lambert Studies, 192 Administration, 24 Engineering, 25 Nursing, 176, 181, 182, 184 tional Leadership, 169, 187 Records, 14 Records, of Student dentiality fi Art, 45 50 Biology, Business Administration, 121 55 Chemistry, Christian Studies, 130 Communication Arts, 60 Computer Science, 67 Continuing Studies, 168 Education, 143 Engineering, 71 English, 75 79 History, International and Intercultural Language, 83 Mathematics, 89 LAUNCH/BSOL, 169 23 All Bachelor Degrees, 139 Associate of Divinity, Arts, 24 Bachelor of Bachelor of Science, 24 Bachelor of Science in Business Bachelor of Science in Bachelor of Science in Bachelor of Science in Organiza- 24 Bachelor of Social Work, 139 Diploma in Christian Ministry, D Dean's List, 17 Departments, Institutes, and Schools Centers of the University, 195–196 the University, Centers of Physics, 55 Chemical 57 55, Chemistry, Ethics, 132, 134 Christian 13 Activities, Life and Christian 14, 135 Christian Ministries, 130, 131, 133 Christian Studies, 132, 136 History, Church Music, 95 Church 188 College Life at Union, Arts, 60, 62 Communication Systems, 68 Computer Information 67, 68 Computer Science, 20 Enrollment, Concurrent Con 51 Conservation Biology, Continuing Studies, 26, 168 Curriculum Requirements Core Accepted, 25 Work Correspondence Counseling, 15 75 Writing, Creative 119 Criminal Justice, 116, each department Agreements, 27 Agreements, Education, 27, 194 Colleges, 27, 193 27 Agreement, Studies, 132 Laboratory Science 27 Agreements, Consortium, 27, 194 164 Agreements, Committee, 25 Institutions, 27 Institutions, See also 9–12 Leadership, 195 Development, 195 Practice, 196 196 Culture, Advisory Boards, 198 Advisory Boards, liations With Other Agencies and Agencies Other With liations Clinical Agreements/Nursing, Clinical Agreements/Nursing, 175 College Articulation Consortium for Global Council for Christian Agreement, Cross-Campus 27 Laboratory Gulf Coast Research Youth Institute for Global Medical Technology/Clinical Mid-Continent Agency Social Work Advisory Health Professions Education, 150 Teacher fi Advising, 16, 27 Advising, Af Art, 45, 46 Assessment of Students Athletic Coaching, 155 Athletics, 14 154, 155, 160 Athletic Training, 20, 22 Attendance Policy, 13 Awards, C Calendar of Semesters and Terms, Services, 15 Career Henry Center for Christian Carl F.H. Center for Business & Economic Center for Educational Practice, 195 Center for Excellence in Health Care Center for Faculty Development, 196 Center for Media, Faith and Center for Politics and Religion, 196 B Biblical Language, 131, 137 Biblical Studies, 131, 133 50, 51 Biology, and President's of Trustees Board 61 Broadcasting, Business Administration, 121, 125 cation, 17 cation, fi appropriate program appropriate Curriculum, 43 See (CEEB), 32 Board (CLEP), 32 Program Exam, 32–34 Academic Integrity, 21 Integrity, Academic Course, 20 Audited An Class Attendance, 20 20 Enrollment, Concurrent 20 Drop/Add, 21–27 Graduation Requirements, Honor Students, 17 20 Quantity of Work, 20–21 Scholastic Regulations, School, 20 From Withdrawal 16 Hour, Credit 16 Student, Full-Time Points, 16 Grades and Quality Majors and Minors, 17–19, 26 Numbering of Courses, 17 of the Organization Student Classi Former Union Students, 30 28 Freshmen, General, 28 Home School, 29 International Students, 30 31 Keystone Program, Students, 32 Seeking Non-Degree Programs 31 Special Program, 30 Degree, A Students With 29 Transfers, 139 Associate of Divinity, 173 Bachelor of Social Work, BSN-14, 184 182 BSN/Accelerated 2nd Degree, Continuing Studies, 168 139 Diploma in Christian Ministry, LAUNCH/BSOL, 170 RN to BSN, 181 College Entrance Examination College Level Examination for Prior Learning, 169 Credit DANTES, 33 34 International Baccalaureate, 25 Policy, Services, 15 Testing

Academic Regulations Academic Academic Terms Accounting, 122, 123 6–7 and Membership, Accreditation Actuarial Science, 90 Admissions, 28–34 Adult Studies, 168, 186 by Advanced Placement and Credit A Index ______Index

IN DEX 206 IN DEX 207 cation, 163, 173 163, cation, Front Cover Front fi Values, 3 Values, Language, 84, 87 Certi Inside Studies, 195 196 Ministry, 31 Program, U University's Mission and Core W School, 20 From Withdrawal Y 132 Ministry, Youth T 150 Education Program, Teacher English as a Second Teaching Public Child Welfare Tennessee 15, 32 Program, Testing and Speech, 60 Theatre 132, 135 Theology, Music, 96, 98 Theory, and Fees, 35 Tuition Policies, Institutional Policies, 108, 109 Political Science, Studies, 25 Pre-Professional 112 Psychology, 61 Advertising, and Public Relations 3 of Union University, Purpose R Center for Biblical R. C. Ryan Christian R. G. Lee Center for 14 Records, Refunds, 37 21, 22 Residence Requirements, 35 Resident Charges, Senior Rising High School S Scholarships, 38 Scholastic Regulations, 20–21 163 School Social Worker, Secondary Education, 152 Sign Language, 86 163, 165 Social Work, 117 116, Sociology, Spanish, 83, 86 Special Education, 144, 148 Sport Communication, 155 Sport Management, 155 Sport Marketing, 155 155 Sport Ministry, Sports Medicine, 155 Student Life, 13–15 26, 27, 194 Abroad, Study le, 17–19, 26 fi academic departments Front Cover Front See also Sport, 154, 156 Intercultural Studies, 192 Intercultural Studies, 189, 190 Education, 144 Inside 177 Track, Physical Education and Health, 155 Physical Science, 105 Physics, 105, 106 Nursing, 174, 177, 181, 182, 184 O 13–14 Organizations, P Performance Music, 96 Personnel, 200 131, 132, 137 Philosophy, Photojournalism, 61 and Physical Education, Wellness, M Pro Majors Offered, Management, 122, 126 Marketing, 122, 128 Mathematics, 89, 90 27, 55, 59 Medical Technology, Middle Grades Education, 144 Music, 94, 98 Music Education, 95 N Kindergarten and Pre-K and Pre-K Kindergarten L Language, 83 LAUNCH/BSOL, 169, 170 Learning Foundations, 144 Legal Compliances I 26 and Special Study, Independent and Institute for International Honors Interdisciplinary 122 International Business, J Journalism, 60 K Liberal Studies, 144 7, 15, 27 Library, Licensed Practical Nurse to BSN 75 Literature, History, 79, 80 79, History, 3 University, of Union History 189, 190 Honors Program, 17 Honor Students, 7 Housing, c Studies, 196 fi Back Cover Adult Studies Sport, 154 See Scienti Inside Application for Graduation, 25 Minimum Attendance, 22 16, 22 Scholastic Requirements, Veterans, 41 Veterans, Due and Payable, 35 Fees, 36 Methods of Payment, 35 Refunds, 37–38 35–36 Room & Board, and Fees, 35 Tuition Music, 94 Music, 174 Nursing, and Education, Wellness, Physical Physics, 105 108 Political Science, 112 Psychology, 163 Social Work, Studies, 116 Sociology and Family H Health Education, 156 25, 160, 174 Health Professions, Health Services, 15 137 Hebrew, G 81 Geography, German, 86 Germantown Campus, 4, 197 Grades, 16 Graduate Studies, 197 21–26 Graduation Requirements, 137 Greek, Family Studies, 116 Film Studies, 61 25 Final Examinations, 11, Financial Assistance, 38–41 83, 84 French, F Elementary Grades Education, 144 Engineering, 71, 72 Engineering Physics, 105 English, 75, 76 Evening Program Exercise Science, 155 Exercise Expenses Economics/Finance, 122, 125 Economics/Finance, Education, 143, 145 Hammons Center for P. Edward E Digital Media Studies, 61 Digital Media Studies, of Correspondence Directory 14 Discipline/Regulations, of Classes, 20 Dropping Directory of Correspondence ______

PHONE NUMBER (Area Code 731)

661.5355 Academic Information—Provost

661.5009 Admission Requirements—Director of Enrollment Services

661.5139 Alumni Interests—Executive Director of Alumni Services

661.5000 Application Forms—Director of Enrollment Services

661.5090 Campus Activities and Recreation—Dean of Students

661.5204 Financial or Business Matters—Senior Vice President for Business and Financial Services

668.1818 General Information—Union Station

661.5496 Gifts, Bequests—Senior Vice President for Institutional Advancement

661.5062 Ministry Activities and Spiritual Emphases—Minister to the University

661.5204 Payment Plans—Senior Vice President for Business and Financial Services

661.5000 Prospective Student Information and Literature—Director of En roll ment Services

661.5040 Records and Transcripts—Registrar

661.5433 Residence Life—Director of Residence Life

661.5015 Scholarships—Director of Financial Aid

661.5407 Student Employment—Director of Financial Aid

661.5040 Summer School—Registrar

Visitors to the campus are welcome. Offi ces of the University are open Monday through Friday from 8:00 to 4:30. Appointments for other hours may be arranged. Visit us also at our website: www.uu.edu.

1050 Union University Drive Jackson, Tennessee 38305-3697 731.668.1818 1050 Union University Drive • Jackson, TN 38305-3697 2745 Hacks Cross Road • Germantown, TN 38138 www.uu.edu